CADWorx Plant - 20.2

CADWorx
Plant
Version 20.2 (2020 R2)
Thursday, August 5, 2021
Welcome to CADWorx Plant
Contents
Welcome to CADWorx Plant ..................................................................................................................... 13
Introduction to CADWorx Plant ............................................................................................................... 15

What's New in Plant .............................................................................................................................. 16
Setup ........................................................................................................................................................... 17
Support Directory .................................................................................................................................. 17
MVSetup ............................................................................................................................................... 17
Setup Profile.......................................................................................................................................... 18
Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 19

Setup ..................................................................................................................................................... 20
CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box ................................................................................................. 21
Configuration File Control Overview............................................................................................... 24
Configuration Settings .................................................................................................................... 24
Set Specification and Size .............................................................................................................. 52
Configuration Layers ...................................................................................................................... 53
Piping Rules ................................................................................................................................... 55
Convert Legacy Drawing ................................................................................................................ 67
Miscellaneous CFG Content .......................................................................................................... 71
Specification and Size ........................................................................................................................... 72
Optional Items ....................................................................................................................................... 72
Optional Component Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 73
Size ....................................................................................................................................................... 74
Spec ...................................................................................................................................................... 74
Size-Spec .............................................................................................................................................. 74
All .......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Editor ..................................................................................................................................................... 75
Change Size.......................................................................................................................................... 75
Change the size automatically ....................................................................................................... 77
Change the size manually .............................................................................................................. 77
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically ............................................................ 78
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually ................................................................... 78
Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically.............................................. 79
Change tee sizes automatically...................................................................................................... 80
Change tee sizes manually ............................................................................................................ 81
Change Specification ............................................................................................................................ 83
Change the specification automatically .......................................................................................... 84
Change the specification manually................................................................................................. 85
Change the specification of a model with branches automatically ................................................. 85
Local Edit .............................................................................................................................................. 86
Modify a component ....................................................................................................................... 93
Isogen Data Dialog Box .................................................................................................................. 93
Component Custom Data Dialog Box .......................................................................................... 100
Edit Pipe Slope ............................................................................................................................. 100
CADWorx Plant 2
Global Edit........................................................................................................................................... 101

Modify multiple components ......................................................................................................... 103
Custom Data Dialog Box .............................................................................................................. 103
Mode Convert...................................................................................................................................... 104
Convert a component to a different mode .................................................................................... 105
3D Solids ...................................................................................................................................... 106
Convert Isometric ......................................................................................................................... 106
2D Double Line ............................................................................................................................. 106
2D Single Line .............................................................................................................................. 106
Convert Existing ........................................................................................................................... 107
Convert to 3D enhanced............................................................................................................... 107
Convert from project data ............................................................................................................. 108
Convert Intersected Piping ........................................................................................................... 108
CWexplode ................................................................................................................................... 108
Socket Weld ........................................................................................................................................ 109
Threaded ............................................................................................................................................. 109
Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 109
XREF Edit ........................................................................................................................................... 110
Palettes Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 111

Spec View Palette ............................................................................................................................... 112
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ........................................................................... 112
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)................................................................................ 115
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) ....................................................................... 117
Line View Palette ................................................................................................................................ 117
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ........................................................................... 118
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) ....................................................................................... 119
Line View Isolation Properties Manager ....................................................................................... 120
Support Modeler Palette ..................................................................................................................... 121
Pipe Support Data Dialog Box ...................................................................................................... 124
Create New Assembly .................................................................................................................. 124
Edit Assembly ............................................................................................................................... 127
Add Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 129
Edit Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 131
Create a new pipe support assembly ........................................................................................... 143
Insert a pipe support ..................................................................................................................... 144
Insert a support on sloped pipe .................................................................................................... 145
Insert multiple pipe supports ........................................................................................................ 146
Edit Pipe Support Features .......................................................................................................... 146
Insulation View Palette ........................................................................................................................ 149
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ........................................................................ 151
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) ............................................................................ 153
Insulation ...................................................................................................................................... 156
Discontinuity View Palette ................................................................................................................... 156
P&ID View Palette ............................................................................................................................... 159
Unlinked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) .............................................................................. 160
Linked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) .................................................................................. 161
Linked/Unlinked Report ................................................................................................................ 162
Insert a drawing into the project ................................................................................................... 163
Clash Management ............................................................................................................................. 164
Clash Settings Dialog Box ............................................................................................................ 166
New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box ...................................................................................... 169
CADWorx Plant 3
Clash Note Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 170

Filter .............................................................................................................................................. 170
Create a Usability Soft Volume Definition .................................................................................... 171
Create an Installation Soft Volume Definition ............................................................................... 171
Assembly View Palette ....................................................................................................................... 172
Create an assembly...................................................................................................................... 173
Edit an assembly .......................................................................................................................... 174
Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager ........................................................................ 174
Insert an assembly into the drawing ............................................................................................. 174
Edit an assembly path .................................................................................................................. 175
Isogen Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 176

Isogen Out........................................................................................................................................... 177
Select Isogen Style Dialog Box .................................................................................................... 178
Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box ..................................................................................... 179
Isogen Settings Dialog Box .......................................................................................................... 180
ISOGEN Project Data Setup Dialog Box ...................................................................................... 180
Isogen Results Dialog Box ........................................................................................................... 181
View Extraction Logs Dialog Box ................................................................................................. 181
Collect Data Dialog Box................................................................................................................ 182
Extract Isogen files ....................................................................................................................... 182
Using -ISOGENOUT..................................................................................................................... 183
Enable the Repeatability return report.......................................................................................... 184
Setup short description column for material list with text wrapping ............................................. 185
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics...................................................................................... 186
Isogen Batch ....................................................................................................................................... 187
Extract batch Isogen files ............................................................................................................. 187
Using -ISOGENBATCH ................................................................................................................ 188
Isogen Supplemental .......................................................................................................................... 188
Stop Sign ............................................................................................................................................. 189
Isogen Start Point................................................................................................................................ 190
PCF Out .............................................................................................................................................. 190
Extract piping component files ..................................................................................................... 191
PCF In ................................................................................................................................................. 191
I-Configure .......................................................................................................................................... 192
Isogen Information .............................................................................................................................. 192
Material List Definition .................................................................................................................. 192
SKEY Information ......................................................................................................................... 193
End Type Information ................................................................................................................... 202
Select Item Dialog Box ........................................................................................................................ 203
Isogen Configuration .............................................................................................................................. 205

Explore the Isogen Configuration interface ......................................................................................... 206
Map CADWorx custom data using Isogen Configuration ................................................................... 209
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF component attributes .......................................................... 210
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF weld attributes .................................................................... 212
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF material attributes ............................................................... 213
Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen BOMs ......................................................................... 214
Set up automatic isometric revision clouding for a CADWorx project .......................................... 217
Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen reports ........................................................................ 218
CADWorx Plant 4
Using the Get External Data Function ................................................................................................... 221

GED Data Flow ................................................................................................................................... 225
Common Tasks ............................................................................................................................ 226
GED configuration file ......................................................................................................................... 228
EXECUTE statement .................................................................................................................... 235
EXTERNAL-DATA statement ....................................................................................................... 236
EXTERNAL-MAP statement ......................................................................................................... 237
FILTER statement ........................................................................................................................ 240
FORMATS statement ................................................................................................................... 242
SET-ADDITIONAL-MATERIAL statement.................................................................................... 243
SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement ................................................................................. 244
SQL statement.............................................................................................................................. 245
GED Macros ................................................................................................................................. 246
Best Practices ..................................................................................................................................... 252
Create an Excel report from selected attributes ........................................................................... 252
Configure the GED function to retrieve weld coordinates ............................................................ 255
Perform calculations on data in the POD file ............................................................................... 257
Write data from a POD file to a database..................................................................................... 258
OrthoGen Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 260

OrthoGen Launch ............................................................................................................................... 260
OrthoGen Out...................................................................................................................................... 260
LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 262

Setup ................................................................................................................................................... 263
Line Numbering System Dialog Box ............................................................................................. 263
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 265
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project .................................................................................. 266
Set line numbers based on the current drawing ........................................................................... 266
Set line numbers based on a component ..................................................................................... 266
Count ................................................................................................................................................... 266
Set the line count value ................................................................................................................ 267
Increment ............................................................................................................................................ 267
Decrement........................................................................................................................................... 267
Assign ................................................................................................................................................. 267
Assign line numbers ..................................................................................................................... 268
Annotate .............................................................................................................................................. 268
Label components with line numbers ........................................................................................... 269
Line ..................................................................................................................................................... 269
Set the current line number to that of a component ..................................................................... 269
Line Isolate .......................................................................................................................................... 269
Database Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 271

Setup Live Database ........................................................................................................................... 271
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box ............................................................................... 273
Export Pipe.......................................................................................................................................... 273
Import Pipe .......................................................................................................................................... 275
Audit Pipe Database ........................................................................................................................... 275
Synchronize Pipe Database................................................................................................................ 276
Synchronize Component Model and Database Data Dialog Box ....................................................... 278
CADWorx Plant 5
Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 279

Auto Connect ...................................................................................................................................... 281
Group On/Off....................................................................................................................................... 281
Weld Size ............................................................................................................................................ 282
Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe ............................................................................. 282
Join Pipe ............................................................................................................................................. 282
Join by Run ................................................................................................................................... 283
Join by Segment ........................................................................................................................... 283
User Shapes ....................................................................................................................................... 283
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes .......................................................... 290
Isogen Export Options .................................................................................................................. 293
Create a user shape file ............................................................................................................... 300
Create a multi-reduction user shape ............................................................................................ 302
Edit an existing user shape .......................................................................................................... 304
Create a user shape from points .................................................................................................. 305
Create a user shape from a polyline ............................................................................................ 307
Create a user shape from a block ................................................................................................ 309
Create a 3D user shape ............................................................................................................... 311
Create a 2D user shape ............................................................................................................... 313
Create a 2D single line user shape .............................................................................................. 315
Add a user shape to a specification ............................................................................................. 317
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing ........................................................................... 318
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing ..................................................................... 318
Graphics Overlay Editor ...................................................................................................................... 319
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a coupling ................................................................... 321
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a coupling............................................................... 324
Assign a graphic overlay to a coupling component in the Specification Editor ............................ 325
Display graphic overlays of coupling components in the 3D model ............................................. 325
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a valve ........................................................................ 327
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a valve .................................................................... 330
Assign a graphic overlay to a valve component in the Specification Editor ................................. 331
Display graphic overlays of valve components in the 3D model .................................................. 331
Top Works Add ................................................................................................................................... 333
Top Works Change ............................................................................................................................. 333
System Out ......................................................................................................................................... 333
Generate a CAESAR II input file .................................................................................................. 334
PCF Out for CAESAR II................................................................................................................ 334
Break Pipe........................................................................................................................................... 335
Break by Length ........................................................................................................................... 336
Break by Number.......................................................................................................................... 336
Offset Tap ........................................................................................................................................... 336
Set an OTAP SKEY ...................................................................................................................... 338
Place an offset tap ........................................................................................................................ 339
Center of Gravity Generator................................................................................................................ 339
Nozzle Generic Attach ........................................................................................................................ 341
Place a nozzle generic attachment .............................................................................................. 343
Route from a generic nozzle ........................................................................................................ 344
Insert and route from a generic nozzle containing selection codes ............................................. 346
Change position and direction of generic nozzle ......................................................................... 348
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 349
Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 352
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location.................................. 353
CADWorx Plant 6
System In ............................................................................................................................................ 353

Read a CAESAR II input file ......................................................................................................... 355
Change Elevation ................................................................................................................................ 355
Change elevation by entering the elevation value ....................................................................... 356
Change elevation by Pick ............................................................................................................. 356
Change elevation by BOP ............................................................................................................ 356
Change elevation by TOP ............................................................................................................ 356
Tap ...................................................................................................................................................... 357
Place a tap .................................................................................................................................... 357
Dim Adjustment ................................................................................................................................... 357
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe ............................................................................................. 358
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension .................................................................................. 358
Elbow Centerline ................................................................................................................................. 359
ISO Flag .............................................................................................................................................. 359
Re-associate the Components............................................................................................................ 359
System Visibility .................................................................................................................................. 360
2D Panel.................................................................................................................................................... 361
2D Representation .............................................................................................................................. 361
Create a 2D representation .......................................................................................................... 363
2D Representation Hidden .................................................................................................................. 363
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines .............................................................................. 363
Box ...................................................................................................................................................... 364
Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 365
Zoom Lock .......................................................................................................................................... 366
Turn on the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 366
Turn off the zoom lock .................................................................................................................. 366
Zoom Factors ...................................................................................................................................... 367
Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 368

Auto Gasket ........................................................................................................................................ 368
Place a gasket automatically ........................................................................................................ 369
Place a gasket manually............................................................................................................... 369
Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 369
Place stud bolts automatically ...................................................................................................... 370
Place stud bolts manually ............................................................................................................. 370
Auto Weld............................................................................................................................................ 370
Place weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 371
Place weld gaps manually ............................................................................................................ 371
Weld Total ........................................................................................................................................... 371
Count weld gaps automatically ..................................................................................................... 372
Standard .............................................................................................................................................. 372
Place standard stud bolts ............................................................................................................. 373
Non Standard ...................................................................................................................................... 373
Place nonstandard stud bolts ....................................................................................................... 373
RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 374

Auto Route .......................................................................................................................................... 374
Start a new route .......................................................................................................................... 379
Continue Routing .......................................................................................................................... 379
Route skewed and sloped pipe .................................................................................................... 381
CADWorx Plant 7
Route mitered elbows ................................................................................................................... 382

Moveline ....................................................................................................................................... 382
Replace a component in the model .............................................................................................. 383
Router ................................................................................................................................................. 384
Router commands ............................................................................................................................... 385
Buttweld LR .................................................................................................................................. 386
Buttweld SR .................................................................................................................................. 386
Threaded ...................................................................................................................................... 387
Socket Weld ................................................................................................................................. 387
Bill of Material Panel ............................................................................................................................... 389

BOM Setup.......................................................................................................................................... 390
BOM Template ............................................................................................................................. 390
Add or remove properties from BOM ........................................................................................... 397
Run ...................................................................................................................................................... 398
Total Bill of Material ...................................................................................................................... 398
Cut Bill of Material ........................................................................................................................ 401
Single Bill of Material .................................................................................................................... 402
Tag ...................................................................................................................................................... 404
Tag Toggle Bill of Material ............................................................................................................ 404
Tag Location ................................................................................................................................. 405
Insert Tag ..................................................................................................................................... 405
Export Bill of Material .......................................................................................................................... 405
Delete Bill of Material .......................................................................................................................... 406
Import Pipe Bill of Material .................................................................................................................. 406
Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 407

Automatic ............................................................................................................................................ 408
Place automatic dimensions ......................................................................................................... 408
Horizontal ............................................................................................................................................ 409
Place horizontal dimensions ......................................................................................................... 409
Vertical ................................................................................................................................................ 409
Place vertical dimensions ............................................................................................................. 409
Set ....................................................................................................................................................... 410
Set the Elevation .......................................................................................................................... 410
Rotated ................................................................................................................................................ 410
Place rotated dimensions ............................................................................................................. 410
Horizontal with Tail .............................................................................................................................. 411
Place horizontal tailed dimensions ............................................................................................... 411
Vertical with Tail .................................................................................................................................. 411
Place vertical tailed dimensions ................................................................................................... 411
Change ................................................................................................................................................ 412
Change the Elevation ................................................................................................................... 412
Component.......................................................................................................................................... 412
Place component annotation ........................................................................................................ 413
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 413
Place component elevation annotation ........................................................................................ 414
Coordinates ......................................................................................................................................... 414
Place coordinates ......................................................................................................................... 415
Tick Mark ............................................................................................................................................. 415
Place tick marks ........................................................................................................................... 415
ISO Text .............................................................................................................................................. 416
CADWorx Plant 8
Height .................................................................................................................................................. 416
Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 417

System Prompts .................................................................................................................................. 419
Section ................................................................................................................................................ 421
Place a section graphic ................................................................................................................ 422
Detail ................................................................................................................................................... 422
Place a detail graphic ................................................................................................................... 423
Plan ..................................................................................................................................................... 423
Place a plan graphic ..................................................................................................................... 424
Instrument ........................................................................................................................................... 424
Place an instrument graphic ......................................................................................................... 425
Elevation ............................................................................................................................................. 425
Place an elevation graphic ........................................................................................................... 426
Arrow ................................................................................................................................................... 426
Place an arrow head graphic ........................................................................................................ 427
Weld .................................................................................................................................................... 427
Place a weld symbol graphic ........................................................................................................ 429
ISO ...................................................................................................................................................... 429
Place an isometric symbol graphic ............................................................................................... 431
Dots ..................................................................................................................................................... 431
Place a weld dot graphic .............................................................................................................. 432
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 432
Place a miscellaneous graphic ..................................................................................................... 433
Flange O.D. ......................................................................................................................................... 434
Insert a flange O.D. ...................................................................................................................... 434
Plain End ............................................................................................................................................. 434
Insert a plain end .......................................................................................................................... 434
Hidden End ......................................................................................................................................... 435
Insert a hidden end ....................................................................................................................... 435
Pipe End .............................................................................................................................................. 435
Insert a pipe end ........................................................................................................................... 435
Fitting Width ........................................................................................................................................ 436
Single Line Width ................................................................................................................................ 436
Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 437

Change Layer...................................................................................................................................... 438
Change the layer associated with an object ................................................................................. 438
Set Layer ............................................................................................................................................. 438
Set the active layer ....................................................................................................................... 438
Delete Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 438
Delete a layer ............................................................................................................................... 439
Layer Off ............................................................................................................................................. 439
Turn off a layer ............................................................................................................................. 439
Layer On ............................................................................................................................................. 439
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command .............................................................. 440
Match Layer ........................................................................................................................................ 440
Match an object's layer ................................................................................................................. 440
Isolate Layer........................................................................................................................................ 440
Display only the layer associated with an object .......................................................................... 440
Un-Isolate Layer .................................................................................................................................. 441
Turn on all layers .......................................................................................................................... 441
CADWorx Plant 9
Previous .............................................................................................................................................. 441
Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 442

Reinforcing Pad................................................................................................................................... 443
Insert a reinforcement pad ........................................................................................................... 443
Reinforcing Saddle .............................................................................................................................. 444
Insert a reinforcement saddle ....................................................................................................... 444
Translational........................................................................................................................................ 444
Place a translational restraint ....................................................................................................... 445
Anchor ................................................................................................................................................. 445
Place an anchor............................................................................................................................ 445
Spring Hanger ..................................................................................................................................... 446
Place a spring hanger................................................................................................................... 446
Rotational ............................................................................................................................................ 446
Place a rotational restraint ............................................................................................................ 447
Snubber ............................................................................................................................................... 447
Place a snubber............................................................................................................................ 447
Guide ................................................................................................................................................... 448
Place a guide ................................................................................................................................ 448
UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 449

Point and Shoot UCS .......................................................................................................................... 450
Flat ...................................................................................................................................................... 452
UCS Next ............................................................................................................................................ 453
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 453
North ................................................................................................................................................... 453
South ................................................................................................................................................... 454
West .................................................................................................................................................... 454
East ..................................................................................................................................................... 456
UCS Object ......................................................................................................................................... 456
HVAC Draw Panel .................................................................................................................................... 457

HVAC .................................................................................................................................................. 457
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing............................................................................................. 460
Modify an HVAC shape ................................................................................................................ 460
HVAC Shapes Catalog ....................................................................................................................... 461
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog ....................................................................................... 464
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog ..................................................................................... 465
User Shape ......................................................................................................................................... 465
Place a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................... 468
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape ............................................................................................. 468
Generic Attach .................................................................................................................................... 469
Place a generic attachment in the drawing .................................................................................. 470
HVAC Edit Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 472

Edit ...................................................................................................................................................... 472
GC Edit ................................................................................................................................................ 472
Edit HVAC components globally .................................................................................................. 473
Data Remove ...................................................................................................................................... 474
Remove CADWorx data from components .................................................................................. 474
CADWorx Plant 10
Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 474

Change the layers associated with HVAC components ............................................................... 474
HVAC Database Panel ............................................................................................................................. 475

DB Generate ....................................................................................................................................... 475
Export CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 476
DB In ................................................................................................................................................... 476
Import CADWorx HVAC data ....................................................................................................... 477
Audit HVAC Database ........................................................................................................................ 477
Audit the HVAC database ............................................................................................................ 477
Synchronize HVAC Database ............................................................................................................. 478
Synchronize the HVAC database ................................................................................................. 478
Toolbars.................................................................................................................................................... 479
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars.................................................................................................. 479
Aliases and Command Names ........................................................................................................... 480
Connecting to components ................................................................................................................. 480
Compass ............................................................................................................................................. 480
Plane versus Isometrics view modes .................................................................................................. 481
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling ....................................................................................................... 481
Buttweld .............................................................................................................................................. 481
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 485
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 507
Flanges ............................................................................................................................................... 522
Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................................ 523
Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................................. 525
Blind Flange .................................................................................................................................. 527
Socket Type Flange...................................................................................................................... 527
Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................................... 529
Lap Joint Flange ........................................................................................................................... 531
Stub End ....................................................................................................................................... 531
Long Weld Neck ........................................................................................................................... 532
Reducing Slip-on Flange .............................................................................................................. 532
Reducing Threaded Flange .......................................................................................................... 534
Reducing Weld Neck Flange ........................................................................................................ 536
Flgd/BW Valves................................................................................................................................... 537
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 539
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 549
Lined ................................................................................................................................................... 554
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 557
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 559
Fiberglass ............................................................................................................................................ 560
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 563
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 574
Sanitary ............................................................................................................................................... 584
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 592
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 613
Victaulic ............................................................................................................................................... 631
Threaded/Socket ................................................................................................................................. 635
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 640
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 663
Thrd/SW Valves .................................................................................................................................. 680
CADWorx Plant 11
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 682

Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 695
Gaskets, Etc. ....................................................................................................................................... 698
Gasket .......................................................................................................................................... 699
Weld Gap ...................................................................................................................................... 700
Pipe Ends ............................................................................................................................................ 700
Restraints ............................................................................................................................................ 701
Misc ..................................................................................................................................................... 702
Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 704
Modeling in 2D .............................................................................................................................. 708
Operators ............................................................................................................................................ 711
Line Numbers ...................................................................................................................................... 711
UCS ..................................................................................................................................................... 712
Settings ............................................................................................................................................... 713
Palettes ............................................................................................................................................... 715
Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 716

Editing Component Data Files ............................................................................................................ 716
AutoCAD and BricsCAD Workflows Used With Plant ......................................................................... 717

Modifying a User Profile ...................................................................................................................... 717
Creating a Base Profile ....................................................................................................................... 719
Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure with CADWorx Plant...................................................... 719
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database ............................................................... 723
All CADWorx Commands........................................................................................................................ 725
Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 770

Obsolete Commands .......................................................................................................................... 776
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................... 778
Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 797
Technical Support ................................................................................................................................... 810
CADWorx Plant 12
SECTION 1
Getting Started Options and Settings

What's New in Plant (page 16) Set Specification and Size (page 52)
Setup Size/Spec Panel (page 19) Setup Profile (page 18)
Point and Shoot UCS (page 450) Palettes Panel (page 111)
Compass (page 453) BOM Setup (page 390)
Startup Variables (page 29) Modifying a User Profile (page 717)
CADWorx Plant 13
Command Reference and Navigation What do you want to do?

Palettes Panel (page 111) Change size (page 75)
Isogen Panel (page 176) Change specification (page 83)
LNum Panel (page 262) Create a new assembly (page 124)
Database Panel (page 271) Create a user shape file (page 300)
Misc Panel (page 279) Add a user shape to a specification (page
317)
2D Panel (page 361)
Change elevation (page 355)
RT Panel (page 374)
Place a gasket automatically (page 369)
Bill of Material Panel (page 389)
Start a new route (page 379)
Dimension Panel (page 407)
Add or remove properties from BOM (page
Layers Panel (page 437)
397)
Restraints Panel (page 442)
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing (page
Toolbars (page 479) 460)
All CADWorx Commands (page 725) Place a generic attachment in the drawing
(page 470)
Update History (page 770)
Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure
with CADWorx Plant (page 719)
Getting Help
Technical Support (page 810)
CADWorx Plant 14
SECTION 2
Introduction to CADWorx Plant

CADWorx is an integrated, complete BricsCAD® and AutoCAD®-based software series that
enables efficient plant design for both greenfield and brownfield projects by providing robust
tools for creating intelligent 3D plant models. CADWorx offers unparalleled flexibility and
productivity to help thousands of corporations execute projects and rapidly create cost-effective
deliverables. Leverage point cloud data in combination with easy to use CADWorx Plant
Professional to execute brownfield projects with greater accuracy than gathering field data with
more manual processes.
A complete solution for the next generation of plant design and automation, CADWorx® Plant
Professional includes the most complete DWG file-based range of tools for effective plant
design and offers unparalleled flexibility and collaboration.
CADWorx Plant 15
What's New in Plant
CADWorx Plant has had the following enhancements for 20.2 (2020 R2):
 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with AutoCAD 2022.
 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with BricsCAD 21.
For information on releases before 20.2, see Update History (page 770).
Customer Support
Anti-Piracy Statement
Copyright © 2003-2021 Hexagon AB and/or its subsidiaries and affiliates
Published 8/5/2021 at 11:28 AM
CADWorx Plant 16
SECTION 3
Setup
Before you begin using CADWorx Plant, you need to set options and some basic configuration
tasks.
Your project administrator needs to review and update the catalog (.cat) and
project (.prj) file in the Spec Editor before modeling begins.
In This Section
Support Directory ........................................................................... 17
MVSetup ........................................................................................ 17
Setup Profile .................................................................................. 18
Support Directory
Drawings in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder should not be opened with CADWorx
Plant. If a drawing is started in this folder, an error displays indicating that the software should
not be run from this location. This stops CADWorx from initializing or preparing the support
drawings. Directly open the CAD platform to modify these drawings.
To create a base profile, see Creating a Base Profile (page 719).
MVSetup
Plant menu: Utility > MVSetup
Plant uses the MVSETUP.LSP file supplied by AutoCAD. The software also supplies a simplified
version of the MVSETUP.DFS file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder. If this file is
deleted, the software recreates it.
The MVSETUP.DFS file can be modified to include additional title blocks. Plant uses these title
blocks with the Setup (page 20) function. The MVSetup routine has options that allow you to add
and delete title blocks. Plant supplies its own title blocks for your convenience. Plant title blocks
have attributes attached for ease of labeling.
CADWorx Plant 17
Setup
Setup Profile
Enables you to start CADWorx in different versions of the CAD platform. You need to run the
Setup_Profile utility with Administrator privileges.
Select CADWorx
Enables you to select the version and product you want to run.
 CADWorx Version
Specifies the version of CADWorx you want to run.
 CADWorx Product Location
Specifies the location of the CADWorx installation for the product you select from the
Product List.
 Product List
Specifies the product you want to run, such as Plant or P&ID.
Select the CAD platform
Enables you to select the version of the CAD platform you want to run for the CADWorx
version.
 CAD Product Location
Specifies the location of the CAD platform version selected in the CAD Version List.
 CAD Version List
Specifics the version of CAD platform you want to run. This list only displays available
and supported versions of the CAD platform.
Launch CADWorx in a different version of CAD

1. In your [Product Folder], right-click CADWorx_Setup_Profile.exe, and then select Run as
administrator.
2. Click CADWorx Version, and then select a version from the list.
The installed CADWorx products display in the Product List.
3. Select one or more products from the Product List.
When you select a CADWorx product, the current version for that product
displays below the Product List.
4. Select the CAD platform version you want to run from the CAD Version List.
The software only lists supported versions of the CAD platform.
5. Click OK.
The CADWorx [Product] [Version] Profile Created message box displays.
6. Click Yes.
The CADWorx product launches in the selected version of CAD platform.
CADWorx Plant 18
SECTION 4
Setup Size/Spec Panel

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec
Command Name Command Line
Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current SETUP

drawings. For more information, see Setup (page 20).
Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and SETSIZE, SETSPEC
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set Specification
and Size (page 52).
Optional Items - Places a component when the component SPECOPTION

type in the specification has an optional component. For more
information, see Optional Items (page 72).
Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a COMP2SIZE

component. For more information, see Size (page 74).
Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a COMP2SPEC

component. For more information, see Spec (page 74).
Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and COMP2SIZESPEC

specification by selecting a component. For more information,
see Size-Spec (page 74).
Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new SPECEDIT

specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (page
114).
Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected. CHANGESIZE

For more information, see Change Size (page 75).
Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the CHANGESPEC

components selected. For more information, see Change
Specification (page 83).
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

For more information, see Local Edit (page 86).
Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. GCEDIT

For more information, see Global Edit (page 101).
CADWorx Plant 19
3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

For more information, see Mode Convert (page 104) and 3D
Solids (page 106).
Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to CONVERTISO

isometric mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(page 104) and Convert Isometric (page 106).
2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D CONVERTDOUBLE

double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(page 104) and 2D Double Line (page 106).
2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single CONVERTSINGLE

line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (page
104) and 2D Single Line (page 106).
Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for —

hub-based components. For more information, see Socket
Weld (page 109).
Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based —

components. For more information, see Threaded (page 109).
Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more CURRENT

information, see Settings (page 109).
Xref Edit - Views sizes or information within the component XCEDIT

XREF. For more information, see XREF Edit (page 110).
Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on or off. SPECCHGTOGGLE
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup
Setting toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Setup
Command line: SETUP

Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing. This command displays the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box.
CADWorx Plant 20
CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box

Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawing.
Current Drawing
Displays the current default values for Specification / Size. Sets the Colors, Drawing
Mode, Fitting Mode, and Routing Mode.
 Specification / Size
Displays the current settings for the specification and size:
 Main Size
Displays the main size set for the drawing.
 Reduction Size
Displays the reduction size set for the drawing.
 Specification
Displays the specification set for the drawing.
 Colors
Sets the default colors in the drawing:
CADWorx Plant 21
 Compass
Sets the compass color. The compass can also be turned off here.
 Dimension
Sets the dimensions color. The dimensions can also be turned off here.
 Highlight
Sets the highlight color.
 Drawing Mode
Sets the default drawing mode:
 3D Solids
Draws components in 3D mode.
 2D Double Line
Draws components in 2D with double lines mode.
 2D Single Line
Draws components in 2D with a single line mode.
 3D Enhanced
Draws components in 3D enhanced mode. Bolts, gaskets, and welds display in their
real world appearance in this mode.
You can convert the drawing to another mode. For more information, see Mode
Convert (page 104).
 Fitting Mode
Specifies the fitting mode for hub-based components. Select one of the following:
 Socket
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket welded section of
the specification.
 Threaded
Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded section of the
specification.
 Routing Mode
Specifies the mode for routing pipe in the drawing.
 Center
Specifies the component routes using the center line to draw the component.
 BOP
Specifies the component routes using the bottom of pipe to draw the component.
 TOP
Specifies the component routes using the top of pipe to draw the component.
 Left
CADWorx Plant 22
Specifies the component routes using the left of the pipe to draw the component.
 Right
Specifies the component routes using the right of the pipe to draw the component.
Configuration Settings
Sets the values for the configuration and enables you to select specific settings to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Startup Variables (page 29).
Specification / Size
Sets the specification and sizes of the drawing. Specification must be set before sizes can
be set. For more information, see Set Specification and Size (page 52).
Configuration Layers
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers. For more information, see Configuration
Layers (page 53).
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules in the drawing and enables you to select specific piping rules to save to
the configuration file. For more information, see Piping Rules (page 55).
Convert Legacy Drawing
Enables you to convert a legacy drawing to custom entity components. For more
information, see Convert Legacy Drawing (page 67).
Miscellaneous CFG content
Enables you to select specific miscellaneous settings in CADWorx to save to the
configuration file. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (page 71).
Include all settings when saving the CFG file
Saves all settings selected in the CFG file when you click Save and Close. This inclusion
accounts for any setting changes you have made to the miscellaneous settings in the
software. For more information on the miscellaneous settings, see Miscellaneous CFG
Content (page 71).
Save and Close
Saves any changes made to the configuration file, and closes the CADWorx Plant Setup.
Save As
Enables you to save changes to a separate configuration file.
Load
Loads a saved configuration.
Apply and Close
Accepts the settings and closes the dialog box. These settings immediately apply to the
local user settings for the current drawing. This option does not save changes to the loaded
configuration file.
CADWorx Plant 23
Configuration File Control Overview

You or an administrator can lock down a set of the available CADWorx Configuration Settings
(page 24) and Piping Rules (page 55) in the modeling environment.
CADWorx Plant Setup adjusts property status as enabled or disabled in a session, based on
your Active Directory permissions over the loaded configuration (CFG) file.
Administrators can determine which settings and piping rules to include or exclude from a
shared configuration file and lock that file down, as needed.
You cannot alter settings and piping rules included in the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file.
You can alter settings and pipe rules excluded from the shared configuration file in the design
sessions for anyone with Read-Only permissions to the file. Personal preferences store in the
local user profile and apply consistently any time you exclude settings from the loaded
configuration file.
For more information on how to include or exclude configuration setting, piping rules, and
miscellaneous configuration file content, see Configuration Settings (page 24), Piping Rules
(page 55), and Miscellaneous CFG Content (page 71).
Type SETUPPLANTCFG to load a different configuration file from any location.
Specifies values for the selected configuration setting.
 The drawing parameters are setup during installation for imperial or metric in the setup
profile. If you want to change the configuration setting to the drawing parameters, use the
Drawing Prototype (page 31) variable to change the drawing settings.
 When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that you have
checked in the Include in CFG column.
Displays variables to change. Change variable values in the text box list. For more
information, see Startup Variables (page 29).
Include in CFG
Specifies the configuration settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in
the main title to clear all or select all configuration settings. Local user preferences control
any settings that you have not included in the configuration file.
CADWorx Plant 24
The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
file loads when you start a new drawing.
CADWorx Plant 25
The flowchart below outlines CADWorx Plant's logic for determining how the configuration
CADWorx Plant 26
file loads when you open an existing drawing. This logic applies each time you open an
existing drawing.
CADWorx Plant 27
CADWorx Plant 28
If you set the user permissions of the configuration file to Read-Only, then you cannot
modify settings controlled by the configuration file. You also cannot overwrite the configuration
file.
Set a configuration file to open from ACAD Support Search Path by default in Plant
1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
The Options dialog box displays.
2. On the Files tab, expand Support File Search Path.
3. Click Add, then Browse.
4. Navigate to the folder containing the configuration file. Click OK.
5. Move the new folder to the top of the list of folders to make it the default setting. Click OK.
6. Click Setup.
The CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box displays.
7. On the Configuration Settings tab, click Load.
The Select a Configuration to Use dialog box opens.
8. Navigate to the folder containing the configuration file.
9. Click the file, then click Open.
The configuration file loads in Plant.
10. Verify configuration settings in the setup screen, then click Apply and Close.
Plant automatically loads the last used configuration file when creating a new
drawing.
Startup Variables
Provides default drawing and component values. You can modify the variables in the
configuration setting as needed. For more information, see Configuration Settings (page 24).
The most recent configuration settings are stored in the registry and are used the next time you
start Plant.
CADWorx Plant 29
Topics
Drawing Prototype ......................................................................... 31
AlphaSizeControl ........................................................................... 31
AuditDataOnStartup ....................................................................... 32
AutoDimensionBox ........................................................................ 33
BoltRoundControl .......................................................................... 33
CADWorxMaterial .......................................................................... 33
CAESARIIMaterial ......................................................................... 34
CAESARIIMemory ......................................................................... 34
CAESARIITolerance ...................................................................... 34
CAESARIIVersion .......................................................................... 34
DataBaseCodesIsogen .................................................................. 35
DimensionsExcludedSlope ............................................................ 35
DimensionsExistingIsogen............................................................. 35
ElbowCenterLine ........................................................................... 36
FittingWidth .................................................................................... 36
HVACLibraryDirectory ................................................................... 36
IsogenAppendNonBmPipeLength ................................................. 36
IsogenAppendNippleLength .......................................................... 37
IsogenBoltControl .......................................................................... 37
IsogenContinuationGraphicsLevel ................................................. 38
IsogenDefaultStyle ......................................................................... 40
IsogenSetting ................................................................................. 42
IsogenShowBOPElevation............................................................. 42
IsogenSplitMaterialsBySpec .......................................................... 43
IsogenUseSystemsPcf................................................................... 43
LanguageFile ................................................................................. 43
LayerByLineNumber ...................................................................... 44
LineNumberSystem ....................................................................... 46
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile ........................................................ 46
PipeDescriptionCat ........................................................................ 47
PipeSupportSetting ........................................................................ 48
SaveLastProfileUsed ..................................................................... 48
SingleLineWidth ............................................................................. 49
SpecificationDirectory .................................................................... 49
SpecificationDefaultProject ............................................................ 49
SpecSizeOverride .......................................................................... 49
SyncOnStartUp .............................................................................. 50
TemplateDatabaseFile ................................................................... 50
ToolTipSetting ................................................................................ 50
TopWorksSetting ........................................................................... 51
UseObjectsFromXrefs ................................................................... 51
WeldDotSize .................................................................................. 52
WeldGapToDB ............................................................................... 52
Maximum number of sizes Up(Down) ........................................... 52
CADWorx Plant 30
Drawing Prototype
Default value: English/Inch
Allowed values: English/Inch, Metric/Inch, and Metric/Metric
Enables you to select a drawing environment type:
 English/Inch
Uses the Imperial dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
 Metric/Inch
Uses the Metric dimensions with Imperial pipe sizes.
 Metric/Metric
Uses the Metric dimensions with Metric pipe sizes.
AlphaSizeControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10
Controls the number of decimal places used in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to zero places
no decimals in Alpha Size. Setting the variable to a value from 1 to 9 places 1 to 9 decimal
places in Alpha Size. Setting this variable to 10 suppresses trailing zeros in Alpha Size.
Example with a value of 0:
 For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4 1/2" or 6" would be 6"
 For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60
 For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.500" or 6" would be 6.000"
 For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50.000 or 60.3 would be 60.300
 For Imperial pipe size: 4 1/2" would be 4.5" or 6" would be 6"
 For Metric pipe size: 50 would be 50 or 60.3 would be 60.3
If you want decimals to display in Alpha Size in Imperial or Metric, the recommended
setting is 10.
CADWorx Plant 31
AuditDataOnStartup
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1
Controls when CADWorx checks components for removed XDATA when opening a drawing.
 0
Checking for removed XDATA is turned off.
 1
Checking for removed XDATA is turned on.
See Also
 Show Removed XDATA (page 32)
 Restore XDATA (page 32)
Show Removed XDATA
Command line: CWSHOWNOXD

Highlights components where XDATA has been removed.
1. Type CWSHOWNOXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line or E to select the entire drawing, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component that you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The components with XDATA removed highlight in the drawing.
Restore XDATA
Command line: CWADDXD

Restores removed XDATA from a selected specification to a CADWorx component.
You can also use CWADDXDLN to change the line number data.
1. Type CWADDXD on the command line, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option in step 2.
The XDATA is added to the component(s).
To restore the xdata of a component, you must use the original specification from
that component.
CADWorx Plant 32
AutoDimensionBox
Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Yes
Controls boxes around rolling offset automatic dimensions when using Automatic . When set
to Yes, a box is drawn for the rolling offset.
For more information, see Automatic (page 408).
BoltRoundControl
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, or 3
Specifies the rounding for bolt length calculations.
 0
No rounding is performed.
 1
Rounds the value up to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
 2
Rounds the value down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
 3
Rounds the value up or down to the nearest multiple of the value specified in Catalog.
CADWorxMaterial
Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Yes
Controls CADWorx material generation when using System In . For more information, see
System In (page 353).
 No
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the material types in
CAESAR II. The CADWorx component name is combined with the CAESAR II material
type.
 Yes
The software bases component descriptions in CADWorx on the specifications. Material
types from CAESAR II are ignored.
The component name is defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System\Prgm.tbl file.
CADWorx Plant 33
CAESARIIMaterial
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, or 2
Controls CAESAR II material generation when using System Out . For more information, see
System Out (page 333).
 0
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the pipe
material defined in Spec Editor . This does not apply if the component was originally
created in CAESAR II.
 1
Provides basic material types in CAESAR II (1-17) corresponding to the component
material long description in the specification.
 2
Provides extended material database material types in CAESAR II based on the actual
component material long description in the specification.
When using CAESAR II version 3.23, only option 1 can be used.
CAESARIIMemory
Default value: 12.0
Allowed values: Positive real
Specifies the amount of computer RAM used when importing a large CAESAR II input model.
This variable is not required, but is helpful if the import is failing. The value is multiplied by
megabytes.
CAESARIITolerance
Default value: 0.001
Specifies the tolerance for items that are not transferring correctly to CAESAR II. For example,
hangers placed on a skewed line sometimes fail and require a larger tolerance factor.
CAESARIIVersion
Default value: 2018
Allowed values: 2011, 2013, 2014, 2016, 2017, or 2018
Specifies the format of the CAESAR II (.c2) input file created by CADWorx. The value should
match the version of CAESAR II that you are using.
CADWorx Plant 34
DataBaseCodesIsogen
Default value: No
Specifies how CADWorx Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
 No
The DataBaseCodes system is not used. CADWorx Plant creates generic item code
combinations for each run of Isogen, starting at 1 for each run. Components with
identical long annotation and specification file names are given the same item-code
combination.
 Yes
Isogen uses the DataBaseCodes system.
If this option is set to Yes and a valid DataBaseCodes system is not
established, bill of material generation within Isogen is not correct.
DimensionsExcludedSlope
Default value: 10.0
Specifies the minimum percentage slope (rise/run) for automatic dimensioning of the vertical leg
of sloped pipe when using Automatic . If the pipe slope is under the specified value, then the
vertical leg dimension and the associated hatched graphics for the rise are not placed. The
horizontal dimension is still placed.
For more information, see Automatic (page 408).
DimensionsExistingIsogen
Default value: 0
Controls Isogen isometric representation of existing components.
 0
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are dimensioned.
 1
Existing components are exported with dotted lines and are not dimensioned.
 2
Existing components are exported with solid lines and are dimensioned.
Individual Isogen dimension settings override this setting. For more information, see
Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93).
CADWorx Plant 35
ElbowCenterLine
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 (off) or 1 (on)
Controls square elbow centerlines on elbow-type components. When set to 1, an additional
square centerline is drawn without drawing square elbow graphics. These lines appear in 2D
double line and Isometric modes only.
You can also control this variable by setting the Elbow Centerline in CADWorx Plant
menu: Utilities > Drawing Control > Elbow Centerline.
FittingWidth
Default value: 1.0
Specifies the appearance of all flanged, socket welded, and threaded fittings. When set to 1.0,
the software draws fitting hubs or flange ODs at 100% of the width specified in their data file.
This variable is useful at a value of 0.7 when drawing socket weld and threaded type hub fittings
where the hubs overlap.
HVACLibraryDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\HVAC
Allowed values: Valid directory name
Defines the location of the data files folder used for HVAC components.
IsogenAppendNonBmPipeLength
Default value: Yes
Determines if non-BW pipe is appended to the component description in the Bill of Materials.
Yes
The additional pipe length for non-BW pipe is appended to the component description in the
Bill of Materials.
No
No additional pipe length for non-BW pipe is added to the component description in the Bill
of Materials.
CADWorx Plant 36
IsogenAppendNippleLength
Default value: Yes
Sets the nipple length to show in the component description of the Bill of Materials.
Yes
Appends the nipple length to the component description in the Bill of Materials.
No
Does not append the nipple length to the component description in the Bill of Materials.
IsogenBoltControl
Default value: 0
Specifies bolt placement in the Plant Isogen bill of material schedules.
 0
Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts.
 1
Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long description,
such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts.
 2
Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the
bolt diameter to the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts.
 3
Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description, places
the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to the long
description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts.
 When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the number of
bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis as the
new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when
displayed in the material list.
 To make changes to non-Isogen bill of material bolt contols, see Bill of Material Settings
(page 391).
CADWorx Plant 37
IsogenContinuationGraphicsLevel
Default value: 0
Displays graphics for components connected to the selected item (component or line) for the
Isometric.
If a line number is selected for the ISO, the entire line is considered the selected component.
Continuation graphics will display at the end of the line.
Using Isogen Batch (page 187) will include the continuation line number with the continuation
coordinates.
 0
CADWorx Plant 38
No continuation graphics are displayed when running Isogen.
 1
First continuation level components (components directly connected to the selection)
are displayed as continuation graphics.
This option is automatically applied to Stop Signs and Isogen defined split points. For
more information, see Stop Sign (page 189) or I-Configure (page 192).
 2
First and second continuation level components (components directly connected to first
continuation level) are displayed as continuation graphics.
 3
CADWorx Plant 39
First, second, and third continuation level components (components directly connected
to the second continuation level) are displayed as continuation graphics.
IsogenDefaultStyle
Default value: <none>
Allowed values: Full path to an Isogen.fls file
Specifies the Isogen style used by Isogen Out and Isogen Batch . Displays the Select
Isogen Style dialog box.
For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177) and Isogen Batch (page 187).
When this variable is defined, Isogen Out does not display the Select Isogen
Style dialog box.
Select Isogen Style Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting Isogen projects, styles, and names of the
automatically-generated isometrics. See I-Configure (page 192) for more information on creating
and managing these projects and styles.
Difference between I-Configure and Browse for Style:
I-Configure exports each time it is run, unless you change the export options within the style.
The I-Configure option and the Browse for Style option both use the FLS file. With the
I-Configure option, the software recreates the style each time it is exported. When selecting
an ISOGENDEFAULTSTYLE, the software always displays the FLS as the default file
because both use an FLS. When using the I-Configure style, you can use the attribute
mapping abilities in the style. The software reads from the style.xml using Isogen’s Project
Manager tool. The Browse for Style option does not use the attribute mapping abilities.
Automatically Uses attribute Generates ISOS

exports when run mapping from a without changing the
CADWorx style .fls
I-Configure Yes Yes No
CADWorx Plant 40
Browse for No No Yes

Style
Use I-Configure
Use I-Configure to select a style for the isometric drawing.
 Connect
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select a
directory, project or style. For more information, see Select Isogen Style Directory
Dialog Box.
 Directory
Specifies the folder that contains the Isogen project.
 Project
Specifies the active Isogen project. The list contains all of the available projects. See
I-Configure (page 192) for information on creating these projects.
 Style
Specifies the active isometric drawing style. The list contains all of the available styles in
the project.
Browse for style
Select an existing drawing style file (*.FLS) to use for the isometric drawing.
 Path
Specifies the selected FLS file and the folder location containing that file.
 Select
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select an Isogen
style (Isogen.fls) file. Use this option to select an Isogen style that is in a shared network
folder. For more information, see Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box.
 Drawings Folder
Specifies the folder location for the drawings produced by Isogen.
PCF Name
Specifies the name of the file. This allows you to name an isometric file if none of the
components selected contain a line number. If the selected components contain line number
information, then the software uses line number from the last selected component as the
isometric file name.
Settings
Displays the Isogen Settings dialog box so that you can transpose the system by an X, Y,
and Z offset distance. For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers and all Start/Stop
signs from component iso information.
CADWorx Plant 41
The DXF edit box enables you to name a portion of the output file. The name appends a series
of numbers. Isogen might break up the selected components into multiple sheets which would
require this numbering sequence.
IsogenSetting
Default value: 0
Controls import of Isogen repeat file data when running Isogen Out (page 177) or Isogen Batch
(page 187).
Isogen Repeat File has to be configured in the Isogen Project for the repeat file
import to be active.
 0
Turns off all settings.
 1
Imports Mark/Sheet data from the repeat file.
 2
Imports Spool data from the repeat file.
 3
Imports Mark/Sheet/Spool data from the repeat file.
IsogenShowBOPElevation
Default value: No
Sets the pcf to show the elevation measurement from the bottom of the pipe or the center of the
pipe.
Yes
The software measures the elevation from the bottom of the pipe.
No
The software measures the elevation from the center of the pipe.
CADWorx Plant 42
IsogenSplitMaterialsBySpec
Default value: No
Sets the material list output to show all materials based on separate specifications, or combines
identical components from different specifications into one list.
No
Combines identical components from different specifications into one material list.
Yes
Sorts the material list by specifications.
IsogenUseSystemsPcf
Default value: No
Sets the IGO to output the pcf as a systems pcf showing the line number splits on a single
drawing.
Yes
The software generates a PCF with line number splits on a single drawing.
No
The software generates a PCF with line number splits on multiple drawings.
LanguageFile
Default value: English.xaml
Allowed values: A valid and properly formatted language file
Specifies the language of all Plant dialog boxes and prompts. The specified file must be present
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support folder for proper operation of Plant.
You must set the LanguageFile to the regional language when using a
language-specific specification. For example, if you have Chinese characters in your
specification, set the LanguageFile to Chinese_Simplified.dic. If you do not, System Out
(page 333) and System In (page 353) do not function correctly.
CADWorx Plant 43
LayerByLineNumber
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4
Specifies the layers for component placement.
You can use UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA to update a line number with
the current LayerByLineNumber setting. If you set LayerByLineNumber to 0 and change it to
2, then run UPDATELAYERBYLINENUMBERDATA, the line number you select updates based
on the settings defined below.
 0
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on PRJ layer entry.
ii. "_" is placed in front of the layer name: For example: 150 spec is on layer _150.
iii. The color of the solid is set according to the table below:
Component level Spec level color Spec layer color in

color PRJ PRJ model DWG file
Entity Color Set to By Same Color Same Color Same Color

Layer
Entity Color Set to Same Color Same Color Different Color

component level PRJ
Entity Color Set to By Same Color Different Color Same Color

Layer
Entity Color Set to Same Color Different Color Different Color

component level PRJ
b. Center line
i. The layer name of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration
Layers > Cl setting.
ii. The color of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers > Cl
setting.
iii. The line type of the centerline is based on Plant > Setup > Configuration Layers >
Cl setting.
iv. Any changes to Setup > Layers > Centerline Settings changes the existing
centerlines in the DWG file.
 1
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line is based on the CAD platform Layer settings.
CADWorx Plant 44
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the CAD platform Layer
settings.
iv. Any changes made to the line number using CEDIT do not change the layer the
solid and center line is on. Use the CAD platform Layer command to change the
layer of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as Solid.
 2
a. Solid:
i. The layer name of the solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid is based on the CAD platform Layer settings.
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the CAD platform Layer settings.
solid is on. Use the CAD platform Layer command to change the layer of an
existing solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
setting.
Cl setting.
existing centerline in the DWG File.
 3
a. Solid
i. The layer name of the solid and center line is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid and center line has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in the table above.
iii. The line type of the solid and center line is based on the CAD platform Layer
settings.
solid and center line is on. Use the CAD platform Layer command to change the
layer of an existing solid and center line in the DWG file.
b. Centerline: Same implementation as the Solid.
 4
a. Solid:
i. The layer name for solid is based on the Line Number name.
ii. The color of the solid has the same implementation for solid color as
LayerByLineNumber = 0 setting shown in table above.
CADWorx Plant 45
iii. The line type of the solid is based on the CAD platform Layer settings.
existing solid in the DWG file.
b. Centerline:
setting.
Cl setting.
existing centerline in the DWG file.
LineNumberSystem
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 (off), 1 (on), or 2 (static)
Specifies the line number system.
 0
Line numbers are manually entered.
 1
Size, spec, and count number are used for the line number.
 2
Count number is used for the line number.
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\[user-defined folder]
Allowed values: Valid file path (*.lvi)
Provides the location of the Isolation Settings File.
Sets the filter settings default file. When using the Line View Isolation Properties Manager,
the Isolation Setting File uses the file associated with the LineViewIsolationSettingsFile
variable and opens it as the default file. For more information on the Line View Isolation
Properties Manager, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager (page 120).
CADWorx Plant 46
PipeDescriptionCat
Default value: 0
Allowed values: 0 through 6
Specifies the addition of end preps to the long description, and DataBaseCodes for:
 Small-bore threaded or socket-welded pipe when using Thrd/SW Pipe . For more
information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (page 640).
 Nipple components when using Nipple . For more information, see Nipple (page 641).
 Small-bore pipe that is broken by an inserted component when using Router . For more
information, see Router (page 384).
 Swage components when using the Swage reducer from CADWorx Spec View palette.
For end prep to show, you must have the end prep schema set in the description
formats. For more information, see Description Format Dialog Boxes, and Long, Short, Tag, and
Part Number Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
The following end descriptions are provided:
 BBE - Bevel Both Ends
 BOE-TOE - Bevel One End - Threaded One End
 BOE-POE - Bevel One End - Plain One End
 PBE - Plain Both Ends
 POE-TOE - Plain One End, Threaded One End
 TBE - Threaded Both Ends
 BLE-TSE - Bevel Large End - Threaded Small End
 BLE-PSE - Bevel Large End - Plain Small End
 TLE-BSE - Threaded Large End - Bevel Small End
 TLE-PSE - Threaded Large End - Plain Small End
0
End preps are not added to any components.
1
End preps are added to long descriptions, DataBaseCodes, and part number for pipes,
nipples, and swages.
2
End preps are added to long descriptions for pipes, nipples, and swages.
3
End preps are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for pipe only.
4
End preps are added to long descriptions for pipe only.
5
CADWorx Plant 47
End preps are added to long descriptions and DataBaseCodes for nipples and swages.
6
End preps are added to long descriptions for nipples and swages.
This setting works in conjunction with Apply Pipe End Prep Rule. Both must be set
to display, (Automatic for Apply Pipe End Prep Rule and 1 through 6 for PipeDescriptionCat)
or the PipeDescriptionCat does not display on the Long annotation of the Component Edit
dialog box. For more information, see Apply Pipe End Prep Rule (page 60).
PipeSupportSetting
Default value: 1
Specifies the layer for pipe support component placement.
 0
The pipe support is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer settings.
 1
The pipe support is placed on the same layer as the connecting pipe or elbow
component.
 2
The pipe support is placed on a new layer. The layer name is derived by appending the
component layer name and the pipe support layer name. For example, if the pipe solid
is on layer _150, and the pipe support layer name is SUPT, then the pipe support is on
new layer _150SUPT.
When you disconnect a pipe support from a pipe or elbow and make updates to the
support with CEDIT, the software updates the support to the default layer.
SaveLastProfileUsed
Default value: No
Specifies whether CADWorx saves the last profile used on exit.
When a drawing file is double-clicked in Windows Explorer, or if the CAD platform is started
using an icon without specifying any profile, the CAD platform always loads the last profile used.
No
Prevents CADWorx from saving the last profile used.
Yes
Allows CADWorx to save the last profile used.
CADWorx Plant 48
SingleLineWidth
Default value: 0.02
Specifies the default width for a single line pipe.
SpecificationDirectory
Default value: [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec
Allowed values: Valid folder
Provides the location of the specifications folder.
This folder can be set as read-only.
SpecificationDefaultProject
Default value: Valid PRJ file
Allowed values: Valid PRJ file
Specifies the spec default project file.
Project files store specification information for all components in CADWorx. Setting a project file
here enables it to be the default project used for all modeling. This file can be opened using the
Specification Editor. When modeling, the information is accessed using this file to create the
components. For more information, see Spec Editor (page 114).
SpecSizeOverride
Default value: Yes
Controls the ability to override component specification and size. If override is turned off, you are
not able to draw out of spec or out of size.
Yes
Overrides the specification and size limits.
No
Limits drawing to values within specification and size limits.
CADWorx Plant 49
SyncOnStartUp
Default value: Turn Off Synchronize
Allowed values: Synchronize With Prompt, Synchronize Without Prompt, Synchronize With
Changes Review
Controls the synchronize option on opening a drawing with an external database:
Turn Off Synchronize
Turns off the synchronize option when a drawing is loaded into the CAD platform.
Synchronize With Prompt
Asks if the software should synchronize the drawing with the external database.
Synchronize Without Prompt
Synchronizes the drawing with the external database without prompting.
Synchronize With Changes Review
Enables you to review the changes made to the database and accept or reject the changes
as needed.
When you click Synchronize , values Turn Off Synchronize and Synchronize
With Prompt provide a prompt. Synchronize Without Prompt synchronizes without any
prompts. Synchronize With Changes Review displays the Synchronize Component Model
and Database Data dialog box where you can decide which information you want to update in
your drawing or database.
TemplateDatabaseFile
Default value: Pipe.mdb
Allowed values: Valid Microsoft Access database file name
Specifies the database file that is used with a bill of material.
ToolTipSetting
Default value: 8405
Allowed values: Positive integer
Specifies the data displayed in a tooltip when the mouse hovers over a component. Click the
ellipsis next to ToolTipSetting in Configuration Settings to open the Tool Tip Data Selection
dialog box. Select the needed data to display, and click OK. The correct integer is then
displayed for those settings.
CADWorx Plant 50
TopWorksSetting
Default value: 1
Allowed values: 0 through 4
Specifies the layers for top works component placement.
 0
Top works are not added to the valve even if a top works file is set in the specification
file.
 1
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is combined with the valve solid
to create one solid.
 2
Top works are added to the valve. The top works solid is grouped with the valve solid
and center line. The top works solid is placed on the same layer as the valve solid.
 3
and center line. The top works solid is placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings.
 4
and center line. The top works solid id placed on a layer set from the CADWorx layer
settings. The layer name is derived by appending the valve layer name and the top
works layer name. For example, when the valve is on layer _150, and the top works
layer name is TOP, the top works solid is on layer _150TOP.
UseObjectsFromXrefs
Default value: Yes
Allows objects from Xrefs (external references) to be used during the selection process.
No
Objects from Xrefs are not used.
Yes
Objects from Xrefs are used for the current command.
CADWorx Plant 51
WeldDotSize
Default value: 1.0
Specifies the default weld dot size on single-line, butt-welded piping components.
WeldGapToDB
Default value: Yes
Sets automatic weld gaps to database on or off.
Yes
Weld gaps are shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
No
Weld gaps are not shown in the Bill of Material schedule.
Maximum number of sizes Up(Down)

Default value: All
Allowed values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, All
Sets the maximum number of sizes Up(Down) visible in the component list.
Set Specification and Size

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup > Specification / Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Main Size
Setting toolbar: Main Size
Setting toolbar: Specification
Command line: SETSIZE, SETSPEC

Displays the Set Specification and Size dialog box in which you specify a drawing specification
file, a main size, and a reduction size.
Browse
Enables you to open the project specification needed for your drawing.
Reload File
Reloads the project (.prj) selected for any changes made in the Specification Editor.
Alternatively, type RELOADPROJECTFILE on the command line, and press ENTER.
M
Sets the selected row as the main size.
R
CADWorx Plant 52
Sets the selected row as the reduction size.

OK
Accepts the selected main and reduction sizes, and closes the dialog box.
 CADWorx Plant specifications are delivered to the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder. The
projects and catalogs are broken down into folders by their units of measure. CADWorx
P&ID also provides specifications delivered to the [Product Folder]\P&ID\Spec folder. If
Plant and P&ID are used together, you should select specifications from a single folder. For
more information, see SpecificationDirectory (page 49).
 The list of available sizes is controlled by [Product Folder]\Plant\System\SetSize.Tbl
(English/inches), SetSizeA.tbl (Metric/inches), and SetSizeM.tbl (Metric/mm).
Set Specification & Size Dialog Box

1. Click Setup > Specification / Size. Alternatively, click Main Size or type SETSPEC
or SETSIZE, and press ENTER.
The Set Specification & Size dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open window displays.
3. Navigate to the proper specification, and click Open.
The Specification list populates.
4. Select a specification from the list. This must be done before sizes can be selected.
The Main / Reduction size populates.
5. Select a main size and a reduction size from the list. They can be selected in any order.
6. Click OK.
The specification and main and reduction sizes are set.
Specifies drawing layers and the default names, line types, and colors of the layers. Default
layers are provided. You can add and delete layers.
 The default layers are mandatory for use with Plant and cannot be deleted. See the tables
below.
 Layer changes made in this dialog box affect the current drawing session similar to the CAD
platform LAYER command.
 The commands in this dialog box are inactive if the configuration settings permission is set
to read-only.
Layer Name
Specifies the layer name. The layer name can be anything that is allowed by the CAD
platform. Wild card characters and spaces are not allowed. Click Update to change the
CADWorx Plant 53
name.
New
Adds a new layer with a default name. New layers are created when the drawing is
initialized with Plant. Access this option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Delete
Removes the selected layer from the list. You cannot delete default layers. Access this
option by right-clicking in the layer name column.
Linetype
Specifies the line type for the selected layer. Select a value in the Select Linetype dialog
box.
Line types are defined in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Cfm.lin, the [AutoCAD
Product Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\en-us\acad.lin, and the [BricsCAD Product
Folder]\UserDataCache\Support\en-us\default.lin files.
Color
Displays the Select Color dialog box for selecting the color of the layer.
CADWorx Plant Layers

Layer# Default Name Layer is used for
Layer1 System Non-graphical components
Layer2 Border Border drawing
Layer3 BOM BOM graphics
Layer4 Cl Centerline of piping components
Layer5 Dim1 Dimensions
Layer6 Dim2 Dimensions
Layer7 Equip Plant components
Layer8 Exist Existing components
Layer9 Graph Graphics annotations (Arrows, Section, Plan, Detail Labels)
Layer11 Text Text annotations
Layer12 Viewl Viewports
Layer14 HVAC HVAC components
Layer15 Cl_HVAC Centerline of HVAC components
CADWorx Plant 54
Layer# Default Name Layer is used for
Layer16 TopWorks Valve TopWorks solid
Layer17 Clash Clash entity
Layer18 Supports Pipe Support
Layer19 CADWorx1 Future use
Layer20 CADWorx2 Future use
Layer21 to (User Defined) (User Defined)

Layer100
If the Cl layer is frozen or turned off, some CADWorx commands might not function
because data is stored on the centerline of that layer.
Piping Rules
Sets the piping rules for the drawing. These rules govern how the software affects the drawing
for each piece of pipe or component drawn. The options you select affect the responses you
receive from the system.
Include in CFG
Specifies the piping rule settings saved to the configuration file. Select the check box in the
main title to clear all or select all piping rules. Local user preferences control any settings
that you have not included in the configuration file.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that
you have checked in the Include in CFG column.
CADWorx Plant 55
Topics
Apply Size Rule .............................................................................. 56
Apply Specification Rule ................................................................ 57
Apply End Type Rule ..................................................................... 57
Apply Pipe Length Rule .................................................................. 57
Apply Weld Insertion Rule .............................................................. 58
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule........................................................... 58
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule ................................................................ 58
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule ............................................................ 59
Apply Pipe Healing Rule ................................................................ 59
Apply Branch Table Rule ............................................................... 59
Apply Flange Insertion Rule ........................................................... 60
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule.................................................... 60
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule .............................................................. 60
Apply Auto Coupling Rule .............................................................. 61
Apply Line Number Rule ................................................................ 61
Apply Change Data Rule ................................................................ 63
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule ............................................... 65
Center Line ..................................................................................... 65
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle ................................................. 65
Variable Component Length Assignment ...................................... 66
Incompatible Component Actions .................................................. 66
Graphics Overlay............................................................................ 67
Apply Size Rule

Default value: Show Options
Allowed values: No, Automatic, Show Options
Sets the system to check the size of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the size of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the size of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the component being connected
to.
CADWorx Plant 56
Apply Specification Rule

Sets the system to check the specification of components when components are inserted.
No
Does not check the specification of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the specification of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
to.
Apply End Type Rule

Default value: Automatic
Sets the system to check the connection end type between two components based on the
Matching End Types Table.
No
Does not check the connection of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the connection of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inserting components based on the other components
connection.
Apply Pipe Length Rule

Default value: No
Sets the system to check the pipe length when pipe is inserted.
No
Does not check the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Checks the pipe length of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
to.
CADWorx Plant 57
Apply Weld Insertion Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Buttweld Only, Automatic - Socket Weld Only, Automatic -
Buttweld and Socket Weld
Specifies auto insert of weld gap to components.
No
Does not insert weld gaps.
Automatic - Buttweld Only
Inserts weld gaps on buttweld connections only.
Automatic - Socket Weld Only
Inserts weld gaps on socket weld connections only.
Automatic - Buttweld and Socket Weld
Inserts weld gaps on buttweld and socket weld connections.
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule

Default value: Flanges Only
Allowed values: None, Flanges Only, Clamps Only, or Flanges and Clamps
Inserts a gasket to a component automatically when needed.
None
Does not insert gaskets.
Flanges Only
Inserts gaskets automatically only on flanges.
Clamps Only
Inserts gaskets automatically only on clamps.
Flanges and Clamps
Inserts gaskets automatically on flanges and clamps.
Apply Bolt Insertion Rule

Default value: None
Allowed values: None, Flanges Only, Clamps Only, or Flanges and Clamps
Inserts bolts to flanges or clamps automatically.
None
Does not insert bolts.
Flanges Only
Inserts bolts automatically only on flanges.
Clamps Only
CADWorx Plant 58
Inserts bolts automatically only on clamps.

Flanges and Clamps
Inserts bolts automatically on flanges and clamps.
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No or Automatic
Places trimmed buttweld elbows in the drawing when using ROUTE.
No
Does not allow for trimmed buttweld elbows.
Automatic
Router allows for trimmed buttweld elbows.
Apply Pipe Healing Rule

Default value: Automatic
Heals buttweld pipe when in-line components are erased.
No
Does not heal buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.
Automatic
Heals buttweld pipe for in-line components when erased.
Apply Branch Table Rule

Default value: No
Sets the system to check the branch table when branch components are inserted.
No
Does not check the branch table.
Automatic
Checks the branch table when branch components are inserted.
CADWorx Plant 59
Apply Flange Insertion Rule

Allowed values: No, Automatic - Use Spec Setting, Automatic - Flange Socket Weld, Automatic
- Flange Threaded, Automatic - Long Weld Neck, Automatic - Flange Weld Neck, Automatic -
Flange Slip On, Show Options
Controls the rule of automatically inserting a flange. Sets the system for automatic type and
insertion of flanges.
No
Does not allow for automatic insertion of a flange.
Automatic
Inserts selected flange type automatically.
Show Options
to.
Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule

Default value: Automatic - 2 Holes
Allowed values: Automatic - 1 Hole, Automatic - 2 Holes, Show Options - Specify Input Angle
Specifies the bolt hole orientation of a flange.
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule

Default value: No
Sets the end preparation of connections in conjunction with PipeDescriptionCat. The
description displays in the Long annotation of the Component Edit dialog box.
You can use EDITENDPREP to change the end preparation of a pipe or nipple.
No
Does not set the end prep of components when components are inserted.
Automatic
Sets the pipe end prep of components when components are inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts to set or not set the pipe end prep.
 The PipeDescriptionCat must be set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule
must be set to Automatic for the pipe end preparation descriptions to appear.
 If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Automatic the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
CADWorx Plant 60
 If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
No the pipe end preparation description is not set and does not display.
 If the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 1 through 6 and the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule is set to
Show Options you are only prompted to set the pipe end preparation when inserting single
pipe using the PIPW1 command. Selecting No does not set the pipe end preparation and
does not display a description. This is the case even with the PipeDescriptionCat set to 1
through 6. Selecting Yes displays the description unless the PipeDescriptionCat is set to 0.
 For more information, see PipeDescriptionCat (page 47).
Apply Auto Coupling Rule

Default value: No
Allowed values: No, Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only, Automatic - All Connections, Show Options
Sets the system to insert a coupling when routing components.
No
Does not add a coupling when routing components.
Automatic - Pipe Breaks Only
Adds a coupling when routing components with socket weld or threaded piping, when the
pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must set the Apply Pipe Length Rule to
Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not added.
Automatic - All Connections
Adds a coupling at all connections while routing.
Show Options
Displays option prompts, when routing, to insert a coupling. This happens when using
socket weld or threaded piping or when the pipe breaks at the maximum length. You must
set the Apply Pipe Length Rule to Automatic or Show Options or couplings are not
added.
Apply Line Number Rule

Allowed values: Always Inherit, Show Options
Sets the system to check the line number of in-line components when a component is inserted
based on the setting in line number Setup and according to the table below.
Always Inherit
Automatically inherits the line number of in-line components when a component is inserted.
Show Options
Displays option prompts for inheriting the line number on in-line components when
components are inserted.
CADWorx Plant 61
Line Number System Setup Apply Line Number Rule Setting Effect
System Off Always Inherit No Line Number Rule is applied
Show Options No Line Number Rule is applied
System On (Dynamic Always Inherit Inherit all header/parent line

Size/Spec) number parameters except the
dynamic one such as Size and
Spec
Show Options Show 3 different options:

 1. Exact copy of parent line
number.
 2. Dynamic parent line
number (the same parent line
number except for the size
and spec).
 3. Current line number setup
as listed in the Line Number
setup.
System On (Static Size Always Inherit Inherit exact copy of

/Spec) header/parent line number
Show Options Show 2 options:

 1. Exact copy of
header/parent line number.
 2. Current line number as
shown in the Line Number
setup.
For more information about Line Number System setup, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (page 263).
CADWorx Plant 62
Apply Change Data Rule

Default value: Custom Data
Allowed values: Checked items in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box display here
Sets the system for items that do not update when using Change Size, Change Spec, or
converting from project data.
See Also
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63)
Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box

Enables you to select the items that do not update when using CHANGESPEC, CHANGESIZE,
or CONVERTFROMPRJDATA. When you check an item in this dialog, the software turns the
update of this item off.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing
to your current settings.
Alpha size
Turns the alpha size update on or off. The software updates the Alpha size in the Alpha
size box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Short Description
Turns the short description update on or off. The software updates the Short Description in
the Short annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Long description
Turns the long description update on or off. The software updates the Long description in
the Long annotation box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Tag
Turns the tag update on or off. The software updates the Tag in the Tag box in the
Component Edit dialog box.
Variable Component Length
Keeps the original length of the component when checked. If you clear Variable
Component Length when you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, then the software uses the
Variable Component Length Assignment rule to determine the proper length. For more
information, see Variable Component Length Assignment (page 66).
Isogen Data
Turns the Isogen data update on or off. Any component that contains Isogen data, which
you can view in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93), updates from the project when you
clear the Isogen Data check box. For example, double-click a pipe support, click Isogen,
and then select a message Type on a pipe support. Run Change Specification, and
change the specification. If you had the Isogen Data check box cleared, then the
component Isogen data updated and the message reads from the project. If you had the
Isogen Data check box selected, then the component Isogen data did not update and the
message reads the same as your original selection.
CADWorx Plant 63
Lock Overlay Orientation

Turns the overlay orientation update on and off. When you clear Lock Overlay Orientation,
the software updates the X_Axis orientation in the model for the selected components from
the data table defaults. When you select Lock Overlay Orientation, the component
maintains the X_Axis orientation changes made after placement when you convert from the
project data.
Lock Overlay Orientation applies only to CONVERTFROMPRJDATA and
always updates when you use Change Size, Change Spec, or other update commands.
Database Codes
Turns the database codes update on or off. The software updates the Database Codes in
the Code box in the Component Edit dialog box.
Custom Data
Turns the custom data update on or off. The software updates the Custom Data in the
Component Custom Data dialog box. Click Custom Data in the Component Edit dialog
box to display the Component Custom Data dialog box. You can create Custom Data in
the Specification Editor with the Custom Data options.
Line Number
Turns the line number update on or off. The software updates the Line Number in the Line
Number box in the Component Edit dialog box.
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the
drawing to your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting
cleared, the software changes your line number to the current values set in the Line
Numbering System. For example, if you set the count to 1500, change a line number to
1506, and then run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the
line numbers back to 1500. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box
(page 263). To exclude Line Number updates when you run the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA command, see Convert from project data (page 108).
Layer/color
Turns the layer and color update on or off. When you clear Layer/color, the software
updates the layer and color to the component and is considered on. When you select
Layer/color, the component in the model does not change its layer or its color when you
convert from the project data and is considered off. Use the LayerByLineNumber (page 44)
Configuration Setting to specify the layers for component updates during Change Size or
Change Spec.
Layer/color applies only to CONVERTFROMPRJDATA and always updates
when you use Change Size, Change Spec, or other update commands.
Topworks
Turns the topworks update on and off. When you clear Topworks, the software updates the
topworks in the model for the selected components. When you select Topworks, the
topworks in the model do not change when you convert from the project data.
Topworks applies only to CONVERTFROMPRJDATA and always updates when
you use Change Size, Change Spec, or other update commands.
Pipe Support Geometry
Turns the pipe support update on or off. When you clear Pipe Support Geometry, the
CADWorx Plant 64
software updates the pipe supports in the model for the selected components. For example,
you insert a 24" elbow stanchion. In the Pipe Support Data Dialog Box (page 124) you
select a 20" pipe stanchion and a 20" plate stanchion. If you run
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA on the elbow stanchion after insert with this option cleared,
then the 20" pipe stanchion and the 20" plate stanchion revert back to 24" to match the
inserted elbow stanchion. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA on the elbow stanchion
after insert with this option checked, then the 20" pipe stanchion and the 20" plate stanchion
keep the 20" size value.
Pipe Support Geometry applies only to CONVERTFROMPRJDATA ,and
always updates when you use Change Size, Change Spec, or other update commands.
Select / deselect all
Checks or clears all check boxes in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box. This is useful
when you want to update everything or nothing.
Change the Data Rule update

1. Select the Apply Change Data Rule ellipsis.
2. Select the items that you do not want the software to update. If you want to update all items,
clear all check boxes.
3. Click OK.
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule

Allowed values: spacing values
Enables you to control the overlap distance between o-lets and weld gaps.
Center Line
Default value: On
Allowed values: On, Off
Indicates whether the centerline of the components displays.
Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle

Allowed values: angle values 1 to 179
Enables you to control the maximum angle allowed when routing skewed piping. To route
skewed piping, see Auto Route (page 374) and Route skewed and sloped pipe (page 381).
CADWorx Plant 65
Variable Component Length Assignment

Allowed values: Use Catalog Length, Show Options
Enables you to control how a length applies to components that contain variable lengths.
Use Catalog Length
Sets the length of the component based on the length in the associated catalog. When you
run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software updates the component length to the data
table length.
Show Options
Sets the length of the component based on the typed length when you insert the
component. When you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software displays the following
three options:
 Keep origin length
Keeps the origin length of the component that you typed with the Length option.
 Use catalog length
Updates the length of the component to the information stored in the catalog's data
table.
 Specify new length
Specifies a new length for the component.
Incompatible Component Actions

Allowed values: Update Compatible Components, Abort Update Command, Show Options
Controls the behavior of the update commands when selection sets include incompatible
components.
When you open a drawing that contains incompatible components, the software informs you that
the drawing contains incompatible components. CADWorx refers you to the Incompatible
Component Actions piping rule to control how the update commands deal with other
components in the drawing.
You can use most CAD platform and CADWorx commands when working with a drawing
containing compatible components and incompatible components. However, if you try to use
CADWorx or CAD platform commands on incompatible components, the commands do not
execute against those incompatible components.
Update Compatible Components
Ignores incompatible components in the selection set and continues to update all compatible
components.
Abort Update Command
Stops the bulk update commands when selection sets contain incompatible components.
CADWorx Plant 66
Show Options
Prompts you when running the bulk update commands on selection sets which include
incompatible components with the following two options:
 Abort
Stops the update for all components.
 Update
Runs the update on all compatible components only.
Graphics Overlay
Default value: Disable Overlay
Allowed values: Overlay in Enhanced Mode, Overlay in Enhanced and Solid Mode
Controls the representation of the components.
Disable Overlay
Disables the overlay graphic on the coupling.
Overlay in Enhanced Mode
Displays the coupling with the block drawing as an overlay when you set the Drawing Mode
to 3D Enhanced.
Overlay in Enhanced and Solid Mode
Displays the coupling with the block drawing as an overlay when you set the Drawing Mode
to 3D Enhanced or 3D Solid.
Convert Legacy Drawing

Default value: Off
Allowed values: Off, Automatic, Show Options
Enables you to convert legacy drawing components to smart components.
Convert Mode
Sets the software to recognize whether the drawing is a legacy drawing and convert it.
There are three options:
 Off
Indicates the software does not convert the legacy drawing when it is opened.
 Automatic
Specifies that the software automatically converts the drawing to smart components
when you open the drawing.
 Show Options
Indicates that the software prompts you to convert the drawing to smart components
when you open the drawing.
Use new spec data
Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the legacy components
CADWorx Plant 67
when a conversion is completed.

 Yes
Indicates the software pulls data from the project file during the conversion.
 No
Indicates the software pulls data from the legacy component during conversion.
Refresh all open palettes to update contents after running the
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command.
See Also
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box (page 68)
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications Dialog Box

CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Setup > Convert Legacy Drawing and then set
Convert Mode to Show Options
Command line: CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS

Converts the components of a legacy drawing to smart components.
Available specifications in project
Specifies if there are any available specifications in the selected project for conversion.
Legacy specification used in model
Specifies the specifications that the software uses in the legacy model.
Match
Matches the selected specification in Available specifications in project to the
specification listed in Legacy specification used in model.
Auto Match
Automatically matches the specification used in the legacy model without selecting a
specification from the Available specifications in project box.
Backup current drawing
Creates a backup of the legacy drawing in the folder where the legacy drawing resides.
Use new spec data
Specifies whether CADWorx data is pulled from the project file or the legacy components
when a conversion is completed. When Use new spec data is selected, data is pulled from
the selected specification in Current Project.
Current Project
Specifies the current project from which the software converts the legacy drawings.
Browse
Enables you to select a current project.
OK
CADWorx Plant 68
Accepts the settings and converts the model.
Convert Legacy using Automatic option

 Set Convert Mode to Automatic.
The software converts the drawing into smart components when a legacy drawing is
opened.
Convert Legacy using Show Options option

1. Set Convert Mode to Show Options. For more information, see Convert Legacy Drawing
(page 67).
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
The Open dialog box displays.
3. Select a PRJ file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match automatically selects the matching specification for the
drawing based on the specification used in the legacy drawing. If you want to use a different
specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must click Match instead of Auto Match.
6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into a 2013 components.
Convert Legacy using the CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS command

1. Type CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match Specifications dialog box displays.
2. Click Browse.
3. Select a .prj file, and click Open.
The specifications display in the Available specifications in project box.
4. Select a specification used in the model in the Legacy specification used in model box.
CADWorx Plant 69
5. Select a specification in the Available specifications in project box, and click Match.
Clicking Auto Match indicates that the software automatically selects the
matching specification for the drawing based on the specification used in the legacy
drawing. If you want to use a different specification for the drawing, such as 300, you must
click Match instead of Auto Match.
6. Select Backup current drawing to create a backup the drawing. This is the default option.
OR
Clear Backup current drawing so that a backup of the drawing is not created.
7. Select Use new spec data to use the spec data from the current project. This is the default
option.
OR
Clear Use new spec data to use the spec data from the legacy drawing.
8. Click OK.
The software converts the drawing into smart components.
 If you notice that a component does not convert to a smart component then the component
may not be listed in the specification that you have chosen.
 The software alerts you with a message if you do not have any legacy data in the drawing.
 You must convert an inch drawing to an inch specification and a metric drawing to a metric
specification.
Find Legacy Components Dialog Box

Command line: REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONENTS
Enables you to search the drawing for legacy components and display the information based on
the Search Options.
Search Options
Tag
Finds the legacy components based on the tag. Click in the Tag box to display components
filtered by tag in the Components filtered by: Tag box. You can type data in this box to
filter for specific tags.
Code
Finds the legacy components based on the code. Click in the Code box to display
components filtered by code in the Components filtered by: Code box. You can type data
in this box to filter for specific codes.
Line number
Finds the legacy components based on the line number. Click in the Line Number box to
display components filtered by line number in the Components filtered by: Line number
box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific line numbers.
Short annotation
CADWorx Plant 70
Finds the legacy components based on the short annotation. Click in the Short annotation
box to display components filtered by short annotation in the Components filtered by:
Short annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific short annotations.
Long annotation
Finds the legacy components based on the long annotation. Click in the Long annotation
box to display components filtered by long annotation in the Components filtered by: Long
annotation box. You can type data in this box to filter for specific long annotations.
Components filtered by: <Search Options type>
Displays the findings of the Search Options. When the software detects a legacy
component the information based on the search option selected, displays in the box. The
heading of the Components filtered by box is dynamic and changes depending on the
Search Options item you have selected. The heading also displays the number of records
for each item selected. Selecting a record displays a red arrow indication the component
containing the selected information in the drawing.
View Log File

Displays a log file of the conversions you made when using
CONVERTCADWORXLEGACYDWGS.
Miscellaneous CFG Content

Specifies the miscellaneous content to save to the current configuration file. Local user
preferences control any settings that you have not included in the configuration file.
Include in CFG
Enables you to include specific miscellaneous content when saving to a configuration file.
Select the check box in the main title to clear all or select all miscellaneous content.
When you save the configuration file, the software only saves the settings that
you have checked in the Include in CFG column.
Current Drawing Settings
CADWorx Plant 71
Saves the current drawing settings to the configuration file. Select the check box to include
in the configuration file when you save. Select Current Drawing to view the current drawing
settings.
Saves the current configuration layers to the configuration file. Select the check box to
include in the configuration file when you save. Select Configuration Layers to view the
current layers.
Piping Live Database Settings
Saves the live database settings for piping to the configuration file. Select the check box to
include in the configuration file when you save. Click Setup to view the current settings.
Line Number Setup
Saves the current line number setup to the configuration file. Select the check box to include
in the configuration file when you save. Click Setup to view the current settings.
Clash Settings
Saves the current clash settings to the configuration file. Select the check box to include in
the configuration file when you save. Click Clash View and then Options to view the
current settings.
Specification and Size

Sets the specification and size using the Set Specification and Size dialog box. For more
information, see Set Specification and Size (page 52).
Optional Items
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Optional Items
Setting toolbar: Specification Option Toggle
Plant menu: Accessory > Specifications > Optional Items
Command line: SPECOPTION

Places a component on the drawing when the component type in the specification has an
optional component (such as when a 300 lb. orifice flange is in the 150 lb. specification).
Click the command to toggle between two methods:
1. The command line message is:
All components will be dialoged...
When a component type is selected, all components of that component type appear in the
Optional component dialog box. For more information, see Optional Component Dialog
Box (page 73).
2. The command line message is:
Specification dialog turned off...
CADWorx Plant 72
When a component type is selected, the default component is selected for placement on the
drawing. The Optional component dialog box does not appear unless the component size
is out of the specification range or the component is not allowed by the specification. You
can then select a component in the range. For more information, see Optional Component
Dialog Box (page 73).
Optional Component Dialog Box

Specifies components for placement. Status, start size, end size, tag, long description, and short
description are displayed for each component.
OK
Places the selected component on the drawing.
Default
Changes the selected component to the default component.
Using SpecSizeOverride
When the SpecSizeOverride (page 49) variable is off, sizes are restricted to the specification
range. If the selected size is not within the range, OK and Default are not available.
If SpecSizeOverride is on, the dialog box appears if the component size is not in the range. You
can then select the needed component even when it is out of range.
The following table summarizes the dialog box behavior.
Component in Size in Dialog box SpecSizeOverride Dialog box

specification? specification? appears? variable status behavior
Yes Yes No Off = 0 Normal operation.
Yes No No Off = 0 Error message.
Yes No No On = 1 Error message, but you can

override.
Yes Yes Yes Off = 0 Dialog box shows all

components including
optional components, but
does not allow override.
Yes No Yes Off = 0 Dialog box shows all

components but OK is not
available for components
not in size range.
Yes No Yes On = 1 Dialog box shows all

components and allows
override.
No n/a No Off = 0 Error message.
You can use the Spec Editor to change components to optional components. For
more information, see Spec Editor (page 114).
CADWorx Plant 73
Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size
Setting toolbar: Size
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size
Command line: COMP2SIZE

Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a component with the needed sizes.
Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You can optionally
reverse the main and reduction sizes.
Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Spec
Setting toolbar: Spec
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Spec
Command line: COMP2SPEC

Specifies the current specification by selecting a component using the needed specification.
Size-Spec
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Size-Spec
Setting toolbar: Size-Spec
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Size-Spec
Command line: COMP2SIZESPEC

Specifies the main size, reduction size, and specification by selecting a component with the
needed values. Reduction size is not set if it has not been set on the selected component. You
can optionally reverse the main and reduction sizes.
CADWorx Plant 74
All
Setting toolbar: All
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > All
Command line: COMP2ALL

Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and line number by selecting a component
with the needed values.
This option requires that you set the LineNumberSystem (page 46) variable to 2. This is the
same as having the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box selected. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263).
Editor
Creates, views, and modifies specifications. For more information, see Spec Editor (page 114).
Change Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Size
Command Line: CHANGESIZE

Changes the size of the selected components based on available sizes. Sizes are based on the
specification project you choose when initially setting up the drawing. This command has two
main functions Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Automatically changes the entire component to the chosen size.
The Change Size command only changes the size of the line until it
reaches a reducer. The software provides two options to replace a reducer to match the size
change. The pipeline on the other side of the reducer maintains its size. The only way to
change the size of the pipeline on both sides of a reducer is to select the reducer itself.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen size.
When using the manual option, the software forces you to select reducers
for adjacent components that are not the same size. The manual option does not stop size
changes at any point based on another component. However, unless the line on the other
side of a reducer is selected it is not changed.
Large
Changes the large side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
option when using Automatic.
Small
Changes the small side of the component and anything attached to that side. This is only an
CADWorx Plant 75
Both
Changes both sides of the component and anything attached to those sides. This is only an
Change current component
Changes the component to match the size change.
add Reducing component
Displays a list of reducing components.
add Reducer at branch
Adds a reducer to a branch component. This option is available when changing the size of a
branch component.
BOP
Places the changed size piping at the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Places the changed size piping at the top of pipe.
Current
Places the changed size piping at the current location.
caNcel
Does not change the size and cancels out.
When you change size of a pipe attached to a pipe support, the pipe support also
changes size to coincide with the piping.
What do you want to do?

 Change the size automatically (page 77)
 Change the size manually (page 77)
 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically (page 78)
 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually (page 78)
 Change the size of a model with branch connections automatically (page 79)
 Change tee sizes automatically (page 80)
 Change tee sizes manually (page 81)
CADWorx Plant 76
Change the size automatically

1. Click Change Size . Alternatively, type CHANGESIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Press ENTER for automatic.
3. Select a component.
4. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops,
forcing you to start over.
5. Select a component to keep its position, or press ENTER to finish.
 If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
 The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
The entire drawing changes its size.
Change the size manually

When using the manual option, you must select similar components with like sizes, or
the process does not work.
ENTER.
2. Type M for manual.
3. Select the components whose size you want to change, and press ENTER when finished.
4. Select a size from the list that appears.
The next prompt only displays if you have selected pipe lines that do not connect
to each other but have a component in-between. If you do not receive the following prompt
skip step 6 and continue.
5. Select the reducers as needed.

The specific components change size and add the reducers if needed.
CADWorx Plant 77
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes automatically

ENTER.
3. Select a reducer.
4. Type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list that displays. This is based on the choice you make in step 4.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops,
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for
selection of a component.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component the process fails.
Change the size of a reducer and the pipes manually

Use this option when you want to change the size of more than one reducer and the
pipe lines to multiple sizes.
ENTER.
3. Select one or more reducers and press ENTER.
If you select more than one you might not be prompted for the sides of the
reducer. This depends on the location of the chosen reducers.
4. If applicable, type Large, Small, or Both on the command line, and then press ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list. This list continues to show up for as many components as you
selected.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component the process stops,
Until you press ENTER to finish the software continues to prompt you for
selection of a component.
The selected components change size.
If you change the size of a pipe on the small end of a reducer to the same size as the
pipe on the large end of the reducer, the software gives you the option to change the
component. If you do not change the component the process fails.
CADWorx Plant 78
Change the size of a model with branch connections

automatically
The software displays different prompts based on the selections you make. Different scenarios
you might encounter are described in the following procedure:
ENTER.
The software displays a list of sizes.
4. Select a size from the list.
If you select a size that is not available in the catalog for a component, the
software stops the process and you must restart.
5. Select each branch in the model, and then select a size from the list. Follow any prompts the
software displays.
 If you select a branch size that is not available for a component in the selected branch,
the software prompts you to change the component. The process fails if you select No.
 If you select only one branch, the software prompts you to either change the
component, add a reducer, or cancel the process.
 If you select a line size that does not match the selected main line size. The software
may prompt you to insert a reducer on that line.
 The software displays prompts based on you selections.
1. Select a component, or press ENTER to finish.
2. If the software prompts you to fix the pipe by BOP, TOP, or Current, type an option, and
press ENTER.
Until you press ENTER to finish, the software continues to prompt you to select a
component.
The selected system changes size.
CADWorx Plant 79
Change tee sizes automatically

ENTER.
2. Type A for automatic.
3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
5. You are now prompted to select the branch or press ENTER.
 If you select the branch, the software prompts you for the size of the branch. The
prompts you receive are then determined on the size you select for the branch and the
main.
 If you do not select the branch, the prompts are determined by the size you select for
the main.
 Prompts vary depending on the options you choose.
 For instance, large versus small pipe, selecting the branch or not selecting the branch,
using Change current component or add Reducer at branch, each choice produces
a different outcome. However, the software produces the same result of changing the
size of the tee component.
 These options were designed so that you could change the tee as needed for any
scenario. For more information, see Change Size (page 75).
6. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change
size and requires a reducer. This happens when you select a tee and you do not select the
lines next to the tee. This can also happen when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
7. Select the reducers as required.

CADWorx Plant 80
The line with the tee changes size and a reducer is added to the branch.
 If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer be inserted, but the pipe next to the tee is too short for the software to
accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and make sure
there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change Size again.
 If you select a single component and change to a small size, the software takes you
immediately to Step 7.
 It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components to change to if the size of the reducing tee does not
exist or if a component change is needed.
Change tee sizes manually

If you have the Apply Branch Table Rule set to Automatic some of the prompts are
not received. In this scenario, the software reads the branch table in the specification. To review
the branch table, open the project, select the specification, and then select the Branch tab on
the Edit component pane.
ENTER.
3. Select a line with a tee component to change, and then press ENTER.
If you select more than one component and a small size, the software prompts
you to select the sizes for each component. When you finish, the reducer prompt displays. If
you select more than one component and a large size, the software prompts you with
Change current component and add Reducer at branch. The prompts following your
selections depend on the other components you select.
5. Follow the prompts to select the best option for your model.
In most instances the following prompt displays.
CADWorx Plant 81
The software displays the following prompt when a line is not going to change
size and requires a reducer. This happens, when you select a tee and you do not select the
lines next to the tee. This can also happen, when you select a tee and you do not select the
branch line of the tee. The software prompts for a reducer for any line that does not require
a size change.
6. Select the reducers as required.

The tee changes size.
 If the software displays the prompt The model cannot change size, then there is an issue
with the model components. For instance, this can happen if you select a tee and the line
requires a reducer to be inserted. However, the pipe next to the tee is too short for the
software to accommodate the reducer. If this happens, check the lengths of the piping and
make sure there is room to accommodate the added components, and then run Change
Size again.
 If you select a single tee and change to a small size, the software takes you immediately to
step 6.
 It is possible to receive the following prompt when changing the size of a tee. The software
provides a list of available components if the size of the reducing tee does not exist or if a
component change is needed.
CADWorx Plant 82
Change Specification
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Change Spec
Command Line: CHANGESPEC

Changes the specification of the selected components. The software determines the change
specification based on the size and type of the selected component. The Change Spec
command has two modes either Automatic or Manual.
Automatic
Changes all the components on the selected line to the chosen specification automatically,
depending on the following conditions.
The Automatic option only changes the specification assigned to the
system until it reaches another specification.
If Show optional components or Show all components in the Settings tab of the Spec
View palette is turned on, then the following rules apply:
 When the specification contains only one matching default component, then the
software selects the default component.
 When the specification contains no default and only one optional, then the software
selects the optional component.
 When multiple components match the component in the chosen specification, the
component list displays both the matching non-optional and matching optional
components.
Manual
Changes only the selected components to the chosen specification.
View palette is turned on, then the following rules apply:
 When the specification contains only one matching component in the chosen
specification, then the software selects the default.
 When the specification contains only one optional component in the chosen
specification and no default component, then the software selects the optional
component.
 When the specification contains more than one matching component in the chosen
specification, then the software provides you a list of the components.
View palette is turned off, then the following rules apply:
 When the specification contains only one matching component in the chosen
specification, then the software selects the default.
 When the specification contains one or more optional components in the chosen
specification and no default component, CADWorx does not change the specification
and displays an error message.
CADWorx Plant 83
 When the specification contains more than one non-optional matching component and
multiple optional components in the chosen specification, then the software provides
you with a list of the non-optional components only.

 Change the specification automatically (page 84)
 Change the specification manually (page 85)
 Change the specification of a model with branches automatically (page 85)
Change the specification automatically

1. Click Change Spec . Alternatively, type CHANGESPEC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
3. Select a pipeline.
4. Select a specification.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
A list of components displays.
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the
component in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default
components if there are matching default components found, even if matching optional
components exist. The default component takes higher priority. The only time the software
displays an optional component (or list of components) is when there are no matching
default components found in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only
available default component, skip to step 6.
5. Select the component you need.
The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you
press ENTER to finish.
The software changes the specification for the selection.
CADWorx Plant 84
Change the specification manually

ENTER.
3. Select the components whose specification you want to change, and press ENTER when
finished.
The software selects the default component if there is only one matching default component
and no matching optional components.
When you use the Manual option, you can select a single component or more
than one component. If you select more than one component, it is possible to get both
responses in step 4. One component could only have one default, but another component
could have a multitude of matching components.
OR
This list only displays when there are multiple matching components. For
instance, if you have five of the same type of pipe but with different schedules, the software
displays all the matching pipes to choose from. If this list does not display, skip to step 6.
The specification to the selected components is changed.
Change the specification of a model with branches

automatically
ENTER.
3. Select a pipeline.
The software selects the default component if there is only one default component.
OR
The software selects the optional component if there is no default and only one optional.
OR
This list only displays when there are multiple components matching the
component in the chosen specification. Automatic option only displays the default
CADWorx Plant 85
components if there are matching default components found, even if matching optional
components exist. The default component takes higher priority. The only time the software
displays an optional component (or list of components) is when there are no matching
default components found in the chosen specification. If the software selects the only
available default component, skip to step 6.
6. Select the branches.
If you do not select the branches in step 6 the specification changes only for the
tee or cross components. It does not change for the branch piping.
The specification assignment for the selected system is changed. If there is a reducer in the
system, the new specification assignment only applies up to and including the reducer, not
the pipeline on the other side of the reducer.
Local Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Local Edit
Setting toolbar: Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Local Edit
Command line: CEDIT

Modifies the properties of an existing component on the drawing. This command displays the
Component Edit Dialog Box

Specifies properties for a component.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the component.
Short annotation
Specifies a short description of the component.
Long annotation
Specifies a long description of the component.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the component.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the component.
Code
Specifies a code for the component.
CADWorx Plant 86
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe component.
Sort sequence
Specifies the sort sequence of the component in the bill of material.
Length
Specifies a length for the component.
Component type
Displays the type of the component.
Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
 The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
Spec Editor Users Guide.
 If Setup is used to create an external database, Synchronize can be used to

change the specification in the database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
(page 271) and Synchronize Pipe Database (page 276).
 If using a live database the Alpha Size, Short annotation, Long annotation, Line
number, Tag, Code, Weight, Sort sequence, and any Custom Data are updated when
you click Synchronize . If you make a change in the database and the SyncOnStartUp
(page 50) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review, then the Synchronize
Component dialog box displays and enables you to review the changes to the database
and reject or accept the changes. For more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database
(page 276).
Coordinates
World
Calculates pipe length based on the pipe component centerline. This option only affects
pipe, nipple, flanged pipe, and tubing components. It does not affect fixed-size components
such as elbows or flanges. If a pipe component is stretched, trimmed, or broken, the
positions of the components are automatically updated along with the pipe length.
Iso
Specifies the value of Length as the pipe length. The length does not change the drawing
graphics, but appears in the bill of material. For more information, see ISO Flag (page 359).
Miscellaneous
Existing
Specifies that the component is not included in the bill of material. The component symbol is
also moved to the Exist layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the component is shown as
dotted and dimensioned.
CADWorx Plant 87
Insulation or CAESAR II
Specifies that this component either has CAESAR II pipe stress analysis information or
insulation attached.
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Specifies a fabrication type of bill of material item.
Erection
Specifies an erection type of bill of material item.
Offshore
Specifies an offshore type of bill of material item.
Misc
Specifies a miscellaneous type of bill of material item.
 The selected item type appears on the bill of materials when the FLAG column is added
using Bill of Material > Setup . For Isogen, you must also sort by the FLAG column to
group by type. For more information, see BOM Setup (page 390) and BOM Sort Order /
Accumulation Dialog Box (page 396).
 If Misc is selected when using Isogen, then Isogen treats the weld gap as a field-fit weld.
Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase the cut piece add-on allowances for field-fit welds.
OK
Saves modifications and closes the dialog box.
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications and closes the dialog box.
Isogen
Specifies data for the component in an Isogen drawing. Opens the Isogen Data dialog box.
Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93)
Custom Data
Specifies custom data created in the Specification Editor and enables you to edit the value.
This data can be isolated in the Line View palette.
 For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx
 Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (page 100).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to the generic CAD
platform geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function
if the data is removed.
CADWorx Plant 88
Pipe Support Assembly Edit Dialog Box

Specifies properties for a pipe support assembly.
Assembly Part List
Displays the assembly and the parts contained within that assembly. If you select a part in
the Assembly Part List, you can edit the Size selection, the BOM, and the Properties of
the selected part. For more information, see Parts Edit below.
Group Name
Specifies the name of the selected pipe support group.
Name
Specifies the pipe support name.
Alpha size
Specifies a size-only description of the pipe support.
Long
Specifies a long description of the pipe support.
Short
Specifies a short description of the pipe support.
Line number
Specifies the line number of the pipe support.
Tag
Specifies a tag for the pipe support.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the pipe support.
Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support.
Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support.
Notes
Specifies notes for the pipe support
 The bolt length, and bolt diameter numbers display in the Code box when the
BOLT_DIAMETER_PTN, and BOLT_LENGTH_PTN schemas are set in the Part Number
Format description dialog box in the Specification Editor. For more information, see
Description Format Dialog Box, How to display the bolt length part number in CADWorx
Plant, and How to display the bolt diameter part number in CADWorx Plant in the CADWorx
CADWorx Plant 89
 If Setup is used to create an external database, Synchronize can be used to

change the specification in the database. For more information, see Setup Live Database
(page 271) and Synchronize Pipe Database (page 276).
 If using a live database the Alpha size, Short, Long, Line number, Tag, Part number,
Weight, Sort, and any Custom Data are updated when you click Synchronize . If you
make a change in the database and the SyncOnStartUp (page 50) is set to Synchronize
With Changes Review, then the Synchronize Component dialog box displays and
enables you to review the changes to the database and reject or accept the changes. For
more information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (page 276).
BOM
Sort
Type
Specifies the bill of material type.
 Fabrication
 Erection
 Offshore
 Misc
Miscellaneous
Existing
also moved to the Existing layer. In Isogen isometric drawings, the pipe support is shown as
CAESAR II Type
Coordinates
World
Iso
CADWorx Plant 90
Isogen
Custom Data
You can isolate this data in the Line View palette.
 For more information on creating custom data, see New Field Dialog Box in the
CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
 Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (page
100).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to a generic CAD
platform geometry.
OK
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications and closes the dialog box.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not function
if you remove the xdata.
Parts Edit
Controls parameters for editing pipe support components.
Size selection
 Size
Specifies the size of the pipe support component.
 View Part Data Table
Allows you to view the data table and change the size of the pipe support
component. For descriptions of the information contained within the Pipe Support
Data dialog box, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
 Cascade size selection
CADWorx Plant 91
Specifies that any size change you make in the Pipe Support Data size selection
dialog box updates the Size to all parts of the assembly. If you do not want to
update all sizes when you make a change, clear the Cascade size selection check
box.
BOM
 Sort
Locates a pipe support part item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value.
Type 0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the
same sort numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical
order.
 Type
Specifies the type of bill of material item. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or
Misc.
Properties
 Long
Describes the pipe support part. This description is used in the bill of materials.
 Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support part.
 Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support part.
 Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support part.
 Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support part.
 Weight
Specifies the weight per unit of a pipe support component.
 Length
Specifies a length for the pipe support component.
 Width
Specifies the width of the pipe support component.
You can double-click a component or a pipe support to open the Component Edit
dialog box or the Pipe Support Assembly Edit dialog box.
CADWorx Plant 92
Modify a component
1. Click Local Edit .
2. In the drawing, select a component.
The Component Edit dialog box appears.
3. Modify properties as needed.
4. Click OK.
Isogen Data Dialog Box

Specifies Isogen properties for a component.
Symbol Information
 Identifier
Specifies the identifier used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see
CADWorx Plant 93
SKEY Information.
 Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen Identifier used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in Identifier.
 SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the component. For more information, see SKEY
Information.
 Overwrite
Overwrites the default value of Isogen SKEY used by CADWorx and uses the value
specified in SKEY.
Message
Specifies the message displayed with the component on the isometric drawing.
 Type
Specifies the type of graphic enclosing the message.
Message Types
Type Graphic
None No text or graphic
Unboxed Text only
Square
Pointed
Round
Circle
Triangle
Diamond
Double Circle
Ellipse
CADWorx Plant 94
 Text
Specifies the message text.
Spindle / Flat / Support Direction
Specifies a valve spindle direction, an eccentric reducer flat direction, or support direction.
 Direction
Specifies the direction. Select North, South, East, West, Up, or Down.
 Mark
Specifies a text message with details on the direction.
Isogen option switch 80 (dimension to valve centers) is only available if the valve has
a spindle direction set.
Flow Arrow
Specifies how flow arrows are displayed for valves.
 As drawn
Displays the flow arrow in the direction that the pipe was drawn.
 Opposite
Displays the flow arrow in the opposite direction.
 View
Displays a preview of the flow arrow on the drawing.
Isogen option switch 17 controls the display of flow arrows.
Miter Pipe Export Options
Specifies how miter pipe is exported to Isogen.
 Pipe with Welds
Exports each straight pipe run in the component as a linear pipe piece with mitered
ends and welded connections.
Pipe with Welds Example
CADWorx Plant 95
 Bend
Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend.
 Bend with Length
Exports all pipe segments in the component as a single miter bend. The length of the
component is also added to the Long Annotation of the component, allowing two
bends with different lengths to have separate marks in the bill of material.
CADWorx Plant 96
Bend with Length Example
Other
 Spool
Specifies the spool identification. This value overrides the default spool value created by
Isogen. Type the required alpha or numeric character.
 Sketch
Specifies a .dwg detailed sketch to display with the isometric drawing. For more
information on detailed sketches, see the Isogen Configuration User's Guide.
 Dim Status
Specifies the dimensioning of individual components. Select Default, Dimensioned,
Dotted Dimensioned, or Dotted Undimensioned.
 Sheet #
CADWorx Plant 97
Specifies the sheet number of an Isogen drawing. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.
 Mark
Specifies the mark number for a component. Type the required alpha or numeric
character.
End Connections and Conditions
Specifies a set of conditions for up to four ends (End 1, End 2, End 3, and End 4).
 Connection Type
Specifies the type of connection on the end
Connection Types
Connection Types Description Default Condition
Default
BS Ball and Socket Male
BW Butt Weld Unspecified
CL Clamped Male
CP Compression Female
FA Flared Male
FL Flanged Unspecified
GF Gland Female
GL Glued Female
LC Liner (Clamped) Male
LR Liner (Reducing ) Male
LN Liner (Nut) Male
MP Male Part Hygienic Male
PF Push Fit Female
PL Plain End Male
SC Screwed Female
SW Socket Weld Female
CADWorx Plant 98
 View
Displays a red arrow at the selected end on the drawing.
 Male, Female, Unspecified, or None
Specifies the end condition of the selected condition type. These options are only
available when the end condition of the connection type can be changed. For example,
SC, SW, CP, GL, and PF allow either male or female end conditions. Unspecified is
used for welded and flanged end conditions.
Reference Dimensions
Specifies dimension to use as reference for the component.
 On
Turns on reference dimensions.
 Primary
Defines reference dimensions relative to the primary axes of the model.
 Skewed
Defines reference dimension relative to the defined reference points.
 Pick points
Allows you to select reference points in the drawing.
 View
Displays the reference points in the drawing.
 Message
Specifies text for the reference dimensions.
 SKEY
Specifies the SKEY used by Isogen for the reference dimensions. For more information,
see SKEY Information.
 Start Point
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the start point. You can only edit Start Point when
editing user shapes.
 Reference Point 1
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the first reference point.
 Reference Point 2
Displays X, Y, and Z coordinates for the second reference point.
CADWorx Plant 99
Component Custom Data Dialog Box

Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected component.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Field Title
Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
Specification Editor.
Field Description
Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the Specification
Editor.
Field Value
Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You can edit
this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be set up
when the custom data is created.
1. Click Local Edit .
2. Select a component. Alternatively, double-click a component with custom data.
This can also be opened using Generic Attach (page 349).
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Component Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Component Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.
Edit Pipe Slope

Command line: CWPEDITPIPESLOPE
Specifies the slope of an existing pipe in the drawing. This command displays the Edit Slope
dialog box.
Choose to edit the slope for Component Only or Pipe Segment.
Edit Slope Information
 Pipe Segment Start Point
Specifies the first point of the selected pipe.
 Redefine
Redefines the start point to use for editing the slope.
CADWorx Plant 100

 Pipe Segment End Point

Specifies the last point of the selected pipe.
 Redefine
Redefines the end point to use for editing the slope.
 Rise
Specifies the distance the selected pipe travels vertically.
 Length per unit
Specifies the distance the selected pipe travels horizontally.
 Sloped Angle
Specifies the angle of the selected pipe.
 Anchor Point
Specifies which end of the selected pipe remains unchanged when you edit the pipe
slope.
 Slope Direction
 Up - The elevation increases starting from the anchor point.
 Down - The elevation decreases starting from the anchor point.
 Horizontal - There is no change in elevation.
 Force skewed pipe for angle below skew tolerance
This feature forces a skewed pipe connection between pipes even if the connection is
within the skew tolerance.
Global Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Global Edit
Setting toolbar: Global Component Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Global Edit
Command line: GCEDIT

Modifies the properties of multiple components. This command displays the Global CEdit dialog
box.
Global CEdit Dialog Box

Specifies properties for multiple components.
Each property initially shows no value. Any value modified for a property is changed for all
selected components. Properties that are not modified are not changed in the selected
components.
Alpha size
CADWorx Plant 101

Short annotation
Long annotation
Line number
Tag
Code
Weight
Sort sequence
Coordinates
World
Iso
Miscellaneous
Existing
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Erection
Offshore
CADWorx Plant 102


Misc
OK
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Custom Data
 Click the link for more information on the Custom Data Dialog Box (page 103).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from the selected components, converting them to
the generic CAD platform geometry.
Modify multiple components

1. Click Global Edit .
2. In the drawing, select two or more components.
The Global CEdit dialog box appears.
3. Define properties as needed.
4. Click OK.
The command line prompt indicates the number of updated components.
Custom Data Dialog Box

Specifies the Custom Data available in the current specification for the selected components.
The custom data information comes from any user-defined field created using the Custom Data
option in the Specification Editor for that component. For more information on creating custom
data, see New Field Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec Editor User Guide.
Show All Fields
Shows all fields created for custom data.
Show Common Fields
Shows only the fields that the selected components have in common.
Field Title
Specifies the title of the field that you entered when creating the custom data in the
CADWorx Plant 103

Field Description
Specifies the description you entered when creating the custom data in the Specification
Editor.
Field Value
Specifies the value you entered in the custom data in the Specification Editor. You can edit
this box for the four types of data: Integer, Real, Text, and List. These types must be set up
when the custom data is created.
1. Click Global Edit .
2. Select a group of components.
The Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Click Custom Data.
The Custom Data dialog box displays.
4. Double-click in the Field Value box.
5. Change the value. If the Field Value contains a list, you can only select an item from that
list.
The field is updated on the Custom Data dialog box.
6. Click OK.
The custom data is updated for all components that were selected in the first step.
Mode Convert
Mode convert commands change a piping component from one mode to another mode. The
existing component is deleted and replaced with a component in the new mode.
Many possibilities exist, such as:
 2D double line to 3D solids
 3D solids to 2D double line
 2D single line to 2D double line
 2D double line, flat to 2D double line, north
 Converting to different planes
 Rebuilding an existing component in the same mode or plane
The specification layer name determines the layer to delete and replace. This layer name is
prepended with an underscore, such as _150. Objects on other layers (without an underscore in
their names) are not changed.
You can convert from one plane to another by changing planes and converting the component
mode.
CADWorx Plant 104

Example
The following tee was drawn once, copied to three other locations, then converted to different
planes.
Topics
Convert a component to a different mode ..................................... 105
3D Solids........................................................................................ 106
Convert Isometric ........................................................................... 106
2D Double Line .............................................................................. 106
2D Single Line ............................................................................... 106
Convert Existing ............................................................................. 107
Convert to 3D enhanced ................................................................ 107
Convert from project data .............................................................. 108
Convert Intersected Piping ............................................................ 108
CWexplode .................................................................................... 108
Convert a component to a different mode

1. Select 3D Solids , Convert Isometric , 2D Double Line , or 2D Single Line .
2. Select the piping components to convert.
3. Press ENTER.
CADWorx Plant 105

3D Solids
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 3D Solids
Setting toolbar: Solids
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 3D Solids
Command line: CONVERTSOLID

Converts selected components to 3D solid mode.
Convert Isometric
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Convert Isometric
Setting toolbar: Isometric
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > Isometric
Command line: CONVERTISO

Converts selected components to isometric mode.
2D Double Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Double Line
Setting toolbar: Double Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Double Line
Command line: CONVERTDOUBLE

Converts selected components to 2D double line mode.
2D Single Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > 2D Single Line
Setting toolbar: Single Line
Plant menu: Accessory > Mode Convert > 2D Single Line
Command line: CONVERTSINGLE

Converts selected components to 2D single line mode.
CADWorx Plant 106

Convert Existing
Command line: CONVERTEXISTING
Stops external data (xdata) from appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from the
components. After xdata is prevented or removed, the component is moved to the EXIST layer.
You can also execute this command in Global Edit or Local Edit . For more
information, see Global Edit (page 101) and Local Edit (page 86).
If you use the CONVERTEXISTING command and you select Yes, you cannot
change the components back. To change components in the existing layer, back and forth, you
must select No when using this command.
1. Type CONVERTEXISTING on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select Yes to remove all data from the components.
OR
Select No to not remove all data.
You can also do this in the Global Edit or Local Edit dialog boxes.
3. To convert all objects on the drawings, select All objects.
OR
To convert a specific component, select Components only.
4. Press ENTER to finish.
The components selected are converted.
Convert to 3D enhanced
Command line: CONVERTENHANCED
Converts the selected components to 3D enhanced mode.
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the components you want to convert to 3D enhanced mode, and then press ENTER.
The components convert to 3D enhanced.
CADWorx Plant 107

Convert from project data

Command line: CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
Converts the selected components to the project data changes made to the specification in the
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA updates all selected components in the drawing to your
current settings. The Apply Change Data Rule settings determine which items the software
excludes when you run the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA update. For example, if you select Line
number, then the line numbers do not update when you run the CONVERTFROMPRJDATA
command. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63).
1. Type CONVERTFROMPRJDATA on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the objects you want to convert from previous data to the new project data, and then
press ENTER.
The project data of the selected components is updated.
Convert Intersected Piping

Command line: CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS
Converts the intersected piping components based on your selection from the offered list. This
usually happens automatically when crossing components. However, if this does not happen,
use this command to convert the intersected piping.
1. Type CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPINGS on the command line, and the press ENTER.
2. Select the intersecting components, and then press ENTER.
A list of available components displays.
3. Select a component from the list, and then select the specific component from the expanded
list.
The component changes to connect the piping.
CWexplode
Command line: CWEXPLODE
Changes the CADWorx component to a CAD 3D solid with xdata included.
1. Type CWEXPLODE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the component you want to change, and then press ENTER.
Step 3 does not apply if you selected the Entire Drawing option.
The components convert to CAD 3D solids with xdata included.
CADWorx Plant 108

Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Socket Weld
Setting toolbar: Socket Weld

Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for hub-based components, and sets the mode in the
CADWorx Plant Setup. Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the socket
welded section of the specification. To route in socket weld, right-click the pipe component in the
Spec View palette, and then select Socket weld Router. For more information, see Draw pipe
components (page 113).
You can also change the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For
more information, see Setup (page 20).
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Threaded
Setting toolbar: Threaded

Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based components, and sets the mode in the
CADWorx Plant Setup.. Dimensions and engagement properties are based on the threaded
section of the specification. To route in threaded, right-click the pipe component in the Spec
View palette, and then select Threaded Router. For more information, see Draw pipe
components (page 113).
You can also change the fitting mode in the CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box. For
more information, see Setup (page 20).
Settings
CADWorx Plant I tab: Setup Size/Spec > Settings
Setting toolbar: Current Settings
Plant menu: Utility > Settings
Command line: CURRENT

Displays the current drawing settings, such as main and reduction sizes, text and dimension
sizes, line and drawing modes, and specifications. This command displays the Current
Settings dialog box.
Most of these settings are changed using Setup . For more information, see Setup
(page 20).
CADWorx Plant 109

XREF Edit
Plant menu: Utility > Component Edit > Xref Edit
Command line: XCEDIT
Settings toolbar: Xref Edit

Views sizes or information within the component Xref. This command works in a similar fashion
to the CADWorx CEDIT functionality. For more information, see Local Edit (page 86). This
function uses the same dialog box as Local Edit, but it does not allow you to modify any of the
values. If a modification to a component is required from within an Xref, use the CAD platform
REFEDIT command to open that part of the Xref. Then use the Local Edit command to make
any modifications necessary. After the required modification is completed, close the Xref with
the REFCLOSE command.
CADWorx Plant 110

SECTION 5
Palettes Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW

size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (page 112).
Line View - Isolates components based on their line LINEVIEW

number or their specification. For more information, see
Line View Palette (page 117).
Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support PIPESUPPORTVIEW

components. For more information, see Support Modeler
Palette (page 121).
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify, and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information,
see Insulation View Palette (page 149).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of DISCONTINUITYVIEW

modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity
View Palette (page 156).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table PIDVIEW
in a project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (page 159).
Clash Management - Runs interactive clash detection on CLASHMGMT

3D solids in the current drawing as well as any attached
XREF drawings, and allows you to add soft clashes to
sections of your model. For more information, see Clash
Management (page 164).
Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a ASSEMBLYVIEW

drawing. For more information, see Assembly View Palette
(page 172).
CADWorx Plant 111

Palettes Panel
Spec View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Spec View
Palettes toolbar: Spec View
Plant menu: Palettes > Spec View
Command line: SPECVIEW

Filters the available components based on the size and specification settings. SpecView also
provides a quick way to change the line number settings. Plant components are typically drawn
using toolbars, or by typing the command name at the CAD platform command prompt. The
CADWorx Spec View palette provides an alternate method of inserting CADWorx components.
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (page 112)
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (page 115)
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (page 117)
Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Sets up the filter for the available components.
Set Spec and Size
Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more information, see Set
Specification and Size (page 52).
Start Spec Editor
Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec Editor (page 114) or the
CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide book.
Line Numbering Setup

Displays the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line
Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263).
Line Number Drop Down Setup
Displays the Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup dialog box. For more information,
see Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box (page 114).
Set size, spec, and line number by component
Sets the main size, reduction size, current specification, and line number to match a
component that you select. For more information, see All (page 75).
Reload *.prj File
Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification Editor.
Help
Displays the help file.
CADWorx Plant 112

Palettes Panel
Main
Specifies the main size of the component.
Reduction
Specifies the reduction size of the component.
Specification
Specifies the specification associated with the component. The list is based on the
SpecificationDirectory (page 49) in the current configuration settings.
Line Numbering System
Specifies the line numbering format. This can be changed using Line Numbering Setup
.
Components List
Lists the components that can be inserted into the drawing based on the Specification,
Main, and Reduction.
If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange,
the software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select
Yes to override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a
matching rating.
Draw pipe components

1. Select the pipe spec to use from the list.
The software uses the default type (Buttweld).
2. If necessary, right-click and change the type.
3. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the pipe.

The software draws the pipe using the specified type.
CADWorx Plant 113

Palettes Panel
Draw non-pipe components

1. Select the non-pipe component type to use from the list.
The software draws the component in plan view based on the current UCS.
2. Follow the prompts on the command line to place the component.
The software draws the component using the specified insertion option.
Spec Editor
CADWorx Plant I Tab: Setup and Size/Spec Panel > Editor
Spec View Palette > Start Spec Editor
Command Line: SPECEDIT

Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new specifications.
Spec Editor can also be used as standalone software and can be copied to any
computer. It does not require a license. CADWorxSpecEditor.exe is located in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Spec Editor folder.
When opening the Spec Editor from CADWorx, the software loads the specification that you
have specified in Plant. If you want to open a different specification, then select the specific spec
in Project Data.
The Spec Editor stores all the components delivered with CADWorx. If you
want to add a size for a component, you must first add it in the Data Table and the EndType
Table in the Specification Editor. You cannot use a component size that has not been added to
the catalog for the specification. CADWorx uses the SpecificationDefaultProject (page 49) to
locate the project file and access the components.
Optional components can be manipulated and created in the spec editor.
For more information, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide delivered with CADWorx.
Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for adding items to the line numbering list that appears with the line
numbering system. These values are stored in the DropDownList.TXT file. This file is located in
the same folder as the current configuration settings.
Available Categories
Lists the categories for which you can assign dropdown items. Select an item from the list to
make it the active category.
Dropdown Values
Lists the assigned dropdown items for the active category.
Add
Adds an item to the Dropdown Values list.
Remove
CADWorx Plant 114

Palettes Panel
Removes the selected item from the Dropdown Values list.

Remove All
Removes all of the items from the Dropdown Values list.
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Controls parameters for customizing the appearance of the CADWorx Spec View palette.
View Options
Show optional components
Displays optional components in the CADWorx Spec View palette and the router list. If you
select this option, use the CADWorx Spec View palette or the router to draw components. If
you start the component placement from the command line, SPACE to run last command, or
a toolbar, and not from the CADWorx Spec View palette or the router, then those options
use the default component based on the current size setting. This may not be the same
component that you selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show all components
Displays all components listed in the specification file regardless of the current size set. If
you select this option, use the CADWorx Spec View palette or the router to draw
components. If you start the component placement from the command line, SPACE to run
last command, or a toolbar, and not from the CADWorx Spec View palette or the router,
then those options use the default component based on the current size setting. This may
not be the same component that you selected in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Selecting Show All Components does not include showing socket weld or
threaded components. Socket weld and threaded components must be selected
independently.
Show socket weld
Displays socket-welded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette and the router list.
Show threaded
Displays threaded components in the CADWorx Spec View palette and the router list.
Show tag
Displays tags in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show long description
Displays long descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Show short description
Displays short descriptions in the CADWorx Spec View palette.
Tree Options
View 1 (No tree or categories)
Lists components in numerical order based on the Sort Sequence set for the component in
the specification file.
View 2 (One level tree with more categories)
CADWorx Plant 115

Palettes Panel
Creates a category for each type of component. For example, butt-welded and
socket-welded tees are listed in separate categories.
View 3 (One level tree with less categories)
Creates fewer categories than View 2. For example, all tees are listed in a single category.
View 4 (Two level tree with Spec Editor style view)
Displays a two-level tree that is arranged in the same sequence as the Spec Editor
application.
View Modes
View in Component Category mode
Displays the components in the CADWorx Spec View tab in component category mode
view. For example, each valve displays under the category name for that valve, such as
Valves, 3-Way, and each elbow displays under the category name for that elbow, such as
Elbows, 90.
View in Component Group mode
Displays the components in the CADWorx Spec View tab in group mode view. For
example, all the valves display under the Valves group name, and all elbows display under
the Elbows group name. You can create new groups in the Specification Editor. For more
information, see New Group Data Table, Group Data Table Manager Dialog Box, and Add
Group Component in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Color Options
Main Size component
Specifies the color associated with main size components.
Main Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with main size optional components.
Reducing Size component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size components.
Reducing Size optional component
Specifies the color associated with reducing size optional components.
Level 1 category
Specifies the color associated with level 1 category components.
Level 2 category
Specifies the color associated with level 2 category components.
CADWorx Plant 116

Palettes Panel
Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette)

Enables you to overwrite the default value of the custom data in the CADWorx Spec View
palette without having to change or update the custom data in the Specification Editor.
Field Title
Displays the field title of the custom data. You specify this title when you create custom data
in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change this value in the
Description
Displays the description of the custom data. You specify this description when you create
custom data in the Specification Editor. You cannot edit this value. You must change this
value in the Specification Editor.
Default Value
Specifies a new value for the custom data in the drawing. The value you enter here displays
in the custom data for your component. You can only change the Default Value in the
Custom Data tab here. The change you make does not update the Specification Editor with
any new value. Any change to this value overwrites the default value from the Specification
Editor. The overwrite you make only applies to this drawing. If you open a new drawing and
use the same custom data, the default value of your component pulls the original default
value from the Specification Editor. When you draw a component after entering a new
Default Value, the new value displays for those components. When using the List option,
the Default Value displays the following: *VARIES*. You cannot type in a new value if the
Type of custom data is set to List. In that case, you must select and existing item from the
list.
Line View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Line View
Palettes toolbar: Line View
Plant menu: Palettes > Line View
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate Palette
Command line: LINEVIEW

The Line View palette isolates components based on their line number, specification, or custom
data. It also lets you locate components based on their description information.
Line View does not process any entities on locked layers.
CADWorx Plant 117

Palettes Panel
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (page 118)
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) (page 119)
Line View Isolation Properties Manager (page 120)
Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for isolating components based on their line number, specification, or
custom data. You can isolate an entire line number, isolate one line number and include
surrounding buildings or equipment, or isolate based on any custom data you have created.
 If components have been hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not
listed in the Find tab.
 For isolation of multiple field selections in the list of the Line View palette, the following logic
is being applied:
 OR within the same column.
 AND within the same row.
 AND between different columns.
Refresh List
Refreshes the line number list in the palette. Use this option if new line numbers do not
appear in the list.
Show All Components
Makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Select Line Number by Component

Select a component in the drawing. The software uses the line number of this component to
isolate the model.
Isolate Based on Selection
Isolates the selected items in the list.
Invert Isolation
Isolates the reverse of the selected item in the list.
Set Layer Options

Displays the Line View Layer Selection dialog box so that you can include or exclude
certain layers when Isolate Type is set to Layer Isolate. For more information, see Layers
Dialog Box. By default, all layers are visible for line isolate.
Filter Settings Manager
Displays the Line View Isolation Properties Manager which enables you to manage
isolations in the drawing. For more information, see Line View Isolation Properties Manager
(page 120).
Help
CADWorx Plant 118

Palettes Panel
Displays on-line help.

Right-clicking the line number list displays the Isolate Selected Items, Invert Isolate
Selected Items, Show All Components, Set Layer Options, Refresh List, Sort Ascending,
and Sort Descending options.
Isolate Type
Full
Displays the selected CADWorx components, and hides all non-CADWorx components
such as buildings, equipment, and dimensions.
Partial
Displays the selected CADWorx components and all non-CADWorx components.
Layer
Displays the selected CADWorx components and hides all non-CADWorx components
based on the layer setup.
Filter
Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive. For
wildcard character details, see Select Item Dialog Box (page 203).
Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette)

Controls parameters for locating components based on their description information.
Click the edit boxes to refresh the list of components. Type in the boxes to dynamically filter the
list of available components.
If components are hidden using the Line Isolate tab, those components are not listed
in the Find tab.
Tag
Type tag text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Code
Type code text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Line number
Type line number text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated
text displays.
Short annotation
Type short annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Long annotation
Type long annotation text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the
associated text displays.
Id Count
CADWorx Plant 119

Palettes Panel
Type ID count text to refine the search. If you select an item from the list, the associated text
displays.
Right-Click Menu
Zoom
Zooms the current model space view to the component. Double clicking in the list of
components also zooms to the component. Zoom does not work with XREFs that have
been inserted into the base drawing with a rotation.
CEdit
Displays the appropriate Component Edit dialog box. CEdit on an XREF component does
not allow any changes to the component descriptions.
Refresh
Refreshes the list in the dialog box. Use this option if new components do not appear in the
list.
Line View Isolation Properties Manager

Enables you to manage isolations in a drawing.
Isolation Setting File
Specifies the selected isolation file. Isolation setting files are created using New, and then
saved using Save As.
You can set a default isolation setting file by selecting a created file through the
LineViewIsolationSettingsFile variable.
Load
Enables you to load an isolation setting file.
Selected Items
Specifies the items from the Live View palette and enables you to select them individually
for isolation. These selections can be saved.
Isolation Setting List
Specifies the name of the isolation setting you created using New.
New
Enables you to create a new Isolation Setting to manage an isolation group.
 Click New, type a name in the New Name dialog box, and then click OK.
Delete
Enables you to delete an Isolation Setting.
Rename
Enables you to rename an Isolation Setting.
 Select a List Name, click Rename.
The Rename dialog box displays.
 Type a new name, and then click OK.
CADWorx Plant 120

Palettes Panel
OK
Enables you to isolate a selected item from Selected Items.
 Select an item, and then click OK.
Save
Saves the new Isolation Setting you created for the management of this isolation.
Save As
Enables you to save an isolation setting file.
Select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all items in Selected Items.
Support Modeler Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Palettes toolbar: Pipe Support Modeler
Plant menu: Palettes > Pipe Support Modeler
Command line: PIPESUPPORTVIEW

Inserts pipe and elbow support components. You can also insert vertical supports on sloped
pipe.
Vertical
Allows you to place pipe supports on sloped pipe. For more information, see Insert a support
on sloped pipe (page 145).
 You must have both the Pipe Support Library in a project and the PipeSupport category
in a catalog to be able to insert pipe supports. For more information, see Pipe Support
Library and PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
 Enhanced pipe supports are not compatible with versions of CADWorx Plant earlier than
Version 2016 (16.0). To view the enhanced pipe supports in supported Autodesk Vertical
Products, you must install the latest object enablers.
 When you disconnect a pipe support from a pipe or elbow and make updates to the support
with CEDIT, the software updates the support to the default layer.
Setup
Displays the Set Specification & Size dialog box. For more information, see Set
Start Spec Editor
Displays the Spec Editor software. For more information, see Spec Editor (page 114) or the
CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide.
Create New Assembly
Enables you to create a new assembly, and displays the Create New Assembly pane. For
CADWorx Plant 121

Palettes Panel
more information, see Create New Assembly (page 124).
Edit Assembly
Enables you to edit a selected assembly. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
Delete Selected Pipe Support Assembly
Enables you to delete a selected assembly.
Replace Pipe Support
Enables you to replace a pipe support. You can also type REPLACEPIPESUPPORT on the
command line. For more options and information on replacing the pipe support, see Edit
Pipe Support Features (page 146).
Regenerate Pipe Support
Regenerates the pipe support from the updated data when the data of a pipe support
already contained in the drawing changes. You can also type
REGENERATEPIPESUPPORT on the command line. For more information, see Edit Pipe
Support Features (page 146).
Reload *.prj File
Refreshes the changes made to the open .prj file in the Specification Editor.
Help
Main Size
Specifies the main size for the pipe support components.
Library and Assembly Data
Specifies the library that contains the assembly data associated with the project or pipe
support libraries file. The list displays all of the libraries in your libraries file. Selecting a new
library changes the library and assembly data that displays.
The directory location for the project containing the pipe support data lists below Main
Size and Library and Assembly Data along with the assembly data for the pipe supports. You
can select and insert pipe supports from this list.
Insert Options
Multiple
Inserts multiple supports onto the pipe. You specify the start point, end point, and spacing
between the supports.
Detect Steel/Concrete
Detects CADWorx Structure components so that the software can automatically determine
the length of the pipe support assembly if that pipe support assembly contains variable
length components. A value of -1 indicates a variable length. If you have structural or
concrete in the drawing and select Detect Steel/Concrete, then a value of -1 causes the
software to connect to the structure or concrete. If your drawing does not include structure
or concrete, a value of -1 indicates that you can drag the component to the length you need.
You must have the latest CADWorx Structure object enabler installed to extend
CADWorx Plant 122

Palettes Panel
Detect Steel/Concrete to CADWorx Structure components.

Repeat Insert
Repeats the insert command for pipe type supports.
Type INSERTSUPPORT on the command line to insert the last selected pipe support
or the start procedure of the last selected component.
Elbow Support Options

When inserting a support on an elbow, the following options display for a new start point on
certain pipe supports:
A
Places the support at the A point in the drawing. A could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
B
Places the support at the B point in the drawing. B could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
Corner (C)
Places the support at the corner of the elbow.
miDpoint (D)
Places the support at the midpoint of the elbow.
E
Places the support at the E point in the drawing. E could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.
F
Places the support at the F point in the drawing. F could be either the Top of Pipe or the
Bottom of Pipe.

 Create New Assembly (page 124)
 Edit Assembly (page 127)
 Add Parts (page 129)
 Edit Parts (page 131)
 Create a new pipe support assembly (page 143)
 Pipe Support Bill of Material Setup
 Cut Pipe Support Bill of Material
 Total Pipe Support Bill of Material
 Single Pipe Support Bill of Material
 Export Pipe Support Bill of Material
 Delete Pipe Support Bill of Material
CADWorx Plant 123

Palettes Panel
 Insert a pipe support (page 144)

 Insert multiple pipe supports (page 146)
 Edit Pipe Support Features (page 146)
Pipe Support Data Dialog Box

Enables you to enter the length of certain parts and select a different size of a specific
component on a pipe support when available.
Size/Member
Specifies the nominal size for the pipe support or the steel member when you have a steel
part in the support.
Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support component.
Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support component. If there is no available length for a pipe
support component, then this box displays Disable. You can change this length when
available. For components that contain a variable length you can type -1 in the Length box.
For custom supports to use -1, the end of the component that attaches to the steel must
have a connection point with Attach To set to Steel.
Data Table
Specifies the values from the data table selected for that pipe support. Click the ellipsis to
select a different size for the part from the dialog box. The dialog box contains information
pertaining to the specific pipe support part, such as Nominal Size, Thickness, Length,
Width, and Weight.
Cascade size selection
Specifies that any size change you make in the Pipe Support Data size selection dialog
box updates to all parts in the Size/Member column. If you do not want to update all sizes
when you make a change, clear the Cascade size selection check box.
Create New Assembly

Controls parameters for creating new assemblies that you can save to the drawing or to the .psl
file.
Add Parts
Enables you to add parts for the new pipe support assembly, and displays the Add Parts
pane in the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Add Parts (page
129).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
CADWorx Plant 124

Palettes Panel
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131)
Delete Selected Part
View Part Data Table
Displays the data table for the selected part. For information on each property, see
PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly.
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
 Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
 Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
 Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
 CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
 Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has
four-inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625
inch actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by
looking it up in the data file.
 Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
 Sort
CADWorx Plant 125

Palettes Panel
Locates a component item in the bill of material schedule. Type the needed value. Type
0 to place the item first in the schedule. Type 999 to place the item last. If the same sort
numbers are used for different components, they are placed in alphabetical order.
 Type
Specifies the bill of material type. Select Fabrication, Erection, Offshore, or Misc.
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
 Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
 SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
 Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
 Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
 Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG CAD platform file containing details about the support. Select the file
from the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
Description
 Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click …
to edit the description format.
 Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
 Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
 Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users
Guide.
CADWorx Plant 126

Palettes Panel
 Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.
Edit Assembly
Controls parameters for editing assemblies already in the .psl file.
Add Parts
129).
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts of a pipe support assembly, and displays the Edit Parts pane in
the CADWorx Pipe Support View. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131)
Displays the data table for the selected part. For information on each property, see
PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly.
Properties
Enables you to specify a group name, a name, and the size ranges for the new pipe support
assembly. Click + to expand and view these options.
 Group Name
Specifies the group name for the new pipe support assembly. This name displays in the
CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
 Name
Specifies the name of the pipe support assembly. This name displays under the group
name in the CADWorx Support Modeler palette.
 Size Range
Specifies the sizes for the new pipe support assembly.
 CAESAR II Type
Specifies the restraint type of the support for use in CAESAR II pipe stress analysis.
CADWorx Plant 127

Palettes Panel
Insulation Options
Enables you to select insulation options for the new pipe support assembly. Click + plus to
expand and view these options.
 Increase support size if component is insulated
Automatically selects a larger size support component based on the insulation
thickness. For example, a six-inch nominal size pipe (6.625 inch actual OD) has
four-inch thick insulation (14.625 inch OD). This makes the total pipe diameter 6.625
inch actual OD plus 8 inch insulation OD. The software determines the support by
looking it up in the data file.
 Use next larger size if exact size is not available
Specifies that if the calculated support is not available in the data file, the next larger
size support is selected.
BOM
Enables you to set the bill of material sort, type, and CAESAR II Type for the new pipe support
assembly you create. You can use the plus to expand and view these options.
 Sort
 Type
Isogen
Enables you to set the Isogen details for the new pipe support assembly you create. You can
use the plus to expand and view these options.
 Identifier
Specifies the identifier value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. For more
information, see SKEY Information.
 SKEY
Specifies the SKEY value Isogen uses for an isometric drawing. If you do not specify an
SKEY value, then CADWorx uses the default Isogen Support symbol during Isometric
Drawing generation. For more information, see SKEY Information.
 Message Type
Specifies the format of text displayed with the support.
 Message Text
Specifies text displayed with the support.
 Detail Sketch
Specifies a .DWG CAD platform file containing details about the support. Select the file
from the Select detail sketch file dialog box.
CADWorx Plant 128

Palettes Panel
Description
 Long
Describes the pipe support assembly. The bill of materials uses this description. Click …
to edit the description format.
 Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
 Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
 Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support assembly. Click … to edit the
description format.
For more information on assembly description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Guide.
 Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support assembly.
Save to Library
Saves to the library displayed in Libraries and Assembly Data.
Save to Model
Saves to the current model only.
Add Parts
Adds parts to a new pipe support assembly.
Library and Assembly Data
Specifies the parts contained in the library and assembly data.
Edit Parts
Click to edit parts in the Edit Parts pane.
Displays data table details for the selected pipe support part. For information on each
property, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the support components that you can use to make an assembly. If you select a
pipe support part, the box displays the available catalog data for that type of support. If you
select a steel part, you need to define steel data for the part.
Size Selection
Specifies which size of the selected component to add to your assembly. The size of your
CADWorx Plant 129

Palettes Panel
part is based on the displayed fields of the selected component. You can find and edit this
data in the Data Tables in the catalog. Use the CADWorx Specification Editor to open a
catalog and view the Data Tables. Size Selection only displays if you select a pipe support
part.
The steel options below only display when you select a steel part. You must have a
SteelLibrary defined in your specification for steel to display in CADWorx Plant.
Insertion Point
Specifies the point on the steel where the part starts or where you add another part.
Member
Specifies the member to use. The delivered data files have members in alphabetical order.
Steel Length
Specifies the length of the steel. This is the length of the steel part in the drawing.
Center Line
Specifies where the center line of the steel displays.
 Top
Center line displays at the top of the steel member.
 Center
Center line displays at the center of the steel member.
 Bottom
Center line displays at the bottom of the steel member.
The plate options below only display when you select Plates. You must have a
SteelLibrary defined in your specification for Plates to display in CADWorx Plant.
Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate. You can type the length or click Select plate profile from
entities to use the data from the project.
Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel. You can type the width or click Select plate
profile from entities to use the data from the project.
Select plate profile from entities
Specifies the properties of the plate from the data in the project.
Add
Adds the part to your pipe support in the drawing.
Close
Returns to the Create New Assembly pane.
CADWorx Plant 130

Palettes Panel
Edit Parts
Enables you to edit parts added to an assembly.
Add Parts
129).
Set Component Location
Enables you to set the location of the component in the drawing.
Displays data table details for the selected pipe support part. For information on each
property, see PipeSupport in the CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Parts
Displays the editable support components in your assembly.
Move Up
Moves the selected item one position higher in the assembly sequence.
Move Down
Moves the selected item one position lower in the assembly sequence.
Properties
Enables you to edit properties for the pipe support part in your drawing. Click + to expand and
view these options.
 Long
Describes the pipe support component. The bill of materials uses this description. Click
… to edit the description format.
 Short
Specifies the abbreviated description for the pipe support component. Click … to edit
the description format.
 Tag
Specifies an optional tag description for the pipe support component. Click … to edit the
description format.
 Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the pipe support component. Click … to edit
the description format.
For more information on component description formats, see Pipe Support Long,
Guide.
CADWorx Plant 131

Palettes Panel
 Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the pipe support component.
 BOM Sort
 BOM Type
 Length
Specifies the length of the pipe support part.
 Plate Length
Specifies the length of the plate on the steel.
 Plate Width
Specifies the width of the plate on the steel.
Connections
Specifies the connections for the assembly.
 Add Connection
Adds a connection point to the Connection list.
 Remove Connection
Removes a connection point from the Connection list
 Connection List
Displays the connections on the pipe support component. Select a connection to
change the Attach To type, and the Connect To options.
 Attach To
Specifies whether the connection of the part attaches to another pipe support part
(Other), a Pipe, or a Steel component.
 Pipe
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a piece of pipe.
 Direction Vector
Sets the direction vector for connection points attached to Pipe in the direction
that aligns with the support insertion direction.
 Alignment Vector
Sets the alignment vector for connection points attached to Pipe in the direction
that aligns with the centerline of the pipe.
See Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Pipe (page 135)
 Other
CADWorx Plant 132

Palettes Panel
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to another pipe support part.
Sets the direction vector for connection points attached to Other in the direction
toward the connected component.
Sets the alignment vector in any direction perpendicular to the direction vector.
See Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Other (page 138)
 Steel
Specifies that the selected connection attaches to a steel component.
Sets the direction vector for connection points attached to Steel in the direction
you want the Steel Detect to search. This direction specifies where the
attachment point makes contact with a steel member.
Sets the alignment vector for Steel connections in any direction perpendicular to
the direction vector.
See Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Steel (page 142)
 Connect
Specifies the connection point to which to attach the pipe support component. This
option becomes available when you select Other in the Attach to list. If you select
None, the currently selected pipe support for that selected connection does not have a
connecting component.
 Offset to outside diameter of pipe
When you check this box, the component connects to the outside diameter of the pipe.
When you clear this box, the component connects on the centerline of the pipe. You can
only use this option when you select Pipe in the Attach To list.
When you select Pipe with the Offset to outside diameter of pipe option,
the pipe support part sets perpendicular to the diameter of the pipe. When you select
Pipe without Offset to outside diameter of pipe option, the pipe support part sets
perpendicular to the centerline of the pipe.
Connection Point
You can use the following values in the X, Y, and Z boxes:
 Numeric Values
 Operators or Functions:
 +, -, *, /, SIN(), COS(), EXP(), SQRT() , LN(), TG(), CTG(), ASIN(), ACOS(), ATG(),
SINH(), COSH(), TGH(), and CTGH()
 Component Keywords:
 Dimensional field names from underlying data table or data file:
Examples:
CADWorx Plant 133

Palettes Panel
Steel Plate has the THK, LENGTH, and WIDTH dimensional fields available from
the underlying data file.
Spring Hanger has the DIAMETER, and LENGTH dimensional fields available from
the underlying data file.
 Component Field Names:
 You can reference any field or column {FIELDNAME} in a data table or a data file
between curly brackets, for example {CONN0}. When you use the {FIELDNAME} for
the connection point, then the format of the data in that field in the data table of the
Specification Editor must be in the (x,y,z) format as shown in the image below:
 Pipe Support Component Connection Point Keywords:

 You can use the following properties of the parent piping component to which a pipe
support attaches accessible at the pipe support component level.
 PIPEOD
Refers to the Outside Diameter of the parent pipe which attaches to the pipe
support assembly.
 PIPEID
Refers to the Inside Diameter of the parent pipe which attaches to the pipe
support assembly.
 PIPETHK
Refers to the wall thickness of the parent pipe which attaches to the pipe
support assembly.
 PIPESIZE
Refers to the Nominal Pipe Size of the parent pipe which attaches to the pipe
support assembly.
To use the Insulation offset, you must use Offset to pipe outside diameter.
X
CADWorx Plant 134

Palettes Panel
Specifies the x direction of the connection point.

Y
Specifies the y direction of the connection point.
Z
Specifies the z direction of the connection point.
Direction
Specifies the direction coordinates of the connection point, such as 0,0,0.
Alignment
Specifies the alignment coordinates of the connection point, such as 1,0,0.
Specify On-screen
Enables you to edit the connection point in the drawing.
Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Pipe

When you start a new assembly, such as a hanger, you select an insertion point, and then
select an insertion direction. In this example, you select upwards for the insertion direction
because when placing a hanger, you want the hanger to place upwards.
CADWorx Plant 135

Palettes Panel
Then, insert a clamp as the first component in the hanger assembly. The Direction Vector
designates which part of the clamp points in the insertion direction. In the following image, if you
selected in the Y direction up or down the pipe, the curved section of the clamp would be on the
top of the pipe. You want the bolt section to be at the top of the pipe, so you select in the X
direction.
The Alignment Vector for the clamp comes out from the eye of the clamp. This specifies the
centerline of the pipe for the clamp.
CADWorx Plant 136

Palettes Panel
The clamp arrangement inserts based on the direction and alignment vectors.
CADWorx Plant 137

Palettes Panel
Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Other

If you attach a support component to another support component, you need a connection point
in the location where the next component attaches. The Direction Vector must point in the
direction of the connecting support component. For example, if you attach a Weldless Eye Nut
to the top of a clamp bolt, you need to add a connection at the bolt location on the clamp where
the Weldless Eye Nut attaches. Then, the Direction Vector for the added connection point at
the clamp bolt location points up, in the direction of the Weldless Eye Nut.
The software uses the direction you define as the Alignment Vector for the next component.
Point the Alignment Vector perpendicular to the next support component to run parallel with
the centerline of the pipe.
When you add the Weldless Eye Nut, its connection to the clamp orients toward the connecting
component. Set the Direction Vector in the same direction in which the Weldless Eye Nut
CADWorx Plant 138

Palettes Panel
needs to point. In the following example, select the Direction Vector northeast of the Y direction
so that the curve of the Weldless Eye Nut points down and the bolt on the clamp rests in that
curve.
CADWorx Plant 139

Palettes Panel
Because the Alignment Vector at the bolt connection of the clamp runs along the pipe
centerline, we set the Alignment Vector of the Weldless Eye Nut in the same direction. In the
following example, select north in the Z direction so that the top of the Weldless Eye Nut points
up and sets the side of Weldless Eye Nut in the Y direction.
CADWorx Plant 140

Palettes Panel
The Weldless Eye Nut arrangement places based on the direction and alignment vectors.
CADWorx Plant 141

Palettes Panel
Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Steel

If you want to attach a support component to a steel member, then the Direction Vector of the
Steel connection must be in the direction of the steel member because the software uses the
Detect Steel option to place the support. For example, if you have a Welded Beam Attachment,
the top of the support attaches to the bottom of the steel. Therefore, the top of the Welded Beam
Attachment points outward, or up, toward the connecting steel member.
1. Towards the steel

member
CADWorx Plant 142

Palettes Panel
You can set the alignment vector in any direction, as long as it is perpendicular to the previously
selected direction vector.
Create a new pipe support assembly

1. Set a specification. For more information, see Set Specification & Size Dialog Box (page
53).
The pipe support list populates with the pipe support information from the specification.
2. If needed, change the size of a pipe support using Main Size.
3. Select Library and Assembly Data, or use the default.
4. Click Create New Assembly .
5. Click an insertion point in the drawing. This insertion point can be on a pipe or in space.
6. Select a direction in the drawing.
The Create New Assembly pane displays.
7. Click Add Parts .
The Add Parts pane displays.
8. Select a part of library from the Library and Assembly Data list.
9. Select a pipe support assembly from the Parts list, and then click Add.
OR
Select a part from the Parts list, and then click Add.
These two options depend on whether you select a library file or a component
type.
The software displays one of the following responses after you click Add:
If you clicked Add to add an assembly, the software prompts you with the Pipe Support
Data dialog box. You need to enter the pertinent data, and then click OK. If this dialog box
does not display, the software prompts you for the direction of the assembly.
If you clicked Add to add a part, the part displays in the drawing.
10. Click Edit Parts .
CADWorx Plant 143

Palettes Panel
The Edit Parts pane displays.

11. Change the Properties as needed.
12. Click + to expand Connections.
13. Select Connection-0.
14. Set the Attach To type to the type of component where your current part connects. For
more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
If you want your first part to attach to steel, then select Steel from the Attach To
option, and set the Direction Vector towards the steel and the Alignment Vector
perpendicular to the Direction Vector.
15. Click Specify On-screen.
16. Click to specify the Direction Vector. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
17. Click to specify the Alignment Vector. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
18. Click Apply.
19. To add another pipe support at a different connection point, click Add Connection .
20. Select Connection-1.
21. Set the Attach To to Other.
22. Set the X, Y, and Z location for the new point.
23. Click Specify On-screen.
24. Click to specify the Direction Vector. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
25. Click to specify the Alignment Vector. For more information, see Edit Parts (page 131).
26. Repeat steps 7 to 18 to place the second component. You can repeat steps 7 to 23 to
continue adding parts or assemblies to the new pipe support assembly.
If you add multiple parts to an assembly, the software displays prompts related to placing
those parts.
27. Click Close to return to the Create New Assembly pane.
28. Click Save to Library or Save to Model.
Insert a pipe support

53).
3. Select the Library and Assembly Data, or use the default.
4. Expand the support option, and then select a pipe support from the list.
5. Select an insertion point on the pipe.
6. Select the location on the pipe to insert the support.
OR
CADWorx Plant 144

Palettes Panel
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
7. Select a location and direction on the pipe.
The software places the pipe support in the model.
If you insert an assembly with overlapping steel members, the software prompts you
to select the coping members, and then select the coping boundary. Select the member to trim,
and then select the member that acts as the coping boundary.
Insert a support on sloped pipe

53).
2. Draw a sloped pipe. For more information, see Auto Route (page 374) and Route skewed
and sloped pipe (page 381).
4. Select the Library and Assembly Data, or use the default.
7. Select the location on the pipe to insert the support.
8. Select a direction, or type V or VERTICAL on the command line, and then press ENTER.
9. If you typed V for vertical, select a direction.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when variable
lengths or optional items are available.
Specify the data for the pipe support, and then click OK.
Select the location on the pipe to insert the support.
10. Select a direction, or type V or VERTICAL on the command line, and then press ENTER.
11. If you typed V for vertical, select a direction.
The software places the pipe support in the model.
CADWorx Plant 145

Palettes Panel
Insert multiple pipe supports

53).
3. Select the Library and Assembly Data or use the default.
4. Under Insert Options, select the Multiple check box.
7. Specify an end point on the pipe.
OR
The Pipe Support Data dialog box displays. This dialog box only displays when optional
items are available.
Specify the data, and then click OK.
Specify an end point on the pipe.
8. Specify the distance between each pipe support by entering the value on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
9. Specify a rotation around the pipe and the length of the pipe support.
The software places the pipe supports in the model.
If you insert an assembly with overlapping steel members, the software prompts you
to select the coping members, and then select the coping boundary. Select the member to trim,
and then select the member that acts as the coping boundary.
Edit Pipe Support Features

Change a pipe support type in the drawing with Replace Pipe Support
1. Click Replace Pipe Support . Alternatively, type REPLACEPIPESUPPORT on the
command line, then press ENTER.
2. Select a pipe support.
CADWorx Plant 146

Palettes Panel
The pipe support selection list displays.
3. Select a pipe support from the list.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
4. Adjust the rotation as needed.
Change a pipe support type in the drawing with a plus grip

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
2. Select a pipe support.
3. Click the plus grip point .
CADWorx Plant 147

Palettes Panel
The pipe support selection list displays.
4. Select a pipe support from the list.

The pipe support in the drawing changes.
5. Adjust the rotation as needed.
Regenerate a pipe support in the drawing

1. Click Regenerate Pipe Support . Alternatively, type REGENERATEPIPESUPPORT on
the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the pipe support, and then press ENTER.
The pipe support in the drawing updates.
Move a pipe with a pipe support attached.

1. Select the pipe you want to adjust.
The grip points display.
2. Select a grip point .
3. Move the piping as needed.
The pipe support adjusts with the movement of the piping.
CADWorx Plant 148

Palettes Panel
 The grip point at the end of the pipe support enables you to rotate and change the length
of the rod of the pipe support.
 The grip point at the top of the pipe support where it connects to the piping, enables you
to move the pipe support along the pipe. The pipe support cannot move around corners,
such as elbows or tees.
Change the size of a pipe inside a pipe support

1. Insert a pipe support on a pipe.
ENTER.
5. Select a size from the list that displays.
If a size is not available in the catalog for a component, the process stops,
 If prompted select, the BOP, TOP, or Current after selecting the piping to keep the position.
 The software continues to prompt you for selection of a component until you press ENTER
to finish.
Insulation View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Insulation View
Palettes toolbar: Insulation View
Plant menu: Utility > Insulation Palette
Plant menu: Palettes > Insulation View
Command line: INSULATIONVIEW

Creates a data file with an extension .INU. In this file, you can add, modify, and remove
insulation configurations. After you create the insulation configuration data file you can apply
these configurations to selected components.
CADWorx Plant 149

Palettes Panel
Model
Insulation
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (page 151)
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (page 153)
CADWorx Plant 150

Palettes Panel
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for creating a data file with an .INU extension. In this file, you can add,
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be applied to CADWorx components.
Save
Saves the data in the Configuration Setup grid to the configuration file.
Save As
Displays the Save As Insulation Data dialog box to save the current data in the
Configuration Setup grid to a new file.
Open
Displays the Open Insulation Data dialog box to load an insulation data file. The data
contained in that file is displayed in the Configuration Setup grid and listed individually in
the drop down categories.
Configuration Setup
Add to drawing
Saves the selected grid rows to the current drawing. If similar data already exists in the
current drawing, it is not overwritten. All configurations that have been added, appear in the
Apply tab of the palette.
Options
Displays the Insulation Options dialog box. For more information, see Insulation Options
Dialog Box below.
Configuration Setup - Grid
Displays the content of the insulation data file in grid form.
Thickness
Specifies the actual insulation thickness value. Type a numeric value greater than zero. You
can also select an existing value. This parameter is required to create an insulation
configuration.
 In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), type a value in inches.
 In mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in inches or
millimeters based on the setting from the Insulation Options dialog box. If you type inch
values, the software automatically converts to millimeters when the insulation solid is
created in the model. If you type a millimeter value, no conversion is done.
 In metric units (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), type a value in millimeters.
Density
Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You can also
select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by multiplying
it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation configuration.
 In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.
 In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm 3.
 In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.
CADWorx Plant 151

Palettes Panel
Mastic
Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing
Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
Add
Adds the current values from the boxes to the grid. If similar data exists, the value is not
added to the grid.
Modify
Modifies the currently selected row in the grid using the values currently shown in the boxes.
Each box corresponds to a column in the grid.
Remove
Deletes the currently selected row in the grid.
Add, Modify, and Remove only change the data currently displayed in the grid. The
data in the insulation file is not updated until you click Save or Save As.
Insulation Options Dialog Box

Controls parameters for insulation options.
Insulation
Append "_I" to layer name
Adds the characters _I to the layer name to create the insulation layer name. For example, if
the solid is on layer 1"-150-CWS, the insulation solid is on 1"-150-CWL_l. The insulation
solid is grouped with the component solid and center line.
New Layer Name
Indicates that the software creates a new layer.
Name
Specifies the layer name for the insulation solids.
Color
Displays the standard CAD platform color selection dialog box. Select the default layer color
for the insulation.
Graphics
Show Graphics for Gasket
CADWorx Plant 152

Palettes Panel
Indicates whether gasket insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for Weld gap
Indicates whether weld gap insulation graphics display. This works only for enhanced mode.
Show Graphics for User Shapes
Indicates whether user shape insulation graphics display.
Metric/Inch Units system
Millimeter
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in millimeters in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe
size / metric dimensions) situations.
Inch
Indicates that you can enter thicknesses in inches in mixed metric units (Imperial pipe size /
metric dimensions) situations.
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Palette)

Controls parameters for applying configurations to CADWorx components.
For most CADWorx components, insulation is approximated with the use of single or
multiple CAD platform cylindrical components.
Available Configuration
Displays the currently saved insulation configurations in the current drawing.
Remove
Removes the highlighted row in the grid from the current drawing.
Select Mode
Select on screen
Indicates that you will select components in the drawing window.
Line number
Indicates that you will select components by line numbers.
Insulation Mode
Data/Graphics
Adds both the insulation graphic and data.
Data Only
Adds only the insulation data and no graphics.
Insulation
Add
Adds the insulation currently selected in the Available Configuration grid to components in
the drawings. You are prompted to select CADWorx components. If any of the selected
components are already insulated, this action is skipped.
Modify
CADWorx Plant 153

Palettes Panel
Modifies existing insulation graphics and data.

Remove
Removes existing insulations graphics and data.
Refresh
Generates the graphics from the insulation data stored in the component's centerline. Use
this option if insulation graphics were deleted or lost.
Graphics
Add
Adds insulation graphics to components that have had their graphics removed. The data
previously stored in the components is used to generate the graphics.
Remove
Removes the graphics from the selected components. The insulation data remains. These
components do not show the insulation solid even if you later click Refresh.
Visibility
Isolate
Isolates insulation graphics by either selecting components on screen or by selecting line
numbers from the list.
Hide/Show
Hides or shows the insulation graphics by selecting components on screen or by selecting
line numbers from the list.
Show All
Shows all objects that have been previously hidden in the current drawing.
Report
Creates a complete report, in HTML format, about all of the insulation components in the
model. The report is itemized by the different types of insulation data and calculates the total
weight, volume, and length.
Filter
Filters the list of line numbers using wild cards. For example, type *25-1B* to limit the line
number list to line numbers with 25-1B as part of the name. The text filter occurs regardless
of where the text is in the line number name.
Edit
Displays the Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects dialog box so that you can edit the
insulation data for all components having the selected insulation configuration.
Right-Click Menu
In Line Number selection mode, a right-click menu is available with additional options. The
right-click menu changes what displays in the edit box.
Select All / Clear All
Selects or clears all line numbers in the list.
List Insulated Line Numbers
CADWorx Plant 154

Palettes Panel
Lists only insulated line numbers.

List Un-Insulated Line Numbers
Lists only uninsulated line numbers.
List Data Only Line Numbers
Lists line numbers that have insulation data but no insulation graphics.
List Un-Insulated Components
Lists only uninsulated components.
List All
Refreshes the list.
Modify
Replaces the selected insulation data with the highlighted insulation in the Available
Configuration grid. This change applies to all components in the selected line number.
Remove
Removes the insulation from all components in the selected line number.
Insulation Global Edit <number> Objects Dialog Box

Controls parameters for editing the insulation data on multiple objects. This dialog box applies
the settings to all of the selected objects.
Thickness
Displays the insulation thickness value. You cannot edit this value.
Density
Specifies the insulation density value. Type numeric values greater than zero. You can also
select an existing value. The density is used to calculate the insulation weight by multiplying
it with the insulation volume. This parameter is required to create an insulation configuration.
 In Imperial units (Imperial pipe size / Imperial dimensions), this value has units of lb / in3.
 In mixed metric (Imperial pipe size / metric dimensions) the value has units of g / cm 3.
 In metric (metric pipe size / metric dimensions), the value has units of g / cm3.
Mastic
Specifies the mastic description. This is an optional value.
Heat Tracing
Specifies the heat tracing description. This is an optional value.
Insulation
Specifies the insulation description. This is an optional value.
Jacketing
Specifies the jacketing description. This is an optional value.
User
Specifies the user description. This is an optional value.
CADWorx Plant 155

Palettes Panel
Insulation
Plant menu: Utility > Insulation
Command line: INSULATION

Adds insulation or tracing to a line. The software prompts you for the pipe’s outside diameter if a
CADWorx component is not found at the start point.
More advanced insulation features are available by using the Insulation View
Palette. For more information, see Insulation View Palette (page 149).
Options
Remove - Removes data that indicates insulation from the component. You must remove the
graphics manually.
Select insulation start point - Adds data and graphics to an existing component. Only pipe
components show the insulation graphic. The insulation information is stored within the
component for all other component types.
Pick other point - Pick the point where the insulation or tracing ends.
Select insulation or tracing - Select if you want to place insulation, tracing, or both.
Enter insulation thickness - Type a value for the insulation thickness.
Enter insulation density - Type a value for the tracing density.
Attach to components with same line number - Select Yes or No.
Discontinuity View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Discontinuity View
Palettes toolbar: Discontinuity View
Plant menu: Palettes > Discontinuity View
Command line: DISCONTINUITYVIEW

Checks for different types of modeling issues, such as disconnected, un-connected, overlapped,
and not on line.
Refresh
Refreshes the data in the grid.
Show All Types

Displays all issues in the grid.
Show Disconnected Only

Displays only disconnected and un-connected issues in the grid.
Show Not On Line Only

Displays only not-on-line issues in the grid.
CADWorx Plant 156

Palettes Panel
Show Overlap Only

Displays only overlap issues in the grid.
Tolerance Settings
Displays the tolerance settings.
Color Settings
Displays the color and Auto Refresh settings.
Remove Selected Overlaps

Deletes the selected overlaps from the model .DWG file.
Export to File
Exports all data from the palette to a Microsoft Excel (*.CSV) file
Help
Tolerance Min
Specifies the minimum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the minimum tolerance, but less than the maximum tolerance are
considered disconnected.
Tolerance Max
Specifies the maximum connection tolerance. Two components that are separated by a
distance greater than the maximum tolerance are considered un-connected.
Color Arrow
Specifies the color for arrows.
Color Text
Specifies the color for text.
Auto Refresh
Indicates whether the software automatically updates the grid when you open the drawing.
#
Displays a number from the palette that coincides with the highlighted number in the
drawing. The arrow and text color setting is used for the graphics drawn in the model.
Line Number
Displays the line number of the component.
Type
Displays the discontinuity type for the component.
 Disconnected
Displays components that are not connected within the minimum tolerance.
 Un-connected
CADWorx Plant 157

Palettes Panel
Displays components that are not connected with in the maximum tolerance.
 Overlap
Displays components that are duplicated at the same location. The number in
parenthesis (n) is the number of overlapping components at this location.
 Not on line
Displays components that are not connected to the pipe centerline (typically OLET
type components).
Gap
Displays the distance between the two components. This value is 0.0 for overlapping
components.
Long Description
Displays the long description of the component.
Category
Displays the category of the component.
Component Type
Displays the command named used to draw the component.
(X,Y,Z)
Displays the global X-, Y-, Z-coordinates of the component center point.
 Pressing CTRL or SHIFT while left-clicking lets you select multiple items from the list.
 Left-click to zoom in to the location of the issue.
CADWorx Plant 158

Palettes Panel
 Right-click to change the view to the location of the issue without zooming.
P&ID View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > PID View
Palettes toolbar: P&ID View
Plant menu: Palettes > P&ID View
Command line: PIDVIEW

Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a project database.
You must set up the following items to use this palette:
1. Create a CADWorx P&ID project that uses the P&ID live database system.
2. Create a CADWorx Plant project that uses the Plant live database system.
 Separate databases can be used for CADWorx P&ID and CADWorx Plant.
 You should utilize a separate schema for each project in an SQL database.
1. Create associations between in-line components and the main process line in the P&ID
drawings with the Combine Process command. For more information, see "Combine
Process" in the CADWorx P&ID User's Guide.
CADWorx Plant 159

Palettes Panel
Unlinked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Compares data in the Plant and P&ID tables in the project database and shows the components
that are not linked.
P&ID Project CFG
Browse to the CFG file for the P&ID project.
Refresh
Reload the list of components for the P&ID and Plant Data fields.
Column Options
Select the columns to display in the P&ID and Plant Data windows.
Filter
You can use the filters to isolate components in the P&ID and Plant Data.
 Component Type
 Size
 Spec
 Long Description
 Short Description
 Line Number
 Show
 Limit the line numbers shown in the Line Number field to only show those in the
Plant Database or the P&ID Database.
P&ID Data window
Displays line numbers and components from the P&ID database that are not linked to
corresponding objects in the Plant database. Columns can be added to show more
information by changing the settings in Column Options.
 Route - Route the P&ID object in the drawing.
 Insert - Insert the P&ID object into the drawing.

Plant Data window
Displays line numbers and components from the Plant database that are not linked to
corresponding objects in the P&ID database.
Linked Items
Displays the percentage of components that are linked for CADWorx P&ID and CADWorx
Plant.
Link
Highlight an item in each window and then click Link to pair the components in the
database.
CADWorx Plant 160

Palettes Panel
Valves, reducers, and nozzles can be linked. Instrument components cannot be

linked.
Linking Components
1. Click the check box next to an item in the P&ID Data list and an item in the Plant Data list.
2. Click Link.
The P&ID ID_Count value in the Plant Data list updates.
Linked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette)

Compares linked components and displays the properties that do or do not match between the
Plant and P&ID table in a project database.
P&ID Project CFG
Browse to the CFG file for the P&ID project.
Refresh
Reload the list of components for the P&ID and Plant Data fields.
Column Options
P&ID Columns - Select the columns to display in the P&ID Data window.
Plant Columns - Select the columns to display in the Plant Data window.
Properties Matching - Select the categories that are displayed in the Properties window.
Filter
You can use the filters to isolate components in the Linked Items window.
 Component Type
 Size
 Spec
 Line Number
Linked Items window
Displays line numbers and components from the P&ID database and Plant database that
are linked.
You can use the filter fields above to isolate linked items.
Properties window
Displays the property values of the selected component in the Linked Items window so you
can make updates when property values do not match.
You can use the filter icons to isolate properties.
 Property - The property being compared.
 Match - A visual indication of the difference between the value in P&ID and Plant
properties.
CADWorx Plant 161

Palettes Panel
 P&ID - The value of the property in P&ID.
If the values do not match, you can use the Update Icon or Update All Icon
to replace the value with the value from Plant. Use the Preview Icon to zoom to the
item in the drawing.
 Plant - The value of the property in Plant.
If the values do not match, you can use the Update Icon or the Update All
Icon to replace the value with the value from P&ID. Use the Preview Icon to zoom
to the item in the drawing.
Unlink
Highlight an item in the Linked Items window, then click Unlink to unpair the components in
the database.
Matching Component Properties
Displays how many components match in a percentage.
Unlinking Components
1. Select an item in the Linked Items window.
2. Click Unlink.
The software removes the link between the two components. The components now display
in the Unlinked Tab of the P&ID View window
Linked/Unlinked Report
Define parameters for, and generate a report detailing linked and unlinked components in a
project database.
Report Parameters
Define the parameters used to generate the report.
 Report File Type - Select the file type for the report. You can create an Excel or PDF report.
 Report Logo - Select an image to include on the report.
 Report On - Select the property value to report on.
 Project Name - Type a name for the project.
 Group By - Select the value to group components by.
 Project Number - Type a value for the project number field.
 Sort By - Select the value to sort the report by.
 Customer Name - Type a value for the customer name field.
 Show unlinked objects on the report? - Click the box to include unlinked objects grouped
together in an Unlinked section in the report.
Filters
Implement filters to narrow the content of the report. These filters are available:
CADWorx Plant 162

Palettes Panel
 Component Type
 Size
 Spec
 Line Number
Save Report - Save the report.
Save and Open Report - Save the report and open it.
Creating a Linked/Unlinked Report

1. Define the parameters and filters used in the report.
2. Click Save Report or Save and Open Report.
Insert a drawing into the project

When a Plant drawing is opened from the current project, Plant attempts to insert it into the
project. The Insert Drawing into Project Database dialog box opens to confirm this action.
When Insert Into DB is clicked, rows are added to the appropriate tables within the database.
Plant drawings created without a database have xdata attached to each component that allows
the software to automatically add rows into the appropriate tables.
CADWorx Plant 163

Palettes Panel
Clash Management
CADWorx Structure> Tools> Clash Management
CADWorx Plant> Plant I tab> Palettes> Clash Management
CADWorx Equipment> Tools> Clash Management
Command line: CLASHMGMT

Runs interactive clash detection on 3D solids in the current drawing and any attached XREF
drawings. You can also add soft clashes to locations of your model for items that could
potentially clash with other parts of the model, or for areas that need to remain clear of
obstructions, such as where a level on a valve needs free movement.
Clash On
Turns clash detection on in the 3D model.
Clash Off
Turns clash detection off in the 3D model.
Show Clashes
Displays all clashes, which are represented by spheres, in the model.
Clash Settings
Displays the Clash Settings dialog box. For more information, see Clash Settings Dialog
Box (page 166).
Soft Clash Volumes

Places a box around an object or defined space to indicate an area that needs to be avoided for
operations or maintenance. A soft clash is not a solid object; it is a volume of space that you
reserve for operations or installation. After placing a soft clash volume, you can use 3D solid
editing tools to manipulate the soft clash size, and location. CADWorx places soft clash volumes
on the VolumeArea layer with the Plot option for printing turned off by default. To turn on plotting
of soft clash volumes, type LAYER, and then find VolumeArea in the layer list. Click the Plot icon
to turn on printing.
Show Clash Volumes
Displays the soft clash volumes that you add to the 3D model. You can clear this option to
turn off the display of soft clash volumes in the model.
Refresh
Refreshes the soft clash list.
Delete
Deletes a soft clash volume from the list.
Zoom to Volume
Zooms to the soft clash volume in the model space.
CADWorx Plant 164

Palettes Panel
Definition
Displays the New area volume definition dialog box, where you define a soft volume. For
more information, see New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box (page 169).
Type
Defines the soft volume clash type, usability, or installation. You define the type in the Soft
Volume Definition dialog box.
Name
Displays the name of the soft volume clash. You can define the name in the Soft Volume
Definition dialog box.
Place by
Defines how you place a soft clash volume.
 Length/Width/Height - Define the size of the volume.
 Select a CADWorx object - Place a soft clash volume around a CADWorx object.
 Select a 3D solid object - Place a soft clash volume around a 3D solid.
Associate
Specifies the parent component associated with the soft clash. Associate will follow any
movement by the parent object.
Clearance
Only available with the Select a CADWorx Object place by method.
Clash Manager
Refresh
Updates the clash list with the current clashes in the model.
Zoom to Clash
Zooms to the clash in the model space.
Export to Excel
Saves clashes in a text file or Excel spreadsheet.
Expand Report
Opens the Clash Manager in a larger dialog box for better quality viewing.
Note
Displays the Clash Note dialog box, which shows the two clashing components, and allows
you to write a note detailing information on the clash. Click Note , and then add a note as
required. Move your mouse over the note icon to see the note information which displays as
a tooltip. For more information, see Clash Note Dialog Box (page 170).
Status
Specifies the status of the clash. Select New, Approved, or Resolved or define your own
clash status in the Clash Management Settings.
CADWorx Plant 165

Palettes Panel
Level
Specifies the clash level. Assigns levels based on the following information:
 Level 1
Specifies that a solid clashes with another solid.
 Level 2
Specifies that a soft clash volume clashes with a solid.
 Level 3
Specifies a soft clash volume clashes with another soft clash volume.
Filter
Filters the information in the Level list. For more information, see Filter (page 170).
Component 1
Displays the CADWorx data for the first object in a clash.
Line Number 1
Displays the CADWorx data for the first line in a clash.
Line Numbers can be enabled or disabled from the Clash Settings dialog box.
For more information, see Clash Settings Dialog Box (page 166).
Component 2
Displays the CADWorx data for the second object in a clash.
Line Number 2
Displays the CADWorx data for the second line in a clash.
Visibility
Turns the clash sphere on and off.
Clash Settings Dialog Box

Controls parameter settings on clashes.
Start up
Indicates whether clash detection runs on drawing start up.
 On
Clash detection is always on for every drawing.
 Off
Clash detection is off for every drawing.
On Clash Management
Indicates what happens when a clash is detected.
 Show Palette
The software displays the Clash View palette every time a clash is detected.
CADWorx Plant 166

Palettes Panel
 Show Tray Notification

The software notifies you through the tray bubble notification that a clash has
occurred.
Ignore soft clashes
The system ignores all soft clashes generated with the Soft Clash Volumes tab.
Synchronize layers from XREFs
Indicates whether the system checks for clash layer data inside externally reference
drawings and updates the master drawing clash layer data to match. If a layer in an XREF is
excluded from clash detection, the XREF layer is also excluded in the master drawing.
Synchronize clashes from XREFs
Indicates whether the software checks for clash data inside external reference drawings and
updates the master drawing data for that clash.
 Only New clashes in the master drawing which are from an XREF drawing have the
status updated to match the status that is saved in the XREF drawing. You cannot
change the status of a clash that is from the XREF drawing; the clash status of an XREF
is read-only.
 If Clash Detection identifies any clashes between XREF items in your model, the
clashes display in read-only mode. You must edit XREF items in the original model to
resolve clashes.
Ignore insulation clashes
The system ignores all clashes generated from components created with the CADWorx
Insulation View palette.
Included line number columns
Indicates if line numbers are displayed in the Clash Manager.
Connectivity tolerance
Specifies the tolerance for checking component connectivity. If two components are
connected, a clash is not reported, even if the actual solids intersect.
Clash zoom factor
Specifies the zoom factor used during clash.
Level 1
Specifies the color for level one clashes as shown in the Clash Manager. Click the color
square to change the color. The default color is red.
Level 2
Specifies the color for level two clashes as shown in the Clash Manager. Click the color
square to change the color. The default color is orange.
Level 3
Specifies the color for level three clashes as shown in the Clash Manager. Click the color
square to change the color. The default color is yellow.
Layers
CADWorx Plant 167

Palettes Panel
Displays the available layers. Select the check box next to the layer name to include that
layer in clash detection.
All
Selects or clears all of the layers in the list.
Color Table: Clash Status

Specifies the color of the clash entity in the 3D model.
New Custom Status

Creates a new status for selection when changing the status of a clash. You can see these
in the Status list.
Delete
Deletes the selected status option from the color table list.
Status
Specifies the status of the clash, such as New, Approved, and Resolved.
Color
Specifies the color of the status.
Color Table: Soft Clash Type

Specifies the colors for the soft volume clash boxes that you can place in the Clash Detection
palette. For more information, see Clash Management (page 164).
New Custom Section

Creates a new soft clash volume type for selection when creating a soft clash. You can see
these in the Type list in the New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box (page 169).
Delete
Deletes a status option from the color table list.
Type
Specifies the type of soft clash, such as Usability and Installation.
Color
Specifies the color of the soft clash.
Layer
Specifies the layer for the soft clash. The default layer is Volume Area.
 Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file. The current
configuration file displays at the bottom of the Clash Settings dialog box.
 In CADWorx Plant when you select the Clash Settings check box in Miscellaneous CFG
Content in the CADWorx Plant Setup, the settings save to the Plant configuration file. You
can turn this setting off in Plant, but you cannot adjust this setting in Structure.
CADWorx Plant 168

Palettes Panel
New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box

Type
Specifies the type of soft volume to place in the 3D model.
 Installation
Places an installation soft volume definition.
 Usability
Places a usability soft volume definition.
Description
Displays the description of the soft clash volume in the Name column of the Soft Clash
Volumes list. Soft clash volume descriptions must be unique.
Place By
Provides options for placing the soft clash volume.
 Input the Length / Width / Height
Inserts the soft clash by the entered length, width, and height.
 Selecting CADWorx Object
Inserts the soft clash around a CADWorx object. This option allows you to specify a
clearance for the soft clash.
 Selecting 3D solid
Inserts the soft clash around a 3D solid CAD object.
 Selecting Area and Path
Inserts the soft clash around an area along a path.
Associate
Prompts you for the parent object of the soft clash. This happens automatically when you
use Select 3D Solid. If you associate the soft clash volume with a parent object, then the
soft clash volume moves with the selected parent object when you move, rotate, delete, or
interact with that parent object.
Clearance (Applies to Usability and Select CADWorx Object only)
Specifies the clearance of the usability volume. The default value is 3".
CADWorx Plant 169

Palettes Panel
Clash Note Dialog Box

Allows you to enter detailed information about a clash.
Component 1
The first component in the clash.
Component 2
The second component in the clash.
Note
User-defined information on the clash.
Filter
Filter
Displays options for filtering the clash list.
Select All
Select this option to search all files contained in the data when running search filter.
 Show rows with value that:
 Logic Condition Operator 1
Select a condition for the filter.
 Search box
Type the information you want to find in the Search box.
 Match Case
Matches the case of a letter and finds it in the data based on the information you
type in the Search box.
 Logic Condition Operator 2
Select a second condition for the filter.
 Search box
Type the information for the software to find.
 Match Case
Matches the case of a letter and finds it in the data based on the information you
type in the Search box.
CADWorx Plant 170

Palettes Panel
Create a Usability Soft Volume Definition

1. Click Clash Management .
2. Expand Soft Clash Volumes.
3. Click Definition .
The New area volume definition dialog box displays.
For more information, see New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box (page 169).
4. Select Usability from the Type list.
5. Type the Description.
6. Select a Place By option.
If you choose Selecting CADWorx Object, the software requires the Clearance.
7. Select whether to Associate the soft clash with a parent object.
8. Click OK.
9. Follow the on-screen prompts to define the soft clash area.
The software places the usability soft clash volume.
Create an Installation Soft Volume Definition

1. Click Clash Management .
2. Expand Soft Clash Volumes.
3. Click Definition .
The New area volume definition dialog box displays.
For more information, see New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box (page 169).
4. Select Installation from the Type list.
5. Type the Description.
6. Select a Place By option.
If you choose Selecting CADWorx Object, the software requires the Clearance.
7. Select whether to Associate the soft clash with a parent object.
8. Click OK.
9. Follow the on-screen prompts to define the soft clash area.
The software places the installation soft clash volume.
CADWorx Plant 171

Palettes Panel
Assembly View Palette

CADWorx Plant I tab: Palette > Assembly View
Palettes toolbar: Assembly View
Plant menu: Palettes > Assembly View
Command Line: ASSEMBLYVIEW

Creates assemblies for placement in a model. The Assembly Manager has four options:
create, edit, delete, and insert.
Create Assembly - Creates a new assembly. For more MAKEASSEMBLY

information, see Create an assembly (page 173).
Edit Assembly Selected - Edits the selected assembly. For

more information, see Edit an assembly (page 174).
Delete Assembly Selected - Deletes the selected assembly.

For more information, see Delete an assembly from the
Assembly Manager (page 174).
Insert Assembly Selected - Inserts the selected assembly INSERTASSEMBLY

into the model. For more information, see Insert an assembly
into the drawing (page 174).
Help - Opens the help file.
Edit Assembly Paths - Edits the path folder location of the ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS
assembly. For more information, see Edit an assembly path
(page 175).
Project File
Specifies the project file selected for the assembly.
Global File
Specifies the global assembly file associated with the assembly. Click Browse to change
the global assembly file.
Right- Click Menu

Insert Assembly
Inserts an assembly.
View Assembly
Opens the Assembly Viewer and displays the assembly. The assembly can be zoomed
and rotated for a 360-degree view.
CADWorx Plant 172

Palettes Panel
 Wireframe
Displays the model in wireframe view.
 Hidden
Displays the model in hidden view.
 Shaded
Displays the model with shaded view.
Modify Assembly
Enables you to edit an assembly.
New
Creates a new assembly.
Rename
Renames an assembly.
Delete
Deletes an assembly.
Copy
Copies an assembly.
Paste
Pastes an assembly.
Reload Global File
Reloads the global assembly file.
Edit File Paths
Edits the path folder location of the assembly.
You can close the Assembly Manager at anytime by typing ASSEMBLYCLOSE on
the command line.
Create an assembly
1. Click Assembly View . Alternatively, type ASSEMBLYVIEW on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Click Create Assembly .
3. Select all the components necessary for the assembly, and press ENTER
4. Pick a point where you want to connect.
5. Type a name on the command line, and press ENTER.
The assembly appears in the Assembly Manager.
CADWorx Plant 173

Palettes Panel
Edit an assembly
press ENTER.
2. Click Edit Assembly Selected .
3. Make the changes to the drawing as needed.
4. Click Close Assembly Editor.
5. Click Yes to save the changes.
To close the Assembly Editor without saving any changes, click No.
The change is saved.
Delete an assembly from the Assembly Manager

press ENTER.
2. Select an assembly for deletion.
3. Click Delete Assembly Selected .
4. Click OK to delete.
If you do not want to delete the object, click Cancel.
The assembly disappears from the Assembly Manager.
Insert an assembly into the drawing

press ENTER.
2. Select an assembly from the Assemblies box.
3. Click Insert Assembly Selected .
4. Select a component to connect to.
5. Select a direction.
The assembly appears in the drawing.
If an assembly is built with a reducer and then attached to a component of a larger
size you are prompted to change the size of the reducer. The assembly usually takes on the
size and the specification of the component to which it is attached.
CADWorx Plant 174

Palettes Panel
Edit an assembly path

then press ENTER.
2. Type ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select Project and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
OR
Select Global Assembly and then the name of the assembly from the popup.
4. Enter the subdirectory for the user shape path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the user shape path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
5. Enter the subdirectory for the Topworks path, and then press ENTER.
OR
Type B on the command line for the Topworks path, press ENTER to open the Browse for
Folder window, select the new folder location, click OK, and then press ENTER.
The assembly paths are updated.
CADWorx Plant 175

SECTION 6
Isogen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen
Isogen Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more ISOGENOUT

information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
Isogen Batch - Generates isometrics using Isogen for one ISOGENBATCH

or more line numbers. For more information, see Isogen
Batch (page 187).
Isogen Supplemental - Places supplemental Isogen ISOGENSUPL

blocks in the drawing. For more information, see Isogen
Supplemental (page 188).
Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the STOPSIGN

drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (page 189).
Isogen Start Point - Places Isogen start point symbols in ISOGENSTARTPT

the drawing. For more information, see Isogen Start Point
(page 190).
Start I-Configure - Launches the I-Configure application. LAUNCHICONFIGURE
PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from PCFOUT

components selected in the drawing. For more information,
see PCF Out (page 190).
PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing from PCFIN

a piping component (PCF) file. For more information, see
PCF In (page 191).
Start Symbol Editor - Launches the Symbol Editor LAUNCHSYMBOLEDITO

application. R
CADWorx Plant 176

Isogen Panel
Isogen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Out
Command line: ISOGENOUT or -ISOGENOUT

-ISOGENOUT runs the command without dialog boxes. You select your options using
the command line and must have an I-Configure Style setup and defined before you can run this
command.
Generates an isometric drawing. The components you select to use with this command must be
generated with an authorized Isogen hardware lock, or this function cannot process them. The
selection process has different options that allow you to perform more detailed selections.
Line Number
Allows you to select components by line number to iso out.
 List
Displays the Select Item Dialog Box (page 203) allowing you to select individual or
multiple line numbers.
 Select Components
Allows you to select a line number in the drawing. You cannot use the CAD fence
option when using this Select Components option as the software only allows you to
select one line.
Select Components
Allows you to select components to iso out.
Toggle Single PCF
Allows you to toggle when the software creates a single PCF for all line numbers or creates
a PCF for each line number. Select this option to create a single PCF with all the line
numbers. Clear this option to create a PCF for each line number. The default option for
ISOGENOUT is ON. Click the Toggle Single PCF option to turn it off.
 You can resubmit Isogen drawings after you make changes to your CADWorx drawing. The
software displays the drawings in their previous isometric layout with the added
components. You must define the Repeatability return report in I-Configure for resubmitted
drawings to display. To set the Isogen repeatability feature, see Enable the Repeatability
return report (page 184).
 If you delete an Isogen start or stop point, the software permanently
removes the points. This can affect the repeatability output.
 Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers, and all Start/Stop signs from
component iso information.
 Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Out on an
Adjustable Bend (page 499). Before you run Isogen Out , make sure to set the SKEY in
the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93) to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end type).
Select the Overwrite check box to enter the new SKEY. To setup curved piping in
isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics (page 186).
CADWorx Plant 177

Isogen Panel
ISOGENOUT also exports line number continuation information to Isogen. Set the
IsogenContinuationGraphicsLevel (page 38) to include continuation graphics of additional line
numbers in your drawing.
Select Isogen Style Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting Isogen projects, styles, and names of the
automatically-generated isometrics. See I-Configure (page 192) for more information on creating
and managing these projects and styles.
Difference between I-Configure and Browse for Style:
I-Configure exports each time it is run, unless you change the export options within the style.
The I-Configure option and the Browse for Style option both use the FLS file. With the
I-Configure option, the software recreates the style each time it is exported. When selecting
an ISOGENDEFAULTSTYLE, the software always displays the FLS as the default file
because both use an FLS. When using the I-Configure style, you can use the attribute
mapping abilities in the style. The software reads from the style.xml using Isogen’s Project
Manager tool. The Browse for Style option does not use the attribute mapping abilities.
Automatically Uses attribute Generates ISOS

exports when run mapping from a without changing the
CADWorx style .fls
I-Configure Yes Yes No
Browse for No No Yes

Style
Use I-Configure
Use I-Configure to select a style for the isometric drawing.
 Connect
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select a
directory, project or style. For more information, see Select Isogen Style Directory
Dialog Box.
 Directory
Specifies the folder that contains the Isogen project.
 Project
Specifies the active Isogen project. The list contains all of the available projects. See
I-Configure (page 192) for information on creating these projects.
 Style
Specifies the active isometric drawing style. The list contains all of the available styles in
the project.
Browse for style
CADWorx Plant 178

Isogen Panel
Select an existing drawing style file (*.FLS) to use for the isometric drawing.
 Path
Specifies the selected FLS file and the folder location containing that file.
 Select
Displays the Select Isogen Style Directory dialog box so that you can select an Isogen
style (Isogen.fls) file. Use this option to select an Isogen style that is in a shared network
folder. For more information, see Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box.
 Drawings Folder
Specifies the folder location for the drawings produced by Isogen.
PCF Name
Specifies the name of the file. This allows you to name an isometric file if none of the
components selected contain a line number. If the selected components contain line number
information, then the software uses line number from the last selected component as the
isometric file name.
Settings
Displays the Isogen Settings dialog box so that you can transpose the system by an X, Y,
and Z offset distance. For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
Use ISOGENRESET to remove the sheet and part numbers and all Start/Stop
signs from component iso information.
The DXF edit box enables you to name a portion of the output file. The name appends a series
of numbers. Isogen might break up the selected components into multiple sheets which would
require this numbering sequence.
Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box

Controls parameters for selecting an Isogen style or directory. This dialog is basically the
windows Open dialog box.
File name
Specifies the style directory file name.
File Type
Specifies the file type (extension).
 ProjectList.xml (only available when you select the Use I-Configure option and click
Connect)
File type created by I-Configure when you create an isometric directory. Each
isometric folder contains a ProjectList.xml file. This file contains a list of projects and
styles.
 Project_Data.xml (only available when you select the Use I-Configure option and click
Connect)
File type created by I-Configure when you create a project The Project_Data.xml
file stores application-specific project defaults and other project level data. This
option finds the isometric directory above, connects to that directory, and then
selects the project.
CADWorx Plant 179

Isogen Panel
 Style.xml (only available when you select the Use I-Configure option and click
Connect)
File type created by I-Configure when you create a style. Each isometric folder
contains a <Style Name>.xml file (such as Final-Basic.xml or Check.xml), which is
used to store style configuration data for that isometric drawing style. This option
finds the isometric directory above, connects to that directory, and then selects the
style and the project.
 isogen.fls (only available when you select the Browse for style option and click
Select)
Allows you to select the isogen.fls style for Project Manager (PIPMAN) styles.
Isogen Settings Dialog Box

Controls parameters for transposing the system by X, Y, and Z offsets. The whole system can
be rotated by any angle. This allows any user-defined north arrow direction.
X
Specifies the X-direction offset.
Y
Specifies the Y-direction offset.
Z
Specifies the Z-direction offset.
Angle
Specifies the north arrow direction:
 90 = World positive Y-axis as north direction. This is the default value.
 180 = World positive X-axis as north direction.
 270 = World negative Y-axis as north direction.
 0 = World negative X-axis as north direction.
ISOGEN Project Data Setup Dialog Box

Controls parameters for setting position text (POS) that can be displayed on the isometric
drawing file. Review the Isogen Configuration Users Guide in I-Configure to locate the POS
number associated with each item. These values are stored with the configuration file and are
used when an isometric is exported. For I-Configure projects, this is the only option for setting
these values.
After typing a value, click the Use check box to store the value in the configuration file. To delete
a value from the configuration file, clear the Use box. The values that have the Use box selected
display at the top of the dialog box the next time it displays.
CADWorx Plant 180

Isogen Panel
Isogen Results Dialog Box

Controls parameters for reviewing the results of the Isogen extraction.
The dialog box displays the success or failure of the extraction in a text box.
Open Plot Files
Opens all the generated ISOs in the current session. The CAD platform SDI setting must be
turned off for the option to be available.
View Message File
Opens Notepad to display a message file that provides information that could be used when
an error was produced. The text file that displays is an .MES file. For more information, read
the Isogen documentation.
View Extraction Logs
Displays the View Extraction Logs dialog box, which contains the log files and style data of
the isometric drawing. For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
View Extraction Logs Dialog Box

Contains the log files and style data of the isometric drawing and allows you to collect data to
submit to Intergraph.
Logfiles
Contains a list of log file data that you can review for information on the isometric drawing
style.
Style Data
Input File
Specifies the .pcf file created by Isogen Out.
 Open Input File
Displays the data of the .pcf file.
Project Type
Specifies the project type that was used to create the isometric drawing. Supported file
types are listed below:
 I-Configure
 Pipman1
 Pipman2
 None
IsoDir
Specifies the directory of the Isogen project that was used to create the isometric drawing.
Project
Specifies the active project that was used to create the drawing.
Style
CADWorx Plant 181

Isogen Panel
Specifies the active style that was used to create the drawing.
Collect Data
Displays the Collect Data dialog box. For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
Collect Data Dialog Box

Contains a list of Isogen data files after running Isogen Out .
Filename
Displays the file location and file name of the Collect Data file.
Size (Bytes)
Displays the size of the file in Bytes.
Dates
Displays the date and time that the file was created.
Status
Displays the status of the file.
Collect
Collects the data into a .zip file called I-Collect.zip and displays the Collect dialog box. In
the Collect dialog box, you can either Save As, Send As Email, or click OK.
Add File
Enables you to add a file to the Collect Data list.
Extract Isogen files

1. Click Isogen Out . Alternatively, type ISOGENOUT on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Select Isogen Style dialog box displays.
2. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements.
3. Click OK on the Select Isogen Style dialog box.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
4. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
5. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
or
CADWorx Plant 182

Isogen Panel
Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
preferred method. You can select components that are from an XREF if the
UseObjectsFromXrefs (page 51) is set to 1.
Processed 164 component(s) to file.
The components must have been generated with a valid Isogen authorized
hardware lock. If not, a message similar to the following displays:
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the Isogen interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
The Isogen Results dialog box displays.
Using -ISOGENOUT
-ISOGENOUT
Runs the Isogen Out option without the dialog boxes. You can create .scr files using Notepad.
When creating the script files, use the -ISOGENOUT command as the first line, and then use
the letter designation for the option, such as Y for Use I-Configure Style.
Use I-Configure Style? [Yes/No] <Yes>
Specifies to use the I-Configure Style.
Select IsoDir [1 C:\IsoDir/ 2 C:\IsoDir2/ .. / n C:\lastIsoDir] <>
Lists all the Isogen Directories (IsoDir) from I-Configure dynamically and numbers them 1 to
n in alphabetical order. The default directory is the last one used or the first alphabetically if
you did not yet use one. You can type out the IsoDir on the command line in this option
Select Project [1 Project1/2 Project2/ .. / n LastProject] <>
Lists all the projects located inside the Isogen Directory from I-Configure dynamically and
numbers them 1 to n in alphabetical order. The default project is the last one used or the
first alphabetically if you did not yet use one. You can type out the project on the command
line in this option.
Select Style [1 Check/ 2 Final-Basic/ .. / n System] <>
Lists all the styles located inside the project from I-Configure dynamically and numbers them
1 to n in alphabetical order. The default style is the last one used or the first alphabetically if
you did not yet use one. You can type out the style on the command line in this option.
Enter an option [Line number/Select components] <Select components>
Specifies how you want to select your components.
Enter an option [Select component/List] <Select component>
This option displays when you select Line Number from the first Enter an option listing. You
can choose to have your line numbers listed in a selectable list, or to select the line numbers
by selecting components.
Select Line Number [1 Line1/ 2 Line2/ .. / n LineN] <1 Line1>
When you select the List option your line numbers list displays on the command line. The
default is just the first alphabetically.
Select additional Line Numbers? [Yes/No] <No>
CADWorx Plant 183

Isogen Panel
Allows you to select additional line numbers when running -ISOGENOUT. Normally, the
dialog box that would display for Isogen Out would allow you to select multiple line
numbers. This option keeps that multi-select functionality. If you select Yes, then the
software repeats the Select Line Number option. After another line number selection, the
software again repeats this option. If your model contains no more line numbers, then the
software skips the Select additional Line Numbers option.
Open (1) isometric drawing files: [Yes/No] <No>
Specifies to open the created Isogen drawing(s). The number listed in parentheses is the
number of drawings that the software opens when you select Yes.
Enable the Repeatability return report

1. Click Start > All Programs > CADWorx > Isogen > I-Configure > I-Configure.
I-Configure opens.
2. In the Project View panel, select the appropriate isometric directory and project.
3. Under the active project, select the appropriate isometric drawing style.
4. Click Edit in the Properties panel.
The Isogen Configuration Home screen displays.
5. Click Reports in the Drawing Manager pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Reports panel.
6. Expand Report Types.
7. Double-click Repeatability return to open the data grid.
The Reports panel displays the Repeatability return options.
8. Expand File Formatting.
The File Formatting properties display.
9. Select Revised ASCII from the Content list.
10. Use the Part Numbers, Split Points, Start Point, and Weld Numbers check boxes control
the information that displays in the drawing.
11. Set Spool Identifier to Numeric or Alphabetic.
12. In the Report Location box, type the name and full path location of the report file.
Alternatively, click the Report Location browse button and navigate to the appropriate
file.
13. Click to update the active style file with the new property settings.
14. Select Home in the menu to return to the Home screen.

15. Close Isogen Configuration.
16. Verify the Reports displays in the Properties panel, and that Value is set to
REPEATABILITY-RETURN.
For more information on Reports, see Report Definition Panel in the Isogen
Configuration User's Guide.
CADWorx Plant 184

Isogen Panel
17. Click Export Style on the I-Configure horizontal toolbar.
18. Open a drawing, and then click Setup .

19. Select Configuration Settings.
20. Set IsogenSetting to 1, 2, or, 3. For more information, see IsogenSetting (page 42).
21. Run Isogen Out . For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
Enable the RepeatFile for I-Configure 2012

1. Open I-Configure, select an isometric drawing style, and then select the Detail tab.
2. Expand Supplementary in the list, and then select RepeatFile.
3. In the Property panel, set Enabled value to True.
Setup short description column for material list with text

wrapping
I-Configure opens.
5. Click Drawing Material List in the Materials pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing Material List panel.
6. Expand User Defined Columns.
7. Click Show to open the data grid.

The User Defined Columns properties list displays.
8. Verify that there is a -80 value in the Attribute column. If there is none, select -80 from the
Attribute list.
9. Verify the offset value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must also add an offset
value.
10. Verify the Maximum Characters value. If you created a new -80 attribute, then you must
also add a Maximum Characters value.
12. Select Home in the menu to return to the Home screen.

13. Click Drawing File in the Drawing Manager pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Drawing File panel.
CADWorx Plant 185

Isogen Panel
14. Expand Template File.

15. Verify that Format is set to Smart DWG (DWG).
16. Type the full path location and file name of the template file that contains the correct
material list information in the Path box. Alternatively, click the browse button and
navigate to the appropriate file.
The template file displays in the Path box.
Your material list now displays with the short description and the lines do not overlap, but
are text wrapped.
Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics

I-Configure opens.
5. Click Piping Components and Features in the Dimensions pane.
The Configuration view opens and displays the Piping Components and Features panel.
6. Expand Curved Pipe.
7. Type a value greater than zero in the Threshold box.
The bend radius (inches) is divided by the nominal size (pipe diameter in inches).
If the result is lower than the Threshold setting, normal bends are drawn. If the result is
greater than the Threshold setting curves are drawn.
8. Click outside the Threshold box to set the new value.
To use this feature you need to draw an adjustable bend using the BENT command.
You also need to update the SKEY of the new bend to PB** (** designates a valid Isogen end
type) in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93). For more information, see Adjustable Bend
(page 499).
CADWorx Plant 186

Isogen Panel
Isogen Batch
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Batch
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Batch
Command line: ISOGENBATCH or -ISOGENBATCH

-ISOGENBATCH runs the command without dialog boxes. You select your options
using the command line and must have an I-Configure Style setup and defined before you can
run this command.
Generates isometrics using Isogen for one or more line numbers. The command uses the
default settings from I-Configure. For more information, see I-Configure (page 192).
Toggle Single PCF
Allows you to toggle when the software creates a single PCF for all line numbers or creates
a PCF for each line number.
Isogen drawings can be created for curved piping by using Isogen Batch on an
Adjustable Bend (page 499) with SKEY in the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93) set to PB** (**
designates a valid Isogen end type). You need to check the Overwrite check box to enter the
new SKEY. To setup curved piping in isometrics, see Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics
(page 186).
ISOGENBATCH also exports line number continuation information to Isogen. Set the
IsogenContinuationGraphicsLevel (page 38) to include continuation graphics of additional line
numbers in your drawing.
Extract batch Isogen files

1. Click Isogen Batch . Alternatively, type ISOGENBATCH on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The software displays the Select Item dialog box which lists all the line numbers available in
the model.
2. Select one or more from the available line numbers. For more information, see Select Item
CADWorx sends each line number to Isogen for processing. Isogen might break up the
selected line numbers into multiple sheets.
ISOGENBATCH log file written to: C:\Drawings\Model_Isogen.log
The components must be generated with a valid Isogen authorized hardware lock. If
not, a message similar to the following displays.
Could NOT process 17 component(s) due to permissions failure...
Only components drawn with the Isogen interface are allowed...
No components were written to file...
As each line is processed, any errors encountered are displayed on the screen, and a log
file is created.
The Isogen Results dialog box displays. For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177).
CADWorx Plant 187

Isogen Panel
Using -ISOGENBATCH
-ISOGENBATCH
Runs the Isogen Batch option without the dialog boxes. You can create .scr files using
Notepad. When creating the script files, use the -ISOGENBATCH command as the first line, and
then use the letter designation for the option, such as y for Use I-Configure Style.
Select Line Number [1 Line1/ 2 Line2/ .. / n LineN] <1 Line1>
1. All - All lines that match the filter are selected.
2. Filter - Enter one or more wildcard filters to limit the items in the list. The filter is case
sensitive. For more information on wildcard filters, see Select Item Dialog Box (page
203).
3. ToggleSinglePCF - Turn the Single PCF option on or off.
4. Individual lines are listed alphabetically starting at 4.
Select additional Line Numbers? [Yes/No] <No>
Allows you to select additional line numbers when running -ISOGENBATCH. Normally, the
dialog box that would display for Isogen Batch would allow you to select multiple line
numbers. This option keeps that multi-select functionality. If you select Yes, then the
software repeats the Select Line Number option. After another line number selection, the
software again repeats this option. If your model contains no more line numbers, then the
software skips the Select additional Line Numbers option.
Open (2) isometric drawing files: [Yes/No] <No>
Specifies to open the created Isogen drawing(s). The number listed in parentheses is the
number of drawings that the software opens when you select Yes.
Isogen Supplemental
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > Isogen Supplemental
Command line: ISOGENSUPL

Places supplemental Isogen blocks in the drawing. There are several types of block available for
export to Isogen:
 Isogen_Arrow
 Isogen_Wall
 Isogen_Floor
 Isogen_Instrument
 Isogen_Break In
 Insulation
 Location Point
Arrow, wall, and floor blocks must be inserted along the center line of a pipe component.
CADWorx Plant 188

Isogen Panel
Instrument blocks must have the instrument line connected to the end of an olet component,
TAP component, or a weld gap component.
Break in (Tie in) points must be connected to the end point of a component.
You must insert LOCATION-POINT on a component. Otherwise, Isogen does not place it in the
isometric drawing. You can insert LOCATION-POINT at any location.
Supplemental blocks do not have line numbers. Isogen processes all supplemental blocks in a
drawing at the same time.
To add other blocks to this menu, see Adding preview graphics in Graphics / Pipe Ends (page
417). The block name must contain Isogen_Arrow, Isogen_Instrument, Isogen_Wall,
Isogen_Floor, or Isogen_BreakIn for export to Isogen. For example, to add another instrument
type, you could name the block Isogen_Instrument_4, and add it to the menu.
If you are placing a flow arrow on a sloped line, align the UCS to the slope before
inserting the arrow.
Isogen Supplemental Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing supplemental Isogen blocks in the drawing.
The folder containing the Isogen supplemental blocks displays at the top of the dialog box.
List
Displays the available Isogen supplemental blocks.
Preview
Displays a preview of the selected block.
Stop Sign
CADWorx Plant I tab: Stop Sign
Misc toolbar: Stop Sign
Command line: STOPSIGN

Places stop sign symbols in the drawing. This symbol is used for designating the starting and
ending locations for automatically-generated isometric output. For more information, see Isogen
Out (page 177). Stop signs must be at a weld or connection point on the piping system. You
place these designators on the drawing and then export them to the database. This could occur
manually with Export Pipe (page 273) or automatically with Setup Live Database (page 271).
If stop signs are present when using the Database option of the ISOOUT command, you are
asked if stop signs should be used in generating the ISOs.
Use Stop Signs [Yes/No] <Yes>:
If you select Yes, continuity is checked and the ISOs are broken at each stop sign. If there are
no line numbers or stop signs present in the database, the following prompt displays.
Database does not have any line number or stop signs...
When exporting with the Select Isogen Style dialog box isometric generator (Isogen
Out (page 177) or Isogen Batch (page 187)), stop signs are used, if selected.
CADWorx Plant 189

Isogen Panel
Isogen Start Point

CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen Start Point
Command line: ISOGENSTARTPT

Places start point symbols in the drawing.
PCF Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF Out
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF Out
Command line: PCFOUT

Creates a piping component (PCF) file from components selected in the drawing.
This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.
Line Number
Allows you to select components by line number to write to a PCF file.
 List
Displays the Select Item Dialog Box (page 203) allowing you to select individual or
multiple line numbers.
 Select Components
Allows you to select a line number in the drawing. You cannot use the CAD fence
option when using this Select Components option because the software only
allows you to select one line.
Select Components
Allows you to select components to write to a PCF file.
Toggle Single PCF
 The default option is ON. Click the Toggle Single PCF option to turn it off.
 Allows you to indicate when the software creates a single PCF for all line numbers, or a
PCF for each line number. Select this option to create a single PCF with all the line
numbers. Clear this option to create a PCF for each line number.
 When using Single PCF the drawing name is used as the Pipeline-Reference. When not
using Single PCF the Line Number is used as the Pipeline-Reference.
CADWorx Plant 190

Isogen Panel
Extract piping component files

1. Click Isogen, then click PCF Out. Alternatively, type PCFOUT on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
The Create dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the PCF file in the File name box, and then click Save.
3. Select an Isogen Style, then click OK.
For more information on Isogen styles, see Select Isogen Style Dialog Box (page
178).
4. Enter an option [Line number/Select components/Toggle Single PCF {On}] <Select
component>.
5. Selecting the Line number option allows you to choose from these methods of selecting
components:
 List - Displays the Select Item Dialog Box (page 203) allowing you to select individual or
multiple line numbers. All components on the selected line are included in the selection.
 Select Component - Click or highlight a line and include all components on the
selected line.
6. Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
7. Toggle Single PCF allows you to indicate when the software creates a single PCF for all line
numbers, or a PCF for each line number. Select this option to create a single PCF with all
the line numbers. Clear this option to create a PCF for each line number.
The software processes the components.
PCF In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Isogen > PCF In
Plant menu: Accessory > Isogen > PCF In
Command line: PCFIN

Imports components into the current drawing from a piping component (PCF) file. The PCF file
is usually produced from some other plant design system. This command requires that proper
CADWorx specification and data files exist. If the PCF file uses a specification that does not
match the CADWorx specification exactly, the model created by PCF In does not function as
expected.
The function displays a standard file selection dialog box. There is an intervention level. For
more information, see System In (page 353).
CADWorx Plant 191

Isogen Panel
I-Configure
Defines properties for isometric drawings. All of the software included with Isogen is supplied
with an Adobe Acrobat Portable Document Format (PDF) file. This PDF file can be printed or
viewed from the computer. The PDFs can be accessed from the program group that is created
during installation. We suggest reading the PDF manual prior to contacting for technical support.
Isogen is installed in a subfolder of CADWorx. There is not an option to install it anywhere else.
The program group created during installation provides shortcuts to all the software within these
folders. It also provides shortcuts for all the documentation.
The information supplied in the CADWorx help file is for general use only.
There are two applications used for creating and maintaining Isogen Styles: Project Manager
and I-Configure.
Project Manager is no longer available, however you can use it if you have it.
CADWorx can use Isogen styles created by Project Manager or I-Configure.
Isogen Information
The following topics provide general Isogen information.
Material List Definition

The Material List Definition (MLD) file allows you to customize the Isogen material list. The
following table shows how CADWorx data is exported to an Isogen material list for use with the
MLD file.
CADWorx data (as listed in Isogen MLD

component edit dialog box)
Alpha size Not exported ('N.S.' in the MLD is

based on the size stored within
the component data.)
Short annotation 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE2'
Short annotation -80
Long annotation 'DESCRIPTION'
Line Number Not available as an MLD item.
Tag 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE3'
CADWorx Plant 192

Isogen Panel
Code 'ITEM-CODE'
(If DataBaseCodesIsogen (page
35) = Yes in current configuration
settings)
Code 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE4'
(If DataBaseCodesIsogen (page
35) = No in current configuration
settings)
Weight 'WEIGHT'
Sort sequence Not exported
Length 'QTY'
Specification 'COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1'
SKEY Information
The following Isogen SKEYs can be used by CADWorx when creating an isometric.
Isogen SKEY definitions and symbol shapes are available in the Isogen Symbol Key
(SKEY) Definitions Reference Guide. You can access this document with the Help > Printable
Guides command in I-Configure.
PRGM # CADWorx Name Isogen Identifier SKEY
1 PIPE PIPE (Blank)
2 ELBOW 90 LR BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
3 ELBOW 90 SR BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
4 ELBOW 90 REDUCING BUTTWELD ELBOW-REDUCING ERBW
5 ELBOW 45 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
6 BEND 180 LR RETURN BUTTWELD ELBOW EUBW
7 BEND 180 SR RETURN BUTTWELD ELBOW EUBW
8 TEE STRAIGHT BUTTWELD TEE TEBW
9 TEE REDUCING BUTTWELD TEE TEBW
10 REDUCER CONCENTRIC BUTTWELD REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCBW
CADWorx Plant 193

Isogen Panel
11 REDUCER ECCENTRIC BUTTWELD REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REBW
12 CAP BUTTWELD CAP KABW
13 STRAIGHT CROSS BUTTWELD CROSS CRBW
14 REDUCING CROSS BUTTWELD CROSS CRBW
15 LATERAL BUTTWELD TEE TSBW
16 STUB END BUTTWELD LAPJOINT-STUBEND FLSE
17 LONG WELD NECK FLANGE / NOZZLE FLWN /

NZFS
18 FLANGE WELD NECK FLANGE FLWN
19 FLANGE SLIP ON FLANGE FLSO
20 FLANGE BLIND FLANGE-BLIND FLBL
21 FLANGE LAP JOINT FLANGE FLLB
22 FLANGE SOCKET WELD FLANGE FLSW
23 FLANGE THREADED FLANGE FLSC
24 BOLT BOLT (Blank)
25 GASKET GASKET (Blank)
26 NIPPLE COUPLING NRSC
27 CONCENTRIC SWAGE REDUCER-CONCENTRIC CSPL
28 ECCENTRIC SWAGE REDUCER-ECCENTRIC ESPL
29 90 LR ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
30 90 STREET ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
31 90 REDUCING ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW-REDUCING ERSW
32 45 ELBOW SOCKET WELD ELBOW ELSW
33 STRAIGHT TEE SOCKET WELD TEE TESW
CADWorx Plant 194

Isogen Panel
34 REDUCING TEE SOCKET WELD TEE TESW
35 LATERAL SOCKET WELD TEE TSSW
36 STRAIGHT CROSS SOCKET WELD CROSS CRSW
37 REDUCING BUSHING SOCKET WELD REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RBSC
38 CAP SOCKET WELD CAP KASW
39 COUPLING SOCKET WELD COUPLING COSW
40 HALF COUPLING SOCKET WELD OLET HCSW
41 UNION SOCKET WELD UNION UNSW
42 BLEED RING MISC-COMPONENT RP
43 90 LR ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC
44 90 STREET ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC
45 90 REDUCING ELBOW THREADED ELBOW-REDUCING ERSC
46 45 ELBOW THREADED ELBOW ELSC
47 STRAIGHT TEE THREADED TEE TESC
48 REDUCING TEE THREADED TEE TESC
49 LATERAL THREADED TEE TSSC
50 STRAIGHT CROSS THREADED CROSS CRSC
51 REDUCING BUSHING THREADED REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RBSC
52 CAP THREADED CAP KASC
53 COUPLING THREADED COUPLING COSC
54 HALF COUPLING THREADED OLET HCSC
55 UNION THREADED UNION UNSC
56 PLUG THREADED MISC-COMPONENT PL
57 SOCKET WELD ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CESW
CADWorx Plant 195

Isogen Panel
58 THREADED ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CESC
59 WELD ELL-O-LET ELBOLET CEBW
60 SOCK-O-LET OLET SKSW
61 THREAD-O-LET OLET THSC
62 WELD-O-LET OLET WTBW
63 BALL VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VBFL or

VBBW
64 BALL VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VBSW
65 BALL VALVE THREADED VALVE VBSC
66 BUTTERFLY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VYFL or

BUTTWELD VYBW
67 CHECK VALVE FLANGED or VALVE CKFL or

BUTTWELD CKBW
68 CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE CKSW
69 CHECK VALVE THREADED VALVE CKSC
70 GATE VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VTFL or

VTBW
71 GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VTSW
72 GATE VALVE THREADED VALVE VTSC
73 GLOBE VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VGFL or

BUTTWELD VGBW
74 GLOBE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VGSW
75 GLOBE VALVE THREADED VALVE VGSC
76 PLUG VALVE FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE VPFL or

VPBW
77 PLUG VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VPSW
78 PLUG VALVE THREADED VALVE VPSC
CADWorx Plant 196

Isogen Panel
79 RELIEF VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-ANGLE ARFL or

BUTTWELD ARBW
80 RELIEF VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-ANGLE ARSW
81 RELIEF VALVE THREADED VALVE-ANGLE ARSC
82 NEEDLE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VNSW
83 NEEDLE VALVE THREADED VALVE VNSC
84 3-WAY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-3WAY V3FL or

BUTTWELD V3BW
85 3-WAY VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-3WAY V3SW
86 3-WAY VALVE THREADED VALVE-3WAY V3SC
87 4-WAY FLANGED or BUTTWELD VALVE-4WAY V4FL or

V4BW
88 4-WAY SOCKET WELD VALVE-4WAY V4SW
89 4-WAY VALVE THREADED VALVE-4WAY V4SC
90 CONTROL VALVE FLANGED or INSTRUMENT CVFL

BUTTWELD
91 CONTROL VALVE SOCKET WELD INSTRUMENT CVSW
92 CONTROL VALVE THREADED INSTRUMENT CVSC
93 STRAINER FLANGED or BUTTWELD FILTER FIFL
94 STRAINER SOCKET WELD FILTER FISW
95 STRAINER THREADED FILTER FISC
96 ANGLE VALVE FLANGED or VALVE-ANGLE AVFL or

BUTTWELD AVBW
97 ANGLE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE-ANGLE AVSW
98 ANGLE VALVE THREADED VALVE-ANGLE AVSC
99 GAGE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VKSW
CADWorx Plant 197

Isogen Panel
100 GAGE VALVE THREADED VALVE VKSC
101 SPECTACLE BLIND MISC-COMPONENT SB
102 EXPANSION BELLOWS MISC-COMPONENT EXFL
103 to Symmetrical user shapes: NCFL MISC-COMPONENT NCFL or

(NCFL) or
107 Non-symmetrical users shapes with two XVFL
points: NCFL MULTI-PORT-COMPONEN
T (XVFL)
Non-symmetrical users shapes three or
more points: XVFL
108 ELBOW 22.5 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
109 ELBOW 11.25 BUTTWELD ELBOW ELBW
110 WYE BW TEE TSBW
111 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCSW

SOCKET WELD HUB
112 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCSC

THREADED HUB
113 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH SOCKET REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RESW

WELD HUB
114 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RESC

THREADED HUB
115 FLANGE REDUCING SO FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC

CENTRIC
116 FLANGE REDUCING THREADED FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC

CENTRIC
117 FLANGE REDUCING WN FLANGE-REDUCING-CON FLRC

CENTRIC
118 COUPLING SOCKET WELD COUPLING COSW
119 COUPLING THREADED COUPLING COSC
120 LATERAL-O-LET SOCKET WELD OLET LASW
121 LATERAL-O-LET THREADED OLET LASC
CADWorx Plant 198

Isogen Panel
122 LATERAL-O-LET WELD OLET LABW
123 NIP-O-LET THREADED OLET NISC
124 NIP-O-LET PLAIN OLET NIPL
125 PIPE FLANGED PIPE-FIXED FPFL
126 ELBOW 90 LR FLANGED ELBOW ELFL
127 ELBOW 45 FLANGED ELBOW ELFL
128 TEE STRAIGHT FLANGED TEE TEFL
129 REDUCER CONCENTRIC FLANGED REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RCFL
130 REDUCER ECCENTRIC FLANGED REDUCER-ECCENTRIC REFL
131 WYE FLANGED TEE TSFL
132 DIAPHRAGM VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VDSW
133 DIAPHRAGM VALVE THREADED VALVE VDSC
134 DIAPHRAGM VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VDFL or

BUTTWELD VDBW
135 ROTARY VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VRSW
136 ROTARY VALVE THREADED VALVE VRSC
137 ROTARY VALVE FLANGED or VALVE VRFL or

BUTTWELD VRBW
138 DUAL CHECK VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE CKSW
139 DUAL CHECK VALVE THREADED VALVE CKSC
140 DUAL CHECK VALVE FLANGED or VALVE CKFL or

BUTTWELD CKBW
141 XBODY GATE VALVE SOCKET WELD VALVE VTSW
142 XBODY GATE VALVE THREADED VALVE VTSC
143 XBODY GATE VALVE BW VALVE VTFL
CADWorx Plant 199

Isogen Panel
144 ELBOW 90 WITH SPECIAL END ELBOW EL**

TYPES
145 ELBOW 90 REDUCING WITH SPECIAL ELBOW-REDUCING ER**

END TYPES
146 ELBOW 45 WITH SPECIAL END ELBOW EL**

TYPES
147 TEE STRAIGHT WITH SPECIAL END TEE TE**

TYPES
148 TEE REDUCING WITH SPECIAL END TEE TE**

TYPES
149 CROSS WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CROSS CR**
150 CROSS REDUCING WITH SPECIAL CROSS CR**

END TYPES
151 LATERAL WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE TE**
152 REDUCER CONCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-CONCENTRIC RC**

SPECIAL END TYPES
153 REDUCER ECCENTRIC WITH REDUCER-ECCENTRIC RE**

SPECIAL END TYPES
154 STUB WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CONNECTOR MPBW
155 WYE WITH SPECIAL END TYPES TEE TS**
156 CAP WITH SPECIAL END TYPES CAP KA**
157 NUT WITH SPECIAL END TYPES NUT (BNUT) or CLAMP BNUT or
(CLMP) CLMP
158 BALL VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VB**

TYPES
159 BUTTERFLY VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE VY**

END TYPES
160 CHECK VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VC**

TYPES
161 GATE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VT**

TYPES
CADWorx Plant 200

Isogen Panel
162 GLOBE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VG**

TYPES
163 PLUG VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE VP**

TYPES
164 3-WAY VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE-3WAY V3**

TYPES
165 ANGLE VALVE WITH SPECIAL END VALVE-ANGLE AV**

TYPES
166 MULTIPORT 1 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE, VALVE-ANGLE, ZG**, 2Z**,

END TYPES VALVE-3WAY 3Z**
167 MULTIPORT 2 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE-MULTIWAY MZ**

END TYPES
168 MULTIPORT 3 VALVE WITH SPECIAL VALVE-MULTIWAY MZ**

END TYPES
169 ELBOW 22.5 WITH SPECIAL END BEND BE**

TYPES
170 ELBOW 11.25 WITH SPECIAL END BEND BE**

TYPES
171 LATERAL REDUCING WITH SPECIAL TEE TE**

END TYPES
172 U-BEND WITH SPECIAL END TYPES Not exported Not

exported
173 WELD GAP WELD WW
174 to 197 (Future Components)
198 GENERIC INSERT Not exported Not

exported
199 WELD GAP WELD WW
200 BEND PIPE ELBOW, BEND ELBW,

BUBW,
PBBW,
201 MITER PIPE GAP (Blank)
CADWorx Plant 201

Isogen Panel
202 ROLLED PIPE MISC-COMPONENT FXBW
203 RESTRAINTS SUPPORT Four blank

characters
204 PAD or SADDLE REINFORCEMENT-PAD (Blank)
205 RIGID ELEMENT GAP (Blank)
206 SKIPPED ELEMENT GAP (Blank)
207 SPECIAL RIGID GAP (Blank)
208 TUBING PIPE or BEND (PB) (Blank) or

PB
209 STOP SIGN ISO-SPLIT-POINT (Blank)
210 TAP CONNECTION TAP-CONNECTION (Blank)
211 OFFSET TAP CONNECTION TEE-SET-ON TTSO
212 Isogen START POINT START-CO-ORDS (Blank)
End Type Information

CADWorx special end type components are written to the PCF based on the end type used in
the data file.
CADWorx End Type Isogen End Type
0 PL
1 BW
2 FL
3 LN
4 LN
5 MP
6 MP
CADWorx Plant 202

Isogen Panel
7 MP
8 MP
9 CL
10 CL
11 CL
12 CL
13 CL
14 SW
15 SC
Select Item Dialog Box

Lists all the line number or specifications in the drawing (or database). You can select multiple
items using the CTRL or SHIFT keys.
Filter
Enter a wildcard filter to limit the items available in the list. The filter is case sensitive.
Toggle Single PCF
Allows you to toggle if the software creates a single PCF for all line numbers or creates a
PCF for each line number. Select the check box to create a single PCF or clear the box to
create multiple PCFs.
This option only displays when running ISOGENOUT or ISOGENBATCH.
Wildcards
Character Used to
# (pound) Matches any single numeric digit
@ (at) Matches any single alphabetic character
. (period) Matches any single non-alphanumeric character
* (asterisk) Matches any character sequence, including an empty one, and it can
be used anywhere in the search pattern: beginning, middle, or end
? (question mark) Matches any single character
CADWorx Plant 203

Isogen Panel
~ (tilde) If it is the first character in the pattern, it matches anything except the
pattern
[...] Matches any one of the characters enclosed
[~...] Matches any single character not enclosed
- (hyphen) Used inside brackets to specify a range for a single character
, (comma) Separates two patterns
` (reverse quote) Escapes special characters (reads next character literally)
CADWorx Plant 204

SECTION 7
Isogen Configuration
In Isogen, the isometric drawing style controls all the options related to the drawing and report
appearance and information content produced during isometric drawing generation. Each
isometric drawing style contains a group of object properties that control some aspect of the
drawings and reports that are produced by 2D piping solutions and 3D plant design software
products. These properties are stored in a style file. During isometric drawing generation, the
contents of the style file are converted into the set of text control files that are read by Isogen. As
such, the way that you configure a style determines what the isometric drawing looks like when
the drawing is generated, as well as what information is included in a report. Multiple drawing
styles can exist side by side to produce different outputs from the same design file.
provides a single, streamlined interface for setting isometric drawing style properties. The
environment provides easy access to Isogen's substantial array of controls and files and enables
you to configure projects quickly and efficiently. Any modifications that you make can then be
saved to the drawing style file for future use.
also includes convenient wizards that enable you to quickly configure the drawing template and
detail sketches.
 Drawing Setup Tool includes a limited set of drawing options that can assist you in
configuring the drawing template. The drawing template is usually a company standard
backing sheet on which Isogen plots the drawing and related data, such as the material
take-off, welding report, and project-related data. The Drawing Setup Tool has a graphical
interface, overlaying the location of key items onto the backing sheet.
 Detail Sketch Manager helps you configure detail sketches for isometric drawing output.
The Detail Sketch Manager allows you to place parameters on the selected detail sketch
so that the correct relevant values, such as weld numbers, part numbers, and angles, are
plotted on the isometric drawing.
You can access Isogen Configuration only from within I-Configure. For detailed information
about using Isogen Configuration to define isometric drawing and report output, see the
Isogen Configuration User's Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable
Guides command in Isogen Configuration.

Explore the Isogen Configuration interface (page 206)
Map CADWorx custom data using Isogen Configuration (on page 209)
CADWorx Plant 205

Explore the Isogen Configuration interface

The interface provides easy access to all of the settings that Isogen uses for isometric drawing
generation and report output. When you open , the Home screen displays. The following
example highlights the key features of the standard Home screen.
CADWorx Plant 206

If you are working with a CADWorx-enabled project, an additional style category tile,
CADWorx, displays on the Home screen.
1. The Menu provides access to setting drawing units, viewing user documentation,
importing and exporting style data, and updating the style file with any changes.
2. The Navigation bar aids your navigation to the different drawing properties available in .
3. The Search box enables you to locate isometric drawing style properties based on a
keyword, option switch, property name, or AText number search. You can also search for
configuration options related to a specific Isogen report, such as the Weld Summary report
or the Material Control file.
CADWorx Plant 207

4. The Home screen displays the isometric drawing options category tiles. Each category is
made up of a collection of related groups. For example, the Cut Pieces category includes
three groups: Cut Length Calculations, Drawing Cut List, and Reports. The Materials
category includes five groups: Drawing Material List, Part Numbers, Accumulation, Text, and
Reports.
Each group contains its own subset of related Isogen isometric drawing
properties, or options. See the Isometric Drawing Options Reference Help. You can access
this document using the Help > Printable Guides command in Isogen Configuration.
Isogen Configuration for CADWorx contains the nine style categories listed below.
 Drawing Manager sets options for system controls, including pre- and post-processors
and the names of the input files used by Isogen. This category also supports the
definition of all the Isogen reports.
 Drawing Area controls the content that displays on the isometric drawing. This category
also includes properties that define pipeline component representation on the drawing.
 Dimensions controls the display and format of dimensions and coordinate data on the
isometric drawing.
 Drawing Border specifies the attributes plotted on the drawing frame, as well as their
placement within the drawing frame. This category also includes properties that define
symbol shape positioning.
 Materials controls the position, format, and contents of the parts list.
 Welds and Joints controls the display of welds on the isometric drawing. An option is
available for defining the method that Isogen uses to calculate weld diameter totals. This
category also includes properties that set options for weld-specific reports. The weld list
is the report that appears in the drawing, while the weld list summary contains the weld
data formatted in a text file.
 Spools defines spool attribute data that is output on the isometric drawing. This category
also includes properties that define spool attribute data to summary report files, such as
the spool information file.
 CADWorx defines mapping between CADWorx custom data and Isogen PCF
component and material attributes. For more information, see Map CADWorx custom
data using Isogen Configuration (on page 209).
The CADWorx category tile displays on the Home screen only if you
are working with a CADWorx-enabled project using Intergraph CADWorx Plant
Professional 2017 and later.
CADWorx Plant 208

5. Drawing Setup Tool provides options that enable you to quickly configure the drawing
template. The drawing template is usually a company standard backing sheet on which
Isogen plots the drawing and related data, such as the material take-off, welding report, and
project-related data. The setup tool has a graphical interface, overlaying the location of key
items onto the backing sheet.
6. updates the active isometric style file with any changes that you have made to the
drawing property settings. Clicking closes . If you have any unsaved changes, the
software prompts you to save them.
For more detailed information about using Isogen Configuration, see the Isogen Configuration
User's Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable Guides command in
Isogen Configuration.
Map CADWorx custom data using Isogen

Configuration
CADWorx custom data enables you to manage non-standard and additional component
properties in your CADWorx piping specifications. Using the CADWorx Specifcation Editor, you
can add custom data to any component at the catalog component level, the project level, or at
the individual specification level. To make use of CADWorx custom data in the Isogen bill of
materials (BOM) or in an Isogen report, you must use Isogen Configuration to map the custom
data value to a Piping Component File (PCF) attribute. During the drawing extraction process,
the software passes the mapped values to the piping component file, and they are then output to
the isometric drawing. For detailed information about creating and using custom data, see the
CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide, available with the Help > Printable Guides command in
the software.

 Map CADWorx custom data to PCF component attributes (page 210)
 Map CADWorx custom data to PCF weld attributes (page 212)
 Map CADWorx custom data to PCF material attributes (page 213)
 Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen BOMs (on page 214)
 Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen reports (on page 218)
 Set up automatic isometric revision clouding for a CADWorx project (on page 217)
CADWorx Plant 209

Map CADWorx custom data to PCF component attributes

The steps below illustrate how to map a CADWorx custom data value to a PCF component
attribute. The example uses the custom property COLOR that has been created in specification
600.
1. In I-Configure, create a new CADWorx project or enable an existing project for CADWorx.
For more information, see Isometric Projects in the I-Configure User's Guide. You
can access this document using the Help > Printable Guides command in I-Configure.
2. Select a drawing style in the Project View panel, and then click Edit in the Properties
panel.
Isogen Configuration opens and displays the Home screen.
3. Select Attribute Mappings in the CADWorx category tile.
The software switches to the Configuration view and displays the contents of the Attribute
Mappings panel.
4. Expand Component Attribute Mapping, and then click Show to open the Component
Attribute Map data grid.
5. Define the Custom Data Field setting. Click the browse button ( ).
CADWorx Plant 210

6. Locate the specification, and then click Open.

The software opens the Select from spec dialog box and displays the contents of the
selected specification in a tree view format. Each data table appears as a node in the tree.
7. Expand and collapse the nodes to locate the custom data to map, and then click OK.
The software closes the dialog box. The custom data that you selected (COLOR) displays in
the Custom Data Field box.
8. Select the corresponding mapping in the PCF Attribute list. For example, select
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE7.
9. Click to update the active style file with the new settings.
When you generate a drawing in CADWorx that is based on specification 600, all entries
from the specification now have the Component7 attribute set to blue (the default value as
defined in the Specification Editor). An example of the PCF is shown below:
ELBOW
END-POINT 921.9656 427.3117 0.0000
8.0000 BW
END-POINT 933.9656 439.3117 0.0000
8.0000 BW
CENTRE-POINT 933.9656 427.3117 0.0000
ANGLE 9000
UNIQUE-COMPONENT-IDENTIFIER
3733B270-D159-4D2F-88BD-30E11D84BE76
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE7 Blue
CADWorx Plant 211

SKEY ELBW
 Instead of browsing a specification for the custom data field, you can type a value in the box.
However, the name that you type in Custom Data Field (1) must match exactly the name
that you defined for the custom data in the Specification Editor (2).
 When mapping to PCF component attributes, do not use COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1

through COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE4. These four attributes are used by CADWorx for such
items as tags and part numbers.
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF weld attributes

panel.
Mappings panel.
4. Expand Weld Attribute Mapping, and then click Show to open the Weld Attribute Map
data grid.
5. Define the setting for Custom Data Field. To browse a specification for the custom data,
click Browse ( ).
7. Expand and collapse the nodes to locate the custom data, and then click OK.
The software closes the dialog box. The custom data that you selected displays in the
Custom Data Field box.
CADWorx Plant 212

WELD-ATTRIBUTE6.
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF material attributes

The steps below illustrate how to map a custom data field created in the Specification Editor
(PIPESIZE) to a PCF material attribute.
panel.
Mappings panel.
4. Expand Material Attribute Mapping, and then click Show to open the Material
5. Define the setting for Custom Data Field. To browse a specification for the custom data,
click Browse ( ).
7. Expand and collapse the nodes to locate the custom data, and then click OK.
CADWorx Plant 213

The software closes the dialog box. The custom data that you selected displays in the
Custom Data Field box.
MATERIAL-ATTRIBUTE3.
When you generate a drawing in CADWorx based on the selected specification, all entries
from the specification now have MATERIAL-ATTRIBUTE3 set to 50 (the default value as
defined in the Specification Editor). An example is shown below:
MATERIAL-IDENTIFIER 6
ITEM-CODE 1
DESCRIPTION Copy - PIPE, SMLS, ASTM A106 GR B -80
Pipe
MATERIAL-ATTRIBUTE3 50
Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen BOMs

This example shows how to include CADWorx custom data attributes in the Isogen material list.
You use the CADWorx Specification Editor to create your custom data. For detailed
information about creating and using custom data, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide,
available with the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
1. Open I-Configure, and enable the Isogen project for CADWorx. Make sure you uncheck the
optional styles.
Leaving these styles selected creates additional styles in the project.
2. Open Isogen Configuration, and map the custom data as needed. For more information,
see Map CADWorx custom data to PCF component attributes (page 210).
CADWorx Plant 214

In the example, the CADWorx custom data COATING_SPEC and COATING_MANUF are
mapped to COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE10 and COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE11, respectively.
4. Open the Drawing Setup Tool, and apply COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE10 and
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE11 to the Isogen material list. For more information, see Drawing
Areas Page in the Isogen Configuration User's Guide. You can access this document using
the Help > Printable Guides command in Isogen Configuration.
CADWorx Plant 215

5. Return to the CADWorx model. If you have not already done so, assign the custom data
values. In the example, the value for COATING_SPEC is set to FBE, and the value for
COATING_MANUF is set to BASF.
6. Apply the custom data to the components, and then generate the isometric drawing.
During drawing generation, Isogen transfers the custom data values that you assigned to
the components in the model to the Isogen BOM.
CADWorx Plant 216

Set up automatic isometric revision clouding for a CADWorx

project
In a CADWorx project, you can use custom data mapping to map CADWorx revision information
to the Isogen Revision attribute.
You use the CADWorx Specification Editor to create your custom data. For detailed
information about creating and using custom data, see the CADWorx Spec Editor User's Guide,
available with the Help > Printable Guides command in the software.
1. Open I-Configure and enable the Isogen project for CADWorx. Make sure you uncheck the
optional styles.
2. Open .
Mappings panel.
4. Expand Component Attribute Mapping, and then click Show to open the Component
5. Map the CADWorx custom data field to the PCF Revision attribute. For more information,
In the example, the CADWorx custom data field was named REV_STATUS when
it was created in the Specification Editor. All custom data names and properties are
user-specified.
6. Navigate to Drawing Area.Revision Clouds.

The software displays the contents of the Revision Clouds panel.
7. Expand Settings, and set Enabled to True.
8. Set any additional properties, such as layer or enclosure style, as needed.
9. When finished, click to update the active style file with the new settings.
CADWorx Plant 217

10. Return to the CADWorx model.

11. Use the Isogen Project Data Setup dialog box to tell Isogen which revision identifier to
cloud on the isometric drawing. In the example, the current Project Revision is A.
12. Assign the new revision status to the affected components, and then generate the drawing.
During drawing generation, Isogen automatically clouds any component in the model that is
assigned the A revision identifier, thereby highlighting all Revision A components.
Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen reports

Just as you can map and output CADWorx custom data to the Isogen material list, you can also
output the same mapped information to the Isogen reports. This topic explains how to output
CADWorx custom data to the Isogen material control file.
The material control file provides information to a material control system.
1. Open I-Configure, and enable the Isogen project for CADWorx. Make sure that you uncheck
the optional styles.
2. Open Isogen Configuration, and map the custom data as needed. For more information,
CADWorx Plant 218

In the example, the CADWorx custom data COATING_SPEC is mapped to

4. Navigate to Drawing Manager > Reports.
The software opens the Reports panel.
5. Expand Report Types, and then double-click Material control.
The software opens the Report Definition view so that you can define the format and
content of the report.
6. Specify the output location and file name for the report in the Report Location box.
CADWorx Plant 219

7. Specify the columns of attribute data to output in the report, including a column for the
coating specification data (COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE10). Optionally, specify a display name
for each column of attribute data. For more information, see Define the report layout in the
Isogen Configuration User's Guide. You can access this document using the Help >
Printable Guides command in Isogen Configuration.
As you define the report layout, the Preview pane dynamically updates so that
you can review the format. The data that displays is only sample data and does not reflect
the data that Isogen uses to populate the report during isometric drawing generation.
9. Return to the CADWorx model.
10. If needed, apply the custom data to the components, and then generate the isometric
drawing.
During drawing generation, Isogen creates the material control file and includes the
specified data.
CADWorx Plant 220

SECTION 8
Using the Get External Data Function

The Get External Data (GED) function enables you to set the attributes or properties of the
pipelines and components in a Piping Object Data (POD) file by using data contained in
spreadsheets or databases. The following example shows a line list in Excel format. The line list
contains a range of data to output on the isometric drawing:
LINE-REF PROJECT AREA PID FROM PID TO PAINT CODE
SG-T1 RM100 DISTILLATION 300-020 300-033 P12
SG-T3 RM100 COOLING WATER 300-022 300-035 P20
Using the GED function, you can do the following:

 Establish a connection to the external data source, such as the spreadsheet used in this
example.
 Specify how to link the information in the external data source to the POD file. Using the
example line list, you can use the PIPELINE-REFERENCE attribute in the POD file to find
the row in the spreadsheet to use. For example, you can find the row in which the LINE-REF
column contains a matching value.
 Specify the mapping of the data in the spreadsheet to the attributes in the POD file. Using
the same line list example, you can map the values in the PROJECT column ito the
PROJECT-IDENTIFIER attribute in the POD file.
After you have populated the attributes, you then use standard Isogen features to plot the values
on the drawings or output them to a report.
CADWorx Plant 221

How mapping works

The following example displays the pipeline attribute information for the currently opened POD
file (SG-T1.POD).
To demonstrate how mapping works, review the following range of data from the example line
list (in Excel format):
To import the spreadsheet data into SG-T1.POD, you must configure the PIPELINE element
section of the GED configuration file to define the following:
 The path to the external data source.
 The SQL statement that defines the query.
 The one-to-one mapping of the data in the spreadsheet to the appropriate pipeline attributes
in the POD file.
CADWorx Plant 222

The resulting PIPELINE element section of the GED configuration file should resemble the
example below:
1 - <XLS> tag
Defines the path to the source external data. In the example above, the Excel file
GetExternalData.xls is defined as the external data source.
2 - <SQL> tag
Defines the query that the software performs when the Get External Data function runs. In
the example, the SQL query instructs the software to look for a value in the LINE-REF
column of the external data source that matches the PIPELINE-REFERENCE attribute value
in the current POD file (SG-T1.POD).
SELECT * FROM PIPELINES WHERE [LINE-REF] = '$P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE$'
When the software runs the query, it finds that the value in cell A2 of the LINE-REF column
(SG-T1) matches the PIPELINE-REFERENCE in the POD file (also SG-T1). The software
then applies the pipeline attributes as defined in the <EXTERNAL-MAP> tags.
3 - <EXTERNAL-MAP> tag
Specifies how the software maps the data in the spreadsheet to the attributes in the POD
file. As shown in the <EXTERNAL-MAP> section of the example configuration file, Name is
the POD attribute to be populated, and ExternalName is the field name in the external data
source that contains the new value. The pipeline attributes in the POD file are mapped as
shown in the table below:
CADWorx Plant 223

Pipeline Attribute Name Original Attribute Value New Attribute Value as

Mapped to
External Data Source
PROJECT-IDENTIFIER P-500 RM100
AREA AR-1 Distillation
PIPELINE-TEMP Undefined 100
PAINTING-SPEC PNT-1 P-12
MISC-SPEC1 Undefined 300-020
MISC-SPEC2 Undefined 300-033
When the Get External Data function runs, the software updates the attribute values as
specified by the GED .xml configuration file.
See Also
GED Data Flow (on page 225)
Common Tasks (on page 226)
CADWorx Plant 224

GED Data Flow

In CADWorx Plant, you run the GED function from within Isogen's POD Graphics Processor
(PGP) utility. The following diagram shows the flow of data between the software, the PGP
executable file, and the required .xml configuration files:
The utility is set up to run automatically just after the drawing is generated (1). At the onset of
processing, Isogen reads the PGP configuration file to determine the parameters that are in
effect (2). If you have defined the location of the GED configuration, Isogen then runs the GED
script (3), and passes the information back to the POD Graphics Processor (4).
 To help you get started using the GED function, a sample POD Graphics Processor
configuration file (PGP.xml) and a sample GED script (PGP_GED.xml) are delivered with
the software. In a default CADWorx installation, both files are delivered to the [Product
Folder]:\Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\I-Configure\Tutorial Data folder.
 The POD Graphics Processor executable is delivered to the [Product
Folder]:\Plant\Isogen\I-Configure folder. For more information about this utility and its
configuration file, see the POD Graphics Processor User's Guide. The document is available
in the [Product Folder]:\Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\POD Graphics Processor folder.
See Also
Common Tasks (on page 226)
Best Practices (on page 252)
CADWorx Plant 225

Common Tasks
You perform the tasks listed below frequently when using the Get External Data function.
Define an external data source

The Get External Data function supports a large range of external data sources by using the
DSN (Data Source Name) and UDL (Universal Data Link) options. You can use any data source
with an OLEDB or ODBC driver, which includes all commercially available database systems,
from SQL Server and Oracle to MySQL and DB2. The basic requirement is that data is held in
tables and can be accessed using SQL statements.
One of the most common data sources is an Excel spreadsheet. Because a spreadsheet is not
a true database, there are special considerations when using Excel spreadsheets as a data
source.
 Data must be contiguous with no blank rows or columns.
 There must be a single header row, containing field names.
 Field names must be alpha numeric.
 Each table must be given a user-defined name (for use in SQL statements).
 If a column contains a mixture of numbers and strings, SQL statements can return
unexpected values. This is because the first few rows of data are used to determine the
contents of the column. For example, if the first 10 rows contain numbers, the whole column
is treated as if it contains numbers. In this situation, the software may return strings as zero
or blank.
Set up the GED configuration file

Setting up the GED configuration file involves:
 Defining specific instructions for each of the elements that are pertinent to your GED
solution.
 Defining the mapping between the data in the external data source to the attributes in the
current POD file. For example, you can define mapping for only specific components, or you
can create filters so that certain components are excluded from the GED solution.
 For more information about the format and structure of the configuration file, see GED
Configuration File (on page 228).
 For specific examples of how to configure the GED .xml configuration file, see Best
Practices (on page 252).
 A sample GED configuration file, PGP_GED.xml, is delivered with the software. In a default
CADWorx Plant installation, this file is delivered to the [Product
Folder]:\Isogen\I-Configure\I-Configure\Tutorial Data folder.
Set up the POD Graphics Processor configuration file

To execute the GED function, you must reference the GED configuration file using the
GET-EXTERNAL-DATA element in the POD Graphics Processor configuration file. This
CADWorx Plant 226

reference enables the GED script to run when the POD Graphics Processor executes after
drawing generation.
Configure the Isogen POD Processor

Before you can use the POD Graphics Processor, you must use Isogen Configuration to
reference the utility in the active style and specify the location of the POD Graphics Processor
.xml configuration file. For more information, see Configure the Isogen POD Processor in the
POD Graphics Processor User's Guide. The document is available in the [Product
Folder]\Isogen\I-Configure\POD Graphics Processor folder.
View the GED log files

The software writes the results of the GED process to a log file. This log file contains all the
messages that the software generates as it goes through the GED process. The software logs
the current user and machine at the start of each call to the GED function, as well as the
execution time for each database query. You specify the location of the log file using the
LogFile attribute in the GET-EXTERNAL-DATA element of the POD Graphics Processor .xml
configuration file.
For more information, see GET-EXTERNAL-DATA element in the POD Graphics Processor
User's Guide.
CADWorx Plant 227

GED configuration file

A GED solution can be very simple, or it can be extremely complex, involving many database
interactions. The instructions for performing the GED solution are contained in a text
configuration file, which follows a basic XML file structure. In XML terminology, data is organized
into a series of elements. An element is a series of text and child elements called statements,
with each element being delineated by start and end tags enclosed in angle brackets (<…>).
The six elements of the GED configuration file are shown in the example.
Each element that makes up the configuration file performs a specific function.
1 - ROOT Element
Provides data regarding version and diagnostic level.
Basic syntax:
 Version="POD3" is mandatory.
 DiagnosticLevel:
 0 – Only critical errors are reported in the POD file.
 1 – Errors plus confirmation of attributes being successfully set.
 2 – Verbose output, showing full diagnostics.
CADWorx Plant 228

2 - PIPELINE Element
Contains instructions for populating attributes at the pipeline level in the POD file. A POD file
can contain one or more pipelines. Instructions in the PIPELINE element are processed once
for each pipeline in the POD file.
Basic syntax:
3 - COMPONENT Element
Contains instructions for populating attributes at the Component (and, optionally, Material) level
in the POD file. A POD file can contain one or more pipelines, each of which contains a set of
components (typically, tangible items such as flanges, valves and gaskets). Instructions in the
COMPONENT element are processed once for each component in each pipeline in the POD file.
CADWorx Plant 229

Basic syntax:
Use <PIPELINE> tags inside the COMPONENT element to set pipeline

properties from the Component level. This feature allows you to do such things as find maximum
and minimum values on a pipeline, keep running totals of a property such as InlineLength, or
keep a count of component types.
You can use the same syntax to set the properties of the component material and override the
ItemCode or Description attribute.
4 - INFORMATION Element
Contains instructions for populating attributes at the Information Item level in the POD file.
Information items include messages and other annotations related to pipelines,
components, and spools on the isometric drawing.
CADWorx Plant 230

Pipelines and components in a POD file can contain many information items. The software
processes the instructions in the INFORMATION element once for each information item in the
POD file. Spool information is stored in an INFORMATION-ELEMENT at the pipeline level.
You can use EXTERNAL-MAP statements within the INFORMATION element to
write data to the <PIPELINE>, <COMPONENT>, or <SPOOL> tag that owns the information
element. This allows the information element to write to its parent pipeline, component, or spool.
For more information, see EXTERNAL-MAP statement (on page 237).
Basic syntax:
5 - MATERIAL Element
Contains instructions for populating attributes at the Material level in the POD file. Pipelines in a
POD file can contain many materials. Instructions in the MATERIAL element are processed once
for each material in the POD file.
CADWorx Plant 231

Basic syntax:
6 - JOINT Element
Contains instructions for populating attributes at the Component and/or Material level in the
POD file. The components are those which form part of a joint in a pipeline. For example, a
bolted connection between two flanged components, including a gasket, forms a single joint.
The JOINT element has special syntax to refer to the components that form part of the joint –
C0, C1 and C2.
C0 is the connector component, such as the gasket or weld. C1 and C2 are the two
connected components, such as the flanges, the pipe and olet.
CADWorx Plant 232

Basic syntax:
The C0, C1 and C2 component elements in the previous example can contain a
MATERIAL statement, allowing an EXTERNAL-MAP statement (on page 237) to refer to the
material properties of the component. In the following two examples, Example 1 sets properties
of the C0 component itself, and Example 2 sets properties of the material assigned to the C0
component. Both examples are valid
Example 1:
<C0>
<EXTERNAL-MAP …. />
</C0>
Example 2:
<C0>
<MATERIAL>
<EXTERNAL-MAP …. />
</MATERIAL>
</C0>
The JOINT element also has special syntax that allows the selection of a particular type of joint
using the Type = "Joint Type" syntax, as shown in the above Basic syntax example.
CADWorx Plant 233

Joint Type String Defined By Connector (C0)
Welded Weld connected to a non-weld. No multiple Weld

welds at same point generate one connection
per weld.
Flanged Flange connected to gasket or flange Gasket (optional)

connected to flange (no gasket).
Wafer Wafer component (XW) between two flanges Gasket (optional)

or two flange / gaskets .
Screwed Screwed to Screwed or Screwed to Pipe Empty
Compression Compression/Compression or Empty

Compression/Pipe
Clamped Clamped/Clamped or Clamped/Pipe Clamp
Glued Glued/Glued or Glued/Pipe Empty
PushFit Pushfit/Pushfit or Pushfit/Pipe Empty
BallAndSocket Ball and Socket/Ball and Socket or Ball and Empty

Socket/Pipe
Flared Flared/Flared or Flared/Pipe Empty
Lap Joint Clamped/Clamped or Clamped/Pipe Empty
Hygienic LN-/LC-/LR-/ MP = one of group or XP Empty
PulledBend PulledBend component PulledBend
Unknown Any unrecognized connection Empty
Within each configuration file element you can include a series of statements. These statements
contain specific processing instructions. The nine statements that the GED configuration file can
contain are described in detail on the following pages.
CADWorx Plant 234

EXTERNAL-DATA statement (on page 236)
EXTERNAL-MAP statement (on page 237)
EXECUTE statement (on page 235)
FILTER statement (on page 240)
FORMATS statement (on page 242)
MATERIAL statement
SET-ADDITIONAL-MATERIAL statement (on page 243)
SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement (on page 244)
SQL statement (on page 245)

GED configuration file statements can also contain macros. A macro is a string that is
substituted with a value taken from the current POD file when the GED function is executed. A
macro starts and ends with a dollar sign ( $ ) character. For more information about the macros
you can use in the GED solution, see GED Macros (page 246).
EXECUTE statement
Basic syntax:
<EXECUTE Criteria='expression'>

</EXECUTE>
You can include multiple EXECUTE statements within a PIPELINE, COMPONENT, INFORMATION,
MATERIAL, or JOINT element. The GED function evaluates each EXECUTE statement
separately. If a Criteria expression is present, the evaluation is conditional on the criteria
expression being True.
A Criteria expression consists of a mixture of macros and VBScript statements and
functions. For example, the following EXECUTE statement is evaluated only at pipe components:
<EXECUTE Criteria = "'$M.ComponentType$' = 'Pipe'">
The macro $M.ComponentType$ is evaluated at the current item, and the value of the
ComponentType attribute is inserted. At a flange, the expression evaluates as:
'Flange' = 'Pipe'
Because this is False, the commands within the EXECUTE statement are not evaluated.
The following EXECUTE statement is only evaluated if the component ItemCode attribute
contains the string ABC and the component is a weld neck flange.
<EXECUTE Criteria = "Instr(1,'$M.ItemCode$','ABC')>0 AND
'$M.ComponentType$' = 'Flange-Weld-Neck'">
CADWorx Plant 235

The function Instr is a standard VBScript function and returns a value greater than zero if the
second string (ABC) is found in the first string (the ItemCode of the current component).
You can find documentation and other background information on VBScript at the
Microsoft web site.
An EXECUTE statement with no Criteria expression is always executed.
Use of a Criteria expression is much more efficient when an SQL statement is being
evaluated at each component in the POD. This is because the Criteria expression ensures
that the SQL statement is only executed at relevant components. In a pipeline with several
hundred components, of which only a few are of interest, this can be significant.
EXTERNAL-DATA statement
Basic syntax:
<DSN> name of data source set up through Control Panel </DSN>
<MDB> path to Microsoft Access database </MDB>
<XLS> path to Microsoft Excel spreadsheet </XLS>
<UDL> path to Universal Data Link file </UDL>
<CSV> path to folder containing one or more comma delimited files </CSV>
You can use any of the elements to establish a connection to the external data source. The DSN
and UDL methods allow connection to any database supporting a OLE DB connection, such as
SQL Server and Oracle, and several others.
To use DSN in Windows Vista, create a data source using Control Panel >
Administrative Tools > Data Sources (ODBC). The <DSN> statement must contain the name
of the data source that you create. To use a <UDL> statement, you must create and configure a
Universal Data Link (UDL) file. For more information, see Define an external data source.
The XLS and MDB statements are the simplest to set up. All that is required is a valid path to the
database or spreadsheet file:
<XLS>C:\SampleIsoDir\S5Tutorial\Data\Get External
Data\GetExternalData.xls </XLS>
<MDB>C:\SampleIsoDir\S5Tutorial\Data\Get External
Data\GetExternalData.mdb </MDB>
The CSV statement treats a folder that contains one or more comma delimited files as a
database, with the individual .csv files forming the tables within the database.
<CSV> C:\SampleIsoDir\S5Tutorial\Data\Get External Data\ </CSV>
CADWorx Plant 236

EXTERNAL-MAP statement
Contains the mapping between the external data source and the item in the POD file.
Basic Syntax:
<EXTERNAL-MAP Name='Attribute' ExternalName='Field' Value=’Constant’/
>
 Name identifies the name of the attribute to set.
 ExternalName specifies the field in the external data that contains the value to copy.
 Value defines a constant value to be assigned to the attribute. The Value entry is ignored
if an ExternalName entry is included.
In the example below, the contents of the Schedule field are copied to
<EXTERNAL-MAP Name="COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1" ExternalName="Schedule" />
In the next example, COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1 is set to ABC:
<EXTERNAL-MAP Name="COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1" Value="ABC" />
Best Practices
Example 1:
CADWorx Plant 237

You can use the EXTERNAL-MAP statement to apply attribute values to the current spool. To do
so, you must create a <SPOOL> section and use a criteria expression to select only spool
identifiers. An example is shown below:
CADWorx Plant 238

You can use the INFORMATION element to write data to the <PIPELINE>, <COMPONENT>, or
<SPOOL> that owns the information element. This allows the information element to write to its
parent pipeline, component, or spool.
Example 2:
You can use POD tags inside any PIPELINE element to configure the GED function to update
the attributes of the POD object to which the pipeline belongs. An example of the basic syntax is
shown below.
CADWorx Plant 239

For example, you can override the default project settings of the plant and tool signatures using
the POD attributes SPF-PLANT-OVERRIDE and SPF-SIGNATURE-OVERRIDE within a
PIPELINE element. When these two attributes are set, the GED function uses the values
contained in the external data source rather than the project level attribute settings. This
functionality is useful for automated publishing to multiple plants.
 In I-Configure, use SmartPlant Foundation Plant and SmartPlant Foundation Signature

to define the project defaults for the plant and tool signature settings.
 EXTERNAL-MAP statements in the POD tag apply only to POD attributes.
FILTER statement
Refines the results of evaluation the SQL expression and is always used in conjunction with an
SQL element. The result of the FILTER statement must be to return one row from the result of
the SQL query.
Basic syntax:
<FILTER> expression </FILTER>
Consider the following example:
LINE-REF ITEM_CODE Bore1 Bore2 Schedule Material Type
SG-T1 GCA150-RG2 6 6 STD NYLON GASKET
SG-T1 FCD150-WNRSTD 6 6 STD CS ASTM A105 FLANGE
SG-T1 PA5BSTD 6 6 STD CS API 5L PIPE
CADWorx Plant 240

SG-T1 EEL90CFSTD-LBW 6 6 STD FRG CS A234 WPB ELBOW
SG-T1 VVGCF150-FLO 6 6 STD CS ASTM A234 VALVE
SG-T1 T1RCFSTD-BW 6 4 STD FRG CS A234 TEE
SG-T1 PA5BSTD 4 4 STD CS API 5L PIPE
SG-T1 EEL90CFSTD-LBW 4 4 STD FRG CS A234 WPB ELBOW
SG-T1 FCD150-WNRSTD 4 4 STD CS ASTM A105 FLANGE
SG-T1 GCA150-RG2 4 4 STD NYLON GASKET
SG-T1 VVGCF150-FLO 4 4 STD CS ASTM A234 VALVE
The following SQL statement returns all the rows in the table when PIPELINE-REFERENCE =
'SG-T1' and no rows otherwise.
<SQL>
SELECT * FROM COMPONENTS WHERE [LINE-REF] = '$P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE$'
</SQL>
The FILTER statement is evaluated at each component in turn.
<FILTER>
[ITEM_CODE] = '$M.ItemCode$' AND Bore1 = $M.SIZE1$
</FILTER>
It must return one row, based on the criterion in the FILTER statement. At a component with
ItemCode = VVGCF150-FLO and Size1 = 4, the only row that matches is the last one in the
table.
A FILTER statement can contain simple comparisons (=, <, >, <>) and logical operators, (AND,
OR).
 If there is a SQL element and a FILTER element, the SQL element is evaluated only once.
The FILTER element is evaluated at each component, material, information item, or joint.
 Advantages - This is efficient when the SQL statement is slow to execute. The FILTER
element operates on the result of the SQL query.
 Disadvantages - It is not possible to use joint component properties in macros in the
SQL statement.
 If there is no FILTER element, the SQL element is evaluated at each joint.
 Advantages - Joint properties can be included in macros in the SQL statement.
 Disadvantages - Can be slow as the SQL statement is executed many times.
CADWorx Plant 241

FORMATS statement
Contains a list of child FORMAT elements, which support units conversion and formatting of
results for values retrieved from the POD file. This list allows easier matching between results
from the POD file and data in the external source.
For example, if the data source contains nominal size information using a fractional
representation for inch bores, you can format the POD data the same way. For example, you
can format 2.5 as 2-1/2".
FORMATS Attributes Description
Data The name of the POD property to be formatted, which is mandatory.

For example to control the format of the component SIZE1 property,
use Data = 'C.SIZE1'.
Units The units of the data in the POD. The default setting MM. Also allowed
are , M, FT, IN, KG, LB. For example, if the POD component attribute
WEIGHT contains data in pounds, set Units='LB'.
OutputUnits The units for the data when used in an expression. The default is MM.
Also allowed are , M, FT, IN, FT-IN, KG, LB. For example, if the
external data source contains a value in inches that you want to match
with, set OutputUnits='IN'.
Style Use DECIMAL or FRACTION. The default is DECIMAL. FRACTION

is observed if OutputUnits = IN or OutputUnits = FT-IN.
DecimalFormat A format string in the form "0.000" or "#.###". A 0 is replaced with a

digit if there is one. A # is replaced with a digit if there is one or blank.
For example, 1.7 is output as 1.700 using the "0.000" format and 1.7
using the "#.###" format.
FractionSeparato A character or string to be used to separate the whole inches from the
r fractional inches if the OutputUnits = 'FT-INS' or 'IN' and Style
= 'FRACTION'. For example, to obtain output in the form 2-1/2" set
the following:
Style = 'FRACTION'
OutputUnits = 'IN'
FractionSeparator = "-"
FtInSeparator A character or string to be used to separate the ft from the inches in

FT-IN output. For example, to obtain output in the form 1' 2-1/2", set
the following:
Style = 'FRACTION'
OutputUnits='FT-IN'
FractionSeparator='-'
FtInSeparator = "' "
CADWorx Plant 242

UnitsString A character or string to be appended to the output. For example to

obtain output in the form 1' 2-1/2", set the following:
Style = 'FRACTION'
OutputUnits='FT-IN'
FractionSeparator='-'
FtInSeparator = "' "
UnitsString = '"'
IfZero A character or string to replace the value if it is zero ( 0 ).
Basic syntax:
<FORMATS>
<FORMAT Data='Property' Units='' OutputUnits='' Style=''
DecimalFormat='' FractionSeparator='' FtInSeparator='' UnitsString=''
IfZero='' />
</FORMATS>
SET-ADDITIONAL-MATERIAL statement
Allows you to create new additional materials or update, if Name matches an existing additional
material, existing additional materials. It can be contained within a COMPONENT or PIPELINE
element. When the statement occurs as part of a PIPELINE element, the new additional
material is created at the Pipeline level.
CADWorx Plant 243

Basic syntax:
You must specify the ComponentType and the Configuration of the material. In most
instances, the configuration is set to Dimensionless. After you have created the item, you can
use EXTERNAL-MAP statements to define material properties. Usually, these properties are
applied to the material (inside a <MATERIAL> tag), although they also can be applied as
attributes of the component.
SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement
Allows you to create or edit an existing information element that is on the component. You must
define the Type of information element and include the Name so that you can update the same
information item later.
Basic syntax:
CADWorx Plant 244

 Inside the SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement, you can use EXTERNAL-MAP

statements that set properties on the information element.
 You can only use the SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement within a COMPONENT
element.
SQL statement
Basic Syntax:
<SQL> SQL expression </SQL>
The SQL statement contains standard SQL keywords and operators and Get External Data
macros. The SQL statement is evaluated and then executed against the current external data
source.
Get External Data macros are strings that are substituted at run time with values
taken from the POD file.
The following table illustrates a simple example:
LINE-REF PROJECT AREA PID FROM PID TO PAINT CODE
SG-T3 RM100 COOLING WATER 300-022 300-035 P20
The SQL element is as follows:

<SQL>
</SQL>
The SELECT * part of the statement returns all columns from the table PIPELINES that meet the
condition in the WHERE part of the statement. In this case, the macro
P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE is replaced with the PIPELINE-REFERENCE attribute of the current
Pipeline. So, if PIPELINE-REFERENCE = 'SG-T1', then the first row is returned. If
PIPELINE-REFERENCE = 'SG-T5', no match is found and the SQL element does not return
any rows.
In some cases, a SQL statement can return more than one row. This is acceptable, provided a
FILTER statement is used to further refine the selection. In other words, at a PIPELINE
element, or in a COMPONENT element with no FILTER statement, the SQL statement must return
one row only.
CADWorx Plant 245

GED Macros
A GED macro can appear in any of the following:
 EXECUTE criteria expressions
 <SQL> elements
 <FILTER> elements
The macro appears as a string between dollar signs, such as $P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE$.
When the element is evaluated, the macro is substituted with a value taken from a property of
the POD file being processed. The sample <SQL> statement shown below contains the macro
$P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE$.
<SQL>
</SQL>
In this example, when the <SQL> element is evaluated at a pipeline, the
$P.PIPELINE-REFERENCE$ string is replaced with the PIPELINE-REFERENCE property of the
current pipeline. If this is SG-1, the SQL statement becomes
SELECT * FROM PIPELINES WHERE [LINE-REF] = 'SG-1'
See also
Available macros (page 246)
Attributes (page 250)
Available macros
The following table lists macros and their respective properties that you can use in a GED
configuration file. The most frequently-used macros are listed first.
Macro Description Properties Available Notes
P Pipeline Name
UID Unique identifier
Any pipeline attribute
CADWorx Plant 246

C Component BranchLength
CharacteristicBore
CharacteristicAngle
HeaderOrientation
ExternalUCI
ExternalUCIIndex
FlyText
InlineLength
SequenceNumber
Size1
Size1Units
Size2
Size2Units
Size3
Size3Units
TotalLength
UCI
Any component attribute
C0 The connecting component Same as for Component

(such as a weld) in a joint
C1 The first connected

component
C2 The second connected

component
M Material CharacteristicBore See below

ComponentType Pipe, Ball-Valve, and so
ConfigurationAsString on
Description Inline, Angle_90
Group Descriptive text
ItemCode Valves, Flanges, and so
MaterialOfConstruction on
Rating Commodity or Item code
Size1 CS, Monel
Size1Units 150LB, XS, and so on
Size2 See below
Size2Units
Size3
Size3Units Isogen SKEY
SKEY ANSI, DIN
Standard UniqueiIdentifier
UMI
Weight
Any material attribute
M0 The connecting component Same as for Material

material in a joint
CADWorx Plant 247

M1 The material assigned to the

first connected component in
a joint
M2 The material assigned to the

second connected
component in a joint
I Information element FlyText Short description

SequenceNumber Message,
Type End-Connection
UII Unique identifier
Any attribute of the
information element
PC Parent component Same as for Component

properties
POD The root element in a POD Name

file UID
Any POD attribute
PGS Pipeline graphic sheets Count Number of sheets

collection NextSheetNumber Count + 1
CKP[na Component keypoint, Bore

me] specified by name. For BoreUnits Units code
example, CKP[Run_1] BoreUnitsAsString MM or IN
refers to the component EndPrep FL, BW, and so on
keypoint called Run_1. Internal True if internal keypoint
Name Coordinate
Coordinate keypoint using
X, Y, Z
the following syntax:
$CKP[Run_1].Z for the
Z-coordinate keypoint.
CL[name Component leg, specified by Length Length (mm)

] name. Name
CG[name Component graphics, SheetNumber Sheet number for

] specified by name. component
MKP[na Material keypoint, specified Bore See CKP[name]

me] by name. BoreUnits
BoreUnitsAsString
EndPrep
Internal
Name
CADWorx Plant 248

ML[name Material leg, specified by Length See CL[name]

] name. Name
S Spool Any spool attribute
Not every macro can be used at any element. For example, using a component, or C, macro at
a PIPELINE element is meaningless because it is not clear which of the many components in
the pipeline should be used to evaluate the macro. Conversely, a pipeline, or P, macro can be
used at a COMPONENT element because a component only belongs to one pipeline.
Element being evaluated Macros available
PIPELINE/SQL P, POD, PGS

PIPELINE/EXECUTE
COMPONENT/EXECUTE P, PC, POD, PGS, C, CG, CKP, CL, M, MKP, ML
COMPONENT/SQL P, PC, POD, PGS, C, CG, CKP, CL, M, MKP, ML,S

(No FILTER)
COMPONENT/SQL P, POD, PGS

(With FILTER)
COMPONENT/FILTER P, PC, POD, PGS, C, CG, CKP, CL, M, MKP, ML
INFORMATION/EXECUTE P, POD, PGS, I
INFORMATION/SQL P, POD, PGS, I

(No FILTER)
INFORMATION/SQL P, POD, PGS

(With FILTER)
INFORMATION/FILTER P, POD, PGS, I
MATERIAL/EXECUTE P, POD, PGS, M, MKP, ML
MATERIAL/SQL P, POD, PGS, M, MKP, ML

(No FILTER)
MATERIAL/SQL P, POD, PGS

(With FILTER)
MATERIAL/FILTER P, POD, PGS, M, MKP, ML
JOINT/EXECUTE P, POD, PGS, C0, C1, C2, M0, M1, M2
CADWorx Plant 249

JOINT/SQL P, POD, PGS, C0, C1, C2, M0, M1, M2
CharacteristicBore and Sizen properties:

CharacteristicBore (string)
SIZE1 (single), SIZE1Units (string)
These properties allow access to key nominal size information without requiring knowledge of
the keypoint structure and enable linking to data tables more straightforward. The examples
below show the derived properties for a flange and a tee:
 Flange
CharacteristicBore = 6in
SIZE1 = 6, SIZE2 = 0, SIZE3 = 0
SIZE1Units=in, SIZE2Units=in, SIZE3Units=in
 Tee
CharacteristicBore = 6x4in
SIZE1 = 6, SIZE2 = 4, SIZE3 = 0
In the case of olets, the component SIZE properties report SIZE1 as the size of the main pipe,
and SIZE2 as the size of the branch pipe. In contrast, the material SIZE properties report SIZE1
as the size of the branch pipe, and SIZE2 = 0. If the main paper size is needed, use the
component-derived properties.
Attributes
Attributes
Objects in the POD file have intrinsic properties, as described in the previous macro table, and
user-definable attributes. Both are addressed using the same syntax.
P [Pipeline]
You can view the available pipeline attributes on the Attributes tab on the Project Defaults
dialog box in I-Configure. Use the Isogen Att column to determine the syntax to use in the GED
configuration file.
CADWorx Plant 250

For example, the following two attributes are valid entries because they are defined in the
Project Defaults dialog box. As such, any pipeline object created in this project automatically
has all of these attributes available.
$P.PROJECT-IDENTIFIER$
$P.ATTRIBUTE81$
However, $P.FRED$ is not valid because FRED is not a pipeline attribute.
$P.ATTRIBUTE1$ can be valid in a given POD file if the imported Intermediate Data File (IDF)
or Piping Component File (PCF) contains a –600 record. However, because it does not appear
in the Project Defaults dialog box shown, ATTRIBUTE1 is not automatically created for a
pipeline in this particular project.
POD [POD]
The only attributes of the POD object that are likely to be useful are listed below. These
attributes are set in a POD file within a CADWorx project.
$POD.WORKFLOW-PIPELINE-ID$
$POD.WORKFLOW-VERSION$
$POD.WORKFLOW-PROJECT-PATH$
C [Component]
As for the pipeline object, the most convenient way to obtain a list of what attributes are
available in a particular project is to use the Project Defaults dialog box. When you select
Component in the Attributes list, the software displays a list similar to the one shown below:
CADWorx Plant 251

Welds have a different list of attributes, as shown in the following example:
Regardless of the type of attributes, you can use any string that appears in the Isogen Att
column to access the attribute with this name.
M [Material]
By default, most material objects do not have attributes. However, they can have up to 100
user-defined attributes, called MATERIAL-ATTRIBUTE1 to MATERIAL-ATTRIBUTE100.
Bolts have BOLT-LENGTH and BOLT-DIA attributes. Any material attribute that is available can
be used in constructing an SQL string.
I [INFORMATION]
Each information object usually has a unique set of attributes.
Messages have a TEXT attribute that can be used to set (or query) a message.
Best Practices
Get External Data implies that data from an external source is applied to the POD file that is
being processed. While this is the most common and obvious use, you can also use a GED
script, by its SQL statements, to perform more specialized tasks.
Topics
Create an Excel report from selected attributes ............................ 252
Configure the GED function to retrieve weld coordinates ............. 255
Perform calculations on data in the POD file ................................. 257
Write data from a POD file to a database ...................................... 258
Create an Excel report from selected attributes

Objective: Create an Excel report showing the centerline length in the pipeline grouped by pipe
specification and nominal size.
CADWorx Plant 252

1. Create a Get External Data (GED) .xml configuration file to retrieve the centerline length of
each component.
2. Set up the POD Graphics Processor .xml configuration file as needed. To execute the GED
.xml, you must reference it using the GET-EXTERNAL-DATA element.
3. Include the TABLE element to control the accumulation of data and the output of the report.
4. Open Isogen Configuration, and reference the Isogen POD processor and map the POD
Graphics Processor .xml configuration file. For more information, see Configure the Isogen
POD processor.
5. Generate the drawing.
6. After drawing generation completes, navigate to the path specified by the REPORT element
to locate the generated report.
CADWorx Plant 253

CADWorx Plant 254

Configure the GED function to retrieve weld coordinates

Sometimes the output of weld coordinates in an Isogen report is needed in order to indicate the
position of all the welds in a pipeline. Currently, Isogen does not allow the output of this type of
data. However, you can use the Get External Data function to retrieve the coordinate data and
then output the information to the required Isogen reports.
The Piping Object Data (POD) file contains weld coordinates as hidden attributes that belong to
the component keypoint class. In the GED configuration file, you use the following syntax to
access these coordinates, where A is the pipe run to access and B is the specific coordinate (x,
y, z).
$CKP[Run_A].B$
1. Update the GED configuration file to access the weld coordinates. In the configuration file,
you must include the following:
 The name of the external data source (1)
 A filter that limits the retrieval to welds (2)
 The SQL statement that carries out the retrieval (3)
 The mapping between coordinates and component attributes (4)
CADWorx Plant 255

When the GED function runs, the SQL statement Select $CKP[Run_1].X$ as
XcoordRun1 returns the X coordinate of the Run_1 of the weld, and then maps it to Weld
Attribute 1.
2. Expand the query to include the other weld coordinates.
The GED function returns the X, Y, and Z coordinates.
3. After the coordinates are mapped to the corresponding attributes, you can output the data to
most Isogen reports or use POD Graphics Processor reporting. For more information, see
the POD Graphics Processor Help.
CADWorx Plant 256

The following example shows how to expand the GED configuration file to retrieve
coordinates for other POD components. In the example, the EXTERNAL-MAP statements map
component attributes instead of weld attributes.
The GED function returns the coordinates for all keypoints when you run the POD Graphics
Processor in a CADWorx Plant project.
Perform calculations on data in the POD file

Sometimes performing a simple calculation, such as appending two text strings or finding a
substring, on a property already in the POD file is required for reporting or other purposes. You
can do this with an SQL statement in the GED script.
The following example shows how to append the first two characters of
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1 to PIPING-SPEC. To begin, you need to use a Microsoft Access
database with a table that you can reference in the SQL query. This allows you to use the
functions available in Microsoft Access as SQL extensions. For more information, see the
documentation delivered with Microsoft Access.
CADWorx Plant 257

The query you run must return a minimum of one row. The easiest way to achieve this is with
the TOP 1 qualifier, as shown in the following example:
When the GED script runs, the SQL statement extracts the left two characters from
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE1 and adds them, separated by a dash ( - ), to the component
PIPING-SPEC. The result, the field A1, is then copied into the COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE2 field.
You can use the EXECUTE element to check for the type of component. However, the
EXECUTE element is omitted from the above example for clarity.
Write data from a POD file to a database

You can use INSERT, UPDATE, and DELETE commands within a SQL statement to update data
in an external table. In these instances, no data is copied into the POD file.
Example 1: Delete database records
Example 2: Insert new records into a table
CADWorx Plant 258

Example 3: Update existing records in a table
 We recommend that you avoid using an Excel spreadsheet as the database because it does
not support all SQL statements.
 Example 2 and Example 3 use the conventions listed below:
 TABLE is the name of an existing database table.
 Field1, Field2, and Field3 are the names of the columns in the database that you
want to populate.
 POD_property1, POD_property2 are the values in the POD file that you want to
store in the external database.
 In Example 3, the WHERE clause must identify a single row in the table to be updated.
 Because DELETE, INSERT, and UPDATE commands do not return any data produce an
error message in the GED log file. None of these commands return any data, which GED
expects. Consequently, you can ignore this error.
CADWorx Plant 259

SECTION 9
OrthoGen Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen
OrthoGen Launch - Launches the OrthoGen application. ORTHOGENLAUNCH

For more information, see OrthoGen Launch (page 260).
OrthoGen Out - Generates OrthoGen drawings from a ORTHOGENOUT

script file created using the OrthoGen application. For more
information, see OrthoGen Out (page 260).
OrthoGen Launch
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Launch
Command line: ORTHOGENLAUNCH

Launches the OrthoGen application, which enables you to create an OrthoGen script (SCR) file
to be used in rendering an OrthoGen drawing.
For additional information about OrthoGen, see the OrthoGen Help files.
See Also
OrthoGen Out (page 260)
OrthoGen Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: OrthoGen > OrthoGen Out
Command line: ORTHOGENOUT

Generates OrthoGen drawings from a script (SCR) file created using the OrthoGen application.
OrthoGen annotates pipe lines, steel, equipment, HVAC, and more. Annotations are based on
styles created using the OrthoGen application.
1. Open a drawing, and then click Layout or create your own layout.
2. Click OrthoGen Out on the OrthoGen panel. Alternatively, type ORTHOGENOUT on the
command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a script file created from OrthoGen, and then click Open.
CADWorx Plant 260

OrthoGen Panel
The OrthoGen script file produces the label and dimensional information on the
Orthographic drawing.
See Also
OrthoGen Launch (page 260)
CADWorx Plant 261

SECTION 10
LNum Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum
You can create and store line numbers in different configuration files for various requirements in
a variety of formats. There can be any number of categories within a line number.
When you start a new drawing, the line number system is not active by
default. Click Setup to automatically assign line numbers when you place components. After
you set the line number in the current drawing, it remains set until you change it.
Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more NUMBERSETUP

information, see Setup (page 263).
Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a P&ID NUMBERSET
project, the current drawing, or a component that you
select. For more information, see Set (page 265).
Count - Sets the present line number count value. For NUMBERCOUNT
more information, see Count (page 266).
Increment - Increases the line number count value. For NUMBER+

more information, see Increment (page 267).
Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For NUMBER-

more information, see Decrement (page 267).
Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to existing NUMBERASSIGN

components. For more information, see Assign (page 267).
Annotate - Labels components with existing line numbers. NUMBERANNOTATE

For more information, see Annotate (page 268).
Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a COMP2LINE

component that you select. For more information, see Line
(page 269).
Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line LINEISOLATE

numbers or their specifications. For more information, see
Line Isolate (page 269).
CADWorx Plant 262

LNum Panel
Setup
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Setup
Line Number toolbar: Setup
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Setup
Command line: NUMBERSETUP

Modifies any line number configuration. You can turn the line numbering system on or off. If the
system is on, it can operate in a static or dynamic mode.
In the dynamic mode, CADWorx adjusts the line number according to the size or specification.
In the static mode, you must manually change the size and specification. Static is useful when
all components and sizes of a particular piping run are required to have the same line number
(such as, the 3/4” vent on an 8” process line needs a line number of 8”-150-2001-N). Static line
numbering is also useful when selecting runs of piping for other functions with CADWorx. For
more information, see LineNumberSystem (page 46).
This system also works with a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file. You can change the
configuration file location in SETUP to use the same project configuration as any P&ID project.
For more information, see Setup (page 20). Click Add in the Category group in this dialog box
to select additional fields located in the process lines table of a typical P&ID project database.
When using a P&ID project, changes made to a line number configuration within CADWorx
reflect within the P&ID project.
If the system is not using a CADWorx P&ID setup configuration file, the additional fields are
obtained from the DATABASE.TBL file located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You
must manually edit this file for any modifications required of the existing fields within the default
line number system.
Line Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263)
Line Numbering System Dialog Box

Controls parameters for line numbering systems. The name of the current configuration file
displays at the top of the dialog box. You can also use a P&ID project configuration file.
Category
Specifies the active process line item. The list contains the process line items from the
Database.TBL file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. You can add these items to
any line number system. After you select an item, click Add to place it in the Category list.
Highlight the item in the right list box, and then click Delete to remove it from the line
number system. You can also type in a value, and then click Add.
Add
Adds the item from the Category box to the Category list.
Delete
Removes the selected item from the Category list.
Separator
CADWorx Plant 263

LNum Panel
Specifies a separator character. Type an alphanumeric value (including special characters

such as -, ~, #, or SPACE). Click Add to place it in the Category list. Highlight the item in
the Category list, and then click Delete to remove it from the line number system.
Add
Adds the separator character to the Category list.
Delete
Removes the separator character from the Category list.
Current Value
Adds any default value to any category included in the Category list. The size and
specification are disabled if the system is set to the dynamic mode.
System Off
Indicates that line numbers do not place in the drawing.
drawing to your current settings. If you run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA with this setting and
do not have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box
selected, the software erases your line numbers in the components you select for update.
For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63).
System On (Dynamic Size/Spec)
Indicates that each component placed in the drawing receives a line number.
do not have the Line number check box in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box
selected, the software changes your line number to the current values. For example, if you
set the count to 1500, change a line number to 1506, and then run
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the line numbers back to
1500. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63).
System On (Static Size/Spec)
Indicates that the line number system uses the value in the Default value box, including the
size and specification. This allows you to type anything for the size and specification.
do not have the Line number option in the Apply Change Data Rule dialog box selected,
the software changes your line number to the current value set in Default Value. For
example, if you have a line number specification set to 600, with a Default Value of 150,
and then run CONVERTFROMPRJDATA, the software changes any values in the 600
specification line numbers back to 150. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule
Preview
Displays the line number based on the selected categories. The line number added to
components looks similar to the Preview value.
Move Up
Moves the selected item higher in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
CADWorx Plant 264

LNum Panel
Move Down
Moves the selected item lower in the Category list. The new order also displays in the
Preview box.
Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select
the Line Number Setup check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the CADWorx Plant
Setup. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (page 71), and Setup (page 20).
Set
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Set
Line Number toolbar: Set
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Set
Command line: NUMBERSET

Sets the line number from one of three sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a
selected component.
P&ID
Requires a valid CADWorx P&ID project using an Access database. If the configuration file
is the same as an existing P&ID project, this option automatically supplies all the line
numbers within that project from the process lines table. The line numbers supplied are of
the same format as the project. If the configuration file is not the same, a standard file dialog
box displays requesting the location of the database to use.
Current Drawing
Sets the line numbers based on the current drawing. This option searches the entire
drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item dialog box. This option requires
that the LineNumberSystem (page 46) variable is set to 2. This is the same as selecting the
System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System dialog box. For more
information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263).
Component
Sets the line numbers based on a component that you select from the current drawing. This
option searches the entire drawing and displays all the line numbers in the Select Item
dialog box. This option requires that the LineNumberSystem (page 46) variable is set to 2.
This is the same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line
Numbering System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog
Box (page 263).
Select Item Dialog Box (page 203)

 Set line numbers based on a P&ID project (page 266)
 Set line numbers based on the current drawing (page 266)
 Set line numbers based on a component (page 266)
CADWorx Plant 265

LNum Panel
Set line numbers based on a P&ID project

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.
2. Type P on the command line and press ENTER, or select Process drawings from the
popup menu.
The Select Database File dialog box displays.
3. Select the P&ID Access database file.
4. Click Open on the Select Database File dialog box.
The software sets the line numbers.
Set line numbers based on the current drawing

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line and press ENTER.
2. Type D on the command line and press ENTER, or select current Drawing from the popup
menu.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
3. If needed, use the Filter box to limit the items that display.
4. Select the item to use from the list.
5. Click OK.
Set line numbers based on a component

1. Click Set . Alternatively, type NUMBERSET on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type C on the command line and press ENTER, or select Component from the popup
menu.
3. Select the component in the drawing.
Count
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Count
Line Number toolbar: Count
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Count
Command line: NUMBERCOUNT

Sets the present line number count value.
CADWorx Plant 266

LNum Panel
same as selecting the System On (Dynamic Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering
System dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263).
Set the line count value

1. Click Count . Alternatively, type NUMBERCOUNT on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the line count value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software sets the line count number.
Increment
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Increment
Line Number toolbar: Increment
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Increment
Command line: NUMBER+

Increases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0001, then
this increments it to 0002.
Decrement
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Decrement
Line Number toolbar: Decrement
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Decrement
Command line: NUMBER-

Decreases the line number count value. For example, if the current line count value is 0002, this
decrements it to 0001.
Assign
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Assign
Line Number toolbar: Assign
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Assign
Command line: NUMBERASSIGN

Assigns new or different line numbers to existing components. In the static mode, the line
number is replaced exactly as it is previewed in the Setup dialog box. This means that a 3/4”
line can be assigned an 8”-150-2001-N line number. When in dynamic mode, the line number is
CADWorx Plant 267

LNum Panel
automatically adjusted and the 3/4” line receives a line number of 3/4”-150-2001-N. This is
based on the present size and specification listed within the component's data.
When selecting a component with a line number already attached, a message appears. Select
Yes to assign the component the new line number. You can make your selection by window,
fence, or by individually selecting a component. During the process, a rubberband cursor
appears indicating which component is being assigned the new line number.
Assign line numbers

1. Click Assign . Alternatively, type NUMBERASSIGN on the command line, and press
ENTER.
Current line number is 4"-150-HWS-3001-N.
2. Select all the components requiring a new number.
3. Press ENTER to finish the selection process.
If the component already has a line number, a prompt appears confirming replacement.
Component has existing line number of 4"-150-HWS-3001-N
Replace with line number of 2"-150-HWS-3001-N
4. Type N on the command line and press ENTER, or select No from the popup menu to leave
the line numbers as they are.
Type Y on the command line and press ENTER, or select Yes from the popup menu to
replace the line numbers.
Type A on the command line and press ENTER, or select yes to All from the popup menu
to skip all future prompts and replace the line numbers.
The software assigns the line numbers.
Annotate
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Annotate
Line Number toolbar: Annotate
Plant menu: Accessory > Line Numbers > Annotate
Command line: NUMBERANNOTATE

Labels components with existing line numbers. The text size is based upon the CAD platform
environment variable TEXTSIZE and is placed on the default text layer. You can select
individual components to annotate. During the labeling process, a rubberband cursor appears
indicating which component is being labeled.
CADWorx Plant 268

LNum Panel
Label components with line numbers

1. Click Annotate . Alternatively, type NUMBERANNOTATE on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the components to annotate.
3. Select the point for the annotation.
4. Select the direction for the annotation, or type the angle for the annotation on the command
line and press ENTER.
The software places the annotation.
Line
CADWorx Plant I tab: LNum > Line
Setting toolbar: Line
Plant menu: Utility > Set Component > Line
Command line: COMP2LINE

Sets the current line number by selecting a component with the required line number. Any
components created after running this command use the new line number.
same as selecting the System On (Static Size/Spec) option in the Line Numbering System
dialog box. For more information, see Line Numbering System Dialog Box (page 263).
Set the current line number to that of a component

1. Click Line . Alternatively, type COMP2LINE on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a component in the drawing.
CADWorx displays the line number.
Line Isolate
Plant menu: Utility > Line Isolate
Command line: LINEISOLATE

Isolates components based on their line numbers or their specifications. You can use this
command to isolate an entire line number or to isolate one line number and include surrounding
buildings or equipment. It can also turn off any isolation of components or surrounding
equipment and building.
Isolate
Isolates only components with particular specifications or line numbers. This option hides all
objects including non-CADWorx objects in the drawing. To make them visible again, run this
command again and select the Show all option.
CADWorx Plant 269

LNum Panel
Partial isolate
Works similar to the Isolate option, except that it leaves the surrounding graphics (building,
equipment, dimensions, and so on) visible. This option has the same additional options as
Isolate.
Show all
Turns off any isolation and makes all objects in the drawing visible.
Spec
Lists all specs used in the model. You can select one or more specifications to isolate.
Line number
Lists all line numbers used in the drawing. You can select one or more line numbers to
isolate.
List
Displays a dialog box listing either the specifications or line numbers within the drawing. You
can select one or more items using the standard Windows selection methods.
Select component
Select a component in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 270

SECTION 11
Database Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab > Database Panel
Command Description Command line
Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external database. LIVEDB

For more information, see Setup Live Database (page 271).
Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information to a DBFGEN

Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more information, see
Export Pipe (page 273).
Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components from a DBFIN

Import Pipe (page 275).
Audit Pipe Database - Maintains the database for each DBAUDIT

component in the drawing that has data attached. For more
information, see Audit Pipe Database (page 275).
Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing and updates SYNC

them according to the current value in the database. For more
information, see Synchronize Pipe Database (page 276).
Setup Live Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Database > Setup
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Setup
Command line: LIVEDB

CADWorx supports a fully functional live external database using MS SQL, MS Access, or
Oracle. Use this command to define the database settings that are saved to the configuration file
listed. When a drawing is opened and a configuration file is located in the same folder, the
drawing initializes according to that configuration file using a live database or not.
 When you delete a component from a drawing with an active live database, the database
marks that component for deletion. When you close the drawing without saving, then the
item does not deleted from the database. If you save the drawing, then the item deletes from
the database.
CADWorx Plant 271

Database Panel
 When a component or a group of components are copied from a drawing to a new drawing
that uses the same live database, the copied components are duplicated in the live
database with the new drawing name.
 When a component or a group of components are cut from a drawing and placed in another
drawing that uses the same live database, the components duplicate in the live database
with the new drawing name. When the old drawing is saved and closed any duplicate items
from the first drawing are deleted from the live database because they are no longer on the
first drawing.
 All changes to live database settings take effect in the next drawing session.
On/Off
Turns the live database system on and off. When on, all components drawn are updated
instantaneously to the database. Changes can be made in the drawing or in the database.
When off, all CADWorx component information is stored only within the drawing.
Database Type
Select the type of database to use as the live database. Depending on the type chosen, the
path to the database or schema is displayed.
We recommend using Microsoft SQL Database for shared and multi-user
environments.
Access Path
Defines the Microsoft Access database information. Click Create Table to create the PIPE
table in the database when creating a new database. Click Select File to specify an existing
database.
SQL Server Database Name and Schema
Defines the Microsoft SQL Server database information. You must have already created the
ODBC schemas (refer to the installation guide for help). Type the database name in the
Database box, such as Plant_SQL_SERVER. Type dbo for the ODBC schema name in the
Schema box.
Oracle Schema
Defines the Oracle database information. Type the ODBC schema name in the Schema
box.
Startup Dialog Options
Sets the database option on CADWorx startup.
 No dialog (new drawings are in Live DB)
Select to place new drawings automatically in the database. Selecting this option
requires that a new drawing be named and saved immediately on creation.
Drawings that use a live database must be in the same folder with the appropriate
configuration file.
 No dialog (new drawings are not in Live DB)
Select to not add new drawings to the database. You can add drawings to the live
database later using this command.
 Show dialog
Select to display a dialog box during startup of CADWorx on which you can choose
CADWorx Plant 272

Database Panel
to use a database or not.

Save and Close saves the current settings to the configuration file when you select
the Piping Live Database Settings check box in Miscellaneous CFG Content in the
CADWorx Plant Setup. For more information, see Miscellaneous CFG Content (page 71), and
Setup (page 20).
Existing components in drawings can be added to the database by using DBFGEN.
For more information, see Export Pipe (page 273).
Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box

Enables you to access the system by entering a user name and password when required.
User Name
Specifies your user name for the system.
Password
Type the password, if your system requires a password.
Passwords in a SQL server for a SQL database now save with the project. You
need only enter the password the first time you log in to a drawing. If you receive the Enter
User Name and Password dialog box after opening the drawing a second time, then the
password in the SQL server was changed.
Database : Schema
Displays the database name and schema from the Enter Value dialog box. For Oracle, only
the schema displays from the Enter Schema dialog box.
Export Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Database > Export
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Export
Command line: DBFGEN

Exports CADWorx component information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
When using live database, this command updates the appropriate database setup for
the drawing.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and folder in use.
Append/Sync
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command as often as is necessary to maintain the database
CADWorx Plant 273

Database Panel
according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the same
time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
1. On the Database panel, click Export .
You can also type DBFGEN in the command line.
Enter an option [Line number/Select component] <Select component>.
2. Select Line Number to select components using line numbers.
Enter an option [List/Select component] <Select component>.
3. Choose List to select the line number from a list. For more information, see Select Item
or
Choose Select component to select the needed components by crossing, window, or any
other preferred method.
4. Select the components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when you
are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
5. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
6. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
7. Select New if you are creating a new file.
or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
8. Click OK.
If live database is being used, the prompt Continue to update live database? [Yes/No]
<Yes>: displays.
9. Click Yes to update the database.
or
Click No to stop updating the live database.
CADWorx Plant 274

Database Panel
Import Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Database > Import
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Import
Command line: DBFIN

Imports and draws CADWorx components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. This
command is not available when you are using a live database.
You can select one or more drawings to import. CADWorx then draws the imported components
in single line mode. These can be converted to any other modes using the Mode Convert (page
104) tools available.
1. On the Database panel, click Import .

You can also type DBFIN in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The Select Item dialog box displays.
4. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
5. Click OK.
Audit Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Database > Audit
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Audit
Command line: DBAUDIT

Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to simply ignore it.
1. On the Database panel, click Audit .

You can also type DBAUDIT in the command line.
2. Browse to and select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
The message Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database displays.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
CADWorx Plant 275

Database Panel
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.
Synchronize Pipe Database

CADWorx Plant I tab: Database > Synchronize
Plant menu: Accessory > Database > Synchronize
Command line: SYNC

Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database. You need to use Setup Live Database (page 271)
before using this command.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
ALPHA_SIZE, SHORT_DESC, LONG_DESC, TAG, LINE_NUM, DB_CODE, WEIGHT, and any
Custom Data values in the PIPE table. You cannot update WEIGHT for PIPE, because the
software calculates the weight of pipe. Changing any other column value does not have any
effect on the drawing.
The external database does not update newly created custom data if the database
itself is opened in a separate session.
CADWorx Plant 276

Database Panel
If the SPEC_FILE column value is changed, the values in the other columns listed above are
ignored. The SPEC_FILE column value must be changed to an existing valid specification. The
column values listed above are updated according to the information derived from the
specification. When a specification is changed, it must match the base rating of the specification.
For example, changing a component from a 150 lb rated specification to a 300 lb rated
specification causes discontinuity within the drawing. This discontinuity does not present itself
until a mode convert is performed on the component.
After data is changed and you run Synchronize , the data is updated. The Synchronize
command now works in conjunction with the SyncOnStartUp (page 50) variable in Configuration
Settings (page 24). Setting the SyncOnStartUp variable to Synchronize With Changes
Review displays the Synchronize Component Model and Database Data dialog box that
enables you to review and reconcile data disparities. These changes also include the custom
data fields created in the Specification Editor.
CADWorx Plant 277

Database Panel
Synchronize Component Model and Database Data

Dialog Box
Enables you to review and reconcile dispairities between the model data and the database. The
Field Name includes information from the Component Edit dialog box including the custom
data. For more information, see Local Edit (page 86).
When SyncOnStartUp (page 50) is set to Synchronize With Changes Review while using a
live database, the editable boxes in the Component Edit dialog box display for review in this
window. You can then update the changes in the Synchronize Component Model and
Database Data dialog box.
Field Name, Database Values, and Model Values display in red when the values do
not match.
Field Name
Specifies the database information name, as they pertain to the database and the
corresponding information in the Component Edit dialog box fields.
Database Values
Displays the value for the component data field in the database.
Model Values
Displays the value for the component data field in the model.
select / deselect all
Enables you to select or clear all changes made to the database.
Update Model
Changes the Model Value to match the Database Value.
Update Database
Changes the Database Value to match the Model Value.
CADWorx Plant 278

SECTION 12
Misc Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc
Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For CONNECTOG

more information, see Auto Connect (page 281).
Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the GROUPTOG

centerline of the component with the accompanying
graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (page
281).
Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that WELDSIZE
accompany single line components. For more information,
see Weld Size (page 282).
Join Pipe - Changes segmented piping to non-segmented JOINPIPE

piping. For more information, see Join Pipe (page 282).
Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user USERCREATE

shape components. For more information, see User
Shapes (page 283).
Graphics Overlay Editor - Creates graphic overlays of COMPONENTDWGBLOC

drawings for coupling components. For more information, KEDIT
see Graphics Overlay Editor (page 319).
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn TOPWORKSADD
in the model. For more information, see Top Works Add
(page 333)
Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or TOPWORKSCHANGE

deletes top works already associated with a valve. For
more information, see Top Works Change (page 333).
System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more C2PCF

information, see System Out (page 333).
Break Pipe - Changes non-segmented piping to BREAKPIPE

segmented piping. For more information, see Break Pipe
(page 335).
Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by OTAP

Isogen. For more information, see Offset Tap (page 336).
CADWorx Plant 279

Misc Panel
C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for CG

selected pipe members. For more information, see Center
of Gravity Generator (page 339).
Nozzle Generic Attach - Attaches nozzle information to ENGENERIC

any generic CAD platform object in the drawing. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (page 341).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic CAD GENERIC

platform object in the drawing. For more information, see
Generic Attach (page 349).
System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more C2IN

information, see System In (page 353).
Change Elevation - Changes the elevation of a selected CHANGEELEVATION

pipe in the drawing. For more information, see Change
Elevation (page 355).
Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by TAP

Isogen. For more information, see Tap (page 357).
Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for ELBOWCL

use with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow
Centerline (page 359).
ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that the ISOFLAG
present stored length should be used regardless of what
type of length modifications are made to the pipe
component. For more information, see ISO Flag (page
359).
Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe DIMADJUST

segments of a particular run have been adjusted or
modified with the ISO flag command. For more information,
see Dim Adjustment (page 357).
Re-associate the Components - Enables you to REASSOCIATEMODEL

re-associate disconnected components. For more
information, see Re-associate the Components (page 359).
System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of components SYSVIS

usually located on the system layer. For more information,
see System Visibility (page 360).
Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP. SETOTAPSKEY
For more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (page 338).
CADWorx Plant 280

Misc Panel
Auto Connect
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Auto Connect
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Connect
Settings toolbar:
Command line: CONNECTTOG

Turns automatic connection on or off. Auto connection provides minimum prompts and makes
certain assumptions.
 The last component placed in the drawing provides the starting point for the next
component. The direction of the last component indicates the direction of the new
component.
 If you select a component which requires a second direction, such as an elbow, or tee, there
are additional prompts requesting the direction.
 Typical elbow - Prompts you for a direction.
 Pipe with an arbitrary length - Prompts you for an end point.
 Elbow pointing up or down - Prompts you for a direction.
This is useful for placing components down a line. It can dramatically decrease the time required
to place components in assemblies, such as control valve bypass loops.
If you have run any type of mode conversion, the last point is not available. The software
prompts you to pick the starting point.
Auto Connect does not work in conjunction with Router (page 384).
Group On/Off
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Group On/Off
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Group On/Off
Settings toolbar:
Command line: GROUPTOG

Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline of the component with the accompanying graphics.
This is useful for selecting any piece of the component rather than only the centerline. By
default, grouping is turned on.
CADWorx Plant 281

Misc Panel
Weld Size
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Weld Size
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Weld Size
Command line: WELDSIZE

Specifies the default size of the weld dots that accompany single line components. This
command also allows for the change of weld dots already placed in the drawing.
Specify the weld dot size for a single line pipe

1. Click Weld Size . Alternatively, type WELDSIZE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the new weld size on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software changes the weld dot size.
Join Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Join Pipe
Command line: JOINPIPE

Changes segmented piping to non-segmented piping.
Run
Joins the entire run of pipe.
Segment
Joins the selected segments of pipe.

 Join by Run (page 283)
 Join by Segment (page 283)
CADWorx Plant 282

Misc Panel
Join by Run
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type R on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the pipe to join.
The software joins all segments along the selected piping.
The JOINPIPE command for the Run option does not work around elbows. To
join the piping on the other side of the elbow select it during step 3.
Join by Segment
1. Click Join Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type S on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select the segments to join.
The software joins the selected segments.
User Shapes
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create
Misc toolbar: Create
Command line: USERCREATE

Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape components. Symmetrical shapes require
you to draw an outline that can be used to create the user component. Non-symmetrical shapes
require a block or an object completely drawn in 2D and 3D that represents the complete
component. A symmetrical object can be converted from 2D to 3D Mode, or vice versa, using
the Mode Convert (page 104) commands. It does not allow double-line to single-line conversion
in 2D mode. Non-symmetrical shapes can only convert between isometric and solids (Convert
Isometric (page 106) or 3D Solids (page 106)).
1. Create the component.
2. Click Create , or type USERCREATE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The Define User Shape dialog box displays.
You can also tag user shapes as optional components in the specification. This allows for an
infinite number of additional components.
For symmetrically shaped components, draw a 2D polyline indicating the outline of the shape.
The symmetrical shape is limited to straight lines between vertices in the polyline. In other
words, there cannot be a fillet radius on any corner of the polyline. If fillets exist, the routine
draws them with chamfered corners. Draw only half of the shape on one side of the centerline.
We recommend preparing an outline before trying to draw the polyline. For example, draw the
component using standard CAD methods or CADWorx components, and then draw a polyline
around the contour.
CADWorx Plant 283

Misc Panel
For symmetrical shapes, the polyline may overlap as shown in the example below for
2D solids (drawn to each indicated point, PT1, PT2, and so on). For use with 3D solids, the
polyline cannot overlap (there cannot be a PT4 or PT7). If the polyline overlaps, an ACIS error
occurs indicating the object cannot be revolved.
For non-symmetrically shaped components, you must first create a 2D and 3D representation.
This representation needs to show all the required details of the component. The 3D
representation is used when in the 3D drawing mode. It can be used for orthographic and
model-type representation. The 2D representation is used when in the 2D isometric drawing
mode.
After the polyline or components are complete, click Create . This creates a data file in the
required folder with the required file name. For non-symmetrically shaped components, it also
creates two drawing files: one 2D and one 3D. The drawing names have appended in square
brackets, the size and drawing mode (for example, [4.0-3D]). The file name must be unique.
User Shapes are stored in Product Folder]\Plant\Spec. You can change were User Shapes are
stored under Folder Setting in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Make sure to set a default size and specification first. Create must be run multiple times for
creating components with different sizes.
Component Setup
Name
Specifies the name of the user shape. You have a limit of 16 characters for the user shape
name.
Group
Specifies the group of the user shape, such as Valves, Tees, or Flanges. The group that you
choose determines the category of the user shape. For example, if you select Valves for the
user shape Group, then the user shape displays in the Valves list in the Spec View palette,
and in the Component List when routing.
Number
Specifies the number of the user shape. Select a number in the range of 1 to 5.
Specification
Sets the specification for the user shape.
Color
Sets the color of the user shape.
Layer
Sets the layer for the user shape. This setting defaults to the layer named as the
specification in the Define User Shape dialog box.
Material
Sets the material type of the user shape.
Density
Sets the density of the user shape.
Weight
CADWorx Plant 284

Misc Panel
Sets the weight of the user shape after you select the user shape in the drawing.
Length
Sets the length of the user shape after you select the user shape in the drawing.
Save to Catalog
Saves the user shape to the catalog.
Optional Component
Sets the user shape as an optional component.
With the use of optional components, a specification file can have an unlimited
number of user shapes.
Define Size and Geometry

Type
Sets the type selection for the user shape.
 Block
Specifies a block to form the shape. If you create the component on layer 0, the
component inherits the specification color when inserted. This option requires a fully
developed component drawn to the correct size with the CAD platform or CADWorx.
The software removes any attached extended entity data. Use this option with
non-symmetrical components.
 Select Polyline
Specifies a polyline to form the shape. The software automatically extracts all the
points from the selected polyline. You must first select the reference and end points.
Use this option with symmetrical components.
 Pick Point
Specifies each point required to form the shape. You must first select the reference
and end points (PT1 and PT37 in the following figure). Use this option with
symmetrical components. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
Main Size
CADWorx Plant 285

Misc Panel
Sets the main size of the user shape.

Reduction Size
Sets the reduction size of the user shape.
 Reducing
Specifies that the user shape has a reducing side. Also, activates the Reduction
Size option so that you can set a reduction size for your user shape.
Combination Size
Specifies the combination size of the user shape, and allows you to create new size
combinations for user shapes with multiple reduction. A combination size contains the sizes
of the connections in the user shape. For example, if you create a user shape with a four
inch main, a two inch reducing cross, a three inch reducing cross, a three inch reducing tee,
a one and a half inch reducing tee, and end with a four inch main, your combination size
displays from left to right based on your selection. So, if you select the four inch main, and
then go down the line from the two inch reducing cross through the other reducing
components, and end again with the four inch main, your Combination Size displays as:
4"x2"x2"x3"x3"x3"x1 1/2"x4". You can use the same combination size when creating new
multi-reduction user shapes, or select New Combination Size to create another
combination size with the same name.
Select 3D Solid
Creates 3D user shapes.
Select 2D Double Line
Creates 2D double line user shapes.
Select 2D Single Line
Creates 2D single line user shapes.
Isogen Symbol Information

Identifier
Identifies the isometric information for the component.
SKEY
Sets the SKEY for the user shape.
Define Connection End Types

Define or Redefine Connections
Defines up to eight connection points for the user shape. You must have previously selected
the user shape with either Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single
Line.
 Main
Specifies the main connection point of the drawing.
 Reduction
Specifies the reduction connection point of the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 286

Misc Panel
 Geometry
Specifies a geometry point for the user shape. The geometry point is a point on the
user shape without a direction, such as the center point of a tee. This allows for
multiple angled user shapes. You can select a geometry shape after you select the
first connection point on the user shape while defining connections.
Apply same end type and rating to all ends
Specifies that all connection points have the same end types and ratings. Select the Apply
same end type and ratings to all ends check box, to apply the same end types and
ratings to all connections.
Connection
Enables you to select a connection point to specify the End type and the Isogen Symbol
for that connection.
Size
Specifies the size of the component at that connection. You can also use this size option to
define multi-reduction user shapes. The sizes you define here combine together to become
the Combination Size and also display as the combination size in the Alpha Size of the
End type
Specifies the end type for the selected connection.
Isogen Sym
Specifies the Isogen symbol for the selected connection. This defaults to the same as the
End type, unless you specify otherwise.
Applicable Gasket
Specifies the gasket selection code of a specific gasket for the user shape. For more
information, see Selection Codes Tutorial.
Applicable Bolt
Specifies the bolt selection code of a specific bolt for the user shape. For more information,
see Selection Codes Tutorial.
Backing Flange
Specifies a lap joint back up flange when the component end type contains the
Stub-End/Adapter Lap End Type setting. You can set this end type setting when you
create a custom end type. Your catalog and specification must contain a lap joint flange for
a component to display in the Backing Flange list. See also New End Type.
If you create a component less than 1/16" long (2 mm when in metric mode), the associated
xdata inserts a block named XATB. The component is located on the default layer named
SYSTEM instead of the CL layer so that it does not plot or display while this layer is turned off.
If you create a non-symmetrical component, a block named NATB inserts at the start point. This
block, like the XATB block, contains all the associated xdata and acts as any other component.
When you do not draw a 2D representation of a non-symmetrical component (you only created
the 3D representation option) and you convert the component to the 3D mode, the NATB
remains. This block can be converted to 2D but does not have any graphics in the 3D mode.
CADWorx Plant 287

Misc Panel
You can move and control the NATB and XATB blocks just as with any other CADWorx
component.
Rating
Component Class
Sets the specification class for the user shape.
Temperature Rating
Sets the highest temperature allowed for the user shape.
Pressure Rating
Sets the highest pounds per square inch allowed for the component.
BOM
BOM Type
Sets the bill of material type for the user shape.
Sort Sequence
Sets the sort sequence of the user shape.
Folder Settings
Listed Location
Specifies the default location where the user shape saves.
Folder
Defines the save location for the user shape.
Browse
Enables you to search the computer folders for a specific location.
Description
Long
Specifies the long description for the component. You can change the long description, by
clicking the Long ellipsis which opens the Long Description Format dialog box. You can
also type information in the Long box. Blue words are keywords and you can select and
copy them. Black text is a simple text string and can be edited as needed. When the
description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description reads
Using Specification Format. If the description format is empty at the component level and
at the specification level, then the box under Description reads Using Project Format.
Short
Specifies the short description of the component. You can change the short description, by
clicking the Short ellipsis which opens the Short Description Format dialog box. You can
also type information in the Short box. Blue words are keywords and you can select and
copy them. Black text is a simple text string and can be edited as needed. When the
description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description reads
Using Specification Format. If the description format is empty at the component level and
CADWorx Plant 288

Misc Panel
at the specification level, then the box under Description reads Using Project Format.
Tag
Specifies the tag information of the component. You can change the tag format, by clicking
the Tag ellipsis which opens the Tag Format dialog box. You can also type information in
the Tag box. Blue words are keywords and you can select and copy them. Black text is a
simple text string and can be edited as needed. When the description format is empty at the
component level, then the box under Description reads Using Specification Format. If the
description format is empty at the component level and at the specification level, then the
box under Description reads Using Project Format.
Part Number
Specifies the part number information of the component. You can change the part number
format, by clicking the Part Number ellipsis which opens the Part Number Format dialog
box. You can also type information in the Part Number box. Blue words are keywords and
you can select and copy them. Black text is a simple text string and can be edited as
needed. When the description format is empty at the component level, then the box under
Description reads Using Specification Format. If the description format is empty at the
component level and at the specification level, then the box under Description reads Using
Project Format.
For more information on the Description Format dialog boxes, see Long, Short,
Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (page 290).
Notes
Specifies any notes attached to the component.
When placing non-symmetrical user shapes

Up
Rolls the component by 90 degrees. This option turns the component up if the
non-symmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Down
Rolls the component by –90 degrees. This option turns the component down if the
non-symmetrical component has a branch-like extrusion.
Roll
Allows the non-symmetrical user shape to be rolled at any angle. When the component has
been flipped with one of the mirror options, the angle may need to be negative. If the rolled
angle input is incorrect, retype the angle as a negative to correct it. When the component
has been turned up or down with one of the options above, rolling is from that location.
mirrorX
Mirrors the non-symmetrical user shape along the X-axis. After a shape has been mirrored,
it has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back
in its original position.
mirrorY
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Y-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
CADWorx Plant 289

Misc Panel
mirrorZ
Mirrors the nonsymmetrical user shape along the Z-axis. After a shape has been mirrored, it
has an effect on all the options above. Run this option again to place the component back in
its original position.
<Pick rotation>
Rotates the nonsymmetrical user shape by the angle you specify. This option causes the
command to exit, and the options above become unavailable. This should be the last option
chosen.

 Create a user shape file (page 300)
 Edit an existing user shape (page 304)
 Create a user shape from points (page 305)
 Create a user shape from a polyline (page 307)
 Create a user shape from a block (page 309)
 Create a 3D user shape (page 311)
 Create a 2D user shape (page 313)
 Create a 2D single line user shape (on page 315)
 Add a user shape to a specification (page 317)
 Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (page 318)
 Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (page 318)
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes

CADWorx Spec Editor New component pane: Click the Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number
ellipsis
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Create > Click the Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number
ellipsis
Enables you to edit the Long description, Short description, Tag, and Part Number formats for
components in a specification.
Descriptions display in the Short annotation, Long annotation, Tag, and Code boxes shown
in the Component Edit dialog box in CADWorx Plant. For more information, see Local Edit in
the CADWorx Plant Users Guide.
The information the software displays in the Component Edit dialog box is based on the
associated component definition in the specification. The component definition in the
specification contains fields for Short Annotation, Long Annotation, Tag, and Part Number.
These boxes can be populated with text data or by setting the schema in the Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes (page 290) or Description Format Dialog Box.
CADWorx Plant 290

Misc Panel
You can access the Long Description Format, Short Description Format, Tag
Format, and Part Number Format dialog boxes for components from the Define User Shape
dialog box. These formats can only be defined during or after you have created a user shape. If
you do not define formats for the user shape, then the format is based on the specification level
or the project level set in the Description Format dialog boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor.
After creation of the user shape the Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number of the Define User
Shape dialog box displays in the same place as all other components.
You can configure a description schema for the short annotation, long annotation, tag, and part
number boxes at the project level, the specification level, and the component level. If you define
a schema at any of these levels, then the software derives the description from that level.
Component level schemas take precedence over specification level schemas and specification
level schemas take precedence over project level schemas. For instance, if the sub-category
Nipple under Pipe in the Component List tree has a schema defined, then the information
displaying in CADWorx for Nipple derives from this schema. If you remove the schema
definition from the Nipple sub category, then when you place a Nipple in the model, the schema
derives from the Pipe category description schema under the Component List tree.
If you remove the description schema in Pipe, the description derives from the Component
description schema in the Component List tree. If you delete all of the description schemas at
the component level, then the software repeats the above process internally at the specification
level. Next, the software repeats this process at the project level.
When the description format is empty at the component level, then the box under Description in
the New and Edit Component Pane reads Using Specification Format. If the description
format is empty at the component level and at the specification level, then the box under
Description in the New and Edit Component Pane reads Using Project Format.
You can only access the New and Edit Component Pane and the Description
Format dialog boxes in the CADWorx Spec Editor. For more information on these features, see
New and Edit Component Pane and Description Format Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec
Editor Users Guide.
Component Tables
Component Tables
Lists the format types available for component tables in Table Fields.
Material Tables
Lists the format types available for material tables in Table Fields.
Size Tables
Lists the format types available for size tables in Table Fields.
Schedule Tables
Lists the format types available for schedule tables in Table Fields.
DBCode Tables
Lists the format types available for database code tables in Table Fields.
IndexCode Table
Lists the format types available for index codes tables in Table Fields.
Thickness Tables
CADWorx Plant 291

Misc Panel
Lists the format types available for thickness tables in Table Fields. This table is not
available in Part Number Format.
End Type Tables
Lists the format types available for end type tables in Table Fields.
Spec Tables
Lists the format types available for spec tables in Table Fields. This table is not available in
Part Number Format.
End Prep Tables
Lists the format types available for the end prep tables in the Table Fields. This format
contains the END_PREP_PTN schema. Select the END_PREP_PTN schema to add the
PTN value from the end preparation table to your descriptions. You must select an End
Prep Table Name in the specification Properties for the end preparation part number to
display correctly. Then, set the Apply Pipe End Prep Rule to Automatic in CADWorx Plant
for the END_PREP_PTN to display in your model. For more information, see
PipeDescriptionCat and Apply Pipe End Prep Rule in the CADWorx Plant Users Guide. To
add an end preparation table, see End Prep Table.
The DEFINED COMPTYPE in the Component Types view affects the
COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field. Changing the value in the DEFINED COMPTYPE box
changes the descriptions using COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL. The software reads the DEFINED
COMPTYPE you specified for the component. The software then displays the new DEFINED
COMPTYPE value as the description when using the COMPTYPE_CMP_TBL table field
schema. For more information, see Component Types.
Long, Short, Tag, or Part Number Format dialog box fields

Table Fields
Lists the long or short description format, the tag format, or the part number format for the
chosen table and enables you to add the table field to the Long Desc Format, Short Desc
Format, Tag Format, or Part Number Format.
Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number
Lists the actual long or short description format, tag format, or part number format and
enables you to add information. Use the arrows to add formats from the Table Fields box.
Alternatively, you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to Long
Desc, Short Desc, Tag, or Part Number Format. If you added a space of text in the
Format box, you can select the space or text and then edit it.
Format
Displays the actual appearance of the long or short description, the tag, or part number
format. When you click in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or
Part Number box, the space or text you added appears. You can then edit the information
here or in the Long Desc Format, Short Desc Format, Tag Format, or Part Number box.
Blue words in Format are keywords. You can select keywords and then copy them. Black
text is a simple text string and you can edit as needed.
Example
Displays an example of the long or short description, tag, or part number, as it appears in
the software.
CADWorx Plant 292

Misc Panel
Setup the Component Formats

1. Click the ellipsis for the field to edit.
The <Description Type> Format dialog box displays.
2. Select the Component Tables list, and change if needed.
3. Use the left or right arrows to move table boxes from one field to another. Alternatively,
you can drag or double-click a format to add it from Table Fields to the corresponding
format.
4. Use the up or down arrows to move the format.
5. To edit the format appearance, select the table in the <Description Type> Format box, and
then change the format in the Format box.
6. Click OK when finished.
7. Click File > Save to save the changes to the project.
Isogen Export Options

Select connection points based on the images below, where one is the first pick, two is the
second pick, and so on.
PCF Identification Valid Connection Connection Points Order

SKEY Points
NUT BNUT 1
CAP KA** 2
CADWorx Plant 293

Misc Panel
MISC-COMPONEN BR** 2
T-RETURN C4**, H4**, 2, 4
INSTRUMENT-RET IO**
URN
TEE TE**, TS** 3
TEE TE**, TS** 3
The third point in the example uses a

45 degree connection direction.
CADWorx Plant 294

Misc Panel
TEE TE**, TS** 4
You can use the Tee identifier for

side-outlet elbows. You can use the optional
fourth geometry point to define the main
connection port center point location.
G=Geometry
REDUCER- CT** 3
CONCENTRIC-TEE
D
REDUCER- EX** 3
ECCENTRIC-TEED
CADWorx Plant 295

Misc Panel
VALVE-3WAY V3** 3
VALVE-4WAY V4** 4
MISC-COMPONEN BA** 3
T-ANGLE
CADWorx Plant 296

Misc Panel
ELBOW EL** 3
CROSS CR** 4
CADWorx Plant 297

Misc Panel
CROSS CR** 5
You can use the Cross identifier for

side-outlet Tees. Use the optional fifth geometry
point to define the main connection port center
point location. G=Geometry
MISC-COMPONEN BO** 2-4

T-OFFSET*^
BO** 2
FILTER-OFFSET C4**, H4**, 2, 4
INSTRUMENT-OFF IO**
2, 4
SET
TO**
TRAP-OFFSET
CADWorx Plant 298

Misc Panel
VALVE-ANGLE AV** 2
FILTER-ANGLE FA**
INSTRUMENT-ANG CA**
LE TA**
TRAP-ANGLE
VALVE-MULTIWAY- MD** 7
***
VALVE-MULTIWAY- MD** 9
***
*^For MISC-COMPONENT-OFFSET, point 1 and point 2 are required. Point 3 and Point 4 are
optional.
CADWorx Plant 299

Misc Panel
Create a user shape file

1. Click Create . Alternatively, type USERCREATE on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Type the name of the user shape in the Name box.
3. Select a group for the user shape from the Group list.
4. Select a user shape number in the Number list. The available numbers are 1 through 5.
5. Select a specification in the Specification list.
6. Select the color of the user shape in the Color list.
7. Type the layer number of the component in the Layer box.
8. If available, select the material information for the user shape in the Material list.
9. Type the density of the component in the Density box.
10. Type the weight of the component in the Weight box.
11. Type the length of the component in the Length box.
12. If you want the user shape saved in the catalog, then select the Save to catalog check box.
This is the default setting.
Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
13. Select the type of the user shape in the Type list.
14. Select the main size in the Main Size list.
15. If the component reduces, select the Reducing check box.
The Reducing Size list becomes available.
16. Select the reducing size in the Reducing Size list.
Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
17. Click Select 3D Solid, Select 2D Double Line, or Select 2D Single Line and follow the
prompts.
18. Click Define Connections.
Pick direction.
Pick connection 2 or <Enter to finish>.
20. If you have more than one connection point, select each one as prompted, and then press
ENTER when finished.
Connection points indicate where other equipment or components attach to the
nonsymmetrical user shape. These points are very important when exporting the model and
affect the scaling if not properly selected.
CADWorx Plant 300

Misc Panel
21. To give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end type and
rating to all ends; otherwise complete the following:
a. Select a connection from the Connection list.
b. Select an end type from the End type list.
c. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
d. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
e. Type the Temperature Rating.
f. Type the Pressure Rating.
g. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.
22. Type the Isogen identifier in the Identifier box.
23. Select an SKEY in the SKEY list.
24. Select the bill of material type in the BOM Type list.
25. Type the sort sequence for the user shape in the Sort Sequence box.
26. If you want to change the default folder location of the user shape, click Browse, or type the
location in the Folder box.
27. Type the long description in the Long box, or click Browse to set the description
format. The data file uses the long description.
28. Type the short description in the Short box, or click Browse to set the description
format.
29. Type the part number in the Part Number box, or click Browse to set the description
format.
30. Type the tag information in the Tag box, or click Browse to set the description format.
31. Type notes in the Notes box, if needed.
32. Click OK.
The software creates the user shape.
The user shape is now available on the Misc (page 702) toolbar. For more
information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing (page
318) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (page 318).
CADWorx Plant 301

Misc Panel
Create a multi-reduction user shape

1. Create a 3D model with multiple reducing lines.
ENTER.
14. Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
15. Select the type of the user shape from the Type list.
16. Select the main size from the Main Size list.
17. Select the reduction size from the Reduction Size list.
prompts.
Pick direction.
21. Select the next connection point, and then select Reduction.
22. Continue to select the remaining connection points, selecting the Reduction option for any
size that is not the main size.
23. If you have a main size end point, select the end point for the final connection, and then
select Main.
24. Press ENTER to finish.
CADWorx Plant 302

Misc Panel

25. Select 1 from the Connection list.
26. Select the size of the first connection.
27. If you want to give all connections the same end type and rating, select Apply same end
type and rating to all ends, and then select an End Type.
The end type attaches to all connections.
28. Select each remaining connection from the Connection list, and set the correct size for that
connection. This allows for the multi-reduction user shape, and sets the Combination Size
of the user shape.
The software displays an arrow at the connection point that you are defining. A
green arrow indicates a main size connection point, and a red arrow indicates a reduction
size connection point.
OR
If you want different end types for each end, then do the following:
b. Select a size from the Size list. The Size option is available for user shapes that contain
multiple sizes.
c. Select an end type from the End Type list.
d. Select an Isogen symbol from the Isogen Sym. list.
e. Type the Component Class or accept the default.
f. Type the Temperature Rating.
g. Type the Pressure Rating.
h. Repeat steps a through f until you define all connections.
format.
format.
CADWorx Plant 303

Misc Panel
39. Click OK.

Edit an existing user shape

ENTER.
2. Select the name of the user shape, you want to modify, in the Name box.
The software auto-populates the boxes with the information you used when you initially
created the shape.
3. Change any other data as needed.
4. When finished making changes to the file, click OK.
The software updates the user shape.
Edit by redefining connection points

Command line: EDITUSERSHAPE
Enables you to redefine connection points on user shapes.
When you import legacy user shape data, the software may not map the connection
points. Use EDITUSERSHAPE to define the user shape connection points.
1. Type EDITUSERSHAPE on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select the user shape to edit.
3. Select connection points for each point you want to change, and then select an end type.
4. Changing the connections points and end types, and then press ENTER to finish.
The connection points update in the drawing and the catalog, with routing points added to
the user shape.
CADWorx Plant 304

Misc Panel
Create a user shape from points

ENTER.
Select Optional Component to make this component an optional component.
13. Select Pick Points in the Type list.
17. Click Select.
Pick point.
CADWorx Plant 305

Misc Panel
18. Select points on the drawing based on the following graphic.
Pick insertion point.

19. Select an insertion point on the shape.
Pick end point.
20. Select the end point on the shape.
21. If reducing is selected as the insertion point you receive the following prompt. If not skip to
step 21.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
22. Select the required option.
CADWorx Plant 306

Misc Panel
format.
format.
34. Click OK.
The user shape becomes available on the Misc (page 702) toolbar. For more
Create a user shape from a polyline

ENTER.
14. Select Polyline in the Type list.
CADWorx Plant 307

Misc Panel
18. Do not mix reducing and non-reducing components in the same file.
19. Click Select.
Select polyline.
20. Select the polyline that defines the shape.
Pick insertion point.
21. Select the insertion point on the model.
Pick end point.
22. Select the end point on the model.
The prompt below only displays if you have a reducing component in the user
shape.
Set start connection as reducing [Yes/No]<No>.
23. Select the option that you need.
format.
format.
CADWorx Plant 308

Misc Panel
35. Click OK.

information on placing the user shape, see Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing
(page 318) or Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing (page 318).
Create a user shape from a block

ENTER.
14. Select Block from the Type list.
prompts.
Pick direction.
CADWorx Plant 309

Misc Panel
21. If you have more than one connection point select each one as prompted, and then press
format.
format.
33. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 310

Misc Panel
Create a 3D user shape

ENTER.
18. Click Select 3D Solid.
Select 3D solid representation.
19. Click a point in the upper left of the drawing, drag the mouse, and then click in the lower
right of the drawing to select the entire user shape to create. Press ENTER to finish
selection.
Pick insert point.
20. Select an insertion point on the component.
Pick direction.
CADWorx Plant 311

Misc Panel
format.
format.
35. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 312

Misc Panel
Create a 2D user shape

ENTER.
18. Click Select 2D Double Line.
Select 2D double line representation.
selection.
Pick insert point.
Pick direction.
CADWorx Plant 313

Misc Panel
format.
format.
35. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 314

Misc Panel
Create a 2D single line user shape

ENTER.
18. Click Select 2D Single Line.
Select 2D single line representation.
selection.
Pick insert point.
Pick direction.
CADWorx Plant 315

Misc Panel
format.
format.
35. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 316

Misc Panel
Add a user shape to a specification

Adds a user shape to the specification.
If Spec Editor is already displayed skip to step 2.
1. Click Start Spec Editor on the spec view palette. Alternatively, click Spec Editor on the
desktop.
The Specification Editor software opens.
2. Click File > Open.
The Open File dialog box displays.
3. Select a catalog, and then click Open.
The Catalog Data window displays.
4. Click the (+) sign on the Data Tables folder.
The Data Tables list displays.
5. If your Data Table List Mode is set to Category List Mode, then right-click User Shapes,
and select Add Data Table .

The New User Shape Table displays.
OR
If your Data Table List Mode is set to Group List Mode, then right-click a group folder, and
select Add User Shape Table.
The software places the user shape in the group folder that you select.
The New User Shape Table displays.
6. Type the name of the table in the Name box.
7. Select a user type in the Type list, or User Shape Number in the Number list.
8. Select a size table in the Size Table list.
You can select and clear multiple sizes by clicking the Size Table ellipsis.
9. Type the part number in the Part Number box.
10. Type the user shape folder name in the Usershape Folder box.
11. Select the Reducing Component check box if you want this to be a reducing component.
12. Select a Bill of Material type from the BOM Type list.
13. Select a layer from the Layer Name list.
14. Select a color from the Color Index list.
15. Type a Sort Sequence.
16. Type an Isogen Identifier.
17. Select an SKEY from the Isogen SKEY list.
18. Select the Optional Component check box if you want to make this user shape optional.
CADWorx Plant 317

Misc Panel
19. Type the description of the user shape in the Description box.
20. Click OK.
The user shape file displays under the User Shape category in Catalog Data when your
Data Table List Mode is set to Category List Mode.
OR
The user shape file displays under the selected group folder in the Catalog Data when your
Data Table List Mode is set to Group List Mode.
21. Click File > Save to save the changes to the catalog.
Place a symmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create on the Misc toolbar.
A list of numbered buttons displays.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select a point in the drawing.
4. Select a direction in the drawing, or type Up or Down.
The software places the shape in the drawing.
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the drawing

1. Click and hold Create on the Misc toolbar.
A list of numbered buttons displays.
2. Click the numbered button associated with the shape to place.

3. Select the start point for the shape in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 318

Misc Panel
4. Select the rotation option that meets your requirements.

Graphics Overlay Editor

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Graphics Overlay Editor
Command line: COMPONENTDWGBLOCKEDIT

Creates graphic overlays of drawings for coupling or valve components. Requires a 3D solid
object completely drawn in 3D that represents the complete coupling or valve overlay. You must
first set a default size and specification. This option works in conjunction with the Graphics
Overlay (page 67) rule.
1. Create a drawing to use as a graphic overlay on a coupling or valve.
2. Click Graphics Overlay Editor , or type COMPONENTDWGBLOCKEDIT on the
The Graphics Overlay Editor dialog box displays.
Long description
Specifies the long description of the coupling or valve component. You can change the long
description format in the Specification Editor. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag,
and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes, and Description Format Dialog Box in the CADWorx
Short description
Specifies the short description of the coupling or valve component. You can change the
short description format in the Specification Editor. For more information, see Long, Short,
Tag, and Part Number Format Dialog Boxes, and Description Format Dialog Box in the
CADWorx Spec Editor Users Guide.
Tag
Specifies the tag information of the coupling or valve component. You can change the tag
format in the Specification Editor. For more information, see Long, Short, Tag, and Part
Number Format Dialog Boxes, and Description Format Dialog Box in the CADWorx Spec
Editor Users Guide.
Data Table
Specifies the data table attached to the coupling or valve component. You can change the
data table for the component in the New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx
Program Code
Specifies the program code for the component. The program code identifies the component
that the software inserts into the drawing. The unique identifier is hard-coded and cannot be
edited.
MAINSIZE
Sets the main size for the graphic overlay component.
SUBDIRECTORY
CADWorx Plant 319

Misc Panel
Specifies the location of the graphic overlay folder. You can save in any folder location as
needed.
DWGNAME
Specifies the name of the graphic overlay drawing.
ROTATION_X_AXIS
Specifies the degree of rotation around the x-axis of the drawing.
FLIP_Y_AXIS
Flips the y-axis of the component.
DISABLE_TOPWORK
Turns the topworks on and off.
DISABLE_TOPWORK option is only available when creating a valve overlay.
Select Block (or drawing)
Selects the block drawing for the graphic overlay.
Create Block
Selects the block for the graphic overlay.
Save to Catalog
Saves the component data to the catalog.

 Create a graphic overlay from a block for a coupling (page 321)
 Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a coupling (page 324)
 Assign a graphic overlay to a coupling component in the Specification Editor (page 325)
 Display graphic overlays of coupling components in the 3D model (page 325)
 Create a graphic overlay from a block for a valve (page 327)
 Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a valve (page 330)
 Assign a graphic overlay to a valve component in the Specification Editor (page 331)
 Display graphic overlays of valve components in the 3D model (page 331)
CADWorx Plant 320

Misc Panel
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a coupling

1. Create a drawing to use as a graphic overlay on a coupling.
You must set a specification before you can run this command.
3. Select a coupling type.
Click next to the size you want to assign for the graphic overlay.
4. Select Create Block.
CADWorx Plant 321

Misc Panel
5. Select the 3D solid, and then press ENTER.
6. Click a point for the insertion point.
CADWorx Plant 322

Misc Panel
7. Drag in the direction of the pipe, and then click for the direction vector.
8. Drag in the direction of the side of your graphic overlay, and then click for the side vector.
9. Select a location to save the drawing, and then type a name for the drawing.
10. Click Save.
11. Click Apply.
12. Click OK.
Next, see Display graphic overlays of coupling components in the 3D model (page 325).
CADWorx Plant 323

Misc Panel
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a coupling

1. Create a drawing to use as a graphic overlay on a coupling, and then save and close the
drawing. If you already have a coupling drawing created, you can select that drawing in step
5.
3. Select a coupling type.
4. Click next to the size you want to assign for the graphic overlay.
5. Select Select Block (or Drawing).
The Select Drawing dialog box displays.
6. Select a drawing that contains a graphic overlay block, and click Open.
7. Click Apply.
8. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 324

Misc Panel
Assign a graphic overlay to a coupling component in the

Specification Editor
1. Launch the Specification Editor.
4. Click + to expand Data Tables.
5. Click + to expand Couplings.
6. Click + to expand a coupling type.
Steps 4 to 6 depend on your setting in the Data Table List Mode in the View tab.
The steps above are based on Category List Mode.
7. Double-click a coupling data table.
8. In SUBDIRECTORY, type, or copy and paste the location of the drawing containing your
graphic overlay.
9. In DWGNAME, type the name of the drawing for your graphic overlay.
10. Click File > Save.
12. Select a project that contains the catalog you chose in step 3 as its base catalog, and then
click Open.
13. Click Review Update.
14. Click Force Update All.
15. Click OK.
16. Click OK.
17. Click Yes.
19. Launch CADWorx Plant.
Display graphic overlays of coupling components in the 3D

model
When you draw the component and have the Graphics Overlay (page 67) rule set to Overlay in
Enhanced Mode or Overlay in Enhanced & Solid Mode, the component displays the same as
your original 3D solid.
To see the differences do the following:
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and then press ENTER twice.
2. Click Setup .
CADWorx Plant 325

Misc Panel
If you completed either Create a graphic overlay from a block for a coupling (page
321) or Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a coupling (page 324), then you already
have a specification set. However, if you added your overlay using the steps in Assign a
graphic overlay to a coupling component in the Specification Editor (page 325), then you
must set the specification where you updated your coupling component data tables.
3. Click Piping Rules.
4. Set the Graphics Overlay to Disable Overlay.
5. Set the Auto Coupling Rule to Automatic - All Connections.
6. Click Apply and Close.
7. Click Auto Route .

8. Route pipe as shown below:
9. Click Setup .
11. Set the Graphics Overlay to Overlay in Enhanced Mode, or Overlay in Enhanced Mode
& Solid Mode.
CADWorx Plant 326

Misc Panel
The coupling component displays with the graphic overlay representation.
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a valve

1. Create a drawing to use as a graphic overlay on a valve.
3. Select a valve type.
CADWorx Plant 327

Misc Panel
4. Click in the DWGNAME box next to the size you want to assign for the graphic overlay.
5. Select Create Block.
6. Select the 3D solid, and then press ENTER.
7. Click a point for the insertion point.

If you have trouble selecting the correct point on the valve, use the Mid Between
2 Points option, select the start point, and then the end point of the valve to pinpoint the
center.
CADWorx Plant 328

Misc Panel
8. Drag in the direction of the pipe, and then click for the direction vector.
9. Drag in the direction of the side of your graphic overlay, and then click for the side vector.
10. Select a location to save the drawing, and then type a name for the drawing.
11. Click Save.
12. Click Apply.
13. Click OK.
Next, see Display graphic overlays of valve components in the 3D model (page 331).
CADWorx Plant 329

Misc Panel
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a valve

1. Create a drawing to use as a graphic overlay on a valve, and then save and close the
drawing. If you already have a valve drawing created, you can select that drawing in the
following procedure.
3. Select a valve type.
4. Click in the DWGNAME box next to the size you want to assign for the graphic overlay.
5. Select Select Block (or Drawing).
The Select Drawing dialog box displays.
6. Select a drawing that contains a graphic overlay block, and then click Open.
7. Click Apply.
8. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 330

Misc Panel
Assign a graphic overlay to a valve component in the

Specification Editor
1. Launch the Specification Editor.
4. Click + to expand Data Tables.
5. Click + to expand Valves.
6. Click + to expand a valve type.
Steps 4 to 6 depend on your setting in the Data Table List Mode in the View tab.
The steps above are based on Category List Mode.
7. Double-click a valve data table.
8. In SUBDIRECTORY, type or copy and paste the location of the drawing containing your
graphic overlay.
9. In DWGNAME, type the name of the drawing for your graphic overlay.
12. Select a project that contains the catalog you chose in step 3 as its base catalog, and then
click Open.
13. Click Review Update.
14. Click Force Update All.
15. Click OK.
16. Click OK.
17. Click Yes.
19. Launch CADWorx Plant.
Display graphic overlays of valve components in the 3D

model
When you draw the component and have the Graphics Overlay (page 67) rule set to Overlay in
Enhanced Mode or Overlay in Enhanced & Solid Mode, the component displays the same as
your original 3D solid.
To see the differences do the following:
1. Type CONVERTENHANCED on the command line, and then press ENTER twice.
2. Click Setup .
CADWorx Plant 331

Misc Panel
If you completed either Create a graphic overlay from a block for a valve (page
327) or Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a valve (page 330), then you already
have a specification set. However, if you added your overlay using the steps in Assign a
graphic overlay to a valve component in the Specification Editor (page 331), then you must
set the specification where you updated your valve component data tables.
4. Set the Graphics Overlay to Disable Overlay.
6. Click Auto Route .

7. Route pipe as shown below:
8. Click Setup .
10. Set the Graphics Overlay to Overlay in Enhanced Mode, or Overlay in Enhanced Mode
& Solid Mode.
The valve component displays with the graphic overlay representation.
CADWorx Plant 332

Misc Panel
Top Works Add

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Add
Operators toolbar: Top Works Add
Command line: TOPWORKSADD

Adds top works to a valve already drawn in the model.
Top Works Change

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Top Works Change
Operators toolbar: Top Works Change
Command line: TOPWORKSCHANGE

Changes the type, orientation, or deletes topworks already associated with a valve.
Click a valve in the 3D model space, and then click the topworks replace grip point to
change the type, orientation, or delete the topworks.
System Out
CADWorx Plant I tab: MISC > System Out
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System Out
Command line: C2PCF

Creates a CAESAR II input file. This input file can then be used in CAESAR II without any
modification. Components selected in the drawing convert to the appropriate elements for the
stress model. For example, a tee connected to pipe in all directions is represented with one
node at the intersection instead of four (three at the ends and one at the intersection). This
provides the stress analyst a model that is ready for use. All pertinent information is transferred
(weights, wall thickness, and so on).
The selection process in the drawing environment is available in two ways. The first requires
selecting the components with the standard selection processes in the CAD platform. This can
include selection by crossing, window or any other preferred method. The second selection
process allows the selection by line number or selecting a component with an existing line
number. The database option is not available with this command.
(page 333) and System In (page 353) do not function correctly. For more information, see
LanguageFile (page 43).
CADWorx Plant 333

Misc Panel
Generate a CAESAR II input file

1. Click CAESAR II Integration, and then click System Out. Alternatively, type C2PCF on the
command line, and press ENTER.
The Create dialog box displays.
2. Type the name of the PCF file in the File name box, and then click Save.
3. Select an Isogen Style, then click OK.
For more information on Isogen styles, see Select Isogen Style Dialog Box (page
178).
4. Enter an option [Line number/Select components/Toggle Single PCF {On}] <Select
component>.
5. Selecting the Line number option allows you to choose from these methods of selecting
components:
 List - Displays the Select Item Dialog Box (page 203) allowing you to select individual or
multiple line numbers. All components on the selected line are included in the selection.
 Select Component - Click or highlight a line and include all components on the
selected line.
6. Choose Select component to select the components by crossing, window, or any other
7. Toggle Single PCF allows you to indicate when the software creates a single PCF for all line
numbers, or a PCF for each line number. Select this option to create a single PCF with all
the line numbers. Clear this option to create a PCF for each line number. The default option
is ON.
The software processes the components.
PCF Out for CAESAR II

Command line: C2PCF
Creates a piping component (PCF) file with attributes used by CAESAR II from components
selected in the drawing.
This command displays the standard file selection dialog box and prompts for a file name.
C2PCF Output
The PCF file generated by the C2PCF command includes attribute mappings specific to
CAESAR II PCF Import.
CADWorx Plant 334

Misc Panel
Component Attribute Value Metric / Metric / Imperial /

Metric units Imperial units Imperial units
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Pressure
1 Rating
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Temperatur
2 e Rating
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Material
3 Name
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Wall mm mm in
4 Thickness
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Insulation mm mm or in in
5 Thickness
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Insulation kg/cm^3 kg/cm^3 lb/in^3

6 Density
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Corrosion
7 Allowance*
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Component kg kg lbm

8 Weight
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Fluid
9 Density *
COMPONENT-ATTRIBUTE Hydro Test

10 Pressure*
* - Mapped from Custom Field in Isogen Style

For additional information regarding Custom Field mapping see Isogen Configuration
(on page 205).
Break Pipe
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Break Pipe
Command line: BREAKPIPE

Changes non-segmented piping to segmented piping.
Length
Specifies breaking the segments by length of the segments.
Number
Specifies breaking the segments by the number of segments.
CADWorx Plant 335

Misc Panel

 Break by Length (page 336)
 Break by Number (page 336)
Break by Length
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type L on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Length.
Break by Number
1. Click Break Pipe on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Type N on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Type the number of segments on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the pipe to break.
The piping breaks into segments based on the value entered for Number.
Offset Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Offset Tap
Command line: OTAP

Creates offset tap connections for use by Isogen. Offset taps are for use with large branches.
After you create an offset tap connection for a component, you can route piping from that point.
Use offset taps for all major branches of the main pipeline. Offset tap is more robust at
processing branches then tap connection. Use an offset tap connection if Isogen reports
discontinuity or tap connection does not produce the necessary results.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
The OTAP command allows several types of pipe-to-pipe connections. The default connection
for OTAP is TANGENTIAL (TTSO). To change to another type of connection, change the
symbol key (SKEY) value on the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page 93) for the OTAP component.
SKEY Connection Type
TTSO TANGENTIAL
TTRF TANGENTIAL REINFORCED
CADWorx Plant 336

Misc Panel
TOSO OFFSET
TORF OFFSET REINFORCED
TSSO STUB IN
TSRF STUB IN REINFORCED
TESO SET ON
TERF SET ON REINFORCED
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TERF, TESO, TSRF, TSSO:
 The length of pipe for the cut list increases to include the OTAP length.
 The dimension includes OTAP length.
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are the same size, using the following SKEY produces the
following results:
TORF, TOSO, TTRF, TTSO:
 The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
 The dimension does not include OTAP length.
If the OTAP connects two pipes that are of different sizes (reduction), Isogen Option Switch 2 is
used for cut length calculation.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
 The length of pipe for the cut list is increased to include the OTAP length.
 The dimension includes the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Centre Line of Main Run option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO,
TOSO:
 The actual length of pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
 The dimension does not include the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TERF, TESO, TSRF,
TSSO:
 The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
 The dimension includes the OTAP length.
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point option with SKEYs: TORF, TTRF, TTSO:
 The length of the pipe for the cut list is adjusted based on the diameter of the main and
reduction pipe sizes.
CADWorx Plant 337

Misc Panel
Set-on Branch - Calc. to Actual Connection Point setting with SKEYs: TOSO:
 The actual length of the pipe drawn in the model is used for the cut list.
Option switch 77 Generate PAD Item Code and Show Symbol on Iso option shows a
reinforcement pad on OTAP connections with SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF. A CADWorx
reinforcement pad does not have to be drawn in the model for these three SKEYs.
For all other SKEYs, a CADWorx reinforcement pad must be drawn in the model for it to appear
in the ISO drawing.
Isogen option switch 77 No Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads, One Extra Weld
added at Reinforcement Pads, and Two Extra Welds added at Reinforcement Pads settings
control weld numbering at the reinforcement pads. Extra welds are only shown for the following
SKEYs: TTRF, TORF, TERF.
Set an OTAP SKEY

Command line: SETOTAPSKEY
Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP.
select Otap components
Enables you to select the OTAPs you need to change.
select All
Selects all OTAPs in the drawing.
line Number
Enables you to select OTAPs by line number.
1. Type SETOTAPSKEY on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select an option to select OTAPs in the drawing, and then press ENTER.
 For the select Otap components option, the software prompts you to select the
components.
 For the line Number option, the Select Item dialog box displays, and you must select a
line number.
3. Type the new SKEY on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The SKEY renames.
4. Double-click an OTAP, click Isogen in the Component Edit dialog box, and then check
SKEY.
CADWorx Plant 338

Misc Panel
Place an offset tap

1. Click Offset Tap . Alternatively, type OTAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the offset tap.
Center of Gravity Generator

CADWorx Plant I tab: MIsc > C.G. Generator
Plant menu: Accessory > C.G. Generator
Command line: TCG

Calculates center of gravity for all components drawn in X,Y planes (2D plans) or in X,Y,Z
planes (3D Model). You can use a generic attach (from Plant > Toolbars > Misc) which
provides the center of gravity location and weight. For more information on specifying a center of
gravity location for a generic attach, see Generic Attach (page 349).
Selection can be done by crossing, window, or selecting individual component.
Total Center of Gravity Calculation Dialog Box

Calculates the total center of gravity for all components.
Selected Components
Select
Enables you to select items to calculate the total center of gravity for that item.
Piping
Enables piping to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
component counters in the corresponding box.
Piping Insulation
Enables piping insulation to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
Steel/Structure
Enables legacy steel or CADWorx Structure objects to be calculated for the total center of
gravity. Reports the selected component counters in the corresponding box.
You must have the latest CADWorx Structure object enabler installed to use
Steel/Structure total center of gravity on CADWorx Structure components.
HVAC
Enables HVAC to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
Equipment
CADWorx Plant 339

Misc Panel
Enables equipment to be calculated for the total center of gravity. Reports the selected
You must have a material set for the equipment, and then run EQUIPCG before
you can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant.
Report Options
Title
Specifies a title for the report that prints when CG is calculated.
Path
Specifies the location of the report file. Click the Path ellipsis to change the location and
save the file.
Print report to command line
Prints the total center of gravity report to the command line.
View Report
Indicates that the software opens the report after the center of gravity calculates.
Insert drawing marker
Inserts a drawing marker for the total center of gravity.
1. Click C.G. Generator on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab. Alternatively, type
TCG on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Total CG Calculation dialog box displays.
2. Select the type of components to calculate center of gravity.
3. Enter a title for the report in the Title box.
4. Select whether you want the report to print on the command line, view the report, or whether
you want to insert a marker.
5. Click Select.
 Before you can get a center of gravity calculation for equipment in CADWorx Plant, you
must have a material set for the equipment, and then you must run EQUIPCG from
CADWorx Equipment.
 When selecting equipment to calculate the center of gravity, you have the following
choices:
 Select all.
 Zoom to the small white cross and select it.
6. Select the components, and then press ENTER.
The center of gravity calculates and the Total CG Calculation dialog box redisplays with
the selected component counters in the corresponding boxes.
7. Click OK.
A center of gravity reference point and a report display.
CADWorx Plant 340

Misc Panel
Filtered Center of Gravity

Center of Gravity commands can be run without using the Center of Gravity Dialog box.
Each command below runs the Center of Gravity calculations using only the listed component
types.
Command Included component types.
SCG Structure components.
HCG HVAC components.
ECG Equipment components.
PCG Piping, topworks, pipe supports and insulation

components.
Nozzle Generic Attach

CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Nozzle Generic Attach
Command line: ENGENERIC

Draws a generic nozzle object in the drawing. You can use the information later in bill of material
extraction, labeling, and so forth. A project, a specification, and a Main size must be set before
you can draw a generic nozzle.
Description
Specifies the description of the nozzle generic attachment.
Equipment Name
Specifies the name of the equipment nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or
editing.
Size
Specifies the nominal size of the generic nozzle. You can edit the size with the list.
Flange Rating
Specifies the flange rating for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or editing.
Flange Thickness
Specifies the flange thickness for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or
editing.
Flange Type
CADWorx Plant 341

Misc Panel
Specifies the flange type for the nozzle generic attachment that you are creating or editing.
Applicable Gaskets
Specifies the applicable gasket for the component based on the selection code. The value
that you choose in the Applicable Gaskets list determines the gasket that inserts when you
place a component pair that requires a gasket, such as flanged components, clamped
components, flanged end-types, and clamped end types. You can either type the code in the
Applicable Gaskets box, or select an available code from the list. The Applicable Gaskets
option only displays when the component allows a gasket. To assign selection codes, see
Selection Codes Tutorial, and Assign selection codes to components without catalog
defaults.
Applicable Bolts
Specifies the applicable bolt for the component based on the selection code. The value that
you choose in the Applicable Bolts list determines the bolt that inserts when you place a
component pair that requires a bolt, such as flanged components, clamped components,
flanged end-types, and clamped end types. You can either type the code in the Applicable
Bolts box, or select an available code from the list. The Applicable Bolts option only
displays when the component allows a bolt. To assign selection codes, see Selection Codes
Tutorial, and Assign selection codes to components without catalog defaults.
Layer
Specifies the layer for the generic nozzle.
Color
Specifies the color for the generic nozzle. You can use the Select Color option from the list
to open the Select Color dialog box, and select any color.
Nozzle insertion point
Enables you to select the face end and buttweld end points for the nozzle generic
attachment.
 Buttweld end Point
Specifies the buttweld end point with a green arrow on the nozzle generic
attachment.
 Face end Point
Specifies the face end point with a red arrow on the nozzle generic attachment.
Specify On-Screen
Enables you to specify the face end and buttweld end points on the nozzle generic
attachment on screen by the X, Y, and Z. These coordinates can also be entered manually.
Specifying the end and middle points sets those points for the routing point for the next
nozzle.
Remove
Removes the existing xdata from the generic nozzle. Alternatively, you can use
ENGENERICREMOVE to remove data from any generic nozzle.

 Place a nozzle generic attachment (page 343)
CADWorx Plant 342

Misc Panel
 Route from a generic nozzle (page 344)

 Insert and route from a generic nozzle containing selection codes (page 346)
 Change position and direction of generic nozzle (page 348)
Place a nozzle generic attachment

1. Click Nozzle Generic Attach . Alternatively, type ENGENERIC on the command line,
and press ENTER.
2. Select the nozzle flange face point in the drawing.
3. Select the nozzle buttweld end point in the drawing.
The Nozzle Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
4. Type a description in the Description box.
5. Type an equipment name in the Equipment Name box.
6. Select a size from the Size list if needed. Main size must be set before you can draw a
generic nozzle.
7. To change the flange rating, select a rating from the Flange Rating list. A project and
specification must be set before you can draw a generic nozzle.
8. Type the thickness of the flange in the Flange Thickness box. This must be higher than
zero.
9. Select a Flange Type from the list.
10. If your specification contains selection codes, then you can select Applicable Gaskets and
Applicable Bolts from the lists.
11. Select a layer from the Layer list, or leave the default.
12. Select a color from the Color list, or leave the default.
13. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 343

Misc Panel
The generic nozzle places in the drawing.
 A red arrow indicates the end point. The start and end points can be re-specified after the
nozzle generic attachment is drawn.
 To edit the generic nozzle, double-click it in the drawing.
Route from a generic nozzle

1. Select the generic nozzle in the drawing.
A plus grip displays.
CADWorx Plant 344

Misc Panel
A list of available component types displays.
3. Select a component from the list.

The selected component inserts and the software allows you to continue to route.
4. Continue routing as needed.
CADWorx Plant 345

Misc Panel
Insert and route from a generic nozzle containing selection

codes
Before you can complete this example, you must first complete the Selection Codes Tutorial
which sets up the selection codes.
1. Open CADWorx Plant.
2. Click File > New.
3. Select Imperial.dwt (Metric.dwt.).
4. Click Setup .
5. Click Configuration Settings.
6. Select SpecificationDirectory, and then click the ellipsis .

7. Navigate to [Product Folder]\Plant\Tutorial\Spec, and then click OK.
8. Select Specification / Size.
9. Click Browse.
10. Select Tutorial_Inch.prj (Tutorial_Metric.prj)
11. Click 150 (150 MM) in Specifications, and then click 4" (100) for main and 2" (50) for
reduction.
13. Set Apply Gasket Insertion Rule and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule to Flanges Only.
14. Set Apply Flange Insertion Rule to Show Options.
16. Click Nozzle Generic Attach . Alternatively, type ENGENERIC on the command line,
and press ENTER.
17. Select the nozzle flange face point in the drawing.
18. Select the nozzle buttweld end point in the drawing.
The Nozzle Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
19. Type Equip V-1016 Future in the Description box.
20. Type V-1016 Future in the Equipment Name box.
21. Type 0.3370 in the Flange Thickness box.
This must be higher than zero.
22. Leave the Flange Type as RFWN.
23. Select GAS_150, GAS_150A, GAS_150B, and GAS_150C from the Applicable Gaskets
list.
24. Select BLT_150, BLT_150A, and BLT_150B from the Applicable Bolts list.
25. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 346

Misc Panel
The generic nozzle places in the drawing.
A plus grip displays.

A list of available component types displays.
CADWorx Plant 347

Misc Panel
28. Select Flanges, and then select [4"] (100) FLG WELD NECK, 150LB, SCH STD, ASTM
A105 Part A.
The selected component inserts with the gasket and bolt allowed by the selected flange.
Change position and direction of generic nozzle

A grip point displays.
2. Select one of the two grip points to define the nozzle direction or position.
CADWorx Plant 348

Misc Panel
Generic Attach
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Generic Attach
Misc toolbar: Generic Attach
Command line: GENERIC

Attaches information to any generic CAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
Default
Automatically places the center of gravity and tag annotation at the centroid of the selected
non-CADWorx object.
Generic Attach Dialog Box

Specifies the details for the generic attach.
Alpha size
Short annotation
Long annotation
Line number
Tag
Code
Weight
Sort sequence
Length
Specifies a length for the component.
Component type
Displays the type of the component.
Specification
Displays the specification used by the component.
CADWorx Plant 349

Misc Panel
Coordinates
World
Iso
Miscellaneous
Existing
BOM Item Type
Fabrication
Erection
Offshore
Misc
Isogen
Custom Data
CADWorx Plant 350

Misc Panel
 Click the link for more information on the Component Custom Data Dialog Box (page 100).
Remove
Removes CADWorx database attributes from a component, converting it to generic CAD
geometry.
Many commands in CADWorx use xdata in the components and do not
function if the data is removed.
BOM/CG Point
Displays the Get BOM/CG Location dialog box, which enables you to specify the bill of
material location and the center of gravity location.
Attach
Cancel
Cancels the operation without saving modifications, and closes the dialog box.
Get BOM/CG Location Dialog Box

BOM Mark Point
Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark point.
View
Displays the BOM Mark Point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CG Location
Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of gravity point.
View
Displays the CG Location.
X
Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
CADWorx Plant 351

Misc Panel
to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach . Alternatively, type GENERIC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Generic Attach dialog box displays.
2. Alpha Size auto-populates with the main size already selected when you set up the
drawing. Type the alpha size in the Alpha size box, if you need to change it.
3. Type an abbreviated description, such as PUMP 2X1X8, in the Short annotation box.
4. Type a complete description, such as PUMP, INGERSOLL-RAND, MODEL HOC, 2X1X8, in
the Long annotation box.
5. Type a line number in the Line number box, if you want to assign a line number to the
component.
6. Type the tag in the Tag box.
7. Type the code in the Code box, if you want to assign a code to the component.
9. Type the sort sequence number for the bill of material schedule location in the Sort
sequence box.
11. Change the Coordinates if available and needed.
12. Select Existing in the Miscellaneous column, if needed.
13. Change the BOM Item Type, if needed.
14. Click Attach.
15. Select the object to attach the information.
16. Select a point to define the bill of material tag label location.
OR
Press ENTER for Default.
The software attaches the information to the object, and a red arrow displays indicating the
CADWorx Plant 352

Misc Panel
BOM Mark Point.

17. Select another object, or press ENTER to finish.
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of

Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Component Edit dialog box displays.
2. Click BOM/CG Point.
3. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
4. Select a point on the object to specify the mark point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
5. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
A green arrow displays indicating the location.
7. Click OK.
System In
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > System In
Plant menu: Accessory > CAESAR II > System In
Command line: C2IN

Reads a CAESAR II input file. You must select the necessary ._A or .C2 file. This is the input file
created by CAESAR II or the output facility in CADWorx. After you select the input file, a dialog
box indicating that the file was read displays.
CADWorx Plant 353

Misc Panel
Make sure that the CAESARIIVersion (page 34) startup variable is set to match your
CAESAR II installation. If this variable is set to 2011, and the C2IN command is issued on a file
created or modified with CAESAR II 2014, then an error message displays indicating that the
valid file is corrupt.
The next prompt requires that a specification be set. Although, there might be an existing
specification set, confirmation or a new specification is required. The specification might not be
used. The input facility in CADWorx attempts to determine the proper specification for the
component being input from data in the CAESAR II input file. The input facility or the data in the
input file does not always indicate a specification. Therefore, a default specification needs to be
set for these components.
Caesar
Derives the descriptive information within any new components from the material passed
back from CAESAR II and the name of the purposed component located in the PRGM.TBL
file. This file is located in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. The system automatically
assigns all the required paths for data files which might be used later for reconstruction
(such as mode conversion). If the material was not supplied in CAESAR II, then this option
uses the description from the specification but does not populate the line number.
Environment
Assigns the component information based on the default specification. It also assigns a line
number if there is a current line numbering system setup. You are responsible for the correct
line number being set before importing. This option overrides any material sent from
CAESAR II. For example, if A-133-B material type was chosen in CAESAR II, and the
default specification above dictated A-106-B as the material type, this option would override
the A-333-B grade and place A-106-B in the component. The full description would be from
the default specification set above.
(page 333) and System In (page 353) do not function correctly. For more information, see
LanguageFile (page 43).
CADWorx Plant 354

Misc Panel
Read a CAESAR II input file

1. Click System In . Alternatively, type C2IN on the command line, and press ENTER.
The CAESAR II Input File dialog box displays.
2. Select the file to read, and click Open.
3. Set the default specification, or press ENTER to use the current specification.
The software reads the CAESAR II input file.
4. Select the option that meets your requirements.
The software writes the CAESAR II components in the drawing.
Change Elevation
CADWorx Plant I tab: Misc > Change Elevation
Command line: CHANGEELEVATION

Changes the elevation of a selected pipe in the drawing.
Pick
Enables you to select the location for the change in the elevation.
 BOP
Changes the elevation location to the bottom of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
 TOP
Changes the elevation location to the top of pipe after specifying the elevation
change.
 Current
Keeps the center of the pipe as the current location after specifying the elevation
change.
BOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the bottom of pipe.
TOP
Enables you to change the elevation to the top of pipe.

 Change elevation by entering the elevation value (page 356)
 Change elevation by Pick (page 356)
 Change elevation by BOP (page 356)
 Change elevation by TOP (page 356)
CADWorx Plant 355

Misc Panel
Change elevation by entering the elevation value

1. Click Change Elevation on the Misc panel in the CADWorx Plant I tab.
2. Select the pipe requiring an elevation change.
3. Type the elevation value on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.
Change elevation by Pick

3. Type P on the command line, and then press ENTER.
4. Select a point in the drawing to move the piping elevation.
The length of pipe must exist in the specification or you get a response that the
piping length does not exist.
5. Select the location option (BOP, TOP, Current) to specify where to locate the changed
piping.
The piping elevation changes and places at the new location.
Change elevation by BOP

3. Type B on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the bottom of the pipe.
Change elevation by TOP

3. Type T on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The piping elevation changes to the top of the pipe.
CADWorx Plant 356

Misc Panel
Tap
CADWorx Plant I tab: Tap
Command line: TAP

Creates tap connections for use by Isogen. The tap connections are used for small branches.
After creating a tap connection for a component, piping can be routed from that point. The
CADWorx Isogen interface automatically processes numerous types of taps without needing a
tap connection. Only use a tap connection if Isogen reports a discontinuity.
Verify that the main size is set to the size of the tap before drawing this component.
Place a tap
1. Click Tap . Alternatively, type TAP on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point for the tap. This point is normally the inner most endpoint of the tapping
component.
3. Select a point on the center line of the component that is being taped.
The software places the tap.
Dim Adjustment
Plant menu: Utility Dim Adjustment
Command line: DIMADJUST
Adjusts a dimension when the pipe segments of a particular run have been adjusted or modified
with the ISO flag command. For more information, see ISO Flag (page 359). This command
works with the associate dimensioning setvar DIMASSOC on. The command also adjusts the
pipe’s stored xdata length. This is performed by using the dimension to adjust the pipe’s xdata.
You can adjust the pipe with Dimension option, or adjust the dimension with Pipe option. Both
options of this command read and write fractional characters used with the dimension routines.
Options
Dimension
Adjusts the pipe to match an existing dimension. Select the dimension, then select the
pipe’s centerline.
Pipe
Adjusts the dimension to match the stored length in the pipe’s xdata.
Line
Adjusts the pipe distance to match the length of a line that you select. CAD platform
dimension lines stop at the back of the arrow, so they are not typically a good choice for this
option.
Pick reference points
Adjusts the pipe distance based on two reference points that you select. This is the most
CADWorx Plant 357

Misc Panel
commonly used option and can be used to pick each end of a pipe.
For this option, the following prompts requests the selection of the pipe(s) that were adjusted.
Selection can be made by crossing, window or individually selecting the centerlines. Other
components which might have been selected with crossing or window are simply ignored. This
only detects adjusted pipe.
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Pipe.
3. Select the reference points for the pipe. Press ENTER to finish.
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension

1. Click Plant > Utility > Dim Adjustment. Alternatively, type DIMADJUST on the command
line, and press ENTER.
2. Select Dimension.
3. Select the dimension text. Press ENTER to finish.
CADWorx Plant 358

Misc Panel
Elbow Centerline
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Elbow Center Line
Command line: ELBOWCL

Turns on or off elbow centerlines for use with isometrics. When toggled on, it provides square
elbow centerlines which can be used for dimensioning. This also produces attractive isometrics.
ISO Flag
Plant menu: Utility > ISO Flag
Command line: ISOFLAG

Sets a flag in the component indicating that the present stored length should be used regardless
of what type of length modifications are made to the pipe component. This command only
affects pipes and nipples. This is useful when adjusting a pipe which is to be used in an
isometric. For example, if you use this command before stretching a pipe which was 120'-0" long
to 5'-0" long, the Bill of Material generator reflects a 120'-0" long piece of pipe.
The component’s xdata is flagged when using the CEDIT dialog box.
Re-associate the Components

CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx Interface Palette: Re-associate the Components
Command line: REASSOCIATEMODEL

If you have not purchased fieldPipe, you can only enter the command on the
command line.
Enables you to re-associate disconnected components.
Entire drawing
Re-associates the entire drawing.
Select components
Re-associates only the selected components.
Re-associate the Entire drawing

1. Click Re-associate the Components on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Entire drawing.
The entire drawing is re-associated.
CADWorx Plant 359

Misc Panel
Re-associate the Select components

1. Click Re-associate the Components on the on the CADWorx fieldPipe - CloudWorx
Interface palette. Alternatively, type REASSOCIATEMODEL on the command line, and
then press ENTER.
2. Select Select components.
3. Select the components you want to re-associate.
The components in the drawing are re-associated.
System Visibility
Command line: SYSVIS
Turns on or off visibility of components usually located on the system layer. The command
affects the components listed below.
 Weld gaps
 Pads / Saddles
 Bolts
 Gaskets
 TAPs
CADWorx Plant 360

SECTION 13
2D Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D
2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For 2DREP

more information, see 2D Representation (page 361).
2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D representation 2DREPH

with hidden lines. For more information, see 2D
Representation Hidden (page 363).
Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more VIEWBOX

information, see Box (page 364).
Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit VIEWEDIT
(page 365).
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (page 366).
Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. For ZOOMF

more information, see Zoom Factors (page 367).
2D Representation
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation
This ribbon option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Plant menu: Accessory > 2D Representation (Utility > 2D Representation in CADWorx
Equipment)
Command line: 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment)

Creates a two-dimension representation from a three-dimensional model. This command
removes hidden lines and retains layer and color information. It can work in model or paper
space. In model space, the 2D representation creates as an unnamed block that does not show
up in the CAD platforms Insert command. When you use the command in model space, the
created block displays at the zero elevation of the selected object. If you do not see the 2D
block, then the CADWorx object is overlapping the block. To see the 2D block you must move
the CADWorx object. CADWorx does not create a block when you use the command in paper
space.
CADWorx Plant 361

2D Panel
An alternate command, 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment), is also available.

This command exports the hidden lines from solids to the 2D representation. All other features
of this command are similar to the 2DREP command.
Solids
Generates 2D representations of native CAD platform 3D solids.
sOlids-and-centerlines
Generates 2D representations of native CAD platform 3D solids and copies selected center
lines to the 2D representation.
soLids-and-lines
Generates 2D representations of native CAD platform 3D solids and copies selected CAD
platform 3D Polyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline, and Helix to the 2D
representation.
Centerlines
Copies selected center lines to the 2D representation.
cEnterlines-and-lines
Copies selected center lines to the 2D representation and copies selected CAD platform 3D
Polyline, Arc, Circle, Ellipse, Leader, Line, Polyline, Spline and Helix to the 2D
representation.
 This command only processes native CAD platform solid and line entities that are typically
created by CADWorx. This command does not process any custom solid or line entities that
are created by other add-on CAD applications.
 If you are using AutoCAD 2015, you must have AutoCAD 2015 Service Pack 1 or higher for
the 2DREP command to function correctly.

 Create a 2D representation (page 363)
 Create a 2D representation with hidden lines (page 363)
CADWorx Plant 362

2D Panel
Create a 2D representation
1. Type 2DREP (EQUIP2DREP in CADWorx Equipment).
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs.
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the CAD
platform Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
2D Representation Hidden
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > 2D Representation Hidden
Plant Menu: Accessory > 2D Representation
Command line: 2DREPH

Creates a 2D representation with hidden lines. This command exports the hidden lines from
solids to the 2D representation. All other features of this command are similar to the 2DREP
command. For more information, see 2D Representation (page 361).
Create a 2D representation with hidden lines

1. Type 2DREPH (EQUIP2DREPH in CADWorx Equipment).
2. Select the objects to include in the 2D representation.
3. Select the filter option that meets your needs. For more information, see 2D Representation
(page 361).
If you are in paper space, the software asks if you want the viewports to be turned off.
4. Type Yes to turn off the viewports, or type No to leave the viewports on.
This option is useful when there are changes made to the model and the 2D
representation needs to be updated. You can turn on the viewport again using the CAD
platform Properties dialog box, and then run the command again.
CADWorx Plant 363

2D Panel
Box
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Box
Plant menu: Utility > View > Box
Command line: VIEWBOX

Displays the View Creation dialog box. This dialog box creates clipped views by defining a 3D
box. This command is useful in creating layout drawings in paper space.
View Creation Dialog Box
View set name
Specifies the overall set name for the views. Each view created is named based on this
name.
First corner point

Specify On-screen
Select a point in the model as the first corner point of the view box. Selecting a point in the
model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X
Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y
Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z
Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.
Second corner point

Specify On-screen
Select a point in the model as the second corner point of the view box. Selecting a point in
the model automatically fills in values for the X, Y, and Z boxes.
X
Specifies the X-axis value for the view box.
Y
Specifies the Y-axis value for the view box.
Z
Specifies the Z-axis value for the view box. The Z-axis value must be different for the first
and second corner points.
CADWorx Plant 364

2D Panel
Views
View Type
Indicates the orientation of the view.
Name
Specifies the view name. The default name is a combination of the View set name value
and the View Type. After you create the view set, the views display in the CAD platform
View dialog box.
Available
Indicates whether the view is included in the set. Select the checkbox to include the view.
Clear the checkbox to exclude the view.
Select All
Selects all of the check boxes in the Available column.
Delete All
Deletes all of the CAD platform views that were previously created with this view set, and
closes the dialog box.
Set Current
Sets the CAD platform window to the selected view.
Isolate Box
Hides all the CAD platform entities outside the view box. Entities that cross the boundaries
of the view box are not hidden.
Show All
Shows all of the entities in the drawing.
Edit
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Edit
Plant menu: Utility > View > Edit
Command line: VIEWEDIT

Edits the box created with the VIEWBOX command. Double-clicking an existing view box runs
this command. For more information, see Box (page 364).
CADWorx Plant 365

2D Panel
Zoom Lock
CADWorx Plant I tab: 2D > Zoom Lock
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Lock
Settings toolbar:
The Settings toolbar Zoom Lock option is only available in CADWorx Plant
Professional.
Command line: ZOOMLOCK

Locks the CAD platform ZOOM command to allow zooming in paper space only. This means
that while you are in paper space with the MSPACE command activated (the cursors are in the
Mview), you can zoom without resizing the model space viewport. Instead, this command
intercepts the ZOOM command and changes to paper space before zooming. When you are
finished zooming, the command returns the cursor and environment back to the Mview.
This command simplifies working on CADWorx isometrics.

 Turn on the zoom lock (page 366)
 Turn off the zoom lock (page 366)
Turn on the zoom lock

 Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled on.
Turn off the zoom lock

 Type ZOOMLOCK.
Paperspace zoom lock toggled off.
CADWorx Plant 366

2D Panel
Zoom Factors
Plant menu: Utility > Zoom Factors
This menu option is only available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
Command line: ZOOMF

Zooms an Mview to a specified scale. This command zooms to a perfect scale for your current
Mview. If you use this command from model space (tilemode 1), it displays a warning that
tilemode has to be set to 0 (paper space). After selecting the scale from one of the menus, a
prompt displays requesting the center of the view.
CADWorx Plant 367

SECTION 14
Bolt
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt
Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last AUTOGASKET

flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto Gasket
(page 368).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT

gasket. For more information, see Automatic (page 369).
Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the last butt AUTOWELD
weld drawn. For more information, see Auto Weld (page 370).
Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (page WELDTOTAL
371).
Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected STDBOLT

location. For more information, see Standard (page 372).
Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the selected NONSTDBOLT

location. For more information, see Non Standard (page 373).
Auto Gasket
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Gasket
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Gasket
Command line: AUTOGASKET

Places a gasket on flange sets, and valves.
Automatic
Places a gasket into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a gasket into the drawing manually.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules
(page 55).
CADWorx Plant 368

Bolt
Place a gasket automatically

1. Click Auto Gasket . Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Press ENTER for Automatic.
3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
4. Select the branches to add gaskets, or press ENTER to finish.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.
Place a gasket manually

1. Click Auto Gasket . Alternatively, type AUTOGASKET on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Type M on the command line, and press ENTER.
3. Select the flange set or flange and valve set.
5. Select a component to keep the position, or press ENTER to finish.
The gasket is placed.
Automatic
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Automatic
Command line: AUTOBOLT

Assigns stud bolt sets with similar sizes and specifications to all gaskets within the current
selection set. Gaskets of different sizes and specifications are automatically handled.
Automatic
Places a bolt into the drawing automatically.
Manual
Places a bolt into the drawing manually.
When the Bolt Insertion rule is turned on and you place a flange in the drawing
it does not have a bolt until you place a flange or a valve on the other side. Only then is the bolt
automatically inserted into the drawing when necessary.
This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules
(page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (page 58).
CADWorx Plant 369

Bolt
Place stud bolts automatically

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
The bolt is placed.
Place stud bolts manually

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTOBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select a flange set or flange and valve set.
The bolt is placed.
Auto Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Auto Weld
Plant Menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Auto Weld
Command line: AUTOWELD

Places weld gaps on every end of any butt weld and socket weld component or only on every
end of any butt weld when the component is selected. Three different scenarios can occur when
the weld gaps are placed:
1. When a weld gap is automatically placed on the end of a butt weld or socket weld
component, do one of the following to place the next component:
 Press ENTER to place the component at the weld gap.
 Pick the end point of the weld gap symbol.
2. When a component, such as a tee, is inserted into a pipe, and the weld gaps are placed at
each end of the tee, the weld gaps automatically break and cut back the pipe on both sides
of the tee. If one exists, the branch connection pipe is also broken.
3. When a component is placed against another component that cannot be cut back, a weld
gap must already exist. For example, if you are placing a flange against an elbow, the elbow
must have an existing weld gap. If not, the software places the flange against the elbow
without any gap. In this scenario, it is your responsibility to place a weld gap before placing
the flange.
Automatic
Places a weld gap into the drawing automatically.
Manual
CADWorx Plant 370

Bolt
Places a weld gap into the drawing manually.
 This option can also be set with a piping rule. For more information, see Piping Rules (page
55) and Apply Weld Insertion Rule (page 58).
 Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes Isogen to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit
(page 86). Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.
Place weld gaps automatically

1. Click Auto Weld . Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
4. Select branches to add welds, or press ENTER to finish.
The software displays the number of welds added.
Place weld gaps manually

1. Click Auto Weld . Alternatively, type AUTOWELD on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
3. Select the piping components where you want welds placed, and press ENTER when
finished.
The software displays the number of welds added.
Weld Total
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Weld Total
Command line: WELDTOTAL

Counts weld gaps on a drawing for estimating purposes.
 An example of the typical output is shown below. You can copy this information and paste it
into a text file or to a Microsoft Excel workbook.
Qty. Spec. Nominal Actual Thk. Linear Lg.
CADWorx Plant 371

Bolt
5 A0 2.000 2.375 0.154 37.310
4 A0 3.000 3.500 0.216 43.980
14 A1 10.000 10.750 0.365 472.810
1 A1 14.000 14.000 0.375 43.980
150 A1 2.000 2.375 0.154 1119.190
 The ability to export the drawing to a database using the DBFGEN or LIVEDB command
can also help manage weld gaps.
 Setting BOM Item Type to Misc causes Isogen to process weld gaps as field fit welds. For
more information about the options on the Component Edit dialog box, see Local Edit
(page 86). Use Isogen Option Switch 22 to increase cut piece add-on allowances for field fit
welds.
Count weld gaps automatically

1. Click Weld Total . Alternatively, type WELDTOTAL on the command line, and then
press ENTER.
2. Select the objects you want to have automatically counted, and then press ENTER.
The software displays a prompt showing the total number of welds in the drawing.
Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Standard
Command line: PLACEBOLT

Inserts stud bolt sets into the drawing environment for Bill of Materials extraction. You can insert
a stud bolt set anywhere in the drawing. However, stud bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. Size and specification must be set
accordingly.
If the bolt Weight equals 0.0 in the Stud Bolts data table, the software calculates the weight
using the Density value from the Material Table and the CAD platform solid volume of the
whole set of bolts.
If the bolt Weight is greater than 0.0, then the following applies:
 The software calculates the bolt weight as long as the bolt length calculated in the model is
longer than in the data table.
Bolt weight = (Actual bolt length / length value of the data table)*Weight value of the data table.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping
Rules (page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (page 58). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.
CADWorx Plant 372

Bolt
Place standard stud bolts

1. Click Standard . Alternatively, type PLACEBOLT on the command line, and then press
ENTER.
The bolts display in the drawing.
Non Standard
CADWorx Plant I tab: Bolt > Non Standard
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Non Standard
Command line: NONSTDBOLT

Inserts a stud bolt set anywhere. However, nonstandard bolt sets must be attached to a flange
set or flange valve set to be placed on the model. You can also insert special bolts. Size and
specification must be set accordingly.
This option is set when the bolt piping rule is set. For more information, see Piping
Rules (page 55) and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (page 58). If you need to change the bolt set by
the bolt piping rule, delete the bolt placed and place a bolt using this option.
Place nonstandard stud bolts

1. Click Non Standard . Alternatively, type NONSTDBOLT on the command line and then
press ENTER.
2. Type the required text. For example, you can type NON STD STUD BOLTS.
3. Type the required description. For example, you can type STUD BOLTS W/ DOUBLE
NUTS & WASHERS.
4. Type the stud diameter. You must enter the value as a real number, such as 5/8".
5. Type the length. You must enter a real number, such as 7.25 or 7-1/4".
6. Type the required stud value.
7. Type the required weight.
8. Type a string, a real number, or press ENTER to accept the default.
9. Type the value, or press ENTER to accept the default.
11. Use the compass to pick a direction in the drawing, and click to finish.
The bolt is placed in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 373

SECTION 15
RT Panel
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT
Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components AUTOROUTE, ROUTE

continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or
palette. For more information, see Auto Route (page 374).
Router - Provides routing lines with various options such as ROUTER

slope and elevation changes. For more information, see
Router (page 384).
Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTEBWLR

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (page
386).
Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTEBWSE

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR (page
386).
Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTETRHD

routing line. For more information, see Threaded (page
387).
Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected ROUTESW

routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld (page
387).
Auto Route
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Auto Route
Command Line: AUTOROUTE, ROUTE

You can also use the PIPW command to start routing pipe.
Starts the ROUTE in the X-Y plane as needed. This command can be used to route pipe from
one component to another without accessing the pipe, or elbow commands. The command is
best used to start a new route of pipe, but it also works to continue routing a previous section of
pipe. However, the most useful way to continue routing pipe is to use the + sign on the ends and
middle of the pipe. For more information on continuing routing, see Continue Routing (page
379).
CADWorx Plant 374

RT Panel
last point
Starts the pipe at the last point of the previously-created component.
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing. All components available
display in the list based on the main size you have set.
Slope
Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or negative).
Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does not
take effect until you select the next point. For example, select the Slope option, and then
select the next point of the pipe for a change to the new position. This option works in
conjunction with the sKew option and the Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule (page 59). When
placing turns or elbows, and you do not use the sKew option or turn on the trimmed elbow
rule, the software prompts you that trimmed elbows are not allowed, and the sloped pipe
does not place.
 Meter
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on millimeters.
 Foot
Places the slope rise or drop in the degrees entered based on feet.
 Rise
Defines the rise or drop to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9.
 Use previous setting
Uses the previous value entered for Meter, Foot, or Rise in the current drawing.
 Degrees
Places the slope rise or drop by the entered degrees, such as at a 45 degree angle.
 Projected Distance
CADWorx Plant 375

RT Panel
Specifies the projected distance from the start point of the slope to the end point on
the slope along the x-axis.
 Centerline Distance
Specifies the distance from the start point of the slope, as measured along the
centerline of the sloped pipe.
 Vertical Option
Changes the currently routing pipe vertical of the connecting sloped pipe. You must
use the sKew option or have the Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule (page 59) set to
Automatic for this option to work with sloped pipe.
 Auto Connect
Connects a sloped pipe to another component by selecting the component end
point in the 3D model space.
sKew
CADWorx Plant 376

RT Panel
Turns on the skew router. sKew works in conjunction with the Apply Skew Pipe Maximum
Angle rule to place the skew between the pipe and the connecting component based on this
value. For more information on the rule, see Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (page 65).
To use the skew router while routing sloped pipe, do the following:
1. Select sKew.
The software turns on the skew option.
2. Select Slope, and then route sloped pipe.
The router adds skews at the skewed locations on the routed piping.
Elevation
Starts the pipe perpendicular to the plane for routing.
Plane
Starts the component in the XYZ plane plotting based on the UCS. Type P on the command
line and press ENTER to reorient the compass direction.
Reference
Starts the line at a distance based on the reference point chosen.
Fitting mode
Starts the pipe as Buttweld, Socket Weld, Threaded, Flanged, or Special Endtype fitting
mode, depending on your selection.
elBow type
Enables you to select the elbow types based on the fitting mode you have selected. For
example, with Buttweld the list would be Long Radius Buttweld, Short Radius Buttweld,
or Miter Elbow Buttweld. However, for Socket Weld the list would be Elbow Socket Weld
and Miter Elbow Socket Weld. You can change the fitting mode of the router in the
CADWorx Spec View palette or with the Fitting mode option while routing. For more
information, see Draw pipe components (page 113).
 Show option
Displays the Optional component dialog box, so you can insert all available
elbows. When you select Show option, the software first prompts you for the 90
degree elbow type to route. After selection of a 90 degree elbow, the software
prompts you for elbows inserted at a different angle.
Undo
Undoes the last piece of routed pipe.
Connect
Connects to a component or other piece of pipe.
 Components
Displays all possible connecting directions to the component or pipe using an image
of piping.
 Lines
Displays specific lines in a box form for connecting to the component or pipe.
CADWorx Plant 377

RT Panel
Toggle length
Toggles the dimension of the pipe from the start point.
Alignment
Starts the pipe at a chosen alignment.
 Center
Center of pipe
 BOP
Bottom of pipe
 TOP
Top of pipe
 Left
Left of pipe
 Right
Right of pipe
TOP
Places the pipe along the top of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
BOP
Places the pipe along the bottom of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Additional Auto Routing Commands

AUTOROUTELR
Defaults to route long radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESR
Defaults to route short radius elbows.
AUTOROUTESW
Defaults to route socket weld piping.
AUTOROUTETHRD
Defaults to route threaded piping.
AUTOROUTEFLG
Defaults to route flanged piping components.
AUTOROUTESPECEND
Defaults to route special end piping components.

 Start a new route (page 379)
 Continue Routing (page 379)
CADWorx Plant 378

RT Panel
 Route skewed and sloped pipe (page 381)

 Route mitered elbows (page 382)
 Moveline (page 382)
 Replace a component in the model (page 383)
Start a new route

1. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and press ENTER.
2. Select a start point.
3. Select an end point, or select one of the options in the list.
CADWorx lets you continue routing pipe as needed, using the component List and other
options to allow you to route to components as needed.
4. When finished routing pipe, press ENTER.
The new pipe is inserted in the drawing.
Continue Routing
This procedure does not require a command to start. However, the ROUTE command used to
start new piping, can also be used to continue routing pipe.
The options below display when selecting the middle grip point on a pipe to insert a
component in an already routed piece of piping. If you select the grip point at the end of a piping
run the run just continues as a normal pipe with the options listed in Auto Route (page 374).
component List
Displays a list of available components to place in the drawing.
poinT distance
Enables you to specify a point on the pipe or component to move the selected component.
Component distance
Displays the distance from the selected component to the selected piping or component.
The distance measured to a specifically selected component can be changed by using
Point.
 Point
Enables you to change the distance from the selected component to another component
on the same linear pipe.
Pipe end point distance
Displays the distance measurement from the selected component to the end of the pipe.
Repeating the command changes the direction of the measurement to the opposite end of
the piping, where it connects to the next component.
CADWorx Plant 379

RT Panel
insertion Justification
Changes the justification of a selected component from the end of the piping. Justification
for the component is left, right, or center. Use the Pipe end point distance option by typing
P on the command line, which enables you to change the justification from either end of the
piping.
Change connection
Enables you to change the direction of a component. This option is only available on certain
components when using the List or component List option.
Flip direction
Enables you to flip the direction on a check valve.
 Turning on Auto Connect (page 281) allows you to continue routing from your last point
without having to click the grip point or without pressing ENTER. Turn off Auto Connect to
start from a different point, or to start a new point in the drawing.
 You can move components by typing MOVECOMPONENT on the command line. The
above options, as well as the TAB key, are available with the MOVECOMPONENT
command. You can move more than one component at a time with MOVECOMPONENT.
You can also move components around to the other side of an elbow.
 TAB key - Allows components to jump over other components in the piping after they
have been selected using the MOVECOMPONENT command.
 Piping can be moved and lengthened by using the MOVELINE command. For more
information, see Moveline (page 382).
Route from a grip point

1. In a model, click on the component you want to route from.

3. Continue to route pipe as needed in any direction, or select an option.
 As you click, the pipe stops at that point, and allows you to go in any other direction. Do not
click on the screen unless you want the pipe to stop.
 You can change a tee to a cross by selecting the plus grip point on the main at the
opposite side of the branch.
 You can add a pipe branch or nipple to a reducer with the plus grip point on the side.
CADWorx Plant 380

RT Panel
Route skewed and sloped pipe

1. Click Setup .
The CADWorx Plant Setup dialog box displays.
2. Select Piping Rules.
3. Select Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle.
4. Type an angle in the text box.
You can type a value of 1 to 179 for the angle. For more information, see Apply
Skew Pipe Maximum Angle (page 65).
5. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, type AUTOROUTE, or ROUTE on the command line,
and then press ENTER.
The routing options display on the command line.
7. To skew a pipe, type K or SKEW on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The software turns on the skew option.
Turn off the CAD platform ORTHO Mode to allow the piping to rotate 360
degrees.
8. Click the end point of the pipe to place the skewed piping.
OR
9. Type S or Slope on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The software displays the slope options on the command line.
For more information, see Auto Route (page 374).
10. Type the degrees of the slope, or select an option from the command line.
11. Follow the prompts based on your selection, or make another selection on the command
line based on your previous selection.
12. Click a point to place the first point.
The router continues.
13. Click another point to place a second pipe.
The software inserts the skewed and sloped pipe in the drawing.
You cannot skew pipe larger than the angle set in the Apply Skew Pipe
Maximum Angle rule. If you do, the following message displays: The skew pipe does not
allow an angle bigger than the maximum value of 15.0000°...
CADWorx Plant 381

RT Panel
Route mitered elbows

1. Click Auto Route . Alternatively, click the plus grip point to continue routing.
2. Type B on the command line or select elBow type.
The elbow type list displays.
3. Select Miter Elbow Buttweld. This selection is determined by the router type. Right-click
Pipe in the CADWorx Spec View palette to change the router type. For more information,
see Draw pipe components (page 113).
4. Route the piping.
The software routes mitered elbows.
If you stop routing and then start routing again on the same line, the software
continues to route mitered elbows. However, if you stop routing and start a new route from a
different location, the software resets the elbow type. If you want to only route one mitered
elbow, then you can use the component List and place an elbow from Elbows > Mitered
Elbow.
Moveline
Enables you to move, lengthen, or change the elevation of the piping in the plane.
Elevation
Enables you to move the elevation of the piping.
 Pick
Select the elevation point in the drawing to place the piping.
 BOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Bottom of Pipe.
 TOP
Places the piping in the elevation based on the Top of Pipe.
1. Select the piping.
The grip points display.
2. Select a grip point .
3. Move the piping as needed.
To move the piping in the elevation, type E on the command line and then follow the
prompts. The prompt options are listed above.
If an item is unable to move, a message displays on the command line.
CADWorx Plant 382

RT Panel
Replace a component in the model

Command Line: REPLACECOMPS
Cancel remaining
Cancels the remaining components selected for changes.
Skip
Skips a component selected for a change.
Highlighted only
Replaces only the highlighted component. If you select more than one component, the
software moves to the next component and prompts you for the component change.
All matching
Applies the change to all components along the selected path. For example, if you replace a
ball valve with a check valve, the software replaces any other selected ball valve along the
path.
Replace a component or group of components

1. Type REPLACECOMPS on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Select a component or group of components to replace, and then press ENTER.
You cannot use this command on pipe.
The software prompts you to Cancel Remaining, Skip, replace Highlighted component,
or replace All matching.
3. Select one of the four options.
4. Select the replacement component from the list.
Depending on the option you select (Cancel remaining, Skip, Highlighted only, All
matching), the software updates subsequent components with the replacement.
Displayed components follow the Spec View settings.
Replace a component without typing the command

1. In a model, click the component to replace.
2. Click the replace grip point .
A prompt displays with a list of available components.
Displayed components follow the Spec View settings.
3. Select the component from the list.
4. Click to pick a direction.
The component places and the software enables you to continue routing.
OR
The software places the component and the software ends the command.
CADWorx Plant 383

RT Panel
Router
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Router
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Router
Command line: ROUTER

Draws a 3D polyline for the previous welded, threaded, and socket automatic routing routines.
 If you are using known 3D points, the UCS must be at the world position: Type UCS on the
command line, and press ENTER.
 Unlike a normal 3D polyline, the elevation must be controlled with the Elevation option of
the Router command or the UCS position.
Slope
Specifies the known slope or drop per foot to the next point in degrees (positive or negative).
Alternatively, use one of the options listed below to define the slope. This option does not
take effect until the next point is selected. For example, select the Slope option and then
select the next point of the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
 Meter
Defines the rise or drop in millimeters per meter.
 Foot
Defines the rise or drop in inches per foot.
 Drop
Defines the drop to the next point as a real number, such as 1'-8
 Rise
Defines the rise to the next point as a real number, such as 2'-9.
 Continuous
Turns constant sloping on or off.
Position
Starts the 3D polyline at an elevated position. This option does not take effect until the next
point is selected. For example, select the Position option and then select the next point of
the 3D polyline for a change to the new position.
 Nominal
Determine the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
 Size
Determines the present size used by the BOP or TOP option.
 BOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size upward.
CADWorx Plant 384

RT Panel
 TOP
Draws the 3D polyline one-half the present set size downward.
 Centerline
Default when starting this routine. You can change to the bottom of pipe BOP
option, then change back with this option.
Reference
Starts the line at a given distance from a reference point. After you provide this reference
point, you must provide relative/polar coordinates with an @ location.
Elevation
Changes the elevation in conjunction with the present UCS coordinate system. The
elevation change can be expressed using a positive or a negative number.
 World
Specifies the elevation in the world coordinate system.
 Pick
Establishes the working elevation based on a point selected in the drawing. You can
use object snap, if necessary.
Undo
Removes the last 3D polyline segment, and prompts you to enter the next point.
Specify next point
Selects the next point along the 3D polyline segment. Press ENTER to end the selection.
Router commands
The CADWorx Plant auto route commands listed below provide a quick and effective way of
drawing pipe. You can draw long radius, short radius, threaded, or socket weld pipe.
 Buttweld LR (page 386)
 Buttweld SR (page 386)
 Threaded (page 387)
 Socket Weld (page 387)
All commands have the same options.
CADWorx Plant 385

RT Panel
Buttweld LR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld LR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld LR
Command line: ROUTEBWLR

Draws a long radius pipe.
Elbows only
Draws only elbows on a particular pipe run.
Pick points
Draws pipe and elbows on a particular pipe run. The software first prompts you to select a
starting point. Afterwards, you select a location point for each elbow you want to place,
followed by an ending location. Press ENTER to finish the command. Pipe and elbows are
drawn along each construction point.
 An elbow is not placed at the starting and ending locations.

 The Elbows only and Pick points options allow you to select location points only, not
polylines.
Select polyline
Builds pipe and elbows based on polyline selection. This option also provides rolling offsets.
For information on 3D polyline construction, see Router (page 384).
Buttweld SR
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Buttweld SR
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Buttweld SR
Command line: ROUTEBWSR

Draws a short radius pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points

polylines.
CADWorx Plant 386

RT Panel
Select polyline
Threaded
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Threaded
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Threaded
Command line: ROUTETHRD

Draws threaded pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points

polylines.
Select polyline
Socket Weld
CADWorx Plant I tab: RT > Socket Weld
Plant Menu: Accessory > Auto Route > Socket Weld
Command line: ROUTESW

Draws socket weld pipe.
Elbows only
Pick points
CADWorx Plant 387

RT Panel

polylines.
Select polyline
CADWorx Plant 388

SECTION 16
Bill of Material Panel

Provides commands to run bill of materials on your drawings.
Setup
Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. For more
information, see BOM Setup (page 390).
Command line: BOMSETUP
Run
Displays a list of options to generate a Bill of Material. For more information, see Run (page
398).
Modify
Edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog. For more information, see Bill of Material
Template Creation and Modification (page 393).
Tag
Displays a list of options to for tags. For more information, see Tag (page 404).
Export
Exports the steel Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. For
more information, see Export Bill of Material (page 405).
Command line: BOMEXPORT
Delete
Deletes all entities designated for Bill of Material. For more information, see Delete Bill of
Material (page 406).
Command line: BOMDELETE
CADWorx Plant 389

BOM Setup
CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Setup
Plant menu: Plant > Bill of Material > Setup
Command line: BOMSETUP

Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to any style or layout that you need. Using this dialog
box, you can specify column widths, provide the schedule direction (up or down), provide user
specified headings for columns, allow alignment of columns, and the selection of different
entries into the schedule. You can arrange the columns in any order.
Bill of Material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.

 BOM Template (page 390)
 Bill of Material Settings (page 391)
 Bill of Material Template Creation and Modification (page 393)
 BOM Transfer (page 395)
 Add or remove properties from BOM (page 397)
 BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (page 396)
 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (page 397)
BOM Template
Allows you to create, modify, delete, transfer, or set the current Bill of Material (BOM) schedule
template. You can click Settings to define the bill of material settings.
Current BOM Template
Lists the BOM template currently in use. If you have not defined a template or have not set
one current, then this is blank.
BOM Template
Lists the created templates. You can select a template in this list and set it to the current
BOM used by Plant, as well as modify, transfer, or delete a template from the list.
Unit
Sets the units for creating a BOM template. You can set Imperial for English/Inch units, or
Metric for Metric/Metric and Metric/Inch units.
Set Current
Sets the selected BOM Template to be used when running a bill of materials.
CADWorx Plant 390

New
Displays the Create new BOM template dialog box allowing you to name the template, as
well as create a new template from a clone.
 New Template Name
Specifies the name of the bill of material template.
 Continue
Accepts the name of the bill of material template and displays the BOM Template
Creation.
 Cloned from
Specifies a template to clone the information from.
Modify
Modifies a selected template using the BOM Template Creation dialog box.
Delete
Deletes the select template from the BOM Template list.
Transfer
Imports and exports data from created templates. For more information, see BOM Transfer
(page 395).
Settings
Displays the Settings dialog box where you can adjust the direction and spacing of the
schedule. You can also adjust the grid factor, the optimization, the radius factor, the spacing
factor, and the weight and area precision of the tags. For more information, see Bill of
Material Settings (page 391).
Bill of Material Settings

Sets the settings that apply to a bill of material when you run Total, Single, or Cut
Schedule
 Up
Places the bill of materials schedule in the upward direction with the column headings at
the bottom.
 Down
Places the bill of materials schedule in the downward direction with the column
headings at the top.
 Text Size
Specifies the size of the text in the bill of material schedule.
 Spacing
CADWorx Plant 391

Controls the spacing on the bill of material schedule.

 Bolt Control
Specifies bolt placement in the CADWorx Plant bill of material schedules.
 0
Places the quantity for a set in the pre-CADWorx 2002 format, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = (8) Studs with nuts.
 1
Places the quantity for total bolts, and strips the set number from the long
description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 3/4", LONG_DESC = Studs with nuts.
 2
Places the quantity for a set, the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends
the bolt diameter to the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 4, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = (8) 3/4" Studs with nuts.
 3
Places the quantity for total bolts, strips the set number from the long description,
places the alpha size based on the flange size, and appends the bolt diameter to
the long description, such as:
QUANTITY = 32, ALPHA_SIZE = 12", LONG_DESC = 3/4" Studs with nuts.
When this option is set to 1 or 3, the long description of the bolt must contain the
number of bolts in the set enclosed by parenthesis. The software uses the value in parenthesis
as the new quantity. The number is then automatically removed from the long description when
displayed in the material list.
Tags
 Grid Factor
Controls the bill of material tag grid density on the drawing.
When you set Optimize to 2, you can set the Grid Factor to 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, or
3.0.
 Optimize
Specifies the tagging algorithm used for the bill of material.
 0
The tagging algorithm is off.
 1
The algorithm is on, but does not stack any tags.
 2
The algorithm is on, but only works on pipe.
 Radius Factor
Controls the radius of tag bubbles. Bubbles are sized using this factor multiplied by the
CADWorx Plant 392

CAD platform setvar TEXTSIZE.

 Spacing Factor
Controls how far bill of materials bubbles are spaced from the model or components
within the drawing.
 Weight and Area Precision
Controls the number of decimal places that display on the Bill of Material for both
Weight and Area measurements.
Bill of Material Template Creation and Modification

Defines or edits the Bill of Material (BOM) schedule template. The template is stored in the
configuration file listed at the top of the dialog.
Available Columns
Lists all the information that you can include in the BOM. These columns can be added to
any schedule template in any order using drag and drop.
 CADWorx Plant list
Lists the data you can display in a bill of material for CADWorx Plant components.
You can drag-and-drop the data you want to the Selected Columns list.
 CADWorx Structure list
Lists the data you can display in a bill of material for CADWorx Structure
components. You can drag-and-drop the data you want to the Selected Columns
list.
 CADWorx HVAC list
Lists the data you can display in a bill of material for CADWorx HVAC components.
You can drag-and-drop the data you want to the Selected Columns list.
 CADWorx Equipment list
Lists the data you can display in a bill of material for CADWorx Equipment
components. You can drag-and-drop the data you want to the Selected Columns
list.
 Nozzle Schedule list
Lists the data you can display in a bill of material for Nozzle Schedules. You can
drag-and-drop the data you want to the Selected Columns list.
Selected Columns
Shows all the columns that have been selected and their order of appearance in the
schedule from left (top of list box) to right (bottom of list box). Use Sort Order to set the
order by which these columns are sorted.
Report Filter
Allows you to select the filter options for the BOM template.
 LAYER
Lists the layers under the Filter Options.
CADWorx Plant 393

 COMPONENT_TYPE
Lists the component types under the Filter Options.
 COMMAND_OPTIONS
Lists the command line options under the Filter Options.
See Filter Options below for detail on each report filter.
Column Option
Alignment
Specifies the text alignment for the selected column.
Column title
Specifies the text heading for the selected column.
Column width
Specifies the width for the selected column.
Filter Options
Layers
Select a layer name to show the components on that layer in the BOM output. Clear the
Existing layer if it contains components that you do not want to show in the BOM output.
Any cleared layer name does not show components on that layer in the BOM output. Select
All to include all components based on all layers in the bill of material. Double-click to clear
the All check box and clear all layer options. Double-click a component in the model to
check the layer in the properties.
Plant Layers
_150 0 Bom Border CADWorx 1 CADWorx 2
CI CI_HVAC Clash Dim1 Dim2 Equip
Exist Graph HVAC PSC_Bom Supports System
Text TopWorks Viewl VolumeArea
Structure Layers
AISC Base Plate Beams Bom CI_Steel Columns
Concrete Decking Dim1 Dim2 Existing Footings
Graph Grating Grid Grid Lines Grout Gusset Plate

Bubbles
Handrail Horizontal Ladders Pier Slab Stairs

Bracing
CADWorx Plant 394

Structur System Text Vertical Wall

al Plate Bracing
Component Type
Select a component type to show the components of that type in the BOM output. Clear
component types that you do not want to show in the BOM output.
Piping Steel/Structure Piping HVAC Concrete Pipe Support
Equipment Equipment Nozzle
Command Options
Select a command option to show those selected command options in the BOM output.
Clear command options that you do not want to show in the BOM output.
Assembly Line Number
Sort Order
Controls the sort order and accumulation of steel components in the BOM. For more
information, see BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box (page 396).
BOM Transfer
Export tab
Exports all BOM templates to an XML file.
Select file path
Specifies the file path of the exported BOM template and exports the template upon saving
to that selected location. Click the ellipsis to export the BOM template.
Import tab
Imports BOM template XML files.
Select file path
Specifies the file path of BOM template to import. Click the ellipsis to select a BOM template
for import.
Import
Imports the BOM template file.
Full Import
Imports all BOM templates and settings from the BOM template file. If you do not want to
import all BOM Templates and settings, then you can clear this option, and then clear the
Settings and any of the listed templates that you do not want to import.
 Settings
Imports the settings of the exported BOM template.
 List of templates
CADWorx Plant 395

Imports any BOM template listed.

Overwrite existing items
Overwrites existing BOM templates of the same name with that templates content data.
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box

Controls the sort order of the BOM. Columns that you place in the BOM Columns Selected list
are used to sort the BOM starting with the top column, then the second column, and so forth.
Use Move Up and Move Down to change the order in which the BOM is sorted.
This dialog box also controls the accumulation of structural components. For example, if two
members have different Short Annotation values and you do not want these to accumulate,
Short Annotation would have to be added to the BOM Columns Selected list.
BOM Columns Available
Lists all the information on a member that you can use to sort the BOM. These columns can
be used to sort using Add.
 CADWorx Plant list
Lists the data you can sort in a BOM for CADWorx Plant components. You can drag
and drop the option you want to the Selected Columns list.
 CADWorx Structure list
Lists the data you can sort in a BOM for CADWorx Structure components. You can
drag and drop the option you want to the Selected Columns list.
 CADWorx HVAC list
Lists the data you can sort in a BOM for CADWorx HVAC components. You can
drag and drop the option you want to the Selected Columns list.
 CADWorx Equipment list
Lists the data you can sort in a BOM for CADWorx Equipment components. You
can drag and drop the option you want to the Selected Columns list.
 Nozzle Schedule list
Lists the data you can sort in a BOM for Nozzle Schedules. You can drag and drop
the option you want to the Selected Columns list.
Add and Remove
Moves selected columns between the BOM Columns Available and BOM Columns
Selected lists. You can also move a column to the other list by drag-and-drop.
BOM Columns Selected
Shows all the columns that have been selected for sorting and their sort order. Click a
column, and then drag-and-drop it to adjust the order.
Ascending and Descending
Defines the sort order in the BOM. Select a column in the BOM Columns Selected list, and
then click Ascending to sort from small numbers to larger numbers (1 to 100) and from
A to Z.. Click Descending to sort from large numbers to smaller numbers (100 to 1) and
Z to A.
CADWorx Plant 396

Change the BOM sorting and accumulation

1. Click Setup on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.
The Bill of Material Template dialog box displays.
2. Create a new template or select a template and click Modify.
3. Click Sort Order.
The BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Control Setup dialog box displays.
4. Move the columns that you want to sort with to the BOM Columns Selected list.
5. Click and drag an item to specify which columns are sorted first in the BOM.
6. Select a column and use the Ascending and Descending options to control how
information in that column is sorted. Ascending means sorting from small numbers to larger
numbers (1 to 100) and from A to Z. Descending is large number to smaller (100 to 1) and Z
to A.
7. Click OK on the BOM Sort Order dialog box.
8. Click OK on the Bill of Material Template dialog box.
Add or remove properties from BOM

1. Click Setup on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMSETUP in the command line.
The BOM Template dialog box displays.
2. Click New.
If you have an existing BOM template, you can select it in the BOM Template list,
and then click Modify.
The Create new BOM Template dialog box displays.
3. Type a name for the BOM template and select a clone if you already have one created that
you want to clone from.
4. Click Continue.
5. To add a property to the BOM, drag-and-drop the property in the Columns Available list to
the Selected Columns list.
Use the Column title, Column width, and Alignment to define the column heading
text, the column width, and the column alignment respectively.
6. To remove a property from the BOM, drag-and-drop the property from the Selected
Columns list into the BOM Columns Selected list.
7. To move items up or down, select the item in the Selected Column list, and then drag it up
or down to place it above or below another listed item.
CADWorx Plant 397

8. Select each Report Filter, and then select the Filter Options required for each one.
9. Click OK.
10. Click Close.
Run
Provides commands to produce a bill of materials.
Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with BOMTOTAL

one tag for a total length of members in each size. For
more information, see Total Bill of Material (page 398).
Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing BOMCUT

each object with a length and a tag. For more information,
see Cut Bill of Material (page 401).
Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with BOMSINGLE

each selected object on a line by itself. For more
information, see Single Bill of Material (page 402).
Total Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Run > Total
Command line: BOMTOTAL

Generates a Bill of Material schedule with one tag for a total length of members in each size.
Identical long annotation items are accumulated in the length column. For example, if you select
two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
MARK QTY LONG ANNOTATION LENGTH WEIGHT
1 1 W14X74 240.00 1480.00
TOTAL WEIGHT: 1480.00
Bill of material lengths are based on DIMLFAC, DIMDEC, and DIMLUNIT.

Counter
Select this option to start the tag counter at any positive nonzero integer. When set, the
command resumes requesting that you pick Manual placement or Automatic placement
of tags.
Manual placement
CADWorx Plant 398

Select to insert tags manually. You are prompted for the tag location. The software adds a
rubber band line attached to the component extending to the specified tag location. You
must continue specifying locations until the last component’s tag has been placed.
Automatic placement
Select to have CADWorx insert tags automatically. In model space, CADWorx places the
tag in the direction (tag to component) provided. In paper space, this prompt does not
appear if the tag optimization is on. For more information, see Bill of Material Settings (page
391).
CADWorx performs special optimization for automatic tag placement while in paper
space only. This optimization places tags in non-overlapping positions and is controlled by the
Optimize variable in the current settings.

 Total BOM using Automatic placement (page 399)
 Total BOM using Manual placement (page 399)
Total BOM using Automatic placement

1. Click Run > Total on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.
2. Select the Automatic placement option.
3. Enter the placement angle for the tag.
4. Specify a point in the drawing for the upper right corner of the BOM schedule.
5. Select the members to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are
finished.
The software generates the BOM.
Total BOM using Manual placement

1. Click Run > Total on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMTOTAL in the command line.
2. Select the Manual placement option.
finished.
5. Specify the tag location for each component you selected.
CADWorx Plant 399

CADWorx Plant 400

Cut Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Run > Cut
Command line: BOMCUT

Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing each object with a length and a tag. Identical items
are accumulated in the quantity column. For example, if you select two W14X74 components
that are both 120 feet long, the BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
1 2 W14X74 120.00 1480.00

Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
391).

 Cut BOM using Automatic placement (page 402)
 Cut BOM using Manual placement (page 402)
CADWorx Plant 401

Cut BOM using Automatic placement

1. Click Run > Cut on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.
finished.
Cut BOM using Manual placement

1. Click Run > Cut on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMCUT in the command line.
finished.
Single Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Run > Single
Plant menu: Plant > Bill of Material > Run > Single
Command line: BOMSINGLE

Generates a Bill of Material schedule with each selected object having its own line in the
schedule. For example, if you select two W14X74 components that are both 120 feet long, the
BOM looks like this:
BILL OF MATERIALS
1 1 W14X74 120.00 740.00
2 1 W14X74 120.00 740.00
CADWorx Plant 402


Counter
of tags.
Manual placement
Automatic placement
391).

 Single BOM using Automatic placement (page 403)
 Single BOM using Manual placement (page 404)
Single BOM using Automatic placement

1. Click Run > Single on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.
finished.
CADWorx Plant 403

Single BOM using Manual placement

1. Click Run > Single on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type BOMSINGLE in the command line.
finished.
Tag
Provides commands to produce a bill of materials.
Toggle - Toggle Bill of Material tags in the schedule on TAGTOGGLESTR \

and off. For more information, see Tag Toggle Bill of TAGTOGGLE
Location - Relocates a tag. For more information, see TAGLOCATESTR \

Tag Location. TAGLOCATE
Insert - Places tags on the drawing without having to run TAGINSERT

the main Bill of Material generator. For more information,
see Insert Tag (page 405).
Tag Toggle Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Tag > Toggle
Command line: TAGTOGGLE

Toggle Bill of Material tags in the schedule on and off.
 Click Tag > Toggle on the Bill of Material panel.
You can also type TAGTOGGLE in the command line.
CADWorx Plant 404

Tag Location
CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Tag > Location
Plant menu: Utility> Nozzle Schedule> Tag> Location
Command line: TAGRELOCATE

Relocates a tag. This command is useful when tags are placed on top of each other. Optionally,
this command deletes the connector line from the item mark to the component. This is useful
when multiple items are required for one location, such as gaskets and bolts associated with a
flange.
Tags and the associated leader lines are grouped. This makes them easier to
manipulate. You can use the CAD platform Group command to un-group the items and
manually rearrange them.
Insert Tag
CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Tag > Insert
Plant menu: Plant > Bill of Material > Tag > Insert
Command line: TAGINSERT

Places tags on the drawing without having to run the main Bill of Material generator. The tag is
scaled according to the present text size.
Export Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Export BOM
Command line: BOMEXPORT

Exports the Bill of Material schedule to an external file format that you specify. The schedule for
the Bill of Material is defined using BOM Setup (page 390). CADWorx can export the Bill of
Material schedules to:
 Access file (*.mdb)
 Excel file (*.xls)
 Text file (*.txt)
 HTML file (*.htm)
When exporting data to Microsoft Excel, numeric data is exported as text and is preceded by a
single quote. This single quote prevents you from totaling the column in Excel. To correct this in
Excel, select the column and then select Data > Text To Columns. Step through the wizard
selecting the Delimited option and Tab as the Delimiter check box. This changes the data from
text to numbers. In Imperial/Inch settings, length is exported in feet and inches, which cannot be
totaled in Excel. To export length in decimal format, change the current CAD platform Dimension
Style settings Primary Units format to decimal.
An additional command called BOMEXTERNAL is available to export a project
database to a file based on the columns chosen in the BOMSETUP.
CADWorx Plant 405

1. Click Export BOM in the Bill of Material panel.

You can also type BOMEXPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want a Cut, Total, or Single BOM.
3. Select the objects to include in the BOM. Right-click or press ENTER when you are finished.
4. In the Save as type box, select the file format that you want.
5. Type the file name, and specify the folder location.
6. Click Save.
Delete Bill of Material

CADWorx Plant tab: Bill of Material panel > Delete
Command line: BOMDELETE

Deletes all entities that are on the layer designated for Bill of Materials in the current
configuration settings. This option cannot be used for deleting partial tags or for deleting the
schedule only.
 Click Delete on the Bill of Material panel.

You can also type BOMDELETE in the command line.
Import Pipe Bill of Material

Plant menu: Bill of Material > Import
Command line: BOMIMPORT

Imports a database into a Bill of Material schedule on the present drawing. The schedule is
generated using the BOMSETUP parameters. You can import only Access files (*.mdb) formats
created with the DBFGEN command. For more information, see Export Pipe (page 273).
This command cannot be used to import data from the files generated with the BOMEXPORT
command because BOMEXPORT exports only partial field information. BOMIMPORT command
expects all the fields to be present.
1. Select Plant > Bill of Material > Import.
You can also type BOMIMPORT in the command line.
2. Specify if you want a Cut length, Total length, or Single item BOM.
3. Select to use the current database or to select another database. The current database
displays in the command line area.
4. Select the upper right corner location of the Bill of Material in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 406

SECTION 17
Dimension Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions
Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set of AUTODIM

components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (page 408).
Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more DIMH

information, see Horizontal (page 409).
Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more information, DIMV

see Vertical (page 409).
Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set ELEV
(page 410).
Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more information, DIMR

see Rotated (page 410).
Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal dimensions DIMTAILH

on objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Horizontal with Tail (page 411).
Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on DIMTAILV

objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Vertical with Tail (page 411).
Change - Changes the elevation. For more information, see CHANGEELEV

Change (page 412).
Component - Places component annotation. For more ANOTCOMP

information, see Component (page 412).
Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For ANOTELEV

more information, see Elevation (page 413).
Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user DIMCOORD

coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For more
information, see Coordinates (page 414).
CADWorx Plant 407

Dimension Panel
Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension extension TICK

line the gasket is on. For more information, see Tick Mark
(page 415).
ISO Text - Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in

paper space when working with isometrics. For more
information, see ISO Text (page 416).
Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching it TEXTHEIGHT

with other text. For more information, see Height (page 416).
Automatic
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Automatic
Plant menu: Dimension > Automatic
Command line: AUTODIM

Automatically creates dimensions for a set of components that you select. Options to set the
offset distance and whether to include flanges are also provided.
Options
Flange
Dimensions flange faces. You specify whether flange dimensioning is turned On or Off.
Offset
Specifies the distance from the dimension line to the component.
Selection
Starts the dimensioning process.
Place automatic dimensions

1. Click Automatic . Alternatively, type AUTODIM on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type S on the command line, and press ENTER to select objects to dimension.
3. Select the objects to dimension. Press ENTER when you are finished.
4. Select the centroid for the dimensions. For example, if you selected two pieces of parallel
pipe with elbows attached to each end to dimension, and then selected a point between the
two pieces of pipe, the software would place the dimension lines to the outside.
The software displays the dimensions.
If you try to place automatic dimensions on two pieces of parallel pipe with no elbows,
an error code displays. Combined components must have at least one turn.
CADWorx Plant 408

Dimension Panel
Horizontal
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Horizontal
Command line: DIMH

Places horizontal dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the
sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Place horizontal dimensions

1. Click Horizontal . Alternatively, type DIMH on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the origin location for the first extension line.
3. Select the origin location for the second extension line.
The software continues to prompt you for extension lines.
4. Type D on the command line, and press ENTER to end the sequence.
5. Select a location for the dimension line.
6. Press ENTER, or type a new value for the dimension.
The software displays the dimension.
Vertical
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Vertical
Command line: DIMV

Places vertical dimensions. You are prompted for the points to dimension. To end the sequence,
you must type D for dimension line.
Place vertical dimensions

1. Click Vertical . Alternatively, type DIMV on the command line, and press ENTER.
CADWorx Plant 409

Dimension Panel
Set
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Set
Plant menu: Utility > Elevation > Set
Command line: ELEV

Places piping at a preset elevation. This is the standard CAD platform Elev command. When
using this option, remember to place the elevation back to 0'-0" for the proper elevation
placement of all future components. Use this command with caution. An alternative is to use the
Flat (page 452) command built into CADWorx (VIEWFLAT).
Refer to the CAD platform documentation for complete details regarding this command (ELEV).
Set the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Set on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type ELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select a point in the drawing to specify a new elevation.
3. Select a second point in the drawing.
4. Enter a thickness value.
Piping is now at the new elevation.
Remember to set it back to 0'-0" when you are finished with the new elevation.
Rotated
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Rotated
Plant menu: Dimension > Multiple > Rotated
Command line: DIMR

Places rotated dimensions. You are prompted for the angle of rotation and the points to
dimension. To end the sequence, you must type D for dimension line.
Place rotated dimensions

1. Click Rotated . Alternatively, type DIMR on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type the dimension angle, or select two points to indicate the angle.
CADWorx Plant 410

Dimension Panel

Horizontal with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Horizontal with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Horizontal
Command line: DIMTAILH

Places tailed horizontal dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.
Place horizontal tailed dimensions

1. Click Horizontal with Tail . Alternatively, type DIMTAILH on the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the reference point for the dimension.
3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.
Vertical with Tail

CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Vertical with Tail
Plant menu: Dimension > Tailed > Vert
Command line: DIMTAILV

Places tailed vertical dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference point. To end this
sequence, press ENTER or SPACE.
Place vertical tailed dimensions

1. Click Vertical with Tail . Alternatively, type DIMTAILV on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the reference point for the dimension.
3. Select the origin point, or press ENTER to end.
4. Select the location for the dimension.
5. Press ENTER to end the sequence.
When you run this command a second time, you have the option to either reselect the
reference point or use the previous reference point.
CADWorx Plant 411

Dimension Panel
Change
CADWorx Plant II: Dimensions > Change
Command line: CHANGELEV

Moves all selected entities (blocks, lines, polylines and so on) to a new elevation in reference
with the world coordinate system. You can also change a component elevation to 1/2 its actual
outside diameter.
Arbitrary
Places the component anywhere in the drawing.
BOP Correction
Aligns the pipe bottom with the center of the connected piece.
Change the Elevation

1. Click the CADWorx Plant II tab, and then click Change on the Dimensions panel.
Alternatively, type CHANGEELEV on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Press ENTER to select the default.
3. Select a point in the drawing, or enter a numerical value.
5. Select the needed objects for elevation, and press ENTER.
The component appears at the new elevation.
Component
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Component
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Component
Command line: ANOTCOMP

Places component annotation.
Options
Tag
Annotates the component with its tag.
Long
Annotate the component with its long description and appends the size to the front.
CADWorx Plant 412

Dimension Panel
Short
Annotates the component with its short description and appends the size to the front.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the CAD platform standards. For more
information please refer to the CAD platform documentation.
Leader
Adds a leader to the text.
Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Place component annotation

1. Click Component . Alternatively, type ANOTCOMP on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the annotation type.
3. Select the component to annotate.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Elevation
Plant menu: Text > Annotate > Elevation
Command line: ANOTELEV

Places component elevation annotation.
Options
BOP
Labels the bottom of the pipe elevation.
TOP
Labels the top of the pipe elevation.
Centerline
Labels the centerline elevation.
Justify
Allows five different justifications according to the CAD standards. For more information
please refer to the CAD documentation.
Leader
CADWorx Plant 413

Dimension Panel
Adds a leader to the text.

Start point
Specifies the starting point for the text.
Place component elevation annotation

1. Click Elevation . Alternatively, type ANOTELEV on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the component to annotate elevation.
3. Specify the elevation option to use.
The software displays a rubber band to the selected component.
4. Select the start point, or set up the leader line and justification.
5. Type the rotation angle, or select two points to specify the angle.
The software displays the annotation.
Coordinates
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Coordinates
Plant menu: Dimension > Coordinates
Command line: DIMCOORD

Places coordinates in either a user coordinate system or a world coordinate system. You can
place the text at the coordinate with or without a leader.
TEXTSIZE is controlled by DIMSCALE and DIMTXT.
Options
Leader
Places a leader.
Other point
Places the dimension text in an alternate location without a leader.
Same point
Places the dimension text at the same location which is picked without a leader.
Centerline
Places the dimension text either with a north or east designation. This option labels a
vertical dimension as east and a horizontal dimension as north.
The following CAD platform setvars affect the dimensioning routines: DIMALT,
DIMALTD, DIMALTF, DIMASZ, DIMBLK, DIMEXE, DIMEXO, DIMLFAC, DIMTXT, DIMZIN,
DIMSCALE, LUNITS, LUPREC, and UNITMODE.
CADWorx Plant 414

Dimension Panel
Place coordinates
1. Click Coordinates . Alternatively, type DIMCOORD on the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. If necessary, press ENTER, or type Y on the command line and press ENTER, to change to
the world coordinate system.
3. Select an extension line point.
4. Select an option.
5. Follow the prompts to place the coordinates.
The coordinates display.
Tick Mark
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dimensions > Tick Mark
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Tick Mark
Command line: TICK

Shows which side of the dimension extension line the gasket is on.
This command is dependent upon the DIMSCALE being set properly. For example; if the gasket
thickness was set to 1/8" and the scale of the drawing was set to full, the distance from the
extension line to the tick mark would be 1/8". If the scale of the drawing was set to 3/4"=1'-0",
the distance from the tick mark to the extension line would be 3/8". This insures that the tick
mark is visible on a plotted drawing.
The initial prompt allows you to set the thickness, but does not appear again during the single
drawing session. Changing the thickness is allowed in the next prompt.
Place tick marks

1. Click Tick Mark . Alternatively, type TICK on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Type the thickness, or press ENTER to accept the default.
3. Type C on the command line, and press ENTER if you need to change the thickness.
4. Type a value for the thickness.
5. Select the point.
6. Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
7. Select the gasket side.
8. Select the extension line.
9. Select a direction parallel with the extension line.
10. Select the gasket side.
The software displays the tick mark.
CADWorx Plant 415

Dimension Panel
ISO Text
Plant menu: Text > ISO Text
Creates 0, 30, and 330 oblique angled text in paper space when working with isometrics. These
commands are similar to the CAD platforms DTEXT command.
Height
Plant menu: Text > Height
Command line: TEXTHEIGHT

Changes the height of selected text by matching it with other text. This is useful when you are
zoomed to an unknown factor in paper space.
Options
Entire drawing
Chooses all text on the drawing.
Layer
Specifies a layer for selection. CADWorx’s default text layer is TEXT.
Selection
Matches the height of text that you select.
CADWorx Plant 416

SECTION 18
Graphics / Pipe Ends

CADWorx Plant II tab: Graphics / Pipe Ends
Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you can SECTIONS
select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Section (page 421).
Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can select DETAILS
a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Detail (page 422).
Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select a PLANS
plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more information,
see Plan (page 423).
Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which you INSTRUMENTS

can select an instrument graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Instrument (page 424).
Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can select ELEVATIONS
an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Elevation (page 425).
Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can select ARROWS
an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Arrow (page 426).
Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which you WELDS
select a weld symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Weld (page 427).
ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which you ISOS
can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see ISO (page 429).
Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can select a DOTS
weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Dots (page 431).
Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you can MISC
select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Misc (page 432).
CADWorx Plant 417

Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange ENDFLG

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (page 434).
Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN

of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (page 434).
Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN

end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden End (page
435).
Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end ENDPIPE

of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (page 435).
Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket FITTINGWIDTH

weld, and threaded fittings. For more information, see Fitting
Width (page 436).
Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for single-line LINEWIDTH
components. For more information, see Single Line Width
(page 436).
Each of the Graphics commands opens a related dialog box, which is used to preview and
select a graphic for placement in the drawing. A drawing file is used to display the preview
graphic in the dialog box. These graphic drawing files are delivered to the [Product
Folder]\Support folder. They can be modified to meet your specific project requirements.
A modified graphic drawing file must contain the same number of attributes as
are currently in the drawing.
Adding preview graphics

If necessary, you can add more graphics to any of the graphics dialog boxes by modifying the
contents of the Pipe_alt.dat file. This file contains the definitions for each graphic type. The
example below shows the graphics group in the Pipe_alt.dat file that is referenced in the
Sections dialog box.
[Sections]
s1s.dwg Head graph1 “s1” 1
s2s.dwg Head w/ Attrib graph1 “s2” 2
s3s.dwg Head w/ 2 Attrib graph1 “s3” 3
s4s.dwg End w/ Attrib graph1 “s4” 4
Columns must start at positions 1, 40, and 75 and define the information outlined below.
 COL1 (Position 1) - Drawing used in the dialog box for preview image.
 COL2 (Position 40) - Name displayed in the dialog box for graphic name.
 COL3 (Position 75) - Function used to draw the graphic in the drawing with
arguments.
 Before you modify the Pipe_alt.dat file, make a backup copy.
CADWorx Plant 418

 If the columns are not at the required positions, the drawing function fails.
 There must not be any blank lines located within a section.
 There must be a blank line at the beginning and at the end of a section.
 The scale of the graphics inserted into the drawing, excluding isometric symbol graphics, is
based upon the value of the CAD platform setvar DIMSCALE. If DIMSCALE is set to 0, as
is required for paper space, the software inserts graphics at a scale of 1. Isometric symbol
graphics are inserted at a scale of 1 regardless of the DIMSCALE setting.
System Prompts
The system prompts required to draw the graphic types delivered with the software are outlined
in the table below.
Function System Response
Prompt 1 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 2 Pick left justified insertion point: pick point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick direction or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER
Prompt 3 Pick left justified insertion point: pick a point in the drawing
Rotation angle: pick a direction in the drawing or enter angle
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: A)
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter scale: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 4 Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Section direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing

Projection direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER ( ex: 106)

Projection or other direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 7 Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick point in the drawing
Prompt 8 Pick object to mark: pick an object in the drawing

Pick mark location: pick a point in the drawing
Enter drawing: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
CADWorx Plant 419

Function System Response
Prompt 9 Pick left end point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick right end point: pick a point in the drawing
Enter title: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: ELEVATION NORTH)
Enter scale: enter a string (ex: 3/8"=1'-0")
Prompt 10 Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: SDV)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 1)
Prompt 11 Pick instrument to label: pick a point in the drawing

Enter first level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: PI)
Enter second level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 106)
Enter third level label: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: B)
Prompt 12 Pick center insertion point: pick a point in the drawing

Rotation angle: pick a direction or enter angle

Pick direction: pick a direction
Prompt 15 Pick insertion point: pick a point in the drawing (not center insertion, outside edge)
Pick direction: pick a direction in the drawing
Enter mark: type a string on the command line, and press ENTER (ex: 101)Weld
Prompt 16 Pick leader start point: pick a point in the drawing

Pick intermediate point: pick a point in the drawing
Pick direction for tail: pick a direction in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 19 Pick insertion point on line: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation: pick a direction in the drawing
Prompt 20 Pick location: pick a point in the drawing

Pick rotation or [Up/Down/Roll/mirrorX/mirrorY/mirrorZ]: select an option or pick the rotation
CADWorx Plant 420

Section
CADWorx Plant II tab: Section
Plant menu: Graphics > Section
Command line: SECTIONS

Opens the Sections dialog box, which allows you to select a section graphic for placement in
the drawing.
Sections Dialog Box

Displays the sections graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Displays a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
Each section graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing files
are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics, and add them to the
dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (page 417).
The table below lists the section graphics that display in the Sections dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that defines the graphical
representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries
with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing.
For more information, see System Prompts (page 419).
Sections Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head S1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib S2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib S3S.dwg Prompt 3
End w/ Attrib S4S.dwg Prompt 4
End w 2Attrib S5S.dwg Prompt 5
End S6S.dwg Prompt 6
Middle S7S.dwg Prompt 6
CADWorx Plant 421

Place a section graphic

1. Click Section . Alternatively, type SECTIONS on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The Sections dialog box appears.
2. Select the required graphic in the list.
The Preview box shows a graphical representation of the selected graphic.
3. Click OK to close the dialog box, and return to the drawing.
4. Follow the system prompts to define the placement of the selected graphic in the current
drawing.
The system prompts vary depending on the graphic you have selected.
Detail
CADWorx Plant II tab: Detail
Plant menu: Graphics > Details
Command line: DETAILS

Opens the Details dialog box, which allows you to select a detail graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Details Dialog Box

Displays the detail graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each details graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing files
The table below lists the detail graphics that display in the Details dialog box by default. The
table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that define the graphical
Detail Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head D1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib D2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib D3S.dwg Prompt 3
CADWorx Plant 422

Mark w/ Attrib D4S.dwg Prompt 7
Mark w 2Attrib D5S.dwg Prompt 8
Place a detail graphic

1. Click Detail . Alternatively, type Details on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Details dialog box appears.
drawing.
Plan
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plan
Plant menu: Graphics > Plans
Command line: PLANS

Opens the Plans dialog box, which allows you to select a plan graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Plans Dialog Box

Displays the plan graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each plan graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing files
The table below lists the plan graphics that display in the Plans dialog box by default. The table
also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that define the graphical representation, as
well as the name of the function used for placement. Each function carries with it a specific set
of prompts that you must follow to place the specific graphic in the drawing. For more
information, see System Prompts (page 419).
CADWorx Plant 423

Plan Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head P1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib P2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib P3S.dwg Prompt 3
Place a plan graphic

1. Click Plan . Alternatively, type PLANS on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Plans dialog box appears.
drawing.
Instrument
CADWorx Plant II tab: Instrument
Plant menu: Graphics > Instruments
Command line: INSTRUMENTS

Opens the Instruments dialog box, which allows you to select an instrument graphic for
placement in the drawing.
Instruments Dialog Box

Displays the instrument graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each instrument graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing
files are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical representation to fit
The table below lists the instrument graphics that display in the Instruments dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that define the graphical
CADWorx Plant 424

Instrument Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
2 Attrib Local F1S.dwg Prompt 10
3 Attrib Local F2S.dwg Prompt 11
2 Attrib Board F3S.dwg Prompt 12
Place an instrument graphic

1. Click Instrument . Alternatively, type INSTRUMENTS on the command line and then
press ENTER.
The Instruments dialog box appears.
drawing.
Elevation
CADWorx Plant II tab: Elevation
Plant menu: Graphics > Elevations
Command line: ELEVATIONS

Opens the Elevations dialog box, which allows you to select an elevation graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Elevations Dialog Box

Displays the elevation graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each elevation graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing
The table below lists the elevation graphics that display in the Elevations dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that define the graphical
CADWorx Plant 425

Elevation Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head E1S.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib E2S.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib E3S.dwg Prompt 3
Generic Head L1S.dwg Prompt 9
Place an elevation graphic

1. Click Elevation . Alternatively, type ELEVATIONS on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The Elevations dialog box appears.
drawing.
Arrow
CADWorx Plant II tab: Arrow
Plant menu: Graphics > Arrows
Command line: ARROWS

Opens the Arrows dialog box, which allows you to select an arrow head graphic for placement
in the drawing.
Arrows Dialog Box

Displays the arrow head graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each arrow head graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing
CADWorx Plant 426

The table below lists the arrow head graphics that display in the Arrows dialog box by default.
The table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that defines the graphical
Arrow Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
North N1S.dwg Prompt 14
Prevailing N2S.dwg Prompt 12
Model Iso North N3S.dwg Prompt 12
Paper Iso North N4S.dwg Prompt 14
Small A1S.dwg Prompt 12
Medium A2S.dwg Prompt 12
Large A3S.dwg Prompt 12
Place an arrow head graphic

1. Click Arrow . Alternatively, type ARROWS on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The Arrows dialog box appears.
drawing.
Weld
CADWorx Plant II tab: Weld
Plant menu: Graphics > Weld
Command line: WELDS

Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select a weld symbol graphic for
placement in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 427

Weld Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the weld symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each weld symbol graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing
The table below lists the weld symbol graphics that display in the Weld Symbols dialog box by
default. The table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that defines the graphical
Weld Symbol Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Leader W1X.dwg Prompt 16
Fillet W2X.dwg Prompt 17
Weld Around W3X.dwg Prompt 18
Field Weld W4X.dwg Prompt 17
Back W5X.dwg Prompt 17
Square W6X.dwg Prompt 17
V Groove W7X.dwg Prompt 17
Bevel W8X.dwg Prompt 17
U Groove W9X.dwg Prompt 17
J Groove W10X.dwg Prompt 17
V Flare W11X.dwg Prompt 17
Flare Bevel W12X.dwg Prompt 17
Flush Small W14X.dwg Prompt 17
Flush Large W15X.dwg Prompt 17
Convex Small W16X.dwg Prompt 17
Convex Medium W17X.dwg Prompt 17
CADWorx Plant 428

Convex Large W18X.dwg Prompt 17
Backing W19X.dwg Prompt 19
Spacer W20X.dwg Prompt 19
Plug W13X.dwg Prompt 17
Place a weld symbol graphic

1. Click Weld . Alternatively, type WELDS on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Welds dialog box appears.
drawing.
ISO
CADWorx Plant II tab: ISO
Plant menu: Graphics > ISO
Command line: ISOS

Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box, which allows you to select an isometric symbol
graphic for placement in the drawing.
Isometric Symbols Dialog Box

Displays the isometric symbol graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each isometric symbols graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics
drawing files are delivered to [Product Folder]\Support. You can modify any graphical
representation to fit your specific project requirements. You can also create additional graphics,
and add them to the dialog box. For more information, see Graphics / Pipe Ends (page 417).
The table below lists the isometric symbol graphics that display in the Isometric Symbols
dialog box by default. The table also includes the name of the CAD platform drawing that
defines the graphical representation, as well as the name of the function used for placement.
CADWorx Plant 429

Each function carries with it a specific set of prompts that you must follow to place the specific
graphic in the drawing. For more information, see System Prompts (page 419).
Isometric Symbol Display Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Adjustable Base Ell Adjustable_Base_Ell.dwg Prompt 20
Angle Angle.dwg Prompt 20
Arrow1 Arrow1.dwg Prompt 20
Base Support Base_Support.dwg Prompt 20
Channel Channel.dwg Prompt 20
Column Column.dwg Prompt 20
Column Knee Brace Column_Knee_Brace.dwg Prompt 20
DummyLeg DummyLeg.dwg Prompt 20
Floorwall Penetration Floorwall_Penetration.dwg Prompt 20
Grating Penetration1 Grating_Penetration_1.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clamp Hanger_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clamp 1 Hanger_Clamp_2.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clevis Hanger_Clevis.dwg Prompt 20
Hanger Clevis 1 Hanger_Clevis_1.dwg Prompt 20
Insulation Saddle Insulation_Saddle.dwg Prompt 20
Knee Brace Knee_Brace.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Clamp Pipe_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Shoe Extrude Pipe_Shoe_Extrude.dwg Prompt 20
Pipe Shoe Faced Pipe_Shoe_Faced.dwg Prompt 20
CADWorx Plant 430

Spring Hanger Clamp Spring_Hanger_Clamp.dwg Prompt 20
T Support T_Support.dwg Prompt 20
Ubolt Ubolt.dwg Prompt 20
Ubolt 1 Ubolt_2.dwg Prompt 20
Wide Flange Beam WFlange_Beam.dwg Prompt 20
Place an isometric symbol graphic

1. Click ISO . Alternatively, type ISOS on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Isometric Symbol dialog box appears.
drawing.
Dots
CADWorx Plant II tab: Dots
Plant menu: Graphics > Dots
Command line: DOTS

Opens the Dots dialog box, which allows you to select a weld dot graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Dots Dialog Box

Displays the weld dot graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
Each weld dot graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing
The table below lists the weld dot graphics that display in the Dots dialog box by default. The
CADWorx Plant 431

Dots Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Head S1.dwg Prompt 1
Head w/ Attrib S2.dwg Prompt 2
Head w/ 2Attrib S3.dwg Prompt 3
End w/ Attrib S4.dwg Prompt 4
End w 2Attrib S5.dwg Prompt 5
End S6.dwg Prompt 6
Middle S7.dwg Prompt 6
Place a weld dot graphic

1. Click Dots . Alternatively, type DOTS on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Dots dialog box appears.
drawing.
Misc
CADWorx Plant II tab: Misc
Plant menu: Graphics > Misc
Command line: MISC

Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box, which allows you to select a graphic for placement in the
drawing.
Miscellaneous Dialog Box

Displays the set of miscellaneous graphics that are currently defined in the software.
Preview
CADWorx Plant 432


Each listed graphic is based on a CAD platform drawing file. Graphics drawing files
The table below lists the graphics that display in the Miscellaneous dialog box by default. The
Sections Graphic Name CAD Drawing Name Function Name
Small Circle M1S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Hexagon M2S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Square M3S.dwg Prompt 15
Small Rev M4S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Circle M5S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Hexagon M6S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Square M7S.dwg Prompt 15
Large Rev M8S.dwg Prompt 15
Place a miscellaneous graphic

1. Click Misc . Alternatively, type MISC on the command line and then press ENTER.
The Miscellaneous dialog box appears.
drawing.
CADWorx Plant 433

Flange O.D.
CADWorx Plant II tab: Flange O.D.
Pipe Ends toolbar: Flange O.D.
Command line: ENDFLG

Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected flange at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a flange, is placed at the
center of the selected point.
The resulting circle has centerlines that are on the default CL layer.
Insert a flange O.D.

1. Click Flange O.D. . Alternatively, type ENDFLG on the command line and then press
ENTER.
Pick point for 4"-150 flange O.D.
2. Pick a point in the drawing.
The software places a flange O.D. symbol at the specified location.
3. Repeat step 2 as necessary. When finished, press ENTER to exit the command.
Plain End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Plain End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Plain End
Command line: ENDPLAIN

Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is placed at the
center of the selected point.
Insert a plain end

1. Click Plain End . Alternatively, type ENDPLAIN on the command line and then press
ENTER.
Pick point for 4"-150 baseball.
The software places a plain end symbol at the specified location.
CADWorx Plant 434

Hidden End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Hidden End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Hidden End
Command line: ENDHIDDEN

Draws a circle around the diameter of the selected pipe at the size and specification currently
defined for the drawing. The circle, which represents the end view of a pipe, is drawn with a
hidden line type and placed at the center of the selected point.
Insert a hidden end

1. Click Hidden End . Alternatively, type ENDHIDDEN on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The software places a hidden end symbol at the specified location.
Pipe End
CADWorx Plant II tab: Pipe End
Pipe Ends toolbar: Pipe End
Command line: ENDPIPE

Places a baseball at the center of the selected point. The size and the layer of the baseball are
determined by the current defined specification.
Insert a pipe end

1. Click Pipe End . Alternatively, type ENDPIPE on the command line and then press
ENTER.
The software places a pipe end symbol at the specified location.
CADWorx Plant 435

Fitting Width
Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Fitting Width
Command line: FITTINGWIDTH

Controls the appearance of all flanged, socket weld, and threaded fittings. For example, drawing
single line socket weld fittings at 100% does not produce a legible component outline due to the
hubs overlapping. You can change this so that the component’s hub is drawn at 70% of the
actual diameter. For double line components, you should leave it set at 100%, unless there is a
special reason for reducing the hub.
Single Line Width

Plant menu: Utility > Drawing Control > Single Line Width
Command line: LINEWIDTH

Specifies the line width for single-line components.
Options
Change - Changes existing polyline widths already in the drawing.
Drawing - Changes all the polylines on the drawing to a new width. It does not affect polylines in
inserted blocks.
Layer - Changes all the polylines on a particular layer to the new width.
Individual polylines - Changes individual polylines to the new width. Selection can be achieved
by crossing, window, or selecting individual polylines.
Enter single line pipe width - Specifies the width of all single line components before insertion
into the drawing. The use of this variable can control the single line flanges that are drawn
based on this width (flange face lines drawn off the actual face location which allows for the gap
between two adjoining faces). You may require an adjustment to this gap. By resetting this width
variable and using Mode Convert (page 104) on the components, a new polyline width and a
gap (based on this variable between the flanges) occurs.
CADWorx Plant 436

SECTION 19
Layers Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers
Change Layer - Changes an object’s layer to the layer LAYERCHANGE

associated with another object that you select. For more
information, see Change Layer.
Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that LAYERSET
you select. For more information, see Set Layer.
Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer LAYERDELETE

associated with an entity that you select. For more
information, see Delete Layer.
Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity LAYEROFF
that you select. For more information, see Layer Off.
On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the LAYERON
Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer On.
Match Layer - Changes an object’s properties to match MATCH

those of another object that you select. For more
information, see Match Layer.
Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer LAYERISOLATE
information, see Isolate Layer.
Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that LAYERUNISO

were turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For more
information, see Un-Isolate Layer.
Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous layer LAYERRESTORE
when you have placed dimensioning or text. For more
information, see Previous (page 441).
CADWorx Plant 437

Layers Panel
Change Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Change Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Change
Command line: LAYERCHANGE

Changes an object’s layer to the layer associated with another object that you select. You can
select the objects to change individually or with a fence.
Change the layer associated with an object

1. Click Change Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change.
3. Select additional object to change layers, or press ENTER to end the selection process.
4. Select an object on the layer to which you want to move the objects.
The software moves the selected object to the new layer.
Set Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Set Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Set
Command line: LAYERSET

Sets the current layer to that of an object that you select. You must select an individual object.
Set the active layer

1. Click Set Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to be the active layer.
The software sets the active layer to that of the selected object.
Delete Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Delete Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Delete
Command line: LAYERDELETE

Removes all of the entities on the layer associated with an entity that you select. For example,
you can delete all the entities, such as lines, text, and so on, on layer 0. You must select an
individual entity.
CADWorx Plant 438

Layers Panel
If you select the VIEWL layer, the software displays a warning message. Deleting the VIEWL
layer deletes a block named CPM which the software inserts when beginning a new drawing.
This block contains information (sizes, specification, and so on) that are used when opening an
existing drawing. If you delete this layer, this information is not available for the next drawing
session. You can re-enter this information.
Delete a layer
1. Click Delete Layer .
2. Select the object whose layer you want to delete.
The software deletes the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer Off
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer Off
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Off
Command line: LAYEROFF

Turns off the layer associated with an entity that you select. You must select an Individual entity.
Turn off a layer

1. Click Layer Off .
2. Select the object whose layer you want to turn off.
The software turns off the display of the layer associated with the selected object.
Layer On
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Layer On
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > On
Command line: LAYERON

Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the Layer Off command. For more information,
see Layer Off. No selection is required.
CADWorx Plant 439

Layers Panel
Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer Off command

 Click Layer On .
The software redisplays the layer.
Match Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Match Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Match
Command line: MATCH

Changes an object’s layer to match that of another object that you select.
Match an object's layer

1. Click Match Layer .
2. Select the objects whose layer you want to change. Press ENTER to end the selection.
3. Select an object on the layer that you want to match.
The software changes the layer of the objects.
Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Isolate
Command line: LAYERISOLATE

Turns off all layers except for the layer associated with an entity that you select.
Display only the layer associated with an object

1. Click Isolate Layer .
2. Select an object on the layer to isolate.
The software turns off all layers except for the layer associated with the selected object.
CADWorx Plant 440

Layers Panel
Un-Isolate Layer
CADWorx Plant II tab: Layers > Un-Isolate Layer
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Un-Isolate
Command line: LAYERUNISO

Turns all of the layers on. No selection is required.
Turn on all layers

 Click Un-Isolate Layer .
The software turns on display for all layers.
Previous
Plant menu: Utility > Layer Control > Previous
Command line: LAYERRESTORE

Sets the current layer back to the previous layer when you have placed dimensioning or text.
This command is only available after these two items are placed. This command does not
restore a previous layer that has been changed with the Layer or Ddlmodes commands.
CADWorx Plant 441

SECTION 20
Restraints Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information indicating a REINFPAD

reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(page 443).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information indicating REINFSAD

a reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (page 444).
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For TRANSLATIONAL

more information, see Translational (page 444).
Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more ANCHOR

information, see Anchor (page 445).
Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For SPRING

more information, see Spring Hanger (page 446).
Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more ROTATIONAL

information, see Rotational (page 446).
Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more SNUBBER

information, see Snubber (page 447).
Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE

see Guide (page 448).
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be
re-drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.
CADWorx Plant 442

Restraints Panel
 The CAESARIITolerance (page 34) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
 All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page
93) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
 You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.
Reinforcing Pad
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Pad
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Pad
Command line: REINFPAD

Attaches a reinforcement pad to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement pad is
represented by the alpha-identifier P. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that is used in
Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For information about showing reinforcement pads on an Isogen isometric drawing,
see Offset Tap (page 336).
Insert a reinforcement pad

1. Click Reinforcing Pad on the Restraints panel.
3. Select the branch pipe component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement pad on the command line, and press ENTER.
5. Type the required value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement pad and notates the drawing with the reinforcing pad
alpha-identifier.
CADWorx Plant 443

Restraints Panel
Reinforcing Saddle
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Reinforcing Saddle
Misc toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD

Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
Insert a reinforcement saddle

1. Click Reinforcing Saddle on the Restraints panel.
3. Select the branch run of the component.
4. Type the thickness of the reinforcement saddle on the command line, and press ENTER.
The software places the reinforcement saddle and notates the drawing with the reinforcing
saddle alpha-identifier.
Translational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Translational
Restraints toolbar: Translational
Command line: TRANSLATIONAL

Creates a translational-type restraint.
This type of restraint appears on the drawing in a symbolic format.
CADWorx Plant 444

Restraints Panel
Place a translational restraint

1. Click Translational on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the transitional placed.
4. Type a numerical value on the command line, and press ENTER.
The transitional is placed in the drawing.
Anchor
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Anchor
Restraints toolbar: Anchor
Command line: ANCHOR

Creates an anchor-type restraint.
Place an anchor
1. Click Anchor on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the anchor placed.
The anchor is placed in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 445

Restraints Panel
Spring Hanger
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Spring Hanger
Restraints toolbar: Spring Hanger
Command line: SPRING

Creates a spring hanger-type restraint.
Place a spring hanger

1. Click Spring Hanger on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the spring hanger placed.
The spring hanger is placed in the drawing.
Rotational
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Rotational
Restraints toolbar: Rotational
Command line: ROTATIONAL

Creates a rotational-type restraint.
CADWorx Plant 446

Restraints Panel
Place a rotational restraint

1. Click Rotational on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the restraint placed.
The restraint is placed in the drawing.
Snubber
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Snubber
Restraints toolbar: Snubber
Command line: SNUBBER

Creates a snubber-type restraint.
Place a snubber
1. Click Snubber on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the snubber placed.
The snubber is placed in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 447

Restraints Panel
Guide
CADWorx Plant II tab: Restraints > Guide
Restraints toolbar: Guide
Command line: GUIDE

Creates a guide-type restraint.
Place a guide
1. Click Guide on the Restraints panel.
2. Click where you want the guide placed.
The guide is placed in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 448

SECTION 21
UCS Panel
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
position. For more information, see Flat (page 452).
Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the next UCSNEXT
position. For more information, see UCS Next (page 453).
Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates COMPASS

the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see
Compass (page 453).
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWNORTH

north position. For more information, see North (page 453).
South - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWSOUTH

south position. For more information, see South (page 454).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (page 456).
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWWEST

west position. For more information, see West (page 454).
UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system UCS

according to an object that you select. For more information,
see UCS Object (page 456).
CADWorx Plant 449

UCS Panel
Point and Shoot UCS

CAD platforms allow you to manipulate the X, Y, Z coordinate system UCS (user coordinate
system). You must be familiar with the Point and Shoot system of manipulating the UCS.
The UCSICON option needs to be On (visible) and set to Origin. This lets you see exactly
where the icon is at all times. Although it isn’t necessary, it is highly recommended that it be
somewhere on the centerline of the components you are drawing. This keeps everything in the
same plane. If you must turn into another plane, use the UCS NEXT command, or choose the
appropriate plane (North, South, East, West, or Flat) and place the icon on the centerline of the
new plane.
If you cannot see the rubber band effect, or if it doesn’t appear correctly, you are out of plane.
Pay attention to the icon as it shows where you are. If the broken pencil icon appears, and there
are strange lines on the screen instead of pipe and components, your current plane is
perpendicular to the viewpoint. Use the Undo command, or change the viewpoint.
When dimensioning or annotating an isometric or 3D model, place the UCS icon on a node or a
centerline on the run you are working on. The text has the same orientation as the icon.
Xtext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the X-axis. When you view a model from the bottom
side using a view point with a negative angle from the X-Y plane, text and dimension
placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the X-axis of the UCS to
remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for viewing and
plotting. If you change from a negative to positive angle from the X-Y view point, you must
replace the text for the proper orientation.
Ztext
Rotates the UCS 180 degrees along the Z-axis. When viewing a model from the back side
using a view point with a 0 to 180 degree angle in the X-Y plane from the X axis, text and
dimension placement is upside down and backwards. This option rotates the Z-axis of the
UCS to remedy this. Text and dimensions are then placed in the proper orientation for
viewing and plotting. If you change to a rear view position (180 - 360 degree angle in the
X-Y plane from the X-axis), you must replace the text for the proper orientation.
Elevation
Sets the elevation to the present UCS. This command does not set the depth in a North,
South, East, or West plane. Setting an elevation of 10' (when the present elevation is 0')
raises the UCS to 10' regardless of the position.
Rotate
Rotates the present UCS around the X-, Y-, and Z-axes. For example, rotating the UCS to
45 degrees after inserting a 45 degree elbow allows you to place other components in line
with the 45 degree elbow.
COordinate
Specifies an exact X, Y, Z-coordinate in relation to the WCS (world coordinate system).
CLip
Clips the view at the present plane set by the UCS. This plane can be established with the
Point and Shoot UCS options or any three-point UCS position. The plane can be skewed at
CADWorx Plant 450

UCS Panel
any angle.
On
Turns on view clipping with clipping distances as set by the Back and Front options.
Off
Turns off view clipping.
Back
Sets the distance to the back of the clipping area. This value must be a negative number. If
this value is positive, it can clip past the front clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
Front
Sets the distance to the front of the clipping area. This value must be a positive number. If
this value is negative, it can clip past the back clipping area and leave nothing in the view.
The CLip option is also available as the command VIEWCLIP.
Pick point
Moves the 0,0,0 user base to a point you select. Press Enter to keep the UCS at the same
origin but switch to a new plane. For example, press Enter to change from the north plate to
a west plane.
You must enter other UCS positions with the CAD platform's UCS command. Two extremely
useful options in this command are the OBject and 3 Point. Leave the UCSICON on and set to
origin when using any method of rearranging the UCS.
CADWorx Plant 451

UCS Panel
If you select a point close to the screens edge, and the UCS icon is on and set to
origin, the icon may not remain at this point. CAD requires that the whole icon be visible and
places the icon in the lower left corner of the screen. If this happens, zoom out a little or pan
toward the new UCS position.
Flat
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > Flat
UCS toolbar: Flat
Plant menu: UCS > Flat
Command line: VIEWFLAT
CADWorx Plant 452

UCS Panel
Places the current user coordinate system in the flat position.
UCS Next
UCS toolbar: Next
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Next
Command line: UCSNEXT

Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS positions.
Compass
UCS toolbar: Compass
Command line: COMPASS

Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. The symbol
displays at the point you select.
As the display's orientation changes, the symbol changes accordingly.

The aliases VF, VN, VS, VE, and VW are also available.
North
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > North
UCS toolbar: North
Plant menu: UCS > North
CADWorx Plant 453

UCS Panel
Command line: VIEWNORTH

Places the current user coordinate system in the north position.
South
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > South
UCS toolbar: South
Plant menu: UCS > South
Command line: VIEWSOUTH

Places the current user coordinate system in the south position.
West
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > West
UCS toolbar: West
CADWorx Plant 454

UCS Panel
Plant menu: UCS > West
Command line: VIEWWEST

Places the current user coordinate system in the west position.
CADWorx Plant 455

UCS Panel
East
CADWorx Plant II tab: UCS > East
UCS toolbar: East
Plant menu: UCS > East
Command line: VIEWEAST

Places the current user coordinate system in the east position.
UCS Object
UCS toolbar: UCS Object
Plant menu: UCS > UCS Object
Command line: UCS

Orients the UCS according to an object that you select. Please refer to the CAD platform
documentation on the UCS (User Coordinate System) for more detail.
This command is useful for rearranging dimensions in the model space (MSPACE) of a
CADWorx isometric model. Run this command, and then select the dimension. The software
places the UCS according to the position of the dimension allowing it to be stretched and
moved.
CADWorx Plant 456

SECTION 22
HVAC Draw Panel

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw
HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the HVAC
drawing. For more information, see HVAC (page 457).
HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and cable tray HVACC
shapes that are defined in a data file library. For more information,
see HVAC Shapes Catalog (page 461).
User Shape - Places a component using a custom user shape. HUSER

For more information, see User Shape (page 465).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic CAD object HGENERIC

in the drawing. For more information, see Generic Attach (page
469).
HVAC
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw > HVAC Shapes
Plant menu: HVAC > Shapes
Command line: HVAC

Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing. Double-click an existing HVAC shape to
modify the parameters.
Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
Select Shape
Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing. The
Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.
Dimensions
Displays a dimensioned preview of the selected shape. Type dimension values for the
drawing in the A through K boxes. All dimensions are in the current units set. Dimension
boxes that are not required are disabled.
Options
CADWorx Plant 457

HVAC Draw Panel
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the shape wall. This value is required when the Inside
dimensions box is selected or the shape is Hollow or Open top.
Inside Dimensions
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the Thickness value added to all the
necessary dimensions in the A through K boxes. If this option is cleared, the dimensions of
the shape do not include the Thickness value.
Solid
Indicates that the software draws the shape as a solid. This is the default setting.
Hollow
Indicates that the software draws the shape as hollow.
Open top
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the top open. You cannot use this option
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Indicates that the software draws the shape with the bottom open. You cannot use this
option with oval shapes.
Creating a large number of HVAC shapes with the Hollow or Open top options in
a single drawing can significantly increase the drawing size.
Details
Long annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the shape.
Tag
Specifies the tag description for the shape.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the shape.
There is no automatic method for creating long annotation, part number, tag, or
weight.
Pick points
Places the shape between two points that you identify in the drawing.
Select lines
Places the square straight or oval straight shape along an existing polyline in the drawing.
This option is disabled for all other shapes.

Controls parameters for modifying HVAC and cable tray shapes in the drawing.
CADWorx Plant 458

HVAC Draw Panel
Select Shape
Lists the available shapes. Select a shape from the list to place it in the drawing. The
Dimensions values update to match the selected shape.
Dimensions
Options
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Details
Long annotation
Part number
Tag
Weight
weight.
CADWorx Plant 459

HVAC Draw Panel
Select lines

 Add an HVAC shape to the drawing (page 460)
 Modify an HVAC shape (page 460)
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing

1. Click HVAC Shapes . Alternatively, type HVAC on the command line, and press ENTER.
The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.
2. Select the shape to place from the Select Shape list.
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
3. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements.
4. Click Pick points.
5. Select the first point for the shape.
6. Select the end point for the shape.
Modify an HVAC shape

1. Double-click an HVAC shape in the drawing.
The Component Edit dialog box displays the parameters associated with the shape.
2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC (page
457).
3. Click Apply.
The software changes the parameters of the shape.
CADWorx Plant 460

HVAC Draw Panel
HVAC Shapes Catalog

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw > HVAC Shapes Catalog
Command line: HVACC

Places HVAC shapes and cable tray shapes that are defined in a data file library. Double-click
an existing HVAC shape to modify the parameters.
Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape Dialog Box

Select Data File
Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list contains all the data
files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (page 36) startup variable.
You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
Select Type
Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (page 36) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file specifying
the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member
You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Dimensions
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
CADWorx Plant 461

HVAC Draw Panel
Long annotation
Part number
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
weight.
Length
Specifies the length of the shape.
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
Indicates that the software uses the manual override value rather than the value from the
catalog.
Pick points
Select lines
Component Edit Dialog Box (Catalog)

Select Data File
Specifies the data file that contains the components to place. The list contains all the data
files located in the folder defined by the HVACLibraryDirectory (page 36) startup variable.
You can have a mix of metric and imperial data files in the same folder. CADWorx
automatically converts the selected data file to the proper drawing units.
CADWorx Plant 462

HVAC Draw Panel
Select Type
Specifies the shape to place. The list contains the folders defined by the
HVACLibraryDirectory (page 36) startup variable. In each folder is a Type.INI file specifying
the shape type in that folder (Square Straight, Oval Straight, and so forth).
Select Member
You can edit the data files to have the members in any order.
Dimensions
Options
Thickness
Inside Dimensions
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open bottom
Details
Long annotation
Part number
Part Name
Specifies the part name for the shape.
Tag
CADWorx Plant 463

HVAC Draw Panel

Material
Specifies the material for the component. The default value is the MATERIAL= value in the
data file header.
Weight
weight.
Length
Area
Specifies the area of the shape.
Manual
catalog.
Pick points
Select lines

 Place an HVAC shape from the catalog (page 464)
 Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog (page 465)
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog

1. Click HVAC Shapes Catalog . Alternatively, type HVACC on the command line, and
press ENTER.
The Draw HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box displays.
2. Select the data file to use from the Select Data file list.
The software populates the Select Type list with the available types.
3. Select the type of shape to use from the Select Type list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available members.
4. Select the member to use from the Select Member list.
CADWorx Plant 464

HVAC Draw Panel
The preview and dimensions for that shape display in the Dimensions boxes.
5. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (page 461).
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog

2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see HVAC
Shapes Catalog (page 461).
3. Click Apply.
User Shape
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw > User Shape
Command line: HUSER

Places a component using a custom user-defined shape. You select the component to draw
based on an existing user-shape DWG file. The extrusion direction and distance is based on
points picked or a line selected in the drawing. You can edit the roll angle along with the
standard annotations.
For user shapes to work, an ASCII file named Type.INI must be in the same folder as the user
shape drawing files. The Type.INI file must have TYPE=USER as the first line in the file. The
folder (...\CADWorx\Plant\\HVAC\) contains the user shape drawing files.
Shown below are the parameters stored in a user-created .DWG file that can be used to create
a user shape. The user shape profile must be a closed polyline or a CAD Region entity.
CADWorx Plant 465

HVAC Draw Panel
After you select the shape from the dialog box, you can pick points or select a line to determine
the extrusion length.
The default insert location for the user shape is 0,0,0. To specify a different insert location, add a
CAD POINT entity to the profile .DWG to locate the insert point.
User Shapes Dialog Box

Controls parameters for placing user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation
Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description
Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
contains the user shape.
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Material
Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Length
CADWorx Plant 466

HVAC Draw Panel

Weight
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape. Do not use the CAD platform
commands (ROTATE, MIRROR, 3DROTATE) to change the roll angle of the shape. The roll
angle of the shape can only be set from the User Shapes dialog box.
Pick points
Select line

Controls parameters for modifying user-defined shapes in the drawing.
Short Annotation
Specifies the short annotation for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file
that contains the user shape.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation description for the shape. The default value comes from the
drawing file that contains the user shape.
Description
Specifies the description for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Part Number
Specifies the part number for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Material
Specifies the material for the shape. The default value comes from the drawing file that
Length
Weight
Roll Angle
Specifies the roll angle about the placement line for the shape.
Manual Update
CADWorx Plant 467

HVAC Draw Panel
drawing.
Pick points
Select line

 Place a user-defined HVAC shape (page 468)
 Modify a user-defined HVAC shape (page 468)
Place a user-defined HVAC shape

1. Click User Shape . Alternatively, type HUSER on the command line, and press ENTER.
The HVAC User Shapes dialog box displays.
2. Select the folder that contains the Type.INI data file to use from the Select Directory list.
The software populates the Select Member list with the available shapes.
3. Select the shape to use from the Select Member list.
The preview and details for that shape display in the Details boxes.
4. Set up the shape parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User
Shape (page 465).
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape

2. Change the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see User Shape
(page 465).
3. Click Apply.
CADWorx Plant 468

HVAC Draw Panel
Generic Attach
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Draw > Generic Attach
Command line: HGENERIC

Attaches information to any generic CAD object in the drawing. You can use the information
later in bill of material extraction, labeling, and so forth. After manually constructing a
component, use this routine to attach xdata information.
You cannot attach information to a CADWorx object or component.
To pinpoint the center of gravity locations use the Osnap commands. For example, to place
information on a beam and have it correctly reflect the center of gravity, draw a centerline and
pick MIDpoint, NEArest to the end of the centerline, or the exact location.
Generic Attach (Create/Edit) Dialog Box

Controls parameters for attaching information to generic CAD objects.
Long Annotation
Specifies the long annotation for the component, such as W6X25.
Tag
Specifies the tag to attach to the component.
Part number
Specifies the part number for the component, such as 12345.
Material
Specifies the material for the component, such as ASTM A-36.
Length
Specifies the length of the component. Any real number is valid.
Weight
Specifies the weight of the component. Any real number is valid.
BOM Mark Point
Shows the drawing coordinate location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the bill of material mark point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the bill of material mark point. This value defaults to zero.
CADWorx Plant 469

HVAC Draw Panel
CG Location
Shows the center of gravity location at which the information was attached.
Specify On-screen
Click the location in the model view to specify the generic attach center of gravity point.
X
Specifies the X-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Y
Specifies the Y-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.
Z
Specifies the Z-location for the generic attach center of gravity location. This value defaults
to zero.

 Place a generic attachment in the drawing (page 470)
 Modify a generic attachment
Place a generic attachment in the drawing

1. Click Generic Attach . Alternatively, type HGENERIC on the command line, and press
ENTER.
The Generic Attach (Create) dialog box displays.
2. Set up the attachment parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see
3. Click Attach.
4. Select the non CADWorx object to which to attach the information.
Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and the Center of Gravity Location
1. Double-click the entity.
The Generic Attach (Edit) dialog box displays.
2. Click Specify On-screen under BOM Mark Point.
A red arrow displays indicating the point.
4. Click Specify On-screen under CG Location.
CADWorx Plant 470

HVAC Draw Panel
A green arrow displays indicating the location.

6. Click OK.
CADWorx Plant 471

SECTION 23
HVAC Edit Panel

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Edit
Edit - Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. For more information, see HCEDIT
Edit (page 472).
GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more HGCEDIT

information, see GC Edit (page 472).
Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from components. For HDATAREMOVE

more information, see Data Remove (page 474).
Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers HLAYERCHANGE

associated with components. For more information, see Layer
Change (page 474).
Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Edit > Edit
Command line: HCEDIT

Edits HVAC or cable tray shapes. This command displays the same dialog box that was used to
place the shape. You cannot change the object shape using this command. For more
information, see HVAC (page 457).
GC Edit
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Edit > GC Edit
Command line: HGCEDIT

Edits global HVAC component data.
HVAC Global CEdit Dialog Box

Controls parameters for editing global HVAC component data.
Thickness
CADWorx Plant 472

HVAC Edit Panel
Alter solid
Specifies whether the way the components are drawn can be changed.
Solid
Hollow
Open top
with oval shapes.
Open Bottom
Long annotation
Part number
Tag
Weight
weight.
Edit HVAC components globally

1. Click GCEdit . Alternatively, type HGCEDIT on the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select more than one object to edit, and press ENTER.
The HVAC Global CEdit dialog box displays.
3. Set up the parameters to meet your requirements. For more information, see GC Edit (page
472).
4. Click OK.
The software applies the parameters to the selected components.
CADWorx Plant 473

HVAC Edit Panel
Data Remove
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Edit > Data Remove
Command line: HCDATAREMOVE

Removes CADWorx data from components.
Remove CADWorx data from components

1. Click Data Remove . Alternatively, type HDATAREMOVE in the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the objects from which to remove the CADWorx data, and press ENTER.
A dialog box displays asking if you are sure that you want to remove the data.
3. Click Yes.
The software removes the CADWorx data from the selected components.
Layer Change
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Edit > Layer Change
Command line: HLAYERCHANGE

Changes the solid and centerline layers associated with components.
Change the layers associated with HVAC components

1. Click Layer Change . Alternatively, type HLAYERCHANGE in the command line, and
press ENTER.
2. Select the objects to change, and press ENTER.
3. If you want to change the solid layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from the
popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
4. Select the layer with which to associate the solid part of the component, and click OK.
5. If you want to change the centerline layer, type Y in the command line, or select Yes from
the popup menu.
The Please select Layer dialog box displays.
6. Select the layer with which to associate the centerline of the component, and click OK.
The software changes the layers.
CADWorx Plant 474

SECTION 24
HVAC Database Panel

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Database
DB Generate - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a HDBFGEN

DB Generate (page 475).
DB In - Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a HDBFIN

DB In (page 476).
Audit HVAC Database - Maintains the database for each HDBAUDIT

component in the drawing that has data attached. For more
information, see Audit HVAC Database (page 477).
Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components in the HSYNC

drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. For more information, see Synchronize HVAC Database
(page 478).
DB Generate
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Database > DB Generate
Command line: HDBFGEN

Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file.
Select Database Type Dialog Box

Controls parameters for exporting CADWorx HVAC component information.
Database Type
Select Access to write to a Microsoft Access file, or select Excel to write to a Microsoft
Excel file.
Browse
Click to define the file name and folder location. The disabled boxes at the bottom of the
dialog display the file name and directory in use.
Append/Sync
CADWorx Plant 475

HVAC Database Panel
Synchronizes the drawing and the database file by removing entries from the database that
no longer exist in the drawing and updating components in the database according to the
drawing. You can use this command once a day or five times an hour to maintain the
database according to the drawing. Many users can append to the same database file at the
same time.
New
Creates a new database file based on the chosen folder and database type.
Directory
Displays the location of the database file.
Access File
Displays the name of the database file.
Excel File
Displays the name of the database file.
Export CADWorx HVAC data

1. Click DB Generate . Alternatively, type HDBFGEN in the command line, and press
ENTER.
2. Select the HVAC components to write to the database file. Right-click or press ENTER when
you are finished.
The Select Database Type dialog box displays.
3. Select Access or Excel to define the file type.
4. Click Browse, and define the folder and file name.
5. Select New if you are creating a new file.
or
Select Append/Sync if you want to synchronize an existing file.
6. Click OK.
DB In
CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Database > DB In
Command line: HDBFIN

Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file. This command is not available when you are using a live database.
Use the DB Generate (page 475) command to create the Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel
file to import.
CADWorx Plant 476

HVAC Database Panel
Import CADWorx HVAC data

1. Click DB In . Alternatively, type HDBFIN in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the file to import.
3. Click Open.
The records dialog box displays.
4. Select the drawings in the file to import into the active drawing.
5. Click OK.
Audit HVAC Database

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Database > Audit
Command line: HDBAUDIT

Maintains the database for each component in the drawing that has data attached. Use this
command whenever the drawing or the database has any problems. If a problem is found in the
drawing, for example a component in the database is not present in the drawing, you have the
option to delete this component in the database or to ignore it.
Audit the HVAC database

1. Click Audit . Alternatively, type HDBAUDIT in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Select the file to audit against the drawing.
3. Click Open.
Checking objects in this drawing with rows in the database.
4. If no problems are found, the message Audit completed displays.
5. If a problem is found, you are prompted to delete the row from the database. Select Yes to
delete the row. Select No to ignore the row.
CADWorx Plant 477

HVAC Database Panel
Synchronize HVAC Database

CADWorx HVAC tab: HVAC Database > Synchronize
Command line: HSYNC

Checks all components in the drawing and updates them according to the current value in the
database. This command does not write new records to the database for new components that
are in the model but are not in the database.
When a drawing has a live database attached, you can open the database and edit the
SHORT_ANNOTATION, LONG_ANNOTATION, DESCRIPTION, PART_NUMBER, and
MATERIAL fields in the HVAC table. Changing any other column value does not have any effect
on the drawing.
Synchronize the HVAC database

1. Click Synchronize . Alternatively, type HSYNC in the command line, and press ENTER.
2. Click Yes to confirm that you want to synchronize the drawing with the database.
CADWorx Plant 478

SECTION 25
Toolbars
In This Section
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars ............................................ 479
Aliases and Command Names ...................................................... 480
Connecting to components ............................................................ 480
Compass ........................................................................................ 480
Plane versus Isometrics view modes ............................................ 481
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling .................................................. 481
Buttweld ......................................................................................... 481
Flanges .......................................................................................... 522
Flgd/BW Valves ............................................................................. 537
Lined .............................................................................................. 554
Fiberglass ...................................................................................... 560
Sanitary .......................................................................................... 584
Victaulic.......................................................................................... 631
Threaded/Socket ........................................................................... 635
Thrd/SW Valves ............................................................................. 680
Gaskets, Etc. ................................................................................. 698
Pipe Ends....................................................................................... 700
Restraints ....................................................................................... 701
Misc................................................................................................ 702
Operators ....................................................................................... 711
Line Numbers ................................................................................ 711
UCS ............................................................................................... 712
Settings .......................................................................................... 713
Palettes .......................................................................................... 715
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars

Toolbars duplicate commands available on the CADWorx Plant I and CADWorx Plant II tabs.
You may find it useful to open toolbars containing frequently-used commands when screen
space for the tab is limited.
To open a Plant toolbar, click Plant > Toolbars, and select the needed toolbar.
To dock a toolbar, drag it to any edge of the window. Press CTRL to drag a toolbar without
docking it. You can then drag a toolbar off of the window space.
 The AutoCAD Toolbar command opens the Customize User Interface dialog box. You can
choose any needed toolbars for AutoCAD or CADWorx Plant.
 The BricsCAD Toolbar command allows type the name of a toolbar to open or open all
toolbars within BricsCAD.
CADWorx Plant 479

Toolbars
Aliases and Command Names

Ribbon, toolbar, and menu commands have a command name that you can type in the
command line.
A command alias is an abbreviation that you type at the command line instead of typing the
entire command name. Command aliases created for Plant are delivered in the [Product
Folder]\P&ID\Support\Flow_alt.pgp file and [Product Folder]\Plant\Support\Pipe_alt.pgp.
You can change alias names but should avoid conflicts with aliases already defined in the .pgp
file for the CAD platform.
Connecting to components
In connecting to components, Piping Rules effect the behavior of prompts when set to No or
Show Options. If selecting a component from a palette or toolbar, the selected component
prompts you if unable to derive information from the surrounding components due to the piping
rules. When the rules are set to Automatic, the process is simplified for connecting components
to appropriate valued objects. For instance, when inserting a flange to a pipe, if both have the
same size and specification you are not prompted and the flange inserts automatically. For more
information, see Apply Flange Insertion Rule (page 60) or all other Piping Rules (page 55).
Prompts depend on the settings you have chosen for the piping rules. Also, you may be
prompted in certain situations based on the components of the model. Most of the components
are built to work as smart objects. They connect using the previous information of the last point
of a component. If you change sizes while working with a component, you are prompted
accordingly. In addition, you may not receive prompts based on the actions of connection to
components. Prompts depend on the actions you take, and some prompts appear only when not
connecting to a previous component.
Compass
Enables 360 degree navigation for placement of components. You can turn the compass on and
off in Setup (page 20). You are also provided with the option to change the color. When the
compass is turned on the screen displays a circle around the components when they are pulled
into the drawing space.
CADWorx Plant 480

Toolbars
Plane versus Isometrics view modes

When plotting components using Plane views, some prompts appear differently when working in
3D Solids then when plotting components in Isometric views. This is based on the directional
limitations of those views. The prompts do not differ when you are working in 2D Double Line or
2D Single Line. All commands in the following sections are based off the isometrics view for all
modes of modeling.
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling

The CADWorx option for working in 3D modeling and 2D modeling is set up in the CADWorx
Plant Setup dialog box. All commands on the toolbars work in both modes, however some
commands are ideally designed for working in 3D mode versus working in 2D mode. The
commands are grouped according to which commands are better suited for either 3D modeling
or 2D modeling. You can use the commands as needed, but in 3D modeling some of the
commands better suited for 2D have the same response as those better suited for 3D. For more
information, see Setup (page 20) and CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box.
Buttweld
Plant menu: Toolbars > Buttweld
The commands on the Buttweld toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling versus
2D Modeling (page 481).
Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more PIPW

information, see Pipe (page 485).
Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the 90LR

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell (page
486).
Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the 90SR

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell (page
487).
Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. For 45LR
more information, see Plan 45 Ell (page 488).
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in 90RD

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 Reducing Ell
(page 489).
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
information, see Plan Tee (page 490).
CADWorx Plant 481

Toolbars
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y TERW
plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee (page
490).
Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return 18LR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 LR
Return (page 491).
Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return 18SR
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 180 SR
Return (page 492).
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer (page
493).
Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in the ECC

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer (page
493).
Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more CAPW
information, see Cap (page 494).
Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y CRSW

plane. For more information, see Plan Cross (page 495).
Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross in CRRW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (page 495).
Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane. LATW
For more information, see Plan Lateral (page 496).
Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. MPIP

For more information, see Miters (page 497).
Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such as a SPIP

hose or flexible connection. For more information, see Rolled
Pipe (page 498).
Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For more BENT

information, see Adjustable Bend (page 499).
90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end R90LR
rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 LR Ell (page 501).
CADWorx Plant 482

Toolbars
90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the R90SR

end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 90 SR Ell (page 502).
45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a R45LR

45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 45 LR Ell (page 503).
Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle RTESW
from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee (page
504).
Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (page 504).
Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. 22LR
For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (page 505).
Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more YB

information, see Plan Wye (page 506).
The commands in the table below are designed for modeling in 2D.
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal H90LR

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90 LR Ell
(page 507).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow H90SR

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 90
SR Ell (page 507).
Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H45LR

plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (page 508).
Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V45LR

plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Vert 45 Ell (page 509).
Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD

Reducing Ell (page 509).
CADWorx Plant 483

Toolbars
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the HTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (page 510).
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the VTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (page 511).
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the HTERW
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Side Reducing Tee (page 512).
Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with the VTERW
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Reducing Tee (page 512).
Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return H18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 LR Return (page 513).
Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius return V18LR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 LR Return
(page 514).
Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return H18SR
normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side 180 SR Return (page 514).
Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius return V18SR
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 180 SR Return
(page 515).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the branch HCRSW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Cross
(page 516).
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCRRW

with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Cross (page 516).
Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross with VCRRW

the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Reducing Cross (page 517).
Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y plane HLATW
with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information,
see Side Lateral (page 517).
CADWorx Plant 484

Toolbars
Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the main VLATW
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert
Lateral (page 518).
Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the H11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell (page
519).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the V11LR
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell (page
519).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H22LR
plane. For more information, see Side 22.5 Ell (page 520).
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V22LR
plane. For more information, see Vert 22.5 Ell (page 521).
Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches HYB
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Wye
(page 521).
Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the VYB
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Wye (page 522).
Modeling in 3D
These commands are useful for 3D modeling. All of the following commands are available in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Pipe
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tubing
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Pipe
Command line: PIPW

You can also now use PIPW1 for buttweld piping, PIPF1 for socket weld or threaded
piping, and PIPFL1 for flanged piping, to draw singular pipe. PIPW starts the pipe router.
Places a pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
CADWorx Plant 485

Toolbars
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis
Place a pipe
1. Click a pipe component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type coordinates in the command line and press ENTER.
The pipe component is drawn.
Plan 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 LR Ell
Command line: 90LR

Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Starts the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Start
Places the component anywhere in the drawing at any chosen start point.
Corner
Places the component at the corner of two pipes.
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end.
CADWorx Plant 486

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree plan elbow component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, or select an option. The system prompts vary based on the
selection.
3. Click in the direction of the corner.
4. Click in the direction of the bend of the elbow.
The elbow component is drawn.
Plan 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 SR Ell
Command line: 90SR

Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 487

Toolbars

selection.
Plan 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 45 Ell
Command line: 45LR

Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 488

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

1. Click a plan elbow command.
2. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
Plan 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 90 Reducing Ell
Command line: 90RD

Places a 90 degree reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component on the other end. For this component, this option
switches to the reducing side.
Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow

1. Click a 90 degree reducing plan elbow component command.
2. To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select otherEnd.
CADWorx Plant 489

Toolbars
Plan Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Tee
Command line: TESW

Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Places the branch of the tee at the start point.
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Place a plan tee

1. Click a plan tee command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the tee.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the tee.
The tee component is drawn.
Plan Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Tee
Command line: TERW

Places a straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
CADWorx Plant 490

Toolbars

Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee

Plan 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 LR Return
Command line: 18LR

Places a 180 degree long radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place a 180 degree plan return

1. Click a 180 degree plan return component command.
3. Click in the direction of the bend of the return.
CADWorx Plant 491

Toolbars
4. Click in the direction of the end of the return.

The return component is drawn.
Plan 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 180 SR Return
Command line: 18SR

Places a 180 degree short radius return in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place a 180 degree plan return

1. Click a 180 degree plan return component command.
4. Click in the direction of the end of the return.
CADWorx Plant 492

Toolbars
Conc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Conc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Conc Reducer
Command line: CONC

Places a concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the non-reducing end at the start point.
Small end
Places the reducing end at the start point.
If you are connecting to another component where the large end is the same size as
the last component, press ENTER to attach to the last component drawn.
Place a concentric reducer

1. Click a concentric reducer component command.
2. Pick a starting point for the large end, such as at the end of a pipe.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of the reducer.
The reducer component is drawn.
Ecc Reducer
Buttweld toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Victaulic toolbar: Ecc Reducer
Command line: ECC

Places an eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Small end
Up
Places the flat side of the reducer in the positive Z direction.
Down
CADWorx Plant 493

Toolbars
Places the flat side of the reducer in the negative Z direction.
Place an eccentric reducer

1. Click an eccentric reducer component command.
or
Select Small end, and press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the other end of the reducer.
4. To place the flat side in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the flat side.
or
To place the flat side in the Z direction, select Up or Down.
Cap
Buttweld toolbar: Cap
Victaulic toolbar: Cap
Command line: CAPW

Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Places the top of the cap at the start point.
Place a cap
1. Click a cap component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the cap.
The cap component is drawn.
CADWorx Plant 494

Toolbars
Plan Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Cross
Command line: CRSW

Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the cross at the centerline intersection of the cross.
Branch
Places the branch of the cross at the start point.
Place a plan cross

1. Click a four-way straight cross command.
3. Click in the direction of the cross.
The cross component is drawn.
Plan Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Reducing Cross
Command line: CRRW

Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Places the reducing branch of cross tee at the start point.
Middle
Places the tee at the centerline intersection of the cross.
CADWorx Plant 495

Toolbars
Place a plan reducing cross

1. Click a four-way plan reducing cross command.
Plan Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Lateral
Command line: LATW

Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the lateral at the centerline intersection of the branch and main.
Branch
Places the branch of the lateral at the start point.
otherEnd
Place a plan lateral

1. Click a plan lateral command.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the lateral.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the lateral.
CADWorx Plant 496

Toolbars
The lateral component is drawn.
Miters
Buttweld toolbar: Miters
Command line: MPIP

Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y plane. The pipe is placed on a 2D polyline created
with Polyline . A miter is placed on the pipe at each vertex of the polyline. For more
information, see PLINE in the CAD platform help.
This command can also be used to create pipe with bends. For more information, see
CHAMFER in the CAD platform help.
Mitered pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For

more information, see 3DPOLY in the CAD platform help.
Place a mitered pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline .
2. Draw the needed polyline.
3. Click Miters .
4. Select the polyline.
The mitered pipe component is drawn.
CADWorx Plant 497

Toolbars
Rolled Pipe
Buttweld toolbar: Rolled Pipe
Command line: SPIP

Places a free-form pipe component, such as a hose or flexible connection. The pipe is placed on
a 2D polyline created with Polyline and edited with the Fit or Spline options of Edit
Polyline . For more information, see PLINE and PEDIT in the CAD platform help.
Fit Example
Spline Example
Rolled pipe cannot be placed on a 3D polyline created with 3D Polyline . For

more information, see 3DPOLY in the CAD platform help.
CADWorx Plant 498

Toolbars
Place a rolled pipe

1. On the Draw panel of the Home tab, click Polyline .
2. Draw the needed polyline.
3. On the Modify panel, click Edit Polyline .
5. Select Fit or Spline.
6. Click Rolled Pipe .
Adjustable Bend
Buttweld toolbar: Adjustable Bend
Command line: BENT

Places a pipe bend based on the selected method: Enter radius, Trimmed elbow, or Select
arc.
Enter radius
Places a pipe bend by typing a radius, and then selecting the bend center, start, and end
points in a counterclockwise direction. This is the most common type of adjustable bend.
 Degree
Defines the total angle of the bend from the start point. For example, if the start
point is at 91°, and the value for Degree is 180°, the end point is at 271° and the
total angle of the bend is 180°.
 Angle
Defines the angle of the bend as the value minus the angle defined by the start
point from the positive X-axis. For example, if the start point is at 91°, and the value
for Angle is 180°, the end point is at 180° and the angle of the bend is 79°.
 Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Trimmed elbow
Places an elbow by selecting the center of the bend arc, the start point, and the end point.
 Short radius
Defines a short radius elbow according to the current specification.
 Long radius
Defines a long radius elbow according to the current specification.
Select arc
CADWorx Plant 499

Toolbars
Places a pipe bend on an arc created with an arc command. For more information, see Arcs
in the CAD platform help.
 Tangent length
Defines straight lengths of pipe at each end of the bend. This is frequently required
for machine bending. You can type a value of 0.
Place an adjustable bend
Enter Radius
1. Click Adjustable Bend on the Buttweld toolbar in the Miters drop-down. Alternatively,
type BENT on the command line, and then press ENTER.
2. Type a radius on the command line, and then press ENTER.
3. Select a center point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
The adjustable bend displays in the drawing.
Select Arc
1. Type ARC on the command line, and then draw an arc.
3. Click Select Arc.
4. Select the arc in the drawing.
5. Type a Tangent length on the command line, and then press ENTER.
Trimmed Elbow
2. Select Trimmed Elbow.
3. Select a corner point.
4. Select a first direction.
5. Select a second direction.
6. Select Long radius or Short radius.
CADWorx Plant 500

Toolbars
90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 LR Ell
Command line: R90LR

Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the end of the elbow 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
 This command is only available for welded fittings.

 The elbow centerline is out-of-plane. You must use a CAD UCS command to obtain the
proper plane before modifying the elbow. For more information, see UCS in the CAD
platform help.
Place a 90 degree rolled elbow

1. Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.
CADWorx Plant 501

Toolbars
90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 90 SR Ell
Command line: R90SR

Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y
plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Down

platform help.

1. Click a 90 degree rolled elbow component command.
CADWorx Plant 502

Toolbars
45 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: 45 LR Ell
Command line: R45LR

Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
This command is only available for welded fittings.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Up
Down

platform help.

1. Click 45 LR Ell .
CADWorx Plant 503

Toolbars
Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Tee
Command line: RTESW

Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
Middle
Up
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the positive Z direction.
Down
Rotates the branch of the tee 45 degrees in the negative Z direction.
This command is only available for welded fittings.
Place a rolled tee

1. Click a rolled tee command.
5. Select Up or Down.
Plan 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 11.25 Ell
Command line: 11LR

Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 504

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

Plan 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Plan 22.5 Ell
Command line: 22LR

Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Place a plan elbow

CADWorx Plant 505

Toolbars
Plan Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Plan Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Wye
Command line: YB
Places a wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the wye.
Branch
Places the branch of the component at the start point.
otherEnd
Place a plan wye

1. Click a plan wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye.
The wye component is drawn.
CADWorx Plant 506

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
Commands are designed for plotting in 2D. The views in these commands appear this way only
in a 2D drawing.
Side 90 LR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 LR Ell
Command line: H90LR

Places a 90 degree long radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the elbow bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the elbow bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a side or vertical elbow

1. Click a side or vertical elbow component command.
Side 90 SR Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 SR Ell
Command line: H90SR

Places a 90 degree short radius elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
CADWorx Plant 507

Toolbars

Down

Side 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 45 Ell
Command line: H45LR

Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 508

Toolbars
Vert 45 Ell
Buttweld toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 45 Ell
Command line: V45LR

next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Side 90 Reducing Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 90 Reducing Ell
Command line: H90RD

Places a 90 degree reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Small
Places the reducing end of the elbow at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 509

Toolbars
Up
Down
Place a side reducing elbow

1. Click a side reducing plan elbow component command.
2. To optionally place the reducing end first, right-click and select Small.
Side Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Side Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Tee
Command line: HTESW

Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the branch of the tee in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the tee in the negative Z direction.
CADWorx Plant 510

Toolbars
Place a side tee

1. Click a side tee component command.
Vert Tee
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Tee
Command line: VTESW

Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Place a vertical tee

1. Click a vertical tee component command.
CADWorx Plant 511

Toolbars
Side Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Tee
Command line: HTERW

Places a straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Vert Reducing Tee

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Tee
Command line: VTERW

Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch
CADWorx Plant 512

Toolbars

Side 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 LR Return
Command line: H18LR

Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the return at the center point of the arc of the return.
Up
Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree side return

1. Click a 180 degree side return component command.
CADWorx Plant 513

Toolbars
Vert 180 LR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 LR Return
Command line: V18LR

Places a 180 degree long radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal
to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree vertical return

1. Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.
Side 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Side 180 SR Return
Command line: H18SR

Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return bend in the positive Z direction.
CADWorx Plant 514

Toolbars
Down
Places the return bend in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree side return

1. Click a 180 degree side return component command.
Vert 180 SR Return

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 180 SR Return
Command line: V18SR

Places a 180 degree short radius return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also
normal to the X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the return direction in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the return direction in the negative Z direction.
Place a 180 degree vertical return

1. Click a 180 degree vertical return component command.
CADWorx Plant 515

Toolbars
Side Cross
Buttweld toolbar: Side Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Cross
Command line: HCRSW

Places a four-way straight cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side cross

1. Click a four-way straight side cross command.
Side Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Side Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Side Reducing Cross
Command line: HCRRW

Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 516

Toolbars
Place a side reducing cross

1. Click a four-way side reducing cross command.
Vert Reducing Cross

Buttweld toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Reducing Cross
Command line: VCRRW

Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the cross
is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Places the reducing branch of the cross tee at the start point.
Place a vertical reducing cross

1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.
Side Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Side Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Side Lateral
Command line: HLATW

Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Places the branch of the lateral in the positive Z direction.
CADWorx Plant 517

Toolbars
Down
Places the branch of the lateral in the negative Z direction.
Place a side lateral

1. Click a side lateral component command.
Vert Lateral
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Lateral
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Lateral
Command line: VLATW

Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
last point
Up
Down
Place a vertical lateral

1. Click a vertical lateral component command.
CADWorx Plant 518

Toolbars
Side 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 11.25 Ell
Command line: H11LR

Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
last point
Up
Down

Vert 11.25 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 11.25 Ell
Command line: V11LR

last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 519

Toolbars

Side 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Side 22.5 Ell
Command line: H22LR

Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the previous or
last point
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 520

Toolbars
Vert 22.5 Ell

Buttweld toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell
Victaulic toolbar: Vert 22.5 Ell
Command line: V22LR

last point
Up
Down

Side Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Side Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Side Wye
Command line: HYB

Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This command is
typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the wye at the centerline intersection of the main and branches of the wye.
CADWorx Plant 521

Toolbars
Place a side wye

1. Click a side wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye main.
Vert Wye
Buttweld toolbar: Vert Wye
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Wye
Command line: VYB

Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a vertical wye

1. Click a vertical wye command.
3. Click in the direction of the wye branches.
Flanges
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flanges
Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGW
more information, see Weld Neck Flange (page 523).
Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGO
information, see Slip-on Flange (page 525).
Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more FLGB
information, see Blind Flange (page 527).
CADWorx Plant 522

Toolbars
Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (page 527).
Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGT

more information, see Threaded Flange (page 529).
Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGL
more information, see Lap Joint Flange (page 531).
Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y STB

plane. For more information, see Stub End (page 531).
Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component in the LWN
X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld Neck (page
532).
Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in the FLRO

X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on Flange
(page 532).
Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange in FLRT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Threaded
Flange (page 534).
Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck flange in FLRW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Weld Neck
Flange (page 536).
Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Weld Neck
Command line: FLGW

Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (page 368). Gaskets can also be added to
flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion
Rule (page 58).
last point
Starts the plain end of the flange at the last point of the previously-created component.
Buttweld end
Starts the flange at the buttweld end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as another flange) would logically take the face end as the start point for
the flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite
direction.
CADWorx Plant 523

Toolbars
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end. This option appears when the previously placed
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the butt-welded end as the start point for
direction.

 Place a flange on a pipe (page 524)
 Place a flange that mates with another flange (page 524)
Place a flange on a pipe

1. Place a pipe component.
Place a pipe (page 486)
2. Click a flange component command.
3. Click to select a starting point at an end of the pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect
to the last point.
The flange component is drawn.
Flanges do not have a bolt or gasket automatically added unless the proper
piping rule is set. You must also have a set of flanges for this to occur. For more information,
see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58), Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (page 58), or Auto
Gasket (page 368).
.
For more information, see Connecting to components (page 480).
Place a flange that mates with another flange

1. Place a pipe and a flange.
Place a flange on a pipe (page 524)
3. Click to select a starting point at the end of the existing flange. Alternatively, press ENTER
to connect to the last point.
The flange component is drawn with the face mating to the face of the existing flange.
CADWorx Plant 524

Toolbars
piping rule is set. For more information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58), or Apply
Bolt Insertion Rule (page 58).
Slip-on Flange
Flanges toolbar: Slip On
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Flange
Command line: FLGO

Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. If Auto Gasket is turned on, then a gasket is also
placed on the flange. For more information, see Auto Gasket (page 368).
last point
Slip on end
Starts the flange at the slip-on end. This option appears when the previously placed
direction.
Face end
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the slip-on end as the start point for the
flange. Use this option to place the flange in a different location or in the opposite direction.

CADWorx Plant 525

Toolbars

to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
.

CADWorx Plant 526

Toolbars
Blind Flange
Flanges toolbar: Blind
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Blind Flange
Lined toolbar: Lined Blind Flange
Command line: FLGB

Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a flange
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to
define the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (page 60) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.
Socket Type Flange

Flanges toolbar: Socket Weld
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flange
Command line: FLGS

Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (page 58).
last point
Socket end
Starts the flange at the Socket end.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end.
CADWorx Plant 527

Toolbars


to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
.

CADWorx Plant 528

Toolbars
Threaded Flange
Flanges toolbar: Threaded
Command line: FLGT

Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (page 58).
last point
Thread end
Starts the flange at the threaded end.
Face end
Starts the flange at the face end.

CADWorx Plant 529

Toolbars

to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
.

CADWorx Plant 530

Toolbars
Lap Joint Flange

Flanges toolbar: Lap Joint
Command line: FLGL

Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a flange
2. Click to select a starting point. This must be another flange component; otherwise, the
system prompts you to add another flange. If prompted, select a flange from the list, and
skip step 3.
If you selected a Stub End or a Long Weld Neck the system prompts you to
define the length. Type the length as needed, and skip step 3.
3. Click to select the direction of the flange.
Some of the system prompts you may receive are based on the settings you have
defined in the piping rules for Apply Flange Insertion Rule (page 60) and Default Flange
Insertion Type.
Stub End
Flanges toolbar: Stub End
Command line: STB

Places a stub-end coupling component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (page 368). Gaskets can also be
added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by setting the Apply Gasket
Insertion Rule (page 58).
Length
Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current
specification is used.
Plan end
Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end
Starts the stub at the face end.
CADWorx Plant 531

Toolbars
Place a stub or weld neck

1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
The component is drawn.
Long Weld Neck

Flanges toolbar: Long Weld Neck
Command line: LWN

Places a long weld neck component in the X-Y plane.
Length
Defines the length of the stub-end. If no length is defined, the default value from the current
specification is used.
Plan end
Starts the stub at the plain end.
Face end
Starts the stub at the face end.
Place a stub or weld neck

1. Click a stub or weld neck component command.
2. If needed, select Length and type a length for the component.
3. Pick a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to
the last point.
Reducing Slip-on Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Slip On
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Flange
Command line: FLRO

Places a reducing slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (page 368). Gaskets can also be
last point
CADWorx Plant 532

Toolbars
Reducing end
Starts the flange at the reducing end. This option appears when the previously placed
direction.
Face end
component (such as a pipe) would logically take the reducing end as the start point for the


to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
.
CADWorx Plant 533

Toolbars

Reducing Threaded Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Threaded
Command line: FLRT

Places a reducing threaded flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Reducing end
direction.
Face end

CADWorx Plant 534

Toolbars

to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
.

CADWorx Plant 535

Toolbars
Reducing Weld Neck Flange

Flanges toolbar: Reducing Weld Neck
Command line: FLRW

Places a reducing weld neck flange in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Reducing end
direction.
Face end


to the last point.
Gasket (page 368).
CADWorx Plant 536

Toolbars
.

Flgd/BW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Flgd/BW Valves
 The commands on the Flgd/BW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (page 481).
 It is possible to add multiple pressure and ratings to valves in the Specification Editor. For
more information, see New and Edit Component Pane in the CADWorx Spec Editor User's
Guide.
 If you draw a valve with multiple ratings in CADWorx Plant and then attach a flange, the
software prompts you when the flange and the valve rating do not match. You can select
Yes to override and insert the flange. Optionally, select No, and then insert a flange with a
matching rating.
CADWorx Plant 537

Toolbars
Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. For GATF
more information, see Gate Valve (page 539).
Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. For BALF
more information, see Ball Valve (page 540)
Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. For GLBF
more information, see Globe Valve (page 541).
Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. For PLUF
more information, see Plug Valve (page 541).
Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. CHKF

For more information, see Check Valve (page 542).
Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y BFYF

plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (page 543).
Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange gasket DIAF

component in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Diaphragm Valve (page 543).
Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y plane. ROTF

For more information, see Rotary Valve (page 544).
Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange gasket DCHF
components in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Dual
Check Valve (page 545).
Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. CNTF

For more information, see Control Valve (page 545).
3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y 3VF

plane. For more information, see 3-Way Plan Valve (page
546).
4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y 4VF

plane. For more information, see 4-Way Plan Valve (page
547).
Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the RELF

X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side Valve (page
548).
Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. ANGF
For more information, see Angle Top Valve (page 549).
CADWorx Plant 538

Toolbars
3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with the H3VF

valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see 3-Way Side Valve (page 550)
3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component with V3VF

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
3-Way Vertical Valve (page 550).
4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with the H4VF

valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more
information, see 4-Way Side Valve (page 551)
Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the HRELF
relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Relief Top Valve (page 551)
Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with VRELF

the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Pressure Top Valve (page 552).
Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. HANGF
For more information, see Angle Side Valve (page 553).
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Gate Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Gate
Command line: GATF

Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Starts the plain end of the valve at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at its center.
CADWorx Plant 539

Toolbars
Place a valve
1. Click a valve component command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange.
Alternatively, press ENTER to connect to the last point. This works only when
connecting to a flange, otherwise follow the prompts provided by the software.
The valve component is drawn.
Ball Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Ball
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Ball Valve
Command line: BALF

Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 540

Toolbars
Globe Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Globe
Command line: GLBF

Places a globe valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Plug Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Plug
Victaulic toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUF

Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Center
CADWorx Plant 541

Toolbars
Place a valve
Check Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Check
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Check Valve
Command line: CHKF

Places a check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 542

Toolbars
Butterfly Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Butterfly
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Butterfly Valve
Command line: BFYF

Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Diaphragm Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Diaphragm
Command line: DIAF

Places a diaphragm valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 543

Toolbars
Place a valve
Rotary Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Rotary
Command line: ROTF

Places a rotary component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using Auto
Rule (page 58).
last point
Middle
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 544

Toolbars
Dual Check Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Dual Check
Command line: DCHF

Places a dual check valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Place a valve
Control Valve
Flanged Valves toolbar: Control
Command line: CNTF

Places a control valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the valve.
CADWorx Plant 545

Toolbars
Start
Places the valve at the start point.
Middle
Places the valve at its middle.
Place a valve
3-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VF

Places a three-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Starts the plain end of the component at the last point of the previously-created component.
Middle
Places the valve at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the valve.
Branch
Places the branch of the valve at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 546

Toolbars
Place a 3-way plan valve

1. Click a three-way valve command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as at the end of a pipe or a flange. Alternatively, press
ENTER to connect to the last point and skip the next step.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve. This prompt only appears when you are not
connecting to a component in the model.
4. Click in the direction of the branch of the valve.
4-Way Plan Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VF

Places a four-way valve component in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
ENTER to connect to the last point.
3. Click in the direction of the valve.
CADWorx Plant 547

Toolbars
Relief Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Side
Command line: RELF

Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Defines the length of the pressure side and the relief side of the valve.
Pressure
Places the pressure end of the valve at the start point.
Corner
Relief
Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.
Place an angle valve

1. Click an angle or relief valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the branch or relief end of the valve.
CADWorx Plant 548

Toolbars
Angle Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Top
Command line: ANGF

Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Corner
otherEnd

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
CADWorx Plant 549

Toolbars
3-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VF

Places a three-way valve component with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket
(page 368). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other
components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58).
last point
Middle
Branch
Up
Places the branch of the valve in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch of the valve in the negative Z direction.
Place a 3-way side valve

1. Click a three-way side valve component command.
3. Click in the direction of the main of the valve.
3-Way Vertical Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VF

Places a three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. You can place
gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket (page
368). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other components by
setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58).
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 550

Toolbars
Place a 3-way vertical valve

1. Click a three-way vertical valve component command.
4-Way Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VF

Places a four-way valve component with the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. You can
place gaskets on flange sets using Auto Gasket . For more information, see Auto Gasket
(page 368). Gaskets can also be added to flange sets or flanges connecting to other
components by setting the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58).
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
Relief Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Relief Top
Command line: HRELF

Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Relief
Places the relief end at the start point.
Corner
CADWorx Plant 551

Toolbars

Up
Down
Place an angle side valve

1. Click an angle or relief side valve component command.
Pressure Top Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Pressure Top
Command line: VRELF

Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Pressure
Corner
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 552

Toolbars

Angle Side Valve

Flanged Valves toolbar: Angle Side
Command line: HANGF

Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. You can place gaskets on flange sets using
last point
Corner
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 553

Toolbars
Lined
Plant menu: Toolbars > Lined
The commands on the Lined toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component in PIPFL

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe (page
557).
Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined 90FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 90
Degree Elbow Plan (page 571).
Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined 45FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged 45
Degree Elbow Plan (page 572).
Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (page
573).
Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined TERE

reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Reducing Tee Plan (page 595).
Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined concentric CNFL

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Flanged Concentric Reducer (page 573).
Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric ECFL

see Lined Eccentric Reducer (page 558).
Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y YFL
plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan (page 558).
Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross CRSE
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (page
596).
Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and CRRE

lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Reducing Plan (page 597).
CADWorx Plant 554

Toolbars
Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined LATE

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral
Plan (page 598).
Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane. For BLD
more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (page 706).
Lined Reducing Flange - Places a lined reducing flange in FLRO

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Slip-on
Flange (page 532).
Lined Blind Flange - Places a lined blind flange in the X-Y FLGB
plane. For more information, see Blind Flange (page 527).
Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined H90FL

elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side (page 580).
Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined H45FL

Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined V45FL

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert (page 582).
Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the HTEFL
Flanged Tee Side (page 582).
Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the main VTEFL
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
Tee Vertical (page 583).
Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined HTERE

reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Reducing Tee Side (page 618)
Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined VTERE

reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (page 618).
CADWorx Plant 555

Toolbars
Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y HYFL
plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Wye Side (page 559).
Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal to VYFL
the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane
For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (page 560).
Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined cross HCRSE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Side (page 619).
Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and HCRRE

lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side
(page 620).
Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged and VCRRE

lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (page
620).
Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined HLATE

lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (page 621).
Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined VLATE

lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lateral Vertical (page 622).
 The specification for lined pipe components is delivered in the <Units>_Lined_Specs.prj file
in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
 The FLGS column in the flanged component data files controls placement of flanges. A
value of 1 places a flange on the first end of the component. 2 places a flange on the
second end. 3 places flanges on both ends. 4 places a flange on the branch end of a tee or
wye. Other combinations of flanges are based on adding these values. For example, if the
flanges are needed on all ends of a tee, use 1 + 2 + 4 = 7.
CADWorx Plant 556

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Lined Pipe
Lined toolbar: Lined Pipe
Command line: PIPFL

Places a flanged and lined pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Flanged end
Places the flanged end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Plain end
Places the plain end of the pipe at the start point. This option is used when the pipe has a
flange on one end.
Length
Defines the length of the pipe. If no length is defined, the length is based on the start and
end points.
Place a pipe
CADWorx Plant 557

Toolbars
Lined Eccentric Reducer

Lined toolbar: Lined Eccentric
Command line: ECFL

Places a flanged and lined eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
This command reverses the main and reduction sizes automatically after execution.

or
or
Lined Wye Plan

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Plan
Command line: YFL

Places a flanged and lined wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Places the branch of the wye at the start point.
otherEnd
Places the component at the other end of the start point.
CADWorx Plant 558

Toolbars
Place a plan wye

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Lined Wye Side

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Side
Command line: HYFL

Places a flanged and lined wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side wye

CADWorx Plant 559

Toolbars
Lined Wye Vert

Lined toolbar: Lined Wye Vert
Command line: VYFL

Places a flanged and lined wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the
X-Y plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

Fiberglass
Plant menu: Toolbars > Fiberglass
The commands on the Fiberglass toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D
mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D Modeling
versus 2D Modeling (page 481).
Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more PIPF

information, see Fiberglass Pipe (page 563).
FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (page 564).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan (page 565).
FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket tee TESS

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan (page 566).
CADWorx Plant 560

Toolbars
FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket SWGCS

concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer
(page 567).
FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric SWGES

threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer
(page 567).
FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket CRSS

straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan (page 568).
FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree LATS

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (page 569).
FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y CPS
plane. For more information, see Coupling (page 569).
FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y CAPS

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap
(page 570).
FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane. For BUSS

more information, see Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
(page 570).
Sock-O-Let - Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. For SOL

more information, see Sock-O-Let (page 571).
FRP Blind Flange - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. FLGB
For more information, see Blind Flange (page 527).
FRP Flange - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y plane. FLGS
For more information, see Socket Type Flange (page 527).
FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged 90FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
90 Degree Elbow Plan (page 571).
FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged 45FL

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged
45 Degree Elbow Plan (page 572).
CADWorx Plant 561

Toolbars
FRP Flanged Tee Plan - Places a flanged tee in the X-Y TEFL
plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (page
573).
FRP Flanged Concentric - Places a flanged concentric CNFL

see Flanged Concentric Reducer (page 573).
FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S

Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow (page 574).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side (page 575).
FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to V45S

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
45 Degree Elbow Vert (page 575).
FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket tee HTESS

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side (page
576).
FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket tee VTESS

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert (page
577).
FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HCRSS

threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Straight
Cross Side (page 577)
FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree HLATS

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Lateral Side (page 578).
CADWorx Plant 562

Toolbars
FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree VLATS

threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral
Vert (page 578).
FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end VCPS
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full
Coupling End (page 579).
Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main VSOL

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Saddle
in Vertical (page 580).
FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged H90FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged H45FL

FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow V45FL

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
FRP Flanged Tee Side - Places a flanged tee with the HTEFL
Flanged Tee Side (page 582).
FRP Flanged Tee Vert - Places a flanged tee with the VTEFL
main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Flanged Tee Vertical (page 583).
You must set the <Units>_FRP_Specs.prj default specification that is supplied with CADWorx
for the icons to work on the toolbar.
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Fiberglass Pipe
Fiberglass toolbar: Pipe
Command line: PIPF

CADWorx Plant 563

Toolbars
Ends
Specifies the end options for the starting and ending of the pipe.
 Threaded
 Bevel
 Plain
last point
Center
Places the pipe along the center of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Place a fiberglass pipe

2. Click to select a starting point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
3. Click to select an ending point, or type the required coordinates in the command line, and
press ENTER.
4. If prompted for an end type, type the required end type on the command line, and press
ENTER.
Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90S

Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
CADWorx Plant 564

Toolbars
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default.
Corner
otherEnd

selection.
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S

last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 565

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Plan
Command line: TESS

Places a straight threaded/socket tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee

CADWorx Plant 566

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCS

Places a threaded/socket concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end

Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGES

Places an eccentric threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 567

Toolbars

or
or
Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS

Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Place a plan cross

CADWorx Plant 568

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Branch

Coupling
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Victaulic Coupling
Command line: CPS

Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
CADWorx Plant 569

Toolbars
Place a coupling
1. Click a coupling component command.
3. Click in the direction of the end of the coupling.
The coupling component is drawn.
Threaded/Socket Cap
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Cap
Command line: CAPS

Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Place a cap
Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing
Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS

Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the large end at the start point of the component.
Small end
Places the small end at the start point of the component.
CADWorx Plant 570

Toolbars
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
Sock-O-Let
Fiberglass toolbar: Sock-O-Let
Command line: SOL

Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a plan sock-o-let

1. Click a sock-o-let component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the sock-o-let.
The software draws the sock-o-let component on the model.
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90FL

Places a 90 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the start point of the component at the other end.
CADWorx Plant 571

Toolbars

selection.
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45FL

Places a 45 degree flanged elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

CADWorx Plant 572

Toolbars
Flanged Tee Plan

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Plan
Victaulic toolbar: Plan Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Plan
Command line: TEFL

Places a flanged tee or strainer in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the component at the centerline intersection of the main and the branches of the
component.
Branch
Places the start point at the branch of the component.
Place a plan flanged tee

1. Click a plan flanged tee command.
Flanged Concentric Reducer

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Concentric
Lined toolbar: Lined Concentric
Command line: CNFL

Places a flanged concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
CADWorx Plant 573

Toolbars
Large end

Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S

Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 574

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S

last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 575

Toolbars

Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Side
Command line: HTESS

Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

CADWorx Plant 576

Toolbars
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS

Places a straight threaded/socket tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the
tee is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch

Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS

Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 577

Toolbars
Place a side cross

Threaded/Socket Lateral Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down

Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Up
CADWorx Plant 578

Toolbars

Down

Full Coupling End

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Bell Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS

Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the coupling in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the coupling in the negative Z direction.
Place a coupling end

1. Click a coupling end component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the coupling.
CADWorx Plant 579

Toolbars
Saddle in Vertical
Fiberglass toolbar: Saddle in Vertical
Command line: VSOL

Places a soc-o-let with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is placed at
last point
Up
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the top of the soc-o-let in the negative Z direction.
Place a vertical soc-o-let

1. Click a vertical soc-o-let component command.
The soc-o-let component is drawn.
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 90 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90FL

Places a 90 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 580

Toolbars

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Side
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45FL

Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 581

Toolbars
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged 45 Ell Vert
Lined toolbar: Lined 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45FL

Places a 45 degree flanged elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down

Flanged Tee Side

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Side
Victaulic toolbar: Side Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Side
Command line: HTEFL

Places a flanged tee or strainer with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the strainer at the centerline intersection of the branch and main of the tee.
Up
CADWorx Plant 582

Toolbars

Down
Place a side flanged tee

1. Click a side flanged tee component command.
Flanged Tee Vertical

Fiberglass toolbar: FRP Flanged Tee Vert
Victaulic toolbar: Vert Strainer
Lined toolbar: Lined Tee Vert
Command line: VTEFL

Places a flanged tee or strainer with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the strainer
is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Branch
Place a vertical strainer

1. Click a vertical flanged tee component command.
CADWorx Plant 583

Toolbars
Sanitary
Plant menu: Toolbars > Sanitary
The commands on the Sanitary toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Sanitary Tubing - Places a butt-welded sanitary tubing PIPW

component. For more information, see Pipe (page 485).
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the X-Y 90EN

plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan (page
592).
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree reducing 90RE

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90
Reducing Ell Plan (page 593).
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in 45EN

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
(page 594).
Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y TESE
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan (page
594).
Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan - Places a sanitary reducing tee TERE

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing Tee
Plan (page 595).
Sanitary Cross Plan - Places a four-way sanitary cross in the CRSE

X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross Plan (page 596).
Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan - Places a four-way sanitary CRRE

reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Cross Reducing Plan (page 597).
Sanitary Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in LATE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lateral Plan (page
598).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree LARE

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (page 598).
CADWorx Plant 584

Toolbars
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow 22EN
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 22.5 Ell
Plan (page 599).
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary 11EN

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Plan (page 600).
Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in the UBEN

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Plan
(page 601).
Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric reducer CONCE

Sanitary Concentric (page 602).
Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer ECCE

Sanitary Eccentric (page 602).
Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling component in STUE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Stub (page
603).
Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane. YE

For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan (page 604).
Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane. CAPE
For more information, see Sanitary Cap (page 604).
Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the NUTE

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Nut/Coupling
(page 605).
Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary gate valve GATE

Sanitary Gate Valve (page 605).
Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve component BALE

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Ball
Valve (page 606).
Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve GLBE

Sanitary Globe Valve (page 607).
CADWorx Plant 585

Toolbars
Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve PLUE

Sanitary Plug Valve (page 607).
Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve CHKE

Sanitary Check Valve (page 608).
Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly valve BFYE

Sanitary Butterfly Valve (page 609).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way valve 3VE

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (page 609).
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree sanitary ANGE

angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (page 610).
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port pneumatic AIR1

actuator air valve. For more information, see Sanitary Multi 1
Port Valve (page 611).
Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port pneumatic AIR2

Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port pneumatic AIR3

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree reducing H90RE

Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (page 614).
Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow H45EN

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
45 Ell Side (page 615).
CADWorx Plant 586

Toolbars
Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow V45EN

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
45 Ell Vertical (page 615).
Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with the HTESE
Sanitary Tee Side (page 616).
Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee with the VTESE
Sanitary Tee Vertical (page 617).
Sanitary Reducing Tee Side - Places a sanitary reducing tee HTERE

with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Reducing Tee Side (page 618)
Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical - Places a sanitary reducing VTERE

tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (page 618).
Sanitary Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary cross with HCRSE

the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Cross Side (page 619).
Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way sanitary HCRRE

reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Side (page
620).
Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical - Places a four-way VCRRE

sanitary reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical (page
620).
Sanitary Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral in HLATE

the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For
more information, see Lateral Side (page 621).
Sanitary Lateral Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary lateral VLATE

with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Lateral Vertical (page 622).
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree HLARE

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in
the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Lateral Reducing Side (page 622).
CADWorx Plant 587

Toolbars
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree VLARE

sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing
Vertical (page 623).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow H22EN
normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run is
horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (page 623).
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow V22EN

vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
22.5 Ell Vertical (page 624).
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree sanitary H11EN

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next run
is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side (page 625).
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree elbow V11EN

vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
11.25 Ell Vertical (page 626).
Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend normal HUBEN

to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side (page 626).
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend VUBEN

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend
Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane HYE
with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Wye Side (page 628).
Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to the VYE

X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical (page 628).
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve H3VE

component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (page 629).
CADWorx Plant 588

Toolbars
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way V3VE

valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical (page
630).
Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree sanitary HANGE

angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Side
(page 630).
Sanitary fitting components can have many end types, such as butt-welded, flanged, ferrule,
coupling, hub, square, bull, and a simple engagement used with threaded and socket-welded
piping. The end types can also vary for each end of a fitting, as shown in the examples below.
CADWorx Plant 589

Toolbars
The available end types are defined by the selected specification, and the prompts for each
command reflect the end type used. Available end types are shown below.
End types are delivered in the files End1.dwg through End17.dwg in the [Product
Folder]\Plant\Support folder.
CADWorx Plant 590

Toolbars
The multi-port valves have special port controls in the data files. Listed below are all the port
types available for these valves. When all three ports are specified in the data file, all three ports
are drawn on the drawing. When only one or two ports are required, place 0 in the last port
entries and this supplies either a one or two port valve.
CADWorx end types are exported to Isogen as shown in the following table.
CADWorx End Type Isogen End Type
0 PL (Plain)
1 BW (Butt weld)
2 FL (Flanged)
3 LN (Liner/Nut)
4 LN (Liner/Nut)
5 MP (Male Part)
6 MP (Male Part)
7 MP (Male Part)
8 MP (Male Part)
CADWorx Plant 591

Toolbars
9 CL (Clamped)
10 CL (Clamped)
11 CL (Clamped)
12 CL (Clamped)
13 CL (Clamped)
14 SW (Socket Weld)
15 SC (Screwed)
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90EN

Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Places the other end of the elbow at the start point.
The end type is defined by the current specification.
CADWorx Plant 592

Toolbars

selection.
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan
Command line: 90RE

Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd

CADWorx Plant 593

Toolbars
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45EN

Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

Sanitary Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Plan
Command line: TESE

Places a straight sanitary tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the tee at the start point.
Branch
CADWorx Plant 594

Toolbars

Place a plan tee

Reducing Tee Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Plan
Command line: TERE

Places a reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Branch
CADWorx Plant 595

Toolbars
Place a plan tee

Cross Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Plan
Command line: CRSE

Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
otherEnd
Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch1
Places the first branch of the cross at the start point.
Branch2
Places the second branch of the cross at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 596

Toolbars
Place a plan cross

Cross Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Plan
Command line: CRRE

Places a four-way reducing cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the cross at the start point.
Branch
Place a sanitary plan reducing cross

1. Click Sanitary Cross Reducing Plan .
4. Click in the direction of the branch end.
CADWorx Plant 597

Toolbars
Lateral Plan
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Plan
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Plan
Command line: LATE

Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Branch
Places the branch end of the lateral at the start point.

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan
Command line: LARE

Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 598

Toolbars
otherEnd
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Branch

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan
Command line: 22EN

Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 599

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan
Command line: 11EN

Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd
Place a plan elbow

CADWorx Plant 600

Toolbars
Sanitary U-Bend Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Plan
Command line: UBEN

Places a 180 degree u-bend in the X-Y plane. The bend also has a branch the projects up or
down in the Z direction.
last point
Middle
Places the bend at the center point of the arc of the bend.
otherEnd
Places the other end of the bend at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Up
Places the branch in the positive Z direction.
Down
Places the branch in the negative Z direction.
Place a sanitary u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Plan .
3. Click in the direction of the bend.
4. Click in the direction of the end of the bend.
The bend component is drawn.
CADWorx Plant 601

Toolbars
Sanitary Concentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Concentric
Command line: CONCE

Places a sanitary concentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.

Sanitary Eccentric
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Eccentric
Command line: ECCE

Places a sanitary eccentric reducer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the large end of the reducer at the start point.
Small end
Places the small end of the reducer at the start point.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 602

Toolbars

or
or
Sanitary Stub
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Stub
Command line: STUE

Places a sanitary stub coupling component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Plan end
Places the plan end at the start point.
Face end
Places the face end at the start point.
Place a coupling
CADWorx Plant 603

Toolbars
Sanitary Wye Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Plan
Command line: YE
Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the end of the wye at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Branch
Place a plan wye

Sanitary Cap
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cap
Command line: CAPE

Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
CADWorx Plant 604

Toolbars
Place a cap
Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Nut/Coupling
Command line: NUTE

Places a sanitary nut/coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a coupling
Sanitary Gate Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Gate Valve
Command line: GATE

Places a sanitary gate valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
CADWorx Plant 605

Toolbars
Place a valve
Sanitary Ball Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Ball Valve
Command line: BALE

Places a sanitary ball valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 606

Toolbars
Sanitary Globe Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Globe Valve
Command line: GLBE

Places a sanitary globe valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
Sanitary Plug Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Plug Valve
Command line: PLUE

Places a sanitary plug valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
CADWorx Plant 607

Toolbars
Place a valve
Sanitary Check Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Check Valve
Command line: CHKE

Places a sanitary check valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 608

Toolbars
Sanitary Butterfly Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Butterfly Valve
Command line: BFYE

Places a sanitary butterfly valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
specification.
Place a valve
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan
Command line: 3VE

Places a sanitary three-way valve component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
otherEnd
Places the other end of the valve at the start point.
Branch
CADWorx Plant 609

Toolbars

Sanitary Angle Valve Plan

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Plan
Command line: ANGE

Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
otherEnd

CADWorx Plant 610

Toolbars
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve
Command line: AIR1

Places a one-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Places the valve actuator in the positive Z direction.
Place a multi-port valve

1. Click a multi-port valve component command.
3. To place the valve actuator in the X-Y plane, click in the direction of the actuator.
or
To place the valve actuator normal to the X-Y plane, select Up.
4. Type a value to rotate the valve about the actuator body axis.

Command line: AIR2

Places a two-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
CADWorx Plant 611

Toolbars

or

Command line: AIR3

Places a three-port pneumatic actuator air valve with the actuator in or normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up

or
CADWorx Plant 612

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Sanitary 90 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90EN

Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Plan end
Places the plan end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 613

Toolbars
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side
Command line: H90RE

Places a 90 degree sanitary reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
ENgagement end
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 614

Toolbars
Sanitary 45 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45EN

Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
FErrule end
Places the ferrule end of the elbow at the start point.
Up
Down

Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical
Command line: V45EN

Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
CADWorx Plant 615

Toolbars
FErrule end
Up
Down

Sanitary Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Side
Command line: HTESE

Places a straight sanitary tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
FErrule End
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 616

Toolbars
Place a side tee

Sanitary Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Tee Vertical
Command line: VTESE

Places a straight sanitary tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
last point
Branch

CADWorx Plant 617

Toolbars
Reducing Tee Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Side
Command line: HTERE

Places a reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Plan end
Places the plan end of the tee at the start point.
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Reducing Tee Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Tee Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Tee Vert
Command line: VTERE

Places a reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
last point
CADWorx Plant 618

Toolbars
Branch

Cross Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Cross Side
Command line: HCRSE

Places a four-way straight cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Flanged
Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
Place a side cross

CADWorx Plant 619

Toolbars
Cross Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Reducing Cross Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Side
Command line: HCRRE

Places a four-way reducing cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Flanged
Places the flanged end of the cross at the start point.
Place a sanitary side reducing cross

1. Click Sanitary Reducing Cross Side .
4. Click in the direction of the <type> end of the branch.
Cross Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Cross Reducing Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Reducing Cross Vert
Command line: VCRRE

Places a four-way reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
ENgagement branch end point
Places the engagement branch at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 620

Toolbars
Place a vertical reducing cross

1. Click a four-way vertical reducing cross command.
Lateral Side
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Side
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Side
Command line: HLATE

Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
last point
Middle
coupLing End
Places the coupling end of the lateral at the start point.
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 621

Toolbars
Lateral Vertical
Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Vertical
Lined toolbar: Lined Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATE

Places a 45 degree lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the lateral is
last point
Up
Down

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side
Command line: HLARE

Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
coupLing end
Places the other end of the lateral at the start point.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 622

Toolbars

Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical
Command line: VLARE

Places a 45 degree sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Up
Down

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side
Command line: H22EN

Places a 22.5 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
last point
FErrule end
CADWorx Plant 623

Toolbars

Up
Down

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical
Command line: V22EN

last point
FErrule end
Places the other end of the elbow at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 624

Toolbars

Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side
Command line: H11EN

Places an 11.25 degree sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when the
last point
FErrule End
specification.
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 625

Toolbars
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical
Command line: V11EN

last point
FErrule end
specification.
Up
Down

Sanitary U-Bend Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Side
Command line: HUBEN

Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
<Type> End
CADWorx Plant 626

Toolbars
specification.
Up
Down
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Side or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical .
5. Click in the direction of the branch.
Sanitary U-Bend Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary U-Bend Vertical
Command line: VUBEN

Places a 180 degree u-bend normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal to the X-Y
plane. This command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Center
<Type> End
specification.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 627

Toolbars
Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend

1. Click Sanitary U-Bend Side or Sanitary U-Bend Vertical .
5. Click in the direction of the branch.
Sanitary Wye Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Side
Command line: HYE

Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. This
command is typically used with pipe that is on the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side wye

Sanitary Wye Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Wye Vertical
Command line: VYE

Places a sanitary wye normal to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y plane.
This command is typically used with pipe that is normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 628

Toolbars

Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side
Command line: H3VE

Places a three-way valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
ENgagement end
Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 629

Toolbars
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical
Command line: V3VE

Places a sanitary three-way valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center
of the valve is placed at the start point by default.
last point
FErrule branch end point
Places the ferrule end of the valve at the start point.

Sanitary Angle Valve Side

Sanitary toolbar: Sanitary Angle Valve Side
Command line: HANGE

Places a 90 degree sanitary angle valve component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
ENgagement end
Places the engagement end of the valve at the start point.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 630

Toolbars

Victaulic
Plant menu: Toolbars > Victaulic
The commands on the Victaulic toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Pipe - Places a victaulic pipe component. For more PIPW

Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in 90LR

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell
(page 486).
Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow in 90SR

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR Ell
(page 487).
Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane. 45LR

For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (page 488).
Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow 90RD

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90
Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing elbow H90RD

Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y 11LR
Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y 22LR
Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For more TESW
information, see Plan Tee (page 490).
CADWorx Plant 631

Toolbars
Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in the TERW

X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing Tee
(page 490).
Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y CRSW

Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross CCRW

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Cross (page 495).
Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more YB

Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane. LATW

For more information, see Plan Lateral (page 496).
Plan Strainer - Places a strainer in the X-Y plane. For TEFL

more information, see Flanged Tee Plan (page 573).
Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component in CONC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc Reducer
(page 493)
Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component in ECC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer
(page 493).
Victaulic Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For CAPW
more information, see Cap (page 494).
Victaulic Coupling - Places a coupling in the X-Y plane. CPS

For more information, see Coupling (page 569).
Victaulic Flange - Places a flange in the X-Y plane. For FLGO

more information, see Slip-on Flange (page 525).
Victaulic Butterfly Valve - Places a butterfly valve BFYF

Butterfly Valve (page 543).
Victaulic Check Valve - Places a check valve component CHKF

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Check Valve
(page 542).
Victaulic Ball Valve - Places a ball valve component in the BALF

X-Y plane. For more information, see Ball Valve (page
540).
CADWorx Plant 632

Toolbars
Victaulic Plug Valve - Places a plug valve component in PLUF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plug Valve (page
541).
Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow H90LR

LR Ell (page 507).
Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow H90SR

SR Ell (page 507)
Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y H45LR

plane. For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (page 488).
Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y V45LR

Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to H11LR

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell
(page 519).
Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to V11LR

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell
(page 519).
Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the H22LR
520).
Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the V22LR
521).
Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal to HTESW
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee (page
510).
Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to the VTESW
X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (page 511).
CADWorx Plant 633

Toolbars
Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with HTERW

the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Reducing Tee (page 512).
Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with VTERW

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Reducing Tee (page 512).
Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the HCRSW

Side Cross (page 516).
Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross HCCRW

with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Cross (page 516).
Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing cross VCRRW

information, see Vert Reducing Cross (page 517).
Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the HYB
branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Wye (page 521).
Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with the VYB
branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Wye (page 522).
Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral in the X-Y plane HLATW

with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more
information, see Side Lateral (page 517).
Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral with the main VLATW

Lateral (page 518).
Side Strainer - Places a strainer with the branch normal to HTEFL

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Side
(page 582).
Vert Strainer - Places a strainer with the main normal to VTEFL

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee
You must use one of the Victaulic default specifications that are supplied with CADWorx for the
icons to work on the toolbar.
This toolbar provides components manufactured by Victaulic Corporation. The Victaulic
specifications and data files have been provided by Victaulic and can be used to draw
CADWorx Plant 634

Toolbars
components supplied by this company. The specifications supplied are for AWWA, IPS, 304,
316, and PFCS type components.
Threaded/Socket
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Fittings
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the
socket weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and
Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (page 19) to switch between these
two modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or
2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D
Modeling versus 2D Modeling (page 481).
Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe component. For PIPF

more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe (page 640).
Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more NIP
information, see Nipple (page 641).
Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For more TUBE

information, see Tube (page 642).
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket 90S/90T

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 90
Ell Plan (page 643).
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90SS/90ST

threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (page 644).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket 45S/45T

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 45
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree 90RS/90RT

threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (page 646).
Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight tee in TESS/TEST

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Plan
(page 647).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket TERS/TERT

Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (page 648).
CADWorx Plant 635

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer swage in SWGC

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Conc
Swage (page 648).
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer swage in SWGE

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
(page 649).
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with SWGCT

threaded hub in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (page 650).
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with SWGET

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (page 651).
Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y CAPS/CAPT

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap (page 651).
Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way threaded/socket CRSS/CRST

straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Cross Plan (page 652).
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket LATS/LATT

lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Lateral Plan (page 653).
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the X-Y PLGT

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (page 653).
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket bushing in BUSS/BUST

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
(page 654).
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full CPS/CPT

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Full Clpg Plan (page 654).
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half HCPS/HCPT

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Half Clpg Plan (page 655).
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket CPRS/CPRT

reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan (page 656).
Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For WOL
more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (page 657).
CADWorx Plant 636

Toolbars
Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For TOL
more information, see Threadolet Thread in Plan (page 657).
SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. For SOL

more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan (page
658).
EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLW

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Weld in
Plan (page 658).
EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLT

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Thread in
Plan (page 659).
EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane EOLS

on a plan elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet Socket
Weld in Plan (page 659).
LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLW

plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Plan (page
660).
LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLT

plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in Plan (page
660).
LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y LOLS

plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan
(page 661).
Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The NOLP
branch end of the fitting is plain. For more information, see
Nipolet Weld in Plan (page 661).
Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The NOLT
branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more information, see
Nipolet Thread in Plan (page 662).
Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y UNS/UNT

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union (page 662).
CADWorx Plant 637

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree threaded/socket H90S/H90T

Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side (page 663).
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree H90SS/H90ST

threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side (page 663).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket H45S/H45T

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side (page 664).
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket V45S/V45T

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (page 665).
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree H90RS/H90RT

threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side (page 666).
Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight tee HTESS/HTEST

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Tee Side (page 666).
Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight tee with VTESS/VTEST

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Tee Vert (page 667).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight threaded/socket HTERS/HTERT

reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Side (page 668).
Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket reducing VTERS/VTERT

straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert (page 668).
Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight HRCSS/HCRST

threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side (page 669).
Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket HLATS/HLATT

lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Side (page 669).
Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree threaded/socket VLATS/VLATT

lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert (page 670).
CADWorx Plant 638

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full VCPS/VCPT

coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (page 670).
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half VHCPS/VHCPT

coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (page 671).
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket VCPRS/VCPRT

reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End (page 672).
Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y VWOL

plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Vertical
(page 673).
Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y VTOL

plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in Vertical
(page 673).
SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y VSO:

plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in
EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLW

plane on a side elbow. For more information, see Elbowlet
Weld in Side (page 674).
EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLW

Weld in Vertical (page 675).
EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLT

Thread in Side (page 675).
EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLT

Thread in Vertical (page 676).
EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y HEOLS

Socket Weld in Side (page 676).
EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y VEOLS

Socket Weld in Vertical (page 677).
CADWorx Plant 639

Toolbars
LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of HLOLW

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in Side
(page 677).
LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of HLOLT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread in
Side (page 678).
LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the HLOLS

X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket Weld in
Side (page 678).
Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y VNOLP

plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (page 679).
Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y VNOLT

plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more
information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (page 679).
The arrow in the lower right corner of a command button indicates a fly-out menu with
additional commands available.
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Thrd/SW Pipe
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe
Command line: PIPF

If the drawing environment is set to threaded, the piping component has threaded
ends. If the drawing environment is set to a socket weld, the piping component has plain ends.
Ends
 Threaded
Used when working with threaded pipe. The threaded default option appears when
the environment is set to threaded mode. For more information, see Setup
Size/Spec Panel (page 19).
 Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
CADWorx Plant 640

Toolbars
 Plain
last point
TOP
BOP
Right
Places the pipe along the right side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Left
Places the pipe along the left side of the pipe, as defined along the Z-axis.
Place a threaded/socket pipe

4. If you receive a prompt for end types, type the option on the command line and press
ENTER.
Nipple
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Nipple
Command line: NIP

Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Defines the length of the fitting component.
Close
Reads the close distance as specified in the data file.
Ends
CADWorx Plant 641

Toolbars
 Threaded
 Bevel
Used when working with welded components.
 Plain
Place a nipple
1. Click Nipple . Alternatively, type NIP on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Click to select a starting point.
3. Click to select an ending point.
4. Specify the end option for the start of the component.
5. Specify the end option for the end of the component.
The end options default depends on which options you have set.
The pipe nipple is drawn.
Tube
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Tube
Command line: TUBE

Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. Different radii can be placed at each vertex of the
polyline, or you can define a common radius for all corners.
Use the Router command on the RT Panel (page 374) for useful 3D polyline
routing capabilities.
Tubing uses the pipe component entry within the CADWorx Plant specifications. Pipe and tubing
can be used concurrently. Tubing can occupy a range of 1/8” – 1/2”, whereas regular pipe can
occupy 3/4” and above. Tubing can be set up as an optional component, or the specification can
be set up to only handle tubing.
After tubing is placed in the drawing, other components can be inserted into it. Like normal
piping, tubing also automatically breaks. Even after a component is inserted, the tubing remains
as one piece. When edited with CEDIT, the tubing attached to a single polyline also acts as one
piece.
Grouping is controlled by the PICKSTYLE environmental variable, which must be
turned on for the tubing to act as one piece. Alternatively, you can use the CADWorx
GROUPTOG command to turn the CAD grouping control on or off. For more information, see
Group On/Off (page 281).
CADWorx Plant 642

Toolbars
Enter corner radius

Defines the radius to be used at each vertex.
Manual
Places individual radii at each corner of the selected polyline. The software pauses at each
vertex so that the radius can be defined. A rubber-banded line back to the actual vertex is
shown in the drawing.
 Tubing is exported to a live database, and appears in the CADWorx Bill of Material as one
piece.
 Tubing is exported to the CADWorx Isogen isometric generator and appears in the Isogen
material list.
 Tubing is not exported to CAESAR II.
 Tubing can be stretched only at the end point of the tube run by using the square grip point.
You can also use the plus grip points to route pipe from the tubing.
Place tubing
1. Click Tube . Alternatively, type TUBE on the command line and then press ENTER.
2. Type the required radius.
3. Select the 2D or 3D polyline.
The tubing is attached.
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan
Command line: 90/S90T

last point
Start
Places the start point of the component at the default start point.
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 643

Toolbars

selection.
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan
Command line: 90SS/90ST

Places a 90 degree street elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Female
Places the female end of the elbow first.
Male
Places the male end of the elbow first.
Corner
Female end direction
Specifies the direction of the female end of the elbow.
Male end direction
Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.
CADWorx Plant 644

Toolbars
Place a 90 degree street plan elbow
1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan . Alternatively, type 90SS on the command line and
then press ENTER.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type 90ST on the command
line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
5. Click in the direction of the male end of the elbow.
If the male end is placed first, the system prompts you for placement of the
female end.
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan
Command line: 45S/45T

last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 645

Toolbars
Place a plan elbow

Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan
Command line: 90RS/90RT

Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd

CADWorx Plant 646

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Plan
Command line: TESS/TEST

Places a threaded/socket straight tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee

CADWorx Plant 647

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan
Command line: TESS/TERT

Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee in the X-Y plane.
last point
Branch
Middle
Place a plan tee

Thrd/SW Conc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc Swage
Command line: SWGC

Places a concentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Places the non-reducing end at the start point
Small end
Large end type
Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
CADWorx Plant 648

Toolbars
Small end type

Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.
Place a concentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Conc Swage . Alternatively, type SWGC on the command line and then
press ENTER.
4. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
5. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc Swage
Command line: SWGE

Places an eccentric reducer swage in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Small end
Large end type
Specifies the end type connection at the large end of the swage.
Small end type
Specifies the end type connection at the small end of the swage.
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 649

Toolbars
Place an eccentric reducer swage

1. Click Thrd/SW Ecc Swage . Alternatively, type SWGE on the command line and then
press ENTER.
3. Click in the direction of the small end of reducer.
or
5. Specify the end type connection at the large end of the reducer.
Type the required alpha description.
6. Specify the end type connection at the small end of the reducer.
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub
Command line: SWGCT

Places a concentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end

CADWorx Plant 650

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub
Command line: SWGET

Places an eccentric reducer with threaded hub in the X-Y plane.
last point
Small end
Up
Down

or
or
Thrd/SW Cap
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cap
Command line: CAPS/CAPT

Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
CADWorx Plant 651

Toolbars
Place a cap
Thrd/SW Cross Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Plan
Command line: CRSS/CRST

Places a four-way threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Place a plan cross

CADWorx Plant 652

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Plan
Command line: LATS/LATT

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Branch

Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLGT

Places a plug in the X-Y plane.
last point
Cap end
Places the cap end of the component at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 653

Toolbars
Place a plug
1. Click a plug component command.
3. Click to select the end point.
The plug component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Bush/Insert
Command line: BUSS/BUST

Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large end
Small end
Place a bushing
1. Click a bushing component command.
3. Click to select the direction of the top of the bushing.
The bushing component is drawn.
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan
Command line: CPS/CPT

Places a coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
Places the component at the centerline.
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 654

Toolbars
Place a coupling
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan
Command line: HCPS/HCPT

Places a half coupling in the X-Y plane.
stubIn
Places the half coupling stub in the pipe.
stubOn
Places the half coupling stub on the pipe.
Manual
Places the half coupling from the centerline based on the value you enter for the distance
based on the inside diameter of the pipe. For example, if the pipe ID is 2.250, then the
maximum value you can enter is 2.250 for the placement of the half coupling. In the
example, the value entered was 0.3.
last point
CADWorx Plant 655

Toolbars
Place a half coupling

1. Click a half coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the middle of a pipe.
The stubIn, stubOn, and Manual options display.
3. Select the option that best fits your requirements.
4. Select a point on the pipe to locate the half coupling.
5. Click a direction for the coupling.
The software places the half coupling component.
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan
Command line: CPRS/CPRT

Places a reducing coupling in the X-Y plane.
last point
Large
Places the large end at the start point.
Middle
Places the start point of the component at the centerline.
Small
Places the small end at the start point.
CADWorx Plant 656

Toolbars
Place a coupling
Weldolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: WOL

Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan fitting

1. Click a plan fitting component command.
3. Click in the direction of the branch end of the fitting.
The fitting component is drawn.
Threadolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: TOL

Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

CADWorx Plant 657

Toolbars
Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Plan
Command line: SOL

Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point

Elbowlet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: EOLW

Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan elbowlet fitting

1. Click a plan elbowlet command.
4. Click in the direction of the butt weld end of the fitting.
CADWorx Plant 658

Toolbars
Elbowlet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: EOLT

Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Plan
Command line: EOLS

Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y plane on a plan elbow. The end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point

CADWorx Plant 659

Toolbars
Latrolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Plan
Command line: LOLW

Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Place a plan latrolet fitting

1. Click a plan latrolet command.
3. Click in the direction of the main end of the fitting.
Latrolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Plan
Command line: LOLT

Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

CADWorx Plant 660

Toolbars
Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Plan
Command line: LOLS

Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point

Nipolet Weld in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Plan
Command line: NOLP

Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point

CADWorx Plant 661

Toolbars
Nipolet Thread in Plan

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Plan
Command line: NOLT

Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point

Thrd/SW Union
Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Union
Command line: UNT

Places a threaded/socket union in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Places the component at the centerline intersection of the union.

CADWorx Plant 662

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90T

Places a 90 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Places the start point at the corner of the elbow.
Up
Down

Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Pipe 90 Street Ell Side
Command line: H90S/H90ST

Places a 90 degree street elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Male
Starts the elbow at the male end point of the selected component.
CADWorx Plant 663

Toolbars
Corner
Male end direction
Specifies the direction of the male end of the elbow.
Place a 90 degree side street elbow

1. Click Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan . Alternatively, type H90SS on the command line and
then press ENTER.
If the drawing environment is set to threaded mode, type H90ST on the command
line.
2. To optionally place the male end first, right-click and select Male.
3. Pick a starting point, such as the end of a pipe.
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side
Command line: H45S/H45T

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. Use this command when
the previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 664

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert
Command line: V45S/V45T

last point
Corner
Up
Down

CADWorx Plant 665

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side
Command line: H90RS/H90RT

Places a 90 degree threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Small
Up
Down

Thrd/SW Tee Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Side
Command line: HTESS/HTEST

Places a straight tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 666

Toolbars
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Thrd/SW Tee Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Vert
Command line: VTESS/VTEST

Places a straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is placed at
last point
Branch

CADWorx Plant 667

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Tee Red Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Side
Command line: HTERS/HTERT

Places a threaded/socket straight reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
Place a side tee

Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert
Command line: VTERS/VTERT

Places a straight reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of the tee is
last point
Branch
CADWorx Plant 668

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Cross Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Cross Side
Command line: HCRSS/HCRST

Places a four-way straight threaded/socket cross with the branch normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a side cross

Thrd/SW Lateral Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Side
Command line: HLATS/HLATT

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z
plane.
last point
Middle
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 669

Toolbars

Thrd/SW Lateral Vert

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Lateral Vert
Command line: VLATS/VLATT

Places a 45 degree threaded/socket lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. The center of
the lateral is placed at the start point by default.
last point
Up
Down

Thrd/SW Full Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Full Clpg End
Command line: VCPS/VCPT

Places a full coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
CADWorx Plant 670

Toolbars
Down

Thrd/SW Half Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Half Clpg End
Command line: VHCPS/VHCPT

Places a half coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
stubIn
Places the half coupling stub in the pipe.
stubOn
Places the half coupling stub on the pipe.
Manual
Places the half coupling from the centerline based on the value you enter for the distance
based on the inside diameter of the pipe. For example, if the pipe ID is 2.250, then the
maximum value you can enter is 2.250 for the placement of the half coupling. In the
example, the value entered was 0.3.
last point
CADWorx Plant 671

Toolbars
Up
Down
Place a half coupling

1. Click a half coupling command.
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the middle of a pipe.
The stubIn, stubOn, and Manual options display.
3. Select the option that best fits your requirements.
4. Select a point on the pipe to locate the half coupling.
5. Click a direction for the coupling.
The software places the half coupling component.
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End
Command line: VCPRS/VCPRT

Places a reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 672

Toolbars

Weldolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VWOL

Places a weldolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Up
Down
Place a vertical fitting

1. Click a vertical fitting component command.
Threadolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VTOL

Places a threadolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 673

Toolbars

Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: SW in Vertical
Command line: VSOL

Places a sockolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket welded.
last point
Up
Down

Elbowlet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HEOLW

Places an elbowlet fitting with in the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting is
butt welded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 674

Toolbars
Place a side elbowlet fitting

1. Click a side elbowlet component command.
Elbowlet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Weld in Vert
Command line: VEOLW

Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the X-Y plane on a side elbow. The branch end of the fitting
is butt welded.
last point
Place a vertical elbowlet fitting

3. Click in the direction of the buttweld end of the fitting.
Elbowlet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HEOLT

threaded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 675

Toolbars

Elbowlet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-Thrd in Vert
Command line: VEOLT

is threaded.
last point

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Side
Command line: HEOLS

socket welded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 676

Toolbars

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: EOL-SW in Vert
Command line: VEOLS

is socket welded.
last point

Latrolet Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Weld in Side
Command line: HLOLW

Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt
welded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 677

Toolbars
Place a side latrolet fitting

1. Click a side latrolet component command.
Latrolet Thread in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-Thrd in Side
Command line: HLOLT

Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
Down

Latrolet Socket Weld in Side

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: LOL-SW in Side
Command line: HLOLS

Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out of the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is socket
welded.
last point
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 678

Toolbars

Nipolet Weld in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Weld in Vertical
Command line: VNOLP

Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is butt welded.
last point
Up
Down

Nipolet Thread in Vertical

Thrd/SW Fittings toolbar: Thrd in Vertical
Command line: VNOLT

Places a nipolet fitting normal to the X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded.
last point
Up
CADWorx Plant 679

Toolbars
Down

Thrd/SW Valves
Plant menu: Toolbars > Thrd/SW Valves
The Command Line column in the table below shows the command for the
socket weld component and the equivalent threaded component. Use the Threaded and
Socket Weld commands on the Setup Size/Spec Panel (page 19) to switch between the
two modes.
The commands on the Thrd/SW Valves toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or
2D mode depending on how you define the drawing mode. For more information, see 3D
Modeling versus 2D Modeling (page 481).
Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in GATS/GATT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gate (page
683).
Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in BALS/BALT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Ball (page
683).
Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve GLBS/GLBT

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Globe
(page 684).
Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in PLUS/PLUT

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug (page
685).
Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld check CHKS/CHKT

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Check (page 685).
Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld needle NEDS/NEDT

Needle (page 686).
CADWorx Plant 680

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld DIAS/DIAT

diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Diaphragm (page 687).
Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld rotary ROTS/ROTT

Rotary (page 687).
Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld dual DCHS/DCHT

check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Dual Check (page 688).
Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld control CNTS/CNTT

Control (page 689).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld 3VS/3VT

three-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan (page 689).
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld 4VS/4VT

four-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan (page 690).
Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 RELS/RELT

degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Relief Top
(page 696).
Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 ANGS/ANGT

degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Angle Top (page 692).
Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve GAGS/GAGT

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Gage
(page 692).
X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve EGAB
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate BW
(page 693).
X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate valve EGAT
in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate Thrd
(page 694).
X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style gate EGAS

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body Gate
SW (page 694).
CADWorx Plant 681

Toolbars
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld H3VS/H3VT

three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side (page 695).
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket weld V3VS/V3VT

three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical (page 695).
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld H4VS/H4VT

four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side (page
696).
Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 HRELS/HRELT

degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Relief Side (page 691).
Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket weld 90 VRELS/VRELT

degree pressure relief valve with the pressure end normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pressure
Top.
Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld angle HANGS/HANGT

Angle Side (page 697).
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
CADWorx Plant 682

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Gate
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gate
Command line: GATS/GATT

Places a threaded or socket weld gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Ball
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Ball
Command line: BALS/BALT

Places a threaded or socket weld ball valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 683

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Globe
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Globe
Command line: GLBS/GLBT

Places a threaded or socket weld globe valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 684

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Plug
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Plug
Command line: PLUS/PLUT

Places a threaded or socket weld plug valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Check
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Check
Command line: CHKS/CHKT

Places a threaded or socket weld check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
CADWorx Plant 685

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Needle
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Needle
Command line: NEDS/NEDT

Places a threaded or socket weld needle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 686

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Diaphragm
Command line: DIAS/DIAT

Places a threaded or socket weld diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Rotary
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Rotary
Command line: ROTS/ROTT

Places a threaded or socket weld rotary valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 687

Toolbars
Place a valve
Thrd/SW Dual Check

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Dual Check
Command line: DCHS/DCHT

Places a threaded or socket weld dual check valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Middle
otherEnd
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 688

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Control
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Control
Command line: CNTS/CNTT

Places a threaded or socket weld control valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the component. This option is only available when you set the
Variable Component Length Assignment (page 66) rule to Show Options.
Middle
Place a valve
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan
Command line: 3VS/3VT

Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
Branch
Places the branch of the valve at the start point. The end type is defined by the current
specification.
CADWorx Plant 689

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan
Command line: 4VS/4VT

Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way plan valve command.
ENTER to connect to the last point.
CADWorx Plant 690

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Relief Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Side
Command line: RELS/RELT

Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree relief valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Corner
Relief
Places the relief end of the valve at the start point.
Pressure
Place a relief side valve

1. Click a relief valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the relief end of the valve.
CADWorx Plant 691

Toolbars
Thrd/SW Angle Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle
Command line: ANGS/ANGT

Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Start
Corner
otherEnd
Place an angle top valve

1. Click an angle valve component command.
4. Click in the direction of the branch end of the valve.
Thrd/SW Gage
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Gage
Command line: GAGS/GAGT

Places a threaded or socket weld gage valve in the X-Y plane
last point
Middle
 To pick the outlet locations of the gage valve, use the MIDpoint of OSnap command and
then pick the sides on the outlet end.
 Because there is no way to accurately locate the outlets in 3D, first draw the component in
2D and then use the CONVERTSOLID command to convert the valve component to 3D
solids.
CADWorx Plant 692

Toolbars
Place a valve
X-Body Gate BW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate BW
Command line: EGAB

Places a butt weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 693

Toolbars
X-Body Gate Thrd

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: X-Body Gate Thrd
Command line: EGAT

Places a threaded X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a valve
X-Body Gate SW
Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW X-Body Gate SW
Command line: EGAS

Places a socket weld X-body style gate valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Place a valve
CADWorx Plant 694

Toolbars
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Side
Command line: H3VS/H3VT

Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point
Middle

Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical
Command line: V3VS/V3VT

Places a threaded or socket weld three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Middle
CADWorx Plant 695

Toolbars

Thrd/SW 4 Way Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW 4 Way Side
Command line: H4VS/H4VT

Places a threaded or socket weld four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y
plane.
last point
Middle

1. Click a four-way side valve command.
Thrd/SW Relief Top

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Relief Top
Command line: HRELS/HRELT

Places a threaded or socket weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal to
the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Relief
Places the start point at the relief end.
Corner
CADWorx Plant 696

Toolbars
Up
Down
Place a relief top valve

1. Click a relief valve component command.
Thrd/SW Angle Side

Thrd/SW Valves toolbar: Thrd/SW Angle Side
Command line: HANGS/HANGT

Places a threaded or socket weld angle valve in the X-Y plane.
last point
Corner
Up
Down
CADWorx Plant 697

Toolbars

Gaskets, Etc.
Plant menu: Toolbars > Gaskets, Etc.
Tick Mark - Creates a dimension tick mark. For more TICK

information, see Tick Mark (page 415).
Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected STDBOLT

Non Standard - Places non standard stud bolts at the NONSTDBOLT

selected location. For more information, see Non Standard
(page 373).
Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at each AUTOBOLT

gasket. For more information, see Automatic (page 369).
Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see Gasket GAS

(page 699).
Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information, see WELD
Weld Gap (page 700).
CADWorx Plant 698

Toolbars
Gasket
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Gasket
Command line: GAS

Places a gasket. The gasket is composed of two different entities. First is an inserted block that
is located at the insert point. Another inserted block is placed on the other side of the gasket.
The GASR contains Xdata information for Bill of Materials extraction. GASL is a plain insert
without information. When you use mode conversion to convert components to another mode in
a Z-plane position, the GASL insert is destroyed. When you convert the single GASR insert in
the proper X and Y planes, both sides of the gasket are created again.
The shape of the gasket allows for other uses, as explained below.
The half circle on the outer portion of both inserts allow for easy picking for dimensioning. For
example, when dimensioning, select Osnap, CENter of, and pick the center of circle which is the
exact corner of the face of flange). You should find that it is relatively easy to select the center of
the circle from a zoomed out view.
For placing a flange face against the gasket, you can select Osnap, ENDpoint of, and select the
side of the gasket to place the flange perfectly in position. This provides a method of placing the
flange when the last point option is no longer available.
This routine is also used for ring type joints. The data files for rings have an extra column
indicating the ring number. The gasket routine senses this additional column and adds this ring
number to the bill of materials description. The distance between the faces of adjoining flanges
(under compression) are used in this file instead of the actual depth of the ring.
Insert a gasket
1. Click Gasket .
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software inserts a gasket at the selected location.
The same procedure can be used to place ring type joints. The data files for rings
have an extra column, which indicates the ring number. The gasket routine senses this
additional column, and adds this ring number to the Bill of Materials description. The distance
between the faces of adjoining flanges (under compression) is used in this file instead of the
actual depth of the ring.
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58) in Piping Rules under Setup .
CADWorx Plant 699

Toolbars
Weld Gap
Gaskets, Etc. toolbar: Weld Gap
Command line: WELD

Creates weld gaps for detailed pipe fabrication. Weld gaps are controlled by the currently
defined specification and are placed according to size and/or schedule.
last point
Places the weld gap at the last point of the previously-created component.
Each specification has data files that provide different thicknesses.
Define a weld gap

1. Click Weld Gap .
2. Click to select a starting point, such as the end of a pipe. Alternatively, press ENTER to
select the last point of the previously-placed component.
3. Click in the required direction.
The software creates a weld gap.
Use Osnap > Insert and select any portion of the weld gap symbol to start a new
pipe or component from the weld gap
You can set the software to automatically add Gaskets when needed by changing the
Apply Weld Insertion Rule (page 58) in Piping Rules under Setup .
Pipe Ends
Plant menu: Toolbars > Pipe Ends
Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a flange ENDFLG

O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (page 434)
Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain end ENDPLAIN

of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (page 434).
Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the hidden ENDHIDDEN

end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden End (page
435).
Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe end ENDPIPE

of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (page 435).
CADWorx Plant 700

Toolbars
Restraints
Plant menu: > Toolbars > Restraints
The types of restraints used with CADWorx Plant are listed in the table below.
Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For TRANSLATIONAL

Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more ANCHOR

Spring Hanger - Creates a spring hanger-type restraint. For SPRING

more information, see Spring Hanger (page 446).
Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more ROTATIONAL

Snubber - Creates a Snubber-type restraint. For more SNUBBER

Guide - Creates a Guide-type restraint. For more information, GUIDE

see Guide (page 448).
The restraint is used in the bi-directional link with CAESAR II. The position of the restraint is
important for the evaluation of the stress model within CAESAR II. For example, you can
position a rotational restraint at any vector.
Restraints appear on the drawing in a symbolic format. You can modify the symbol shape that
appears on the output drawing by editing the restraint drawing file. These drawing files are
delivered to the [Product Folder]\Support folder. If necessary, a restraint symbol can be
re-drawn as a three-dimensional shape. In these instances, you must maintain the base of the
restraint at 0,0,0 and the direction of the restraint at 0 degrees.
 The CAESARIITolerance (page 34) variable is useful when the bi-directional process
encounters a problem locating a restraint along a pipe line, especially if the pipe line is
sloped.
 All supports drawn using the Restraint commands in CADWorx Plant are exported as guides
to Isogen. To export a different symbol to Isogen, use the Isogen Data Dialog Box (page
93) to change the SKEY. Acceptable SKEY values are: Four blank characters, ANCH,
DUCK, GUID, SKID, SPRG, and HANG. For information about the sample Isogen shapes
used with these SKEYS, see the Isogen Symbol Keys Reference Guide, which you can find
in [Product Folder]Plant\Isogen\I-Configure\resdlls\0009.
 You can also use the Isogen Data dialog box to change the support direction.
CADWorx Plant 701

Toolbars
Misc
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Use the Threaded and Socket Weld commands on the Setup

Size/Spec Panel (page 19) to switch between these two modes for SW/Thrd Plan and SW/Thrd
Side.
The commands on the Misc toolbar can be used for modeling in 3D or 2D mode
Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y STRF

plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (page 704).
SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer STRT

SW/Thrd Plan (page 705).
Create - Creates symmetrical or nonsymmetrical user shape USERCREATE

components. For more information, see User Shapes (page
283).
User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y plane. USE1
For more information, see User Shapes (page 283).
Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the X-Y BLD
plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (page
706).
Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing SPCT

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle
Blind Side (page 706).
CADWorx Plant 702

Toolbars
Reinforcing Pad - Inserts information indicating a REINFPAD

reinforcement pad. For more information, see Reinforcing Pad
(page 443).
Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts information indicating a REINFSAD

reinforcement saddle. For more information, see Reinforcing
Saddle (page 444).
Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the drawing in EXPF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Expansion Joint
(page 707).
Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing. ELEMENT

For more information, see Rigid Element (page 708).
Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic CAD GENERIC

object in the drawing. For more information, see Generic
Attach (page 349).
Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the drawing. STOPSIGN
For more information, see Stop Sign (page 189).
Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal to HSTRF

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side (page
709).
SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer HSTRT

component normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see SW/Thrd Side (page 709).
Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main normal VSPCT
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Spectacle Blind
The arrow in the lower right corner of the button indicates a flyout for more options.
CADWorx Plant 703

Toolbars
Modeling in 3D
and 2D modeling.
Flanged Plan
Misc toolbar: Flanged Plan
Command line: STRF

Places a flanged pipe component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Length of basket side
Specifies the length of the basket side of the component. This option is only available when
you set the Variable Component Length Assignment (page 66) rule to Show Options.
otherEnd
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
Place a plan flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Plan . Alternatively, type STRF, and press ENTER.
2. Type L for length, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
length, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The flanged plan pipe is placed.
CADWorx Plant 704

Toolbars
Auto Routing from the strainer lateral

1. Select the strainer in the drawing.
2. Click the grip point to autoroute from the lateral.

The piping component list displays.
3. Select Pipe or Nipple.
The sizes list for the pipes or nipples displays.
4. Select the size.
The pipe or nipple displays in the drawing with a Tap Connection automatically added.
SW/Thrd Plan
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Plan
Command line: STRT

Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
otherEnd
Place the start point of the component at the other end.
Main end
Specifies the direction of the second point.
Branch end
Specifies the direction of the branch end of the pipe.
CADWorx Plant 705

Toolbars
Place a side socket weld threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Plan . Alternatively, type STRT, and press ENTER.
3. Select a main end direction.
4. Select branch direction.
The plan socket weld/threaded pipe is placed.
Bleed Ring or Spacer

Misc toolbar: Bleed Ring
Lined toolbar: Lined Spacer
Command line: BLD

Places a bleed ring or spacer in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the bleed ring.
Place a bleed ring

1. Click Bleed Ring . Alternatively, type BLD, and press ENTER.
The bleed ring is placed.
Spectacle Blind Side

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Side
Command line: SPCT

Places a blind spectacle normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Open
Places the start point at the open end.
Close
Places the start point at the closed end.
CADWorx Plant 706

Toolbars
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.
Place a side blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Side . Alternatively, type SPCT, and press ENTER.
2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the last point.
The side blind spectacle is placed.
Reinforcing Saddle
Miscellaneous toolbar: Reinforcing Saddle
Command line: REINFSAD

Attaches a reinforcement saddle to a branch connection. On the drawing, the reinforcement
saddle is represented by the alpha-identifier S. This symbolic letter has Xdata attached to it that
is used in Bill of Material generation and with the CAESAR II bi-directional link.
For more information, see Insert a reinforcement saddle (page 444).
Expansion Joint
Misc toolbar: Expansion Joint
Command line: EXPF

Places an expansion joint in the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
Specifies the length of the expansion joint.
CADWorx Plant 707

Toolbars
Place an expansion joint

1. Click Expansion Joint . Alternatively, type EXPF, and press ENTER.
The expansion joint is placed.
Rigid Element
Misc toolbar: Rigid Element
Command line: ELEMENT

Places a CAESAR II element in the drawing.
Used with CAESAR II (pipe stress analysis software) when a rigid component is required. This is
convenient when using a rigid from the base of a pump to the pump discharge piping, or placing
a rigid as a structural member that might be supporting the pipe.
When using the CAESAR II bi-directional link or importing a stress input file, rigids can be
automatically placed. These rigids are used by the bi-directional link and should not be modified
in any manner. They can be moved with a piping system, but they need to remain in their
relative location. They are often used when the length of a CAESAR II component does not
match the components contained within CADWorx.
These elements are represented with a polyline that has pointed ends. Specify where rigid
elements display from the LayerByLineNumber (page 44) configuration setting.
Place a rigid element

1. Click Rigid Element . Alternatively, type ELEMENT, and press ENTER.
3. Select a second point.
The rigid element is placed.
Modeling in 2D
in a 2D drawing.
CADWorx Plant 708

Toolbars
Flanged Side
Misc toolbar: Flanged Side
Command line: HSTRF

Places a pipe component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
otherEnd
Up
Down
Places the branch direction in the negative the Z direction.
Place a side flange pipe

1. Click Flanged Side . Alternatively, type HSTRF, and press ENTER.
The side flanged pipe is placed.
SW/Thrd Side
Misc toolbar: SW/Thrd Side
Command line: HSTRT

Places a socket weld/threaded strainer component normal to the X-Y plane.
last point
Length
CADWorx Plant 709

Toolbars

otherEnd
Up
Down
Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe

1. Click SW/Thrd Side . Alternatively, type HSTRT, and press ENTER.
The socket weld threaded pipe is placed.
Spectacle Blind Vertical

Misc toolbar: Spec Bld Vert
Command line: VSPCT

Places a vertical blind spectacle side in the X-Y plane.
Open
Places the start point at the open end.
Close
Places the start point at the closed end.
Thickness
Specifies the thickness of the blind spectacle.
CADWorx Plant 710

Toolbars
Place a vertical blind spectacle

1. Click Spec Bld Vert . Alternatively, type VSPCT, and press ENTER.
2. Type T for thickness, or press ENTER to connect to the last point. If you are entering the
thickness, follow the prompts back to this step for the start point.
The blind spectacle is drawn.
Operators
Plant menu: Toolbars > Operators
Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already drawn in TOPWORKSADD
the model. For more information, see Top Works Add (page
333).
Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or deletes TOPWORKSCHANGE

top works already associated with a valve. For more
information, see Top Works Change (page 333).
Line Numbers
Plant menu: Toolbars > Line Numbers
Line Number Setup - Modifies any line number configuration. NUMBERSETUP

For more information, see Setup (page 263).
Line Number Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers NUMBERASSIGN

to existing components. For more information, see Assign
(page 267).
Line Number Annotate - Labels components with existing NUMBERANNOTATE

line numbers. For more information, see Annotate (page 268).
Line Number By - Sets the line number from one of three NUMBERSET
sources: a P&ID project, the current drawing, or a selected
component. For more information, see Set (page 265).
CADWorx Plant 711

Toolbars
Line Number Count - Sets the present line number count NUMBERCOUNT
value. For more information, see Count (page 266).
Line Number Increment - Increases the line number count NUMBER+

value. For more information, see Increment (page 267).
Line Number Decrement - Decreases the line number count NUMBER-

value. For more information, see Decrement (page 267).
UCS
Plant menu: Toolbars > UCS
Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the flat VIEWFLAT
position. For more information, see Flat (page 452).
North - Places the current user coordinate system in the north VIEWNORTH
position. For more information, see North (page 453).
South - Places the current user coordinate system in the VIEWSOUTH

south position. For more information, see South (page 454).
East - Places the current user coordinate system in the east VIEWEAST
position. For more information, see East (page 456).
West - Places the current user coordinate system in the west VIEWWEST
position. For more information, see West (page 454).
Next - Toggles through each of the Point and Shoot UCS UCSNEXT
positions. For more information, see UCS Next (page 453).
UCS Object - Orients the UCS according to an object you UCS

select. For more information, see UCS Object (page 456).
Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that indicates COMPASS

the Point and Shoot orientation. For more information, see
Compass (page 453).
This Compass command is only available in
CADWorx Plant Professional.
CADWorx Plant 712

Toolbars
Settings
Plant menu: Toolbars > Settings
Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current SETUP

Specification - Specifies a drawing specification file. For SETSPEC

more information, see Set Specification and Size (page 52).
Main Size - Specifies main and reduction sizes. For more SETSIZE
information, see Set Specification and Size (page 52).
Size - Specifies the main and reduction size by selecting a COMP2SIZE

Spec - Specifies the current specification by selecting a COMP2SPEC

Size-Spec - Specifies the main size, reduction size, and COMP2SIZESPEC

specification by selecting a component. For more information,
see Size-Spec (page 74).
Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a COMP2LINE

component that you select. For more information, see Line
(page 269).
All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification, and COMP2ALL
line number by selecting a component with the needed values.
For more information, see All (page 75).
Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For more CURRENT

information, see Settings (page 109).
2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D CONVERTDOUBLE

double line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert
(page 104) and 2D Double Line (page 106).
2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single CONVERTSINGLE

line mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (page
104) and 2D Single Line (page 106).
3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

For more information, see Mode Convert (page 104) and 3D
Solids (page 106).
CADWorx Plant 713

Toolbars
Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to CONVERTISO

Threaded - Specifies the threaded fitting mode for hub-based —

components. For more information, see Threaded (page 109).
Socket Weld - Specifies the socket welded fitting mode for —

hub-based components. For more information, see Socket
Weld (page 109).
Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

For more information, see Local Edit (page 86).
Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within the XCEDIT

component XREF. For more information, see XREF Edit (page
110)
Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. GCEDIT

For more information, see Global Edit (page 101).
Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off. For CONNECTOG

more information, see Auto Connect (page 281).
Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For more ZOOMLOCK
information, see Zoom Lock (page 366).
Optional Items - Places a component when the component SPECOPTION

type in the specification has an optional component. For more
information, see Optional Items (page 72).
Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the centerline GROUPTOG

of the component with the accompanying graphics. For more
information, see Group On/Off (page 281).
Defines all CADWorx settings within the current drawings
CADWorx Plant 714

Toolbars
Palettes
Plant menu: Toolbars > Misc
Spec View - Filters the available components based on the SPECVIEW

size and specification settings. For more information, see
Spec View Palette (page 112).
Line View -Isolates components based on their line number or LINEVIEW

their specification. For more information, see Line View
Palette (page 117).
Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can add, INSULATIONVIEW
modify and remove insulation configurations that can be
applied to CADWorx components. For more information, see
Insulation View Palette (page 149).
Clash Management - Runs interactive clash detection on 3D CLASHMGMT

solids in the current drawing and any attached XREF
drawings. You can also add soft clashes to locations of your
model for items that could potentially clash with other parts of
the model, or for areas that need to remain clear of
obstructions, such as where a level on a valve needs free
movement. For more information, see Clash Management
(page 164).
Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of modeling DISCONTINUITYVIEW

issues. For more information, see Discontinuity View Palette
(page 156).
P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID table in a PIDVIEW
project database. For more information, see P&ID View
Palette (page 159).
CADWorx Plant 715

APPENDIX A
Specification and Data Files

CADWorx Plant specification files (.prj) are delivered in the [Product Folder]\Plant\Spec folder.
You can relocate these files to other local or network folders:
 Change the location of the Spec folder by modifying the SpecificationDirectory (page 49)
variable stored in the current configuration settings.
Editing Component Data Files

CADWorx Plant uses a component data text file to determine the correct dimensions of
components. When you select a component, the software checks the current specification,
retrieves data from the correct data file, and draws the component.
Use the Spec Editor to create new data files for components and the needed component
sizes. The data file structure that is required for each component is provided in the DataFile.tbl
file in the [Product Folder]\Plant\System folder. This file is used to generate template data. For
more information, see the Spec Editor documentation delivered with CADWorx.
CADWorx Plant 716

APPENDIX B
AutoCAD and BricsCAD Workflows

Used With Plant
In This Appendix
Modifying a User Profile................................................................. 717
Creating a Base Profile .................................................................. 719
Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure with CADWorx Plant 719
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live Database.......... 723
Modifying a User Profile

You can run CADWorx Plant from any network or local folder by manually creating or modifying
a user profile and modifying the search paths in the profile.
CADWorx runs within AutoCAD or BricsCAD by using the AutoCAD or BricsCAD user profile
command line switch, /P. A user profile shortcut is created when Plant is installed. For example,
if AutoCAD is installed in the C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD folder, a shortcut is created
for CADWorx Plant. The value of Target on the Shortcut tab of the Properties dialog box for
the shortcut is:
AutoCAD: "C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD\acad.exe" /P "Profile
Name"
BricsCAD: "C:\Program Files\Bricsys\BricsCAD\bricscad.exe" /P "Profile
Name"
The acad.rx file is in the support folder. AutoCAD uses the acad.rx to load the Plant menus,
toolbars, and panels.
The autoload.rx file is in the support folder. BricsCAD uses the autoload.rx to load the Plant
menus, toolbars, and panels.
AutoCAD
Manually create a profile for AutoCAD by modifying the support file search paths and the
template file location.
1. Right-click, and then select Options.
CADWorx Plant 717

AutoCAD and BricsCAD Workflows Used With Plant
2. Under Files in the Support File Search Path, select the folder name, and then type the
new folder path.
3. Manually create the new support folder and copy the acad.rx file to this folder.
4. In AutoCAD, select the Files tab, expand Template Settings > Drawing Template File
Location, select the folder name, and type the new folder path.
5. Click OK.
To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All
Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.
BricsCAD
Manually create a profile for BricsCAD by modifying the support file search paths and the
template file location.
1. Type Options on the command line.
The Settings dialog box displays.
2. Expand Program Options.
3. Expand Files, select Support file search path, and then click the ellipsis.
The Folder List dialog box displays.
4. Double-click an empty row in the list, and then click the ellipsis.
CADWorx Plant 718

The Choose a Folder dialog box displays.

5. Manually create the new support folder and copy the autoload.rx file to the new folder.
6. In BricsCAD, expand Template, and then type the new folder path in Template path.
7. Click OK.
To set up a profile for another user login on the same computer, run Start > All
Programs > CADWorx > Plant > Setup Profile - Plant.
Creating a Base Profile

To create a base profile, you can copy the AutoCAD icon, BricsCAD icon, or Plant icon, and
specify a profile. This profile is based on the default CAD profile.
1. Make a copy of the Plant shortcut on the desktop.
2. Right-click the shortcut and select Properties.
The Properties dialog box appears.
3. On the Shortcut tab, replace the value after /P in Target with the new profile name. For
example:
"C:\Program Files\Autodesk\AutoCAD - English\acad.exe" /P UserBase
You can use any name that is not used on the Profile tab of the Options dialog
box (Tools > Options) in the CAD platform. Use quotes around the profile name if it
contains spaces.
4. Click OK.
5. Double-click the shortcut to start the software.
The CAD platform creates a new profile based on the software defaults.
Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure with

CADWorx Plant
You can run CADWorx Plant and the standalone versions of CADWorx Equipment and
CADWorx Structure simultaneously within the same CAD platform session. You run the
programs simultaneously when your model contains equipment that was created in Equipment,
or a structure that was created in Structure and you need to modify the equipment or structure in
the Plant drawing session.
Load Structure and Equipment in Plant in AutoCAD

1. In Plant, click Tools > Options.
2. On the Files tab, expand Support File Search Path.
CADWorx Plant 719

3. Click Add, and then browse to the CADWorx Equipment support folder or CADWorx
Structure support folder. Click OK.
To load Structure, click Add, and then browse to the Blocks folder, click OK.
Click Add again, and then browse to the Borders folder, click OK.
4. Move the Structure path and the Equipment path below the Plant path as shown in the
following figure.
The Plant path must be listed first in the Support File Search Path.
5. Collapse Support File Search Path, and then expand Trusted Locations.
6. Click Add, and then browse to the CADWorx Equipment support folder or CADWorx
Structure support folder, and then click OK.
CADWorx Plant 720

The Options dialog box displays the product paths on the Files tab, as shown in the
following figure.
7. Click OK on the Option dialog box, and then close the dialog box and exit CADWorx Plant.
8. Start Windows Explorer and browse to the CADWorx Plant support directory (for example,
C:\[CADWorx Version]\Plant\Support).
9. Locate the acad.rx file, and then open it in a text editor.
10. Type CADWorxEquipment.arx and CADWorxStructure.arx below CADWorxPlant.arx.
 If CADWorxEquipment.arx or CADWorxStructure.arx is above CADWorxPlant.arx,

CADWorx Plant tool tips do not function.
CADWorx Plant 721

 To use CADWorx Structure in CADWorx Plant, make sure they are both installed on the
same version of the selected CAD platform.
11. Start CADWorx Plant.
CADWorx Equipment and Structure start simultaneously within Plant.
12. If the Equipment menu does not load, run the LOADMENUEQUIP command.
Load Structure and Equipment in Plant in BricsCAD

1. In Plant, type Options on the command line.
The Settings dialog box displays.
2. Expand Files.
3. Click Support file search path, and then click the ellipsis.
4. Click Add , and then browse to the CADWorx Equipment Support or CADWorx Structure
Support folder.
To load Structure, click Add, and then browse to the Blocks folder, click OK.
Click Add again, and then browse to the Borders folder, click OK.
5. Move the Structure path and the Equipment path below the Plant path as shown in the
following image.
The Plant path must be listed first in the Folder List.
6. Click OK on the Option dialog box, and then close the dialog box and exit CADWorx Plant.
7. Start Windows Explorer and browse to the CADWorx Plant support directory (for example,
C:\[CADWorx Version]\Plant\Support).
8. Locate the autoload.rx file, and open it using a text editor.
CADWorx Plant 722

9. Type CADWorxEquipment.brx and CADWorxStructure.brx below CADWorxPlant.brx.
 If CADWorxEquipment.brx or CADWorxStructure.brx is above CADWorxPlant.brx,

CADWorx Plant tool tips do not function.
 To use CADWorx Structure in CADWorx Plant, make sure they are both installed on the
same version of the selected CAD platform.
10. Start CADWorx Plant.
CADWorx Equipment and Structure start simultaneously within Plant.
11. If the Equipment menu does not load, run the LOADMENUEQUIP command.
Special Monitored Commands Used With a Live

Database
This following CAD commands are monitored by CADWorx for live external database
synchronization. When any of the commands are used, CADWorx automatically updates a live
external database.
Erase and Undo Commands

These commands remove and restore graphic entities and mark rows in the database. If a
CADWorx component is deleted from the drawing, the row from the database is deleted when
the drawing file is closed.
 ERASE
 U
 UNDO
 REDO
 MREDO
 OOPS
 BLOCK
 -WBLOCK
 EXPLODE
 CUTCLIP
CADWorx Plant 723

 GROUP
Copy Commands
These commands add new graphic entities to the model.
 COPY
 BREAK
 ARRAY
 GRIP_COPY
 GRIP_MIRROR
 EXPLODE
 MIRROR
 PASTECLIP
 PASTEORIG
 DROPGEOM
Move Commands
These commands move the graphic entities in the model.
 MOVE
 GRIP_STRETCH
 STRETCH
 DROPGEOM
CADWorx Plant 724

APPENDIX C
All CADWorx Commands

This is a comprehensive list of all the commands available in CADWorx Plant Professional.
These commands are listed in alphabetical order.
Command Command Summary
— Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for

hub-based components. For more information, see
Socket Weld (page 109).
— Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based

components. For more information, see Threaded (page
109).
11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan - Places an 11.25 degree

sanitary elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan (page 600).
11LR Plan 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan 11.25 Ell (page
504).
18LR Plan 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius

return in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
180 LR Return (page 491).
18SR Plan 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius

return in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
180 SR Return (page 492).
22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary

Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan (page 599).
22LR Plan 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Plan 22.5 Ell (page
505).
2DREP 2D Representation - Creates a 2D representation. For

more information, see 2D Representation (page 361).
2DREPH 2D Representation Hidden - Creates a 2D

representation with hidden lines. For more information,
see 2D Representation Hidden (page 363).
CADWorx Plant 725

3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan - Places a sanitary 3-way

valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan (page 609).
3VF 3 Way Plan - Places a three-way valve component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see 3-Way Plan Valve
(page 546).
3VS/3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld

three-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan (page 689).
45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 45
45FL Lined 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan (page 572).
45LR Plan 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Plan 45 Ell (page 488).
45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan
(page 565).
45S/45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan - Places a 45 degree

information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan (page 645).
45SS SW 45 Street - Place a 45 degree socket weld street

elbow in the X-Y plane.
45ST Thrd/SW 45 Street - Place a 45 degree socket threaded

street elbow in the X-Y plane.
4VF 4 Way Plan - Places a four-way valve component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see 4-Way Plan Valve
(page 547).
4VS/4VT Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan - Places a threaded or socket weld

four-way valve in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan (page 690).
90EN Sanitary 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree elbow in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary 90 Ell Plan
(page 592).
CADWorx Plant 726

90FL Lined 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan (page 571).
90LR Plan 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 LR Ell
(page 486).
90RD Plan 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing

elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
90 Reducing Ell (page 489).
90RE Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan (page 593).
90RS/90RT Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket reducing elbow in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan (page
646).
90S FRP Bell 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

information, see Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
(page 564).
90S/90T Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

information, see Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan (page 643).
90SR Plan 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan 90 SR
Ell (page 487).
90SS/90ST Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan (page 644).
ADDGRAPHICS Add Graphics - Adds insulation graphics to components

that have had their graphics removed. The data
previously stored in the components is used to generate
the graphics. For more information, see Apply Tab
(CADWorx Insulation View Palette) (page 153).
ADDINSULATION Add Insulation - Adds the insulation currently selected in

the Available Configuration grid to components in the
drawings. You are prompted to select CADWorx
components. If any of the selected components are
already insulated, this action is skipped. For more
information, see Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
CADWorx Plant 727

Palette) (page 153).
AIR1 Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve - Places a one-port

pneumatic actuator air valve. For more information, see
Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve (page 611).
AIR2 Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve - Places a two-port

AIR3 Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve - Places a three-port

ANCHOR Anchor - Creates an anchor-type restraint. For more

ANGE Sanitary Angle Valve Plan - Places a 90 degree

sanitary angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Angle Valve Plan (page 610).
ANGF Angle Top - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Angle Top Valve (page
549).
ANGS/ANGT Thrd/SW Angle Top - Places a threaded or socket weld

90 degree angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Angle Top (page 692).
ANOTCOMP Component - Places component annotation. For more

information, see Component (page 412).
ANOTELEV Elevation - Places component elevation annotation. For

ARROWS Arrow - Opens the Arrows dialog box in which you can
select an arrow head graphic to place on the drawing.
For more information, see Arrow (page 426).
ASSEMBLYCLOSE Assembly Close - Closes the Assembly Palette.
ASSEMBLYEDITPATHS Assembly Edit Paths - Edits the path folder location of

the assembly. For more information, see Assembly View
Palette (page 172).
ASSEMBLYVIEW Assembly View - Creates an assembly for use in a

drawing. For more information, see Assembly View
Palette (page 172).
CADWorx Plant 728

AUTOBOLT Automatic - Sizes and places stud bolts automatically at

each gasket. For more information, see Automatic (page
369).
AUTODIM Automatic - Automatically creates dimensions for a set

of components that you select. For more information, see
Automatic (page 408).
AUTOGASKET Auto Gasket - Place gaskets automatically after the last

flange face drawn. For more information, see Auto
Gasket (page 368).
AUTOROUTE, ROUTE Auto Route - Provides the ability to draw components

continuously without selecting them from the toolbar or
palette. For more information, see Auto Route (page
374).
AUTOROUTEFLG Auto Route Flanged - Configure Auto Route to default

to flanged piping components. For more information, see
Auto Route (page 374).
AUTOROUTELR Auto Route Long Radius - Configure Auto Route to

default to long radius elbow piping components. For more
information, see Auto Route (page 374).
AUTOROUTESPECEND Auto Route Special End - Configure Auto Route to

default to special end piping components. For more
AUTOROUTESR Auto Route Short Radius - Configure Auto Route to

default to short radius elbow piping components. For
more information, see Auto Route (page 374).
AUTOROUTESW Auto Route Socket Weld - Configure Auto Route to

default to socket weld piping components. For more
AUTOROUTETHRD Auto Route Threaded - Configure Auto Route to default

to threaded piping components. For more information,
see Auto Route (page 374).
AUTOWELD Auto Weld - Places weld gaps automatically after the

last butt weld drawn. For more information, see Auto
Weld (page 370).
BALE Sanitary Ball Valve - Places a sanitary ball valve

Sanitary Ball Valve (page 606).
BALF Ball - Places a ball valve component in the X-Y plane.
CADWorx Plant 729

For more information, see Ball Valve (page 540).
BALS/BALT Thrd/SW Ball - Places a threaded or socket weld ball

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Ball (page 683).
BENT Adjustable Bend - Places an adjustable pipe bend. For

more information, see Adjustable Bend (page 499).
BFYE Sanitary Butterfly Valve - Places a sanitary butterfly

valve component in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Sanitary Butterfly Valve (page 609).
BFYF Butterfly - Places a butterfly valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Butterfly Valve (page
543).
BLD Lined Spacer - Places a lined spacer in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Bleed Ring or Spacer (page
706).
BLD Bleed Ring - Places a bleed ring in the drawing in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Bleed Ring or
Spacer (page 706).
BOMCUT Cut BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule listing

each piece of pipe with a length and a tag. For more
information, see Cut Bill of Material (page 401).
BOMDELETE Delete BOM - Deletes all entities designated for Bill of

Material. For more information, see Delete Bill of Material
(page 406).
BOMEXPORT Export BOM - Exports the Bill of Material schedule to an

external file format that you specify. For more
information, see Export Bill of Material (page 405).
BOMGRID BOM Grid - Displays the BOM grid points on the layout
only.
BOMIMPORT Import BOM - Imports a database into a Bill a Material

schedule. For more information, see Import Pipe Bill of
BOMSETUP BOM Setup - Customizes the Bill of Material schedule to

any style or layout that you need. For more information,
see BOM Setup (page 390).
BOMSINGLE Single BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

each selected object on a line by itself. For more
CADWorx Plant 730

information, see Single Bill of Material (page 402).
BOMTOTAL Total BOM - Generates a Bill of Material schedule with

one tag for a total length of pipe in each size. For more
information, see Total Bill of Material (page 398).
BREAKPIPE Break Pipe - Changes non-segmented piping to

segmented piping. For more information, see Break Pipe
(page 335).
BUSS FRP Bush/Insert - Places a bushing in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Threaded/Socket
Insert/Bushing (page 570).
BUSS/BUST Thrd/SW Bush/Insert - Places a threaded/socket

bushing in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert (page 654).
C2IN System In - Reads a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System In (page 353).
C2PCF System Out - Creates a CAESAR II input file. For more

information, see System Out (page 333).
CADWORXABOUT CADWorx About - Opens the About CADWorx Dialog

box.
CAL Calculator - Opens the MS Windows Calculator

Application.
CAPE Sanitary Cap - Places a sanitary pipe cap in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sanitary Cap (page
604).
CAPS FRP Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket Cap
(page 570).
CAPS/CAPT Thrd/SW Cap - Places a threaded/socket pipe cap in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cap
(page 651).
CAPW Cap - Places a pipe cap in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cap (page 494).
CCRW Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing

cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
Reducing Cross (page 495).
CEDIT Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing
CADWorx Plant 731

component. For more information, see Local Edit (page

86).
CG C.G. Generator - Calculates the center of gravity for

selected pipe members. For more information, see
Center of Gravity Generator (page 339).
CHANGEELEV Change - Changes the elevation. For more information,

see Change (page 412).
CHANGEELEVATION Change Elevation - Changes the elevation of a selected

pipe in the drawing. For more information, see Change
Elevation (page 355).
CHANGESIZE Change Size - Modifies the size of the components

selected. For more information, see Change Size (page
75).
CHANGESPEC Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the

components selected. For more information, see Change
Specification (page 83).
CHKE Sanitary Check Valve - Places a sanitary check valve

Sanitary Check Valve (page 608).
CHKF Check - Places a check valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Check Valve (page
542).
CHKS/CHKT Thrd/SW Check - Places a threaded or socket weld

check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Check (page 685).
CLASHMGMT Clash Management - Runs interactive clash detection

on 3D solids in the current drawing and any attached
XREF drawings. You can also add soft clashes to
locations of your model for items that could potentially
clash with other parts of the model, or for areas that need
to remain clear of obstructions, such as where a level on
a valve needs free movement. For more information, see
Clash Management (page 164).
CNFL Lined Concentric - Places a flanged and lined

information, see Flanged Concentric Reducer (page
573).
CNTF Control - Places a control valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Control Valve (page
545).
CADWorx Plant 732

CNTS/CNTT Thrd/SW Control - Places a threaded or socket weld

control valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Control (page 689).
CONVERTCADWORXLEGAC Convert CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Converts the

YDWGS components of a legacy drawing to smart components.
For more information, seeCADWorx Legacy Drawing -
Match Specifications Dialog Box (page 68)
CONVERTENHANCED Convert Enhanced - Converts the selected components

to 3D enhanced mode. For more information, see
Convert to 3D enhanced (page 107).
CONVERTEXISTING Convert Existing - Stops external data (xdata) from

appearing in the bill of material or removes xdata from
the components. After xdata is prevented or removed,
the component is moved to the EXIST layer. For more
information, see Convert Existing (page 107).
CONVERTFROMPRJDATA Convert from Project Data - Converts the selected

components to the project data changes made to the
specification in the Specification Editor. For more
information, see Convert from project data (page 108).
CONVERTINTERSECTEDPIPI Convert Intersected Piping - Converts the intersected

NGS piping components based on your selection from the
offered list. This usually happens automatically when
crossing components. However, if this does not happen,
use this command to convert the intersected piping. For
more information, see Convert Intersected Piping (page
108).
COMP2ALL All - Specifies the main size, reduction size, specification,

and line number by selecting a component with the
needed values. For more information, see All (page 75).
COMP2LINE Line - Sets the current line number to match that of a

component that you select. For more information, see
Line (page 269).
COMP2SIZE Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a

COMP2SIZESPEC Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and

specification by selecting a component. For more
information, see Size-Spec (page 74).
COMP2SPEC Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a

CADWorx Plant 733

COMPASS Compass - Displays a compass-type symbol that

indicates the Point and Shoot orientation. For more
information, see Compass (page 453).
COMPONENTDWGBLOCKEDI Graphics Overlay Editor - Creates graphic overlays of

T drawings for coupling components. For more information,
see Graphics Overlay Editor (page 319).
CONC Conc Reducer - Places a concentric reducer component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Conc
Reducer (page 493).
CONCE Sanitary Concentric - Places a sanitary concentric

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Concentric (page 602).
CONNECTOG Auto Connect - Turns automatic connection on or off.

For more information, see Auto Connect (page 281).
CONVERTDOUBLE 2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D

double line mode. For more information, see Mode
Convert (page 104) and 2D Double Line (page 106).
CONVERTISO Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to

CONVERTSINGLE 2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D

single line mode. For more information, see Mode
Convert (page 104) and 2D Single Line (page 106).
CONVERTSOLID 3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid

mode. For more information, see Mode Convert (page
104) and 3D Solids (page 106).
CPRS/CPRT Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan - Places a

threaded/socket reducing coupling in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan
(page 656).
CPS FRP Bell Full Clpg Plan - Places a coupling in the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Coupling (page 569).
CPS/CPT Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket full

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan (page 654).
CREATEGROUPDIC Create Group Dictionary - The software checks to see if

the Group_Dictionary file is missing or replaced by a solid
and corrects the problem if needed.
CADWorx Plant 734

CRRE Lined Reducing Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged

and lined reducing cross in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Cross Reducing Plan (page 597).
CRRW Plan Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing

cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan
Reducing Cross (page 495).
CRSE Lined Cross Plan - Places a four-way flanged and lined

cross in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross
Plan (page 596).
CRSS FRP Bell Cross Plan - Places a four-way

threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan
(page 568).
CRSS/CRST Thrd/SW Cross Plan - Places a four-way

threaded/socket straight cross in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Cross Plan (page 652).
CRSW Plan Cross - Places a four-way straight cross in the X-Y

CURRENT Settings - Displays the current drawing settings. For

more information, see Settings (page 109).
CWADDXD Restore XDATA - Restores removed XDATA from a

selected specification to a CADWorx component. For
more information, see Restore XDATA (page 32).
CWADDXDLN Restore XDATA to Line Number Data - Restores

removed XDATA from a selected specification to
CADWorx line number data. For more information, see
Restore XDATA (page 32).
CWEXPLODE CWexplode - Changes the CADWorx component to a

CAD 3D solid with xdata included. For more information,
see CWexplode (page 108).
CWGUIDASSIGN GUID Assign - Checks the drawing for duplicate GUIDs.
CWPEDITPIPESLOPE Edit Pipe Slope - Displays the Edit Slope dialog box.
CWSHOWNOXD Show Removed XDATA - Highlights components where

XDATA has been removed. For more information, see
Show Removed XDATA (page 32)
CADWorx Plant 735

DBAUDIT Audit Pipe Database - Maintains the database for each

component in the drawing that has data attached. For
more information, see Audit Pipe Database (page 275).
DBFGEN Export Pipe - Exports CADWorx component information

to a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see Export Pipe (page 273).
DBFGENXREF Database FGEN XREF - Write out a database with

XREFS without ID counts to XDATA.
DBFIN Import Pipe - Imports and draws CADWorx components

from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see Import Pipe (page 275).
DCHF Dual Check - Places a dual check valve and flange

gasket components in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Dual Check Valve (page 545).
DCHS/DCHT Thrd/SW Dual Check - Places a threaded or socket weld

dual check valve in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Dual Check (page 688).
DELETEDATABASEIDCOUNT Delete Database ID Counts - Delete database

S information from selected components.
DELETEWELDS Delete Weld Gaps - Deletes weld gaps on a component.
DETAILS Detail - Opens the Details dialog box in which you can
select a detail graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Detail (page 422).
DIAF Diaphragm - Places a diaphragm valve and flange

gasket component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Diaphragm Valve (page 543).
DIAS/DIAT Thrd/SW Diaphragm - Places a threaded or socket weld

diaphragm valve in the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Thrd/SW Diaphragm (page 687).
DIMADJUST Dim Adjustment - Adjusts a dimension when the pipe

segments of a particular run have been adjusted or
modified with the ISO flag command. For more
information, see Dim Adjustment (page 357).
DIMCOORD Coordinates - Places coordinates in either a user

coordinate system or a world coordinate system. For
more information, see Coordinates (page 414).
DIMH Horizontal - Places horizontal dimensions. For more
CADWorx Plant 736

information, see Horizontal (page 409).
DIMR Rotated - Places rotated dimensions. For more

information, see Rotated (page 410).
DIMTAILH Horizontal with Tail - Places tailed horizontal

dimensions on objects from a user-selected reference
point. For more information, see Horizontal with Tail
(page 411).
DIMTAILV Vertical with Tail - Places tailed vertical dimensions on

objects from a user-selected reference point. For more
information, see Vertical with Tail (page 411).
DIMV Vertical - Places vertical dimensions. For more

information, see Vertical (page 409).
DISCONTINUITYVIEW Discontinuity View - Checks for different types of

modeling issues. For more information, see Discontinuity
View Palette (page 156).
DOTS Dots - Opens the Dots dialog box in which you can
select a weld dots graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Dots (page 431).
ECC Ecc Reducer - Places an eccentric reducer component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Ecc Reducer
(page 493).
ECCE Sanitary Eccentric - Places a sanitary eccentric reducer

Sanitary Eccentric (page 602).
ECFL Lined Eccentric - Places a flanged and lined eccentric

reducer component in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Lined Eccentric Reducer (page 558).
EDITPIPESUPPORTASSEMB Edit Pipe Support Assembly - Opens the Edit

LY Assembly palette for pipe supports of the selected
support in the drawing.
EDITUSERSHAPE Edit User Shape - Enables you to redefine connection

points on user shapes. For more information, see Edit by
redefining connection points (page 304).
EGAB X-Body Gate BW - Places a butt weld X-body style gate

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body
Gate BW (page 693).
EGAS X-Body Gate SW - Places a socket weld X-body style

gate valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
CADWorx Plant 737

X-Body Gate SW (page 694).
EGAT X-Body Gate Thrd - Places a threaded X-body style gate

valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see X-Body
Gate Thrd (page 694).
ELBOWCL Elbow Centerline - Turns on or off elbow centerlines for

use with isometrics. For more information, see Elbow
Centerline (page 359).
ELEMENT Rigid Element - Places a CAESAR II element in the

drawing. For more information, see Rigid Element (page
708).
ELEV Set - Sets the elevation. For more information, see Set
(page 410).
ELEVATIONS Elevation - Opens the Elevations box in which you can

select an elevation graphic to place on the drawing. For
ENDFLG Flange O.D. - Inserts a graphical representation of a

flange O.D. For more information, see Flange O.D. (page
434)
ENDHIDDEN Hidden End - Inserts a graphical representation of the

hidden end of a pipe. For more information, see Hidden
End (page 435).
ENDPIPE Pipe End - Inserts a graphical representation of the pipe

end of a pipe. For more information, see Pipe End (page
435).
ENDPLAIN Plain End - Inserts a graphical representation of the plain

end of a pipe. For more information, see Plain End (page
434).
ENGENERIC Nozzle Generic Attach - Attaches nozzle information to

any generic CAD object in the drawing. For more
information, see Nozzle Generic Attach (page 341).
EOLS EOL-SW in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y

plane on a plan elbow. For more information, see
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan (page 659).
EOLT EOL-Thrd in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y

Elbowlet Thread in Plan (page 659).
EOLW EOL-Weld in Plan - Places an elbowlet fitting in the X-Y

CADWorx Plant 738

Elbowlet Weld in Plan (page 658).
EXPF Expansion Joint - Places an expansion joint in the

drawing in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Expansion Joint (page 707).
FITTINGWIDTH Fitting Width - Controls the appearance of all flanged,

socket weld, and threaded fittings. For more information,
see Fitting Width (page 436).
FLGB Blind - Places a blind flange in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Blind Flange (page 527).
FLGL Lap Joint - Places a lapped-joint flange in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Lap Joint Flange (page 531).
FLGO Slip On - Places a slip-on flange in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Slip-on Flange (page 525).
FLGS Socket Weld - Places a socket type flange in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Socket Type Flange
(page 527).
FLGT Threaded - Places a threaded flange in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Threaded Flange (page 529).
FLGW Weld Neck - Places a weld neck flange in the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Weld Neck Flange (page 523).
FLRO Reducing Slip On - Places a reducing slip on flange in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing
Slip-on Flange (page 532).
FLRT Reducing Threaded - Places a reducing threaded flange

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Reducing
Threaded Flange (page 534).
FLRW Reducing Weld Neck - Places a reducing weld neck

flange in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Reducing Weld Neck Flange (page 536).
GAGS/GAGT Thrd/SW Gage - Places a threaded or socket weld gage

Thrd/SW Gage (page 692).
GAS Gasket - Places a gasket. For more information, see

Gasket (page 699).
GATE Sanitary Gate Valve - Places a sanitary gate valve

CADWorx Plant 739

Sanitary Gate Valve (page 605).
GATF Gate - Places a gate valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Gate Valve (page 539).
GATS/GATT Thrd/SW Gate - Places a threaded or socket weld gate

Thrd/SW Gate (page 683).
GCEDIT Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple

components. For more information, see Global Edit (page
101).
GENERIC Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

CAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
GLBE Sanitary Globe Valve - Places a sanitary globe valve

Sanitary Globe Valve (page 607).
GLBF Globe - Places a globe valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Globe Valve (page
541).
GLBS/GLBT Thrd/SW Globe - Places a threaded or socket weld

globe valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Globe (page 684).
GNEDIT Generic Nozzle Edit - Edit a generic nozzle component.
GROUPTOG Group On/Off - Turns on or off the grouping of the

centerline of the component with the accompanying
graphics. For more information, see Group On/Off (page
281).
GUIDE Guide - Creates a guide-type restraint. For more

information, see Guide (page 448).
H11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side - Places an 11.25 degree

sanitary elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the
previous or next run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side (page 625).
H11LR Side 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 11.25 Ell
(page 519).
H18LR Side 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius

return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on
CADWorx Plant 740

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 180 LR

Return (page 513).
H18SR Side 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius

return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 180 SR
Return (page 514).
H22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side - Places a 22.5 degree sanitary

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next
run is horizontal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side (page 623).
H22LR Side 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the
520).
H3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side - Places a 3-way valve

component with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side (page
629).
H3VF 3 Way Side - Places a three-way valve component with

the valve branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 3-Way Side Valve (page 550).
H3VS/H3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

three-way valve with the valve branch normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Side
(page 695).
H45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree sanitary elbow

Sanitary 45 Ell Side (page 615).
H45FL Lined 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

H45LR Side 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is horizontal to the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Side 45 Ell (page
508).
H45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side
(page 575).
H45S/H45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side - Places a 45 degree

CADWorx Plant 741

information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side (page 664).
H4VF 4 Way Side - Places a four-way valve component with

the valve branches normal to the X-Y plane. For. more
information, see 4-Way Side Valve (page 551).
H4VS/H4VT Thrd/SW 4 Way Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

four-way valve with the valve branches normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 4 Way Side
(page 696).
H90EN Sanitary 90 Elbow - Places a 90 degree sanitary elbow

normal to the X-Y plane.
H90FL Lined 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree flanged and lined

H90LR Side 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side
90 LR Ell (page 507).
H90RD Side 90 Reducing Ell - Places a 90 degree reducing

Side 90 Reducing Ell (page 509).
H90RE Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side (page
614).
H90RS/H90RT Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket reducing elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side
(page 666).
H90S FRP Bell 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

information, see Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow
(page 574).
H90S/H90T Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

information, see Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side (page 663).
H90SR Side 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow

normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side
90 SR Ell (page 507).
CADWorx Plant 742

H90SS/H90ST Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side - Places a 90 degree

threaded/socket street elbow normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side
(page 663).
HANGE Sanitary Angle Valve Side - Places a 90 degree

sanitary angle valve component with the branch normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Angle Valve Side (page 630).
HANGF Angle Side - Places a 90 degree angle valve in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Angle Side Valve (page
553).
HANGS/HANGT Thrd/SW Angle Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

angle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Angle Side (page 697).
HCATEDIT HVAC Catalog Editor - Opens the HVAC catalog editor

dialog.
HCCRW Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing

cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side Reducing Cross (page
516).
HCEDIT HVAC Component Edit - Edit an HVAC component. For

more information, see Edit (page 472).
HCPS/HCPT Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan - Places a threaded/socket half

coupling in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan (page 655).
HCRRE Lined Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged

and lined reducing cross with the reducing branch normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross
Reducing Side (page 620).
HCRRE Sanitary Reducing Cross Side - Places a four-way

sanitary reducing cross with the reducing branch normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Cross
Reducing Side (page 620).
HCRRW Side Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing

cross with the reducing branch normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Side Reducing Cross (page
516).
HCRSE Lined Cross Side - Places a four-way flanged and lined

cross with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For
CADWorx Plant 743

more information, see Cross Side (page 619).
HCRSS FRP Bell Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
Straight Cross Side (page 577).
HCRSW Side Cross - Places a four-way straight cross with the

branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Cross (page 516).
HDATAREMOVE Data Remove - Removes CADWorx data from

components. For more information, see Data Remove
(page 474).
HDBAUDIT Audit HVAC Database - Maintains the database for

each component in the drawing that has data attached.
For more information, see Audit HVAC Database (page
477).
HDBFGEN DB Generate - Exports CADWorx HVAC information to a

Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see DB Generate (page 475).
HDBFIN DB In - Imports and draws CADWorx HVAC components

from a Microsoft Access or Microsoft Excel file. For more
information, see DB In (page 476).
HEOLS EOL-SW in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the

X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see
Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side (page 676).
HEOLT EOL-Thrd in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the

Elbowlet Thread in Side (page 675).
HEOLW EOL-Weld in Side - Places an elbowlet fitting with in the

Elbowlet Weld in Side (page 674).
HGCEDIT GC Edit - Edits global HVAC component data. For more

information, see GC Edit (page 472).
HGENERIC Generic Attach - Attaches information to any generic

CAD object in the drawing. For more information, see
HGENERICD Generic Attach - Opens the Generic Attach (Create)

dialog box.
CADWorx Plant 744

HIDEINSULATION Hide Insulation - Hides insulation on the selected

components when they contain insulation.
HLARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side - Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch
in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more information, see
Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side (page 622).
HLATE Lined Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree flanged and

lined lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch in the X-Z or
Y-Z plane. For more information, see Lateral Side (page
621).
HLATS FRP Bell Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch
Threaded/Socket Lateral Side (page 578).
HLATS/HLATT Thrd/SW Lateral Side - Places a 45 degree

threaded/socket lateral in the X-Y plane with the branch
Thrd/SW Lateral Side (page 669).
HLATW Side Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y

plane with the branch in the X-Z or Y-Z plane. For more
information, see Side Lateral (page 517).
HLAYERCHANGE Layer Change - Changes the solid and centerline layers

associated with components. For more information, see
Layer Change (page 474).
HLOLS LOL- SW in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out

of the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet
Socket Weld in Side (page 678).
HLOLT LOL-Thrd in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees out

of the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet
Thread in Side (page 678).
HLOLW LOL-Weld in Side - Places a lateral fitting 45 degrees

out of the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet
Weld in Side (page 677).
HNOLP Plain End Nip-o-let - Places a nip-o-let with plain ends in

the X-Y plane.
HNOLT Threaded end Nip-o-let - Places a nip-o-let with

threaded ends in the X-Y plane.
HRCSS/HCRST Thrd/SW Cross Side - Places a four-way straight

CADWorx Plant 745

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Cross Side

(page 669).
HRELF Relief Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve

with the relief end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Relief Top Valve (page 551).
HRELS/HRELT Thrd/SW Relief Side - Places a threaded or socket weld

90 degree relief valve in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Relief Side (page 691).
HSTRF Flanged Side - Places a flanged pipe component normal

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Side
(page 709).
HSTRS Horizontal Socket Strainer - Places a horizontal socket

strainer component normal to the X-Y plane.
HSTRT SW/Thrd Side - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer

component normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see SW/Thrd Side (page 709).
HSYNC Synchronize HVAC Database - Checks all components

in the drawing and updates them according to the current
value in the database. For more information, see
Synchronize HVAC Database (page 478).
HTEFL Lined Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined tee with the
branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Flanged Tee Side (page 582).
HTERE Lined Reducing Tee Side - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Reducing Tee Side (page 618).
HTERS/HTERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Side - Places a straight

threaded/socket reducing tee with the branch normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee
Red Side (page 668).
HTERW Side Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with

the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Side Reducing Tee (page 512).
HTESE Sanitary Tee Side - Places a straight sanitary tee with

the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Tee Side (page 616).
HTESS FRP Bell Tee Side - Places a straight threaded/socket

tee with the branch normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side
CADWorx Plant 746

(page 576).
HTESS/HTEST Thrd/SW Tee Side - Places a threaded/socket straight

tee normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Tee Side (page 666).
HTESW Side Tee - Places a straight tee with the branch normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Side Tee
(page 510).
HUBEN Sanitary U-Bend Side - Places a 180 degree u-bend

normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends on the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary U-Bend Side
(page 626).
HUSER User Shape - Places a component using a custom user

shape. For more information, see User Shape (page
465).
HVAC HVAC Shapes - Places HVAC and cable tray shapes in

the drawing. For more information, see HVAC (page
457).
HVACC HVAC Shapes Catalog - Places HVAC shapes and

cable tray shapes that are defined in a data file library.
For more information, see HVAC Shapes Catalog (page
461).
HVCR HVAC Square Cross Radius - Opens the DRAW

HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE
CROSS RADIUS selected.
HVET HVAC Square Eccentric Transition - Opens the DRAW

ECCENTRIC TRANSITION selected.
HVFT HVAC Square Flat Radius Tee - Opens the DRAW

HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE FLAT
RADIUS TEE selected.
HVOM HVAC Oval Mitered - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with OVAL MITERED selected.
HVOO HVAC Oval Oval Transition - Opens the DRAW

HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box with OVAL OVAL
TRANSITION selected.
HVOS HVAC Oval Straight - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with OVAL STRAIGHT selected.
CADWorx Plant 747

HVOT HVAC Square Oval Transition - Opens the DRAW

HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE OVAL
TRANSITION selected.
HVRT HVAC Radius Tee - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with RADIUS TEE selected.
HVSB HVAC Square Bend - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE BEND selected.
HVSC HVAC Square Cross - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE CROSS selected.
HVSE HVAC Square Eccentric Radius - Opens the DRAW

ECCENTRIC RADIUS selected.
HVSM HVAC Square Mitered - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE MITERED
selected.
HVSP HVAC Square Pants - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE PANTS selected.
HVSR HVAC Square Radius - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE RADIUS selected.
HVSS HVAC Square Straight - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE STRAIGHT
selected.
HVST HVAC Square Square Transition - Opens the DRAW

SQUARE TRANSITION selected.
HVTE HVAC Square Tee - Opens the DRAW HVAC/Cable

Tray Shape dialog box with SQUARE TEE selected.
HVVB HVAC Vertical Square Bend - Opens the DRAW

HVAC/Cable Tray Shape dialog box with VERTICAL
SQUARE BEND selected.
HVVM HVAC Vertical Square Mitered - Opens the DRAW

SQUARE MITERED selected.
HVVR HVAC Vertical Square Radius - Opens the DRAW

SQUARE RADIUS selected.
CADWorx Plant 748

HWGTUPDATE HVAC Weight Update - Modify the weight of an HVAC

component.
HYB Side Wye - Places a wye on the X-Y plane with the
branches normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Side Wye (page 521).
HYE Sanitary Wye Side - Places a sanitary wye on the X-Y

plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Sanitary Wye Side (page 628).
HYFL Lined Wye Side - Places a flanged and lined wye on the
X-Y plane with the branches normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Lined Wye Side (page 559).
ICEDIT Isogen Component Edit - Modify an ISOGEN

component.
INSERTASSEMBLY Insert Assembly - Inserts the selected assembly into the

model. For more information, see Assembly View Palette
(page 172).
INSERTINTODBBATCH Database Batch Mode - Toggles batch mode on/off.
INSERTSPECVIEWITEM Insert Spec View Item - Inserts the last selected item
from Spec View.
INSERTSUPPORT Insert Support - Insert the last selected pipe support or

the start procedure of the last selected component. For
more information, see Support Modeler Palette (page
121).
INSTRUMENTS Instrument - Opens the Instruments dialog box in which

you can select an instrument graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Instrument (page
424).
INSULATIONDELETE Insulation Delete - Delete insulation data and objects

from the drawing.
INSULATIONREFEDITFIX Insulation Reference Edit Fix - Edit an insulation

reference.
INSULATIONVIEW Insulation View - Creates a data file in which you can

add, modify, and remove insulation configurations that
can be applied to CADWorx components. For more
information, see Insulation View Palette (page 149).
INSULATIONVIEWCLOSE Insulation View Close - Close the Insulation View dialog

box.
CADWorx Plant 749

ISOFLAG ISO Flag - Sets a flag in the component indicating that

the present stored length should be used regardless of
what type of length modifications are made to the pipe
component. For more information, see ISO Flag (page
359).
ISOGENBATCH Isogen Batch - Generates isometrics using Isogen for

one or more line numbers. For more information, see
Isogen Batch (page 187).
-ISOGENBATCH Isogen Batch (silent) - Generates isometrics using

Isogen for one or more line numbers. For more
information, see Using -ISOGENBATCH (page 188).
ISOGENIN Isogen In - Import an isometric drawing.
ISOGENOUT Isogen Out - Generates an isometric drawing. For more

-ISOGENOUT Isogen Out Silent - Runs the Isogenout command

without dialog boxes.
ISOGENPROJECTDATASETU Isogen Project Data Setup - Opens the Isogen Project

P Data Setup dialog box.
ISOGENRESET Isogen Reset - Removes Isogen info from components.
ISOGENSETTINGS Isogen Settings - Opens the Isogen Settings dialog box.
ISOGENSTARTPT Isogen Start Point - Places Isogen start point symbols in

the drawing. For more information, see Isogen Start Point
(page 190).
ISOGENSUPL Isogen Supplemental - Places supplemental Isogen

blocks in the drawing. For more information, see Isogen
Supplemental (page 188).
ISOS ISO - Opens the Isometric Symbols dialog box in which

you can select an ISO symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see ISO (page 429).
JOINPIPE Join Pipe - Changes segmented piping to

non-segmented piping. For more information, see Join
Pipe (page 282).
LARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan - Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan (page
598).
CADWorx Plant 750

LATE Lined Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree flanged and

lined lateral in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Lateral Plan (page 598).
LATS FRP Bell Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree

information, see Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan (page
569).
LATS/LATT Thrd/SW Lateral Plan - Places a 45 degree

information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Plan (page 653).
LATW Plan Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Plan Lateral (page 496).
LAUNCHICONFIGURE Launch I-Configure - Launches I-Configure.
LAUNCHSYMBOLEDITOR Launch Symbol Editor - Launch the Symbol Editor.
LAYERCHANGE Change Layer - Changes an object’s layer to the layer

associated with another object that you select. For more
information, see Change Layer.
LAYERDELETE Delete Layer - Removes all of the entities on the layer

information, see Delete Layer.
LAYERISOLATE Isolate Layer - Turns off all layers except for the layer
information, see Isolate Layer.
LAYEROFF Layer Off - Turns off the layer associated with an entity
that you select. For more information, see Layer Off.
LAYERON On - Turns a layer back on that was turned off with the
Layer Off command. For more information, see Layer
On.
LAYERRESTORE Previous - Sets the current layer back to the previous

layer when you have placed dimensioning or text. For
more information, see Previous (page 441).
LAYERSET Set Layer - Sets the current layer to that of an object that
you select. For more information, see Set Layer.
LAYERUNISO Un-isolate Layer - Turns all of the layers back on that

were turned off with the Isolate Layer command. For
more information, see Un-Isolate Layer.
CADWorx Plant 751

LINEISOLATE Line Isolate - Isolates components based on their line

numbers or their specifications. For more information,
see Line Isolate (page 269).
LINEVIEW Line View - Isolates components based on their line

number or their specification. For more information, see
Line View Palette (page 117).
LINEVIEWCLOSE Line View Close - Close the Line View dialog box
LINEWIDTH Single Line Width - Specifies the line width for

single-line components. For more information, see Single
Line Width (page 436).
LIVEDB Setup Live Database - Links the drawing to an external

database. For more information, see Setup Live
Database (page 271).
LOADLANGPLANT Load Language - Load the language file defined in

Setup.
LOADMENUPLANT Load Menu and Language - Load the language file

defined in Setup and reload the menu.
LOLS LOL- SW in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Socket
Weld in Plan (page 661).
LOLT LOL-Thrd in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Thread
in Plan (page 660).
LOLW LOL-Weld in Plan - Places a lateral 45 degree fitting in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Latrolet Weld in
Plan (page 660).
LWN Long Weld Neck - Places a long weld neck component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Long Weld
Neck (page 532).
MAIN Set Main Size - Set the Main size. For more information,
see CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box (page 21).
MAKEASSEMBLY Make Assembly - Creates a new assembly. For more

information, see Assembly View Palette (page 172).
MATCH Match Layer - Changes an object’s properties to match

those of another object that you select. For more
information, see Match Layer.
CADWorx Plant 752

MBENT Miter bent pipe - Insert a mitered bend in the pipe.
MISC Misc - Opens the Miscellaneous dialog box in which you

can select a miscellaneous symbol graphic to place on
the drawing. For more information, see Misc (page 432).
MODIFYINSULATION Modify Insulation - Modifies existing insulation graphics

and data. For more information, see Apply Tab
MOVECOMPONENT Move Component - Allows you to move a component.

For more information, see Continue Routing (page 379).
MOVELINE Move Line - Enables you to move, lengthen, or change

the elevation of piping. For more information, see
Moveline (page 382).
MPIP Miters - Places a mitered pipe component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Miters (page 497).
NEDS/NEDT Thrd/SW Needle - Places a threaded or socket weld

needle valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Needle (page 686).
NEWPIPESUPPORTASSEMB New Pipe Support Assembly - Create a new pipe

LY support assembly. For more information, see Support
Modeler Palette (page 121)
NIP Nipple - Places a pipe nipple in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Nipple (page 641).
NOLP Weld in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane.

The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Plan (page 661).
NOLT Thrd in Plan - Places a nipolet fitting in the X-Y plane.

The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For more
information, see Nipolet Thread in Plan (page 662).
NONSTDBOLT Non Standard - Places nonstandard stud bolts at the

selected location. For more information, see Non
Standard (page 373).
NUMBER- Decrement - Decreases the line number count value. For

more information, see Decrement (page 267).
NUMBER+ Increment - Increases the line number count value. For

more information, see Increment (page 267).
CADWorx Plant 753

NUMBERANNOTATE Annotate - Labels components with existing line

numbers. For more information, see Annotate (page
268).
NUMBERASSIGN Assign - Assigns new or different line numbers to

existing components. For more information, see Assign
(page 267).
NUMBERCOUNT Count - Sets the present line number count value. For
more information, see Count (page 266).
NUMBERPID Number P&ID - Load the size and spec from the P&ID
config file.
NUMBERSET Set - Sets line number from three different sources: a

P&ID project, the current drawing, or a component that
you select. For more information, see Set (page 265).
NUMBERSETUP Setup - Modifies line number configurations. For more

information, see Setup (page 263).
NUTE Sanitary Nut/Coupling - Places a sanitary nut/coupling

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
Nut/Coupling (page 605).
ORTHOGENLAUNCH OrthoGen Launch - Launches the OrthoGen application.

For more information, see OrthoGen Launch (page 260)
ORTHOGENOUT OrthoGen Out - Generates OrthoGen drawings from a

script file created using the OrthoGen application. For
more information, see OrthoGen Out (page 260).
OTAP Offset Tap - Creates offset tap connections for use by

Isogen. For more information, see Offset Tap (page 336).
PCFIN PCF In - Imports components into the current drawing

from a piping component (PCF) file. For more
information, see PCF In (page 191).
PCFOUT PCF Out - Creates a piping component (PCF) file from

components selected in the drawing. For more
information, see PCF Out (page 190).
-PCFOUT PCFout Silent - Runs the PCFout command without

dialog boxes.
PIDVIEW P&ID View - Links data between the Plant and P&ID
table in a project database. For more information, see
P&ID View Palette (page 159).
CADWorx Plant 754

PIPESUPPORTVIEW Pipe Support Modeler - Inserts pipe and elbow support

components. For more information, see Support Modeler
Palette (page 121).
PIPESUPPORTVIEWCLOSE Close Pipe Support View - Close the Pipe Support View
dialog box
PIPF Pipe - Places a fiberglass pipe component. For more

information, see Fiberglass Pipe (page 563).
PIPF Thrd/SW Pipe - Places a threaded/socket pipe

component. For more information, see Thrd/SW Pipe
(page 640).
PIPF1 Start the pipe router using socket weld or threaded pipe.
PIPFL Lined Pipe - Places a flanged and lined pipe component

in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Pipe
(page 557).
PIPFL1 Start the pipe router using flanged and lined pipe.
PIPW Pipe - Places a butt-welded pipe component. For more

PIPW1 Start the pipe router using buttweld pipe.
PLACEBOLT Place Bolts - Inserts stud bolt sets into the drawing
environment for Bill of Materials extraction. For more
information, see Standard (page 372).
PLANS Plan - Opens the Plan dialog box in which you can select
a plan graphic to place on the drawing. For more
information, see Plan (page 423).
PLGT Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded/socket plug in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Plug
(page 653).
PLUE Sanitary Plug Valve - Places a sanitary plug valve

Sanitary Plug Valve (page 607).
PLUF Plug - Places a plug valve component in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Plug Valve (page 541).
PLUS/PLUT Thrd/SW Plug - Places a threaded or socket weld plug

Thrd/SW Plug (page 685).
CADWorx Plant 755

R45LR 45 LR Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow with the end rolled

at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane. For more
information, see 45 LR Ell (page 503).
R90LR 90 LR Ell - Places a 90 degree long radius elbow with

the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
For more information, see 90 LR Ell (page 501).
R90SR 90 SR Ell - Places a 90 degree short radius elbow with

the end rolled at a 45 degree angle from the X-Y plane.
For more information, see 90 SR Ell (page 502).
-- REASSOCIATEMODEL Re-associate the Components - Enables you to

re-associate disconnected components. For more
information, see Re-associate the Components (page
359).
RED Set Reduced Size - Set the Reduced size. For more
information, see CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box (page
21).
REGENERATEPIPESUPPORT Regenerate Pipe Support - Regenerates the pipe

support from the updated data when the data of a pipe
support already contained in the drawing changes. For
more information, see Edit Pipe Support Features (page
146).
REINFPAD Reinforcing Pad - Inserts intelligent information

indicating a reinforcement pad. For more information, see
Reinforcing Pad (page 443).
REINFSAD Reinforcing Saddle - Inserts intelligent information

indicating a reinforcement saddle. For more information,
see Reinforcing Saddle (page 444).
RELOADPROJECTFILE Reload Project File - Reloads the project (.prj) selected

for any changes made in the Specification Editor. For
more information, see Set Specification and Size (page
52).
RELF Relief Side - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Relief Side
Valve (page 548).
RELS/RELT Thrd/SW Relief Top - Places a threaded or socket weld

90 degree pressure relief valve with the relief end normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Relief Top (page 696).
REMOVEGRAPHICS Remove Graphics - Removes the graphics from the

selected components. The insulation data remains. For
CADWorx Plant 756

more information, see Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation

View Palette) (page 153).
REMOVEINSULATION Remove Insulation - Removes existing insulations

graphics and data. For more information, see Apply Tab
REPLACECOMPS Replace Components - Replace selected components

in the drawing. For more information, see Replace a
component in the model (page 383).
REPLACEPIPESUPPORT Replace Pipe Support - Replace a pipe support. For

more information, see Support Modeler Palette (page
121).
REPORTINSULATION Report Insulation - Creates a complete report, in HTML

format, about all of the insulation components in the
model. The report is itemized by the different types of
insulation data and calculates the total weight, volume,
and length. For more information, see Apply Tab
REVIEWLEGACYCOMPONEN Review Legacy Components - Search the drawing for

TS legacy components and display the information based on
the Search Options. For more information, see Find
Legacy Components Dialog Box (page 70).
ROTATIONAL Rotational - Creates a rotational-type restraint. For more

ROTF Rotary - Places a rotary valve component in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Rotary Valve (page
544).
ROTS/ROTT Thrd/SW Rotary - Places a threaded or socket weld

rotary valve in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Rotary (page 687).
ROUTEBWLR Buttweld LR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld LR (page
386).
ROUTEBWSE Buttweld SR - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Buttweld SR
(page 386).
ROUTEBWSR Buttweld SR - Start the pipe router using buttwelded

short radius pipe. For more information, see Buttweld SR
(page 386).
CADWorx Plant 757

ROUTER Router - Provides routing lines with various options such

as slope and elevation changes. For more information,
see Router (page 384).
ROUTESW Socket Weld - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Socket Weld
(page 387).
ROUTETRHD Threaded - Attaches elbows and piping to a selected

routing line. For more information, see Threaded (page
387).
RTESW Tee - Places a tee with the branch rolled at a 45 degree

angle from the X-Y plane. For more information, see Tee
(page 504).
SECTIONS Section - Opens the Sections dialog box in which you

can select a section graphic to place on the drawing. For
more information, see Section (page 421).
SETBOPTOPROUTINGSETTI Set Pipe Routing Settings - Sets the pipe routing mode
NG to Center, BOP, TOP, Left, or Right. Running this
command allows you to select one of these options.
SETOTAPSKEY Set OTAP SKEY - Sets an SKEY for the selected OTAP.
For more information, see Set an OTAP SKEY (page
338).
, SETSIZE, SETSPEC Main Size - Specifies the specification, and the main and
reduction sizes. For more information, see Set
SETUP Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current

SETUPC Plant Setup Configuration View - Opens the CADWorx

Plant Setup current configuration dialog box.
SETUPPLANTCFG Setup Plant Configuration - Opens the Select a

Configuration to Use dialog box.
SNUBBER Snubber - Creates a snubber-type restraint. For more

SOL Sock-O-Let - Places a sock-o-let in the X-Y plane. For

more information, see Sock-O-Let (page 571).
SOL SW in Plan - Places a sockolet fitting in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan
(page 658).
CADWorx Plant 758

SMODE Socket Mode - Model in socket weld mode.
SPCT Spec Bld Side - Places a blind spectacle in the drawing

Spectacle Blind Side (page 706).
SPEC Set Spec - Set the Spec. For more information, see
CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box (page 21).
SPECCHGTOGGLE Spec Change Toggle - Turns the TAG value update on

or off.
SPECEDIT Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates

new specifications. For more information, see Spec
Editor (page 114).
SPECOPTION Optional Items - Places a component when the

component type in the specification has an optional
component. For more information, see Optional Items
(page 72).
SPECVIEW Spec View - Filters the available components based on

the size and specification settings. For more information,
see Spec View Palette (page 112).
SPECVIEWCLOSE SPEC View Close - Closes the Spec View dialog box .
SPIP Rolled Pipe - Places a free-form pipe component, such

as a hose or flexible connection. For more information,
see Rolled Pipe (page 498).
SPRING Spring Hanger- Creates a spring hanger-type restraint.

For more information, see Spring Hanger (page 446).
STB Stub End - Places a stub-end coupling component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Stub End (page
531).
STDBOLT Standard - Places standard stud bolts at the selected

STOPSIGN Stop Sign - Places Isogen stop sign symbols in the

drawing. For more information, see Stop Sign (page
189).
STRF Flanged Plan - Places a flanged pipe component in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Plan (page
704).
CADWorx Plant 759

STRS Socket Strainer - Set a socket strainer in the X-Y plane.
STRT SW/Thrd Plan - Places a socket weld/ threaded strainer

SW/Thrd Plan (page 705).
STUE Sanitary Stub - Places a sanitary stub coupling

Sanitary Stub (page 603).
SUSER User Shape - Places a component using a custom user

shape. For more information, see User Shape.
SWGC Thrd/SW Conc Swage - Places a concentric reducer

swage in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Conc Swage (page 648).
SWGCS FRP Bell Conc w/Hub - Places a threaded/socket

information, see Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer
(page 567).
SWGCT Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub - Places a concentric reducer with

Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub (page 650).
SWGE Thrd/SW Ecc Swage - Places an eccentric reducer

swage in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage (page 649).
SWGES FRP Bell Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric

threaded/socket reducer component in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Threaded/Socket Eccentric
Reducer (page 567).
SWGET Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub - Places an eccentric reducer with

Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub (page 651).
SYNC Synchronize - Checks all components in the drawing

and updates them according to the current value in the
database. For more information, see Synchronize Pipe
Database (page 276).
SYSVIS System Visibility - Turns on or off visibility of

components usually located on the system layer. For
more information, see System Visibility (page 360).
TAGINSERT Insert Tag - Places a tag on the drawing without having

to run a Bill of Material. For more information, see Insert
CADWorx Plant 760

Tag.
TAGRELOCATE Tag Location - Moves a tag. For more information, see

Tag Location (page 405).
TAGTOGGLE Tag Toggle - Turns on and off the placement of tags. For
more information, see Tag Toggle Bill of Material (page
404).
TAP Tap Connection - Creates tap connections for use by

Isogen. For more information, see Tap (page 357).
TEFL Lined Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined tee in the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Flanged Tee Plan
(page 573).
TERE Lined Reducing Tee Plan - Places a flanged and lined

Reducing Tee Plan (page 595).
TERS/TERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan - Places a straight

threaded/socket reducing tee in the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan (page 648).
TERW Plan Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Plan Reducing
Tee (page 490).
TESE Sanitary Tee Plan - Places a straight sanitary tee in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary Tee Plan
(page 594).
TESS FRP Bell Tee Plan - Places a straight threaded/socket

tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan (page 566).
TESS/TEST Thrd/SW Tee Plan - Places a threaded/socket straight

tee in the X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW
Tee Plan (page 647).
TESW Plan Tee - Places a straight tee in the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Plan Tee (page 490).
TEXTHEIGHT Height - Changes the height of selected text by matching

it with other text. For more information, see Height (page
416).
TICK Tick Mark - Shows which side of the dimension

extension line the gasket is on. For more information, see
Tick Mark (page 415).
CADWorx Plant 761

TMODE Threaded Mode - Model in threaded pipe mode.
TOL Thrd in Plan - Places a threadolet fitting in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Threadolet Thread in
Plan (page 657).
TOPWORKSADD, TOPADD Top Works Add - Adds top works to a valve already
drawn in the model. For more information, see Top
Works Add (page 333).
TOPWORKSCHANGE, Top Works Change - Changes the orientation of or

TOPCHG deletes top works already associated with a valve. For
more information, see Top Works Change (page 333).
TRANSLATIONAL Translational - Creates a translational-type restraint. For

TUBE Tube - Attaches tubing to any 2D or 3D polyline. For

more information, see Tube (page 642).
UBEN Sanitary U-Bend Plan - Places a 180 degree u-bend in

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
U-Bend Plan (page 601).
UCS UCS Object - Orients the current user coordinate system

according to an object that you select. For more
information, see UCS Object (page 456).
UCSNEXT Next - Places the current user coordinate system in the

next position. For more information, see UCS Next (page
453).
UNS/UNT Thrd/SW Union - Places a threaded/socket union in the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Union
(page 662).
USE1 User Shape 1 - Places user created shape 1 in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see User Shapes (page
283).

283).

283).

CADWorx Plant 762

283).

283).
USERCREATE Create - Creates symmetrical or non-symmetrical user

shape components. For more information, see User
Shapes (page 283).
V11EN Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical - Places an 11.25 degree

elbow normal to the X-Y plane when the previous or next
run is vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical (page 626).
V11LR Vert 11.25 Ell - Places an 11.25 degree elbow normal to

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert 11.25 Ell
(page 519).
V18LR Vert 180 LR Return - Places a 180 degree long radius

return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also
180 LR Return (page 514).
V18SR Vert 180 SR Return - Places a 180 degree short radius

return normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also
180 SR Return (page 515).
V22EN Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical - Places a 22.5 degree elbow

vertical to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical (page 624).
V22LR Vert 22.5 Ell - Places a 22.5 degree elbow normal to the
521).
V3VE Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical - Places a sanitary 3-way

valve component with the main normal to the X-Y plane.
For more information, see Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical
(page 630).
V3VF 3 Way Vertical - Places a three-way valve component

information, see 3-Way Vertical Valve (page 550).
V3VS/V3VT Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical - Places a threaded or socket

weld three-way valve with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical
(page 695).
CADWorx Plant 763

V45EN Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical - Places a 45 degree sanitary

Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical (page 615).
V45FL Lined 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and lined

V45LR Vert 45 Ell - Places a 45 degree elbow normal to the X-Y

plane when the previous or next run is vertical to the X-Y
V45S FRP Bell 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree elbow normal

to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert (page 575).
V45S/V45T Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert - Places a 45 degree

information, see Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert (page 665).
VCPRS/VCPRT Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End - Places a

threaded/socket reducing coupling end normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Reducing
Clpg End (page 672).
VCPS FRP Bell Full Clpg End - Places a full coupling end
normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Full
Coupling End (page 579).
VCPS/VCPT Thrd/SW Full Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket full

coupling end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Thrd/SW Full Clpg End (page 670).
VCRRE Lined Reducing Cross Vert - Places a four-way flanged

and lined reducing cross with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Cross Reducing Vertical
(page 620).
VCRRW Vert Reducing Cross - Places a four-way reducing

cross with the main branch normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Vert Reducing Cross (page 517).
VEOLS EOL-SW in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to the

Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical (page 677).
VEOLT EOL-Thrd in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to

the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see
Elbowlet Thread in Vertical (page 676).
CADWorx Plant 764

VEOLW EOL-Weld in Vert - Places an elbowlet fitting normal to

the X-Y plane on a side elbow. For more information, see
Elbowlet Weld in Vertical (page 675).
VHCPS/VHCPT Thrd/SW Half Clpg End - Places a threaded/socket half

coupling component end normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (page
671).
VIEWBOX Box - Creates views based on a picked box. For more

information, see Box (page 364).
VIEWCLIP View Clip - Clips the view at the present plane set by the
UCS.
VIEWEAST East - Places the current user coordinate system in the

east position. For more information, see East (page 456).
VIEWEDIT Edit - Edits a views box. For more information, see Edit
(page 365).
VIEWEDITALL View Edit All - Opens the View Creation dialog box.
VIEWFLAT Flat - Places the current user coordinate system in the

flat position. For more information, see Flat (page 452).
VIEWNORTH North - Places the current user coordinate system in the

north position. For more information, see North (page
453).
VIEWSOUTH South - Places the current user coordinate system in the

south position. For more information, see South (page
454).
VIEWWEST West - Places the current user coordinate system in the

west position. For more information, see West (page
454).
VLARE Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical -Places a 45 degree

sanitary reducing lateral with the main normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Lateral
Reducing Vertical (page 623).
VLATE Lined Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree flanged and

lined lateral with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Lateral Vertical (page 622).
VLATS FRP Bell Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree

plane. For more information, see Threaded/Socket
CADWorx Plant 765

Lateral Vert (page 578).
VLATS/VLATT Thrd/SW Lateral Vert - Places a 45 degree

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Lateral Vert
(page 670).
VLATW Vert Lateral - Places a 45 degree lateral tee with the

Vert Lateral (page 518).
VNOLP Weld in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the

X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is plain. For more
information, see Nipolet Weld in Vertical (page 679).
VNOLT Thrd in Vertical - Places a nipolet fitting normal to the

X-Y plane. The branch end of the fitting is threaded. For
more information, see Nipolet Thread in Vertical (page
679).
VRELF Pressure Top - Places a 90 degree pressure relief valve

with the pressure end normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Pressure Top Valve (page 552).
VRELS/VRELT Thrd/SW Pressure Top - Places a threaded or socket

weld 90 degree pressure relief valve with the pressure
end normal to the X-Y plane. For more information, see
Thrd/SW Pressure Top.
VSO SW in Vertical - Places a sockolet fitting normal to the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Sockolet Socket
Weld in Vertical (page 674).
VSOL Saddle in Vertical - Places a soc-o-let with the main

Saddle in Vertical (page 580).
VSPCT Spec Bld Vert - Places a blind spectacle with the main
Spectacle Blind Vertical (page 710).
VTEFL Lined Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined tee with the
Flanged Tee Vertical (page 583).
VTERE Lined Reducing Tee Vert - Places a flanged and lined

reducing tee with the main normal to the X-Y plane. For
more information, see Reducing Tee Vertical (page 618).
VTERS/VTERT Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert - Places a threaded/socket
CADWorx Plant 766

reducing straight tee with the main normal to the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert
(page 668).
VTERW Vert Reducing Tee - Places a straight reducing tee with

the main normal to the X-Y plane. For more information,
see Vert Reducing Tee (page 512).
VTESE Sanitary Tee Vertical - Places a straight sanitary tee

information, see Sanitary Tee Vertical (page 617).
VTESS FRP Bell Tee Vert - Places a straight threaded/socket

information, see Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert
(page 577).
VTESS/VTEST Thrd/SW Tee Vert - Places a threaded/socket straight

information, see Thrd/SW Tee Vert (page 667).
VTESW Vert Tee - Places a straight tee with the main normal to
the X-Y plane. For more information, see Vert Tee (page
511).
VTOL Thrd in Vertical - Places a threadolet fitting normal to

the X-Y plane. For more information, see Threadolet
Thread in Vertical (page 673).
VUBEN Sanitary U-Bend Vertical - Places a 180 degree u-bend

normal to the X-Y plane with the return ends also normal
to the X-Y plane. For more information, see Sanitary
U-Bend Vertical (page 627).
VWOL Weld in Vertical - Places a weldolet fitting normal to the

X-Y plane. For more information, see Weldolet Weld in
VYB Vert Wye - Places a wye normal to the X-Y plane with
the branches also normal to the X-Y plane. For more
information, see Vert Wye (page 522).
VYE Sanitary Wye Vertical - Places a sanitary wye normal to

the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y
plane. For more information, see Sanitary Wye Vertical
(page 628).
VYFL Lined Wye Vert - Places a flanged and lined wye normal
to the X-Y plane with the branches also normal to the X-Y
plane For more information, see Lined Wye Vert (page
560).
CADWorx Plant 767

WELD Weld Gap - Creates weld gaps For more information,

see Weld Gap (page 700).
WELDS Weld - Opens the Weld Symbols dialog box in which

you select a weld symbol graphic to place on the
drawing. For more information, see Weld (page 427).
WELDSIZE Weld Size - Sets the default size of the weld dots that
accompany single line components. For more
information, see Weld Size (page 282).
WELDTOTAL Weld Total - For more information, see Weld Total (page
371).
WOL Weld in Plan - Places a weldolet fitting in the X-Y plane.

For more information, see Weldolet Weld in Plan (page
657).
XCEDIT Xref Component Edit - Views sizes or information within

the component XREF. For more information, see XREF
Edit (page 110).
XDEALL XDATA All Equipment - Print all equipment XDATA to

the command line.
XDENOZZLES XDATA Equipment Nozzles - Print equipment nozzle

XDATA to the command line.
XDH XDATA HVAC - Print HVAC XDATA to the command

line.
XDP XDATA Pipe - Print selected pipe XDATA to the

command line.
XDP5 XDATA All Pipe - Print all pipe XDATA to the command
line.
YB Plan Wye - Places a wye in the X-Y plane. For more

YE Sanitary Wye Plan - Places a sanitary wye in the X-Y

plane. For more information, see Sanitary Wye Plan
(page 604).
YFL Lined Wye Plan - Places a flanged and lined wye in the
X-Y plane. For more information, see Lined Wye Plan
(page 558).
ZOOMF Zoom Factors - Zooms an Mview to a specified scale.

For more information, see Zoom Factors (page 367).
CADWorx Plant 768

ZOOMLOCK Zoom Lock - Allows zooming in paper space only. For

more information, see Zoom Lock (page 366).
CADWorx Plant 769

APPENDIX D
Update History
Lists release information for the last three releases. For more information on past software
updates, see the Hexagon PPM product website at www.Hexagonppm.com.
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2020 R1

 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with AutoCAD 2021.
 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with BricsCAD 20.2.
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2020

 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with BricsCAD v20 and AutoCAD 2020.
 You can now add the slope of a pipe to the tool tip data. For more information, see
ToolTipSetting (on page 50).
 P&ID VIEW Enhancements For more information, see P&ID View Palette (page 159).
 P&ID VIEW will now accept different databases from CADWorx P&ID and CADWorx
Plant.
 P&ID View has been enhanced to show the percentage linked and the percentage of
matched properties of linked items in both the on-screen dialog and the exported reports
to help track project status and confirm the P&IDs and 3D model are consistent.
 P&ID View now lists line numbers to help distinguish components and allow for the
routing of missing lines in the 3D models.
 CADWorx Plant now supports user shapes in P&ID VIEW to help with consistency
checks between the P&ID and the 3D model.
 C2PCF has completely replaced the C2OUT command and can be called from a script or
the new ribbon bar icon. C2PCF has also designated a specific attribute for CAESAR II
restraint types. For more information, see System Out (page 333).
 In order to give more control of the number of items shown in the component list, the user
can now configure the maximum number of sizes Up and Down that are visible in the
component list. For more information see, Maximum number of sizes Up(Down) (page 52).
 Clash Management has added line number information to help the user in identification and
deciding on the status of the clash. This information is available as a part of the on-screen
dialog and the clash export. For more information, see Clash Settings Dialog Box (page
166).
 CADWorx Plant now uses Smart License for product authentication and licensing.
 You can now use filters when running the -ISOGENBATCH command. For more
information, see Using -ISOGENBATCH (page 188).
 Pipes with special end types can now be accumulated for ISOGEN output. For more
CADWorx Plant 770

Update History
 The -ISOGENOUT command now includes a line number option. For more information,
see Using -ISOGENOUT (page 183).
 There is a new ISOGEN sketch reference setting in the Spec. For more information, see
Isogen Settings Dialog Box.
Controls parameters for transposing the system by X, Y, and Z offsets. The whole system can
be rotated by any angle. This allows any user-defined north arrow direction.
X
Specifies the X-direction offset.
Y
Specifies the Y-direction offset.
Z
Specifies the Z-direction offset.
Angle
Specifies the north arrow direction:
 90 = World positive Y-axis as north direction. This is the default value.
 180 = World positive X-axis as north direction.
 270 = World negative Y-axis as north direction.
 0 = World negative X-axis as north direction.
 The Bills of Materials report can be written to network locations to help facilitate large
projects who utilize network solutions. For more information, see Bill of Material Panel (page
389).
 CADWorx Help and User Guides have moved online.
 Implemented weight and center of gravity calculation, and bill of material functions shared
between CADWorx Plant, Structure, and Equipment. For more information, see Center of
Gravity Generator (page 339) or Bill of Material Panel (page 389).

 Updated the Graphic Overlay Editor to include valves. For more information, see Graphics
Overlay Editor (page 319), Create a graphic overlay from a block for a valve (page 327),
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for a valve (page 330), Assign a graphic overlay to
a valve component in the Specification Editor (page 331), and Display graphic overlays of
valve components in the 3D model (page 331).
 Updated Isogen with the following capabilities:
 You can create script files to silently run -ISOGENOUT and -ISOGENBATCH. For more
information, see Using -ISOGENOUT (page 183), and Using -ISOGENBATCH (page
188).
 You can connect to an I-Configure directory from the Select Isogen Style dialog box
with options to select a ProjectList.xml, a Project_Data.xml, or a Style.xml.
CADWorx Plant 771

Update History
 You can toggle when ISOGENOUT and ISOGENBATCH create a single PCF or
multiple PCFs for line numbers when you run the command. For more information see,
Select Item Dialog Box (page 203).
 ISOGENCONTINUATIONGRAPHICSCOUNT now works with ISOGENOUT.
 You can use long path names for Isogen.
For more information, see Isogen Out (page 177) and Isogen Batch (page 187).
 Added information about using Isogen Configuration to set up isometric drawing and
report output and defining mapping between CADWorx custom data and PCF component,
material, and weld attributes. For more information, see Isogen Configuration (on page 205)
and Map CADWorx custom data using Isogen Configuration (on page 209).
 You can toggle when PCFOUT creates a single PCF or multiple PCFs for line numbers
when you run the command. For more information, see PCF Out (page 190) and Select Item
 Integration with CAESAR II has been improved with the addition of the new C2PCF
command. More data is being passed to CAESAR II through this command than C2OUT
which will be retired in a future release. For more information, see System Out (page 333).
 Additional insulation fields can be output to ISOGEN and displayed in an isometric drawing.
 Soft Clash Volumes can now be included in CADWorx Plant to help reserve space for
maintenance or installation of equipment. These volumes can be placed with a variety of
placement options as well as associate the soft clash with an object.
 Enhanced the usability of clash detection which is now called Clash Management. Actions
users can take in the Clash Management palette include ignoring different clash types and
creating soft clashes. For more information, see Clash Management (page 164), Clash
Settings Dialog Box (page 166), New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box (page 169), Filter
(page 170), Create a Usability Soft Volume Definition (page 171), and Create an Installation
Soft Volume Definition (page 171).
 Enhanced Bill of Material to allow you to create, modify, and transfer templates for bill of
materials (which can now include multiple disciplines) and use them across multiple
CADWorx products. You can also edit the sort order for multiple product use and apply
filtering to obtain BOM for only the items you wish to see. For more information, see Bill of
Material Panel , BOM Setup (page 390), BOM Template (page 390), Bill of Material
Template Creation and Modification (page 393), BOM Transfer (page 395), BOM Sort Order
/ Accumulation Dialog Box (page 396), Add or remove properties from BOM (page 397), and
Change the BOM sorting and accumulation (page 397).
 Improved the usability of the matched and unmatched features in PID VIEW by adding
customizable column layouts, search and filter options, multi edit capabilities, and easy to
read layouts for comparing properties sets between the 3D model and P&ID schematic. For
more information, see P&ID View Palette (page 159).
 Nozzles have been added as a component that can be compared and modeled in PID
VIEW.
 Designers can now save time by creating their own matched and unmatched reports from
the 3D model in PID VIEW in addition to the reports that are available for Administrators in
the MS Access Reporting Utility. Both reports have been updated for better layout and
usability. For more information, see P&ID View Palette (page 159).
 Pipe schedules associated with welds can now be displayed on weld lists.
CADWorx Plant 772

Update History
 Weld and insulation attributes can now be extracted to PCF for use in Isogen.
 Catalog compatibility has been preserved.
Version 2019 (19.0.1) Service Pack 1
 You can now adjust the slope of a pipe using the CWPEDITPIPESLOPE command. For
more information, see Edit Pipe Slope (on page 100).
 Improved the usability of the PID VIEW by adding user shapes to the linked/unlinked
feature. For more information, see P&ID View Palette (page 159).
 The silent -ISOGENBATCH command has been improved to offer the same functionality as
the non-silent ISOGENBATCH. For more information, see Using -ISOGENBATCH (page
188).
 CADWorx Plant is now compatible with BricsCAD 19.1.11 and newer.

 Removed CADWorx Steel tab and steel references from the user's guide.
 Added a vertical option to pipe supports. Now, when you place a pipe support on a sloped
pipe, you can select Vertical so that the support is able to vertically attach to a structure.
For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (page 121) and Insert a support on
sloped pipe (page 145).
 Total Center of Gravity now includes Structure objects. You can bring in the model as an
external reference, or you can load Structure in Plant, and then open the model. For more
information, see Center of Gravity Generator (page 339).
 Enhanced Detect Steel when placing pipe supports. Now, when you place a pipe support
above a concrete object created in CADWorx Structure, the software detects the concrete
object. For more information, see Support Modeler Palette (page 121).
 You can set the nipple length to show in the component description of the Bill of Materials
using the IsogenAppendNippleLength variable. For more information, see
IsogenAppendNippleLength (page 37).
 Added the ability to adjust the placement of a half coupling when placed on a pipe. The
software now contains the stubIn, stubOn, and Manual placement options when you place
a half coupling with any insertion option. For more information, see Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan
(page 655), Thrd/SW Half Clpg End (page 671), and Place a half coupling (page 656).
 Enhanced the elbow type option in the router. You can select Show Option to insert all
available elbow types. For more information, see Auto Route (page 374).
 Enhanced the slope and skew routing. Skew is now a toggle option, which allows you to
easily skew while routing sloped pipe. You also have additional options in slope for vertical
piping, and for auto connection. For more information, see Auto Route (page 374), Continue
Routing (page 379), and Route skewed and sloped pipe (page 381).
 Added information about using the Get External Data function delivered with the software.
For more information, see Using the Get External Data Function (on page 221).
 Added support for defining Project Defaults in I-Configure. You use Project Defaults in
combination with the ISOGENPROJECTDATASETUP to manage project-wide attributes.
Attributes also defined in the ISOGENPROJECTDATASETUP section override any defaults
assigned to the project.
CADWorx Plant 773

Update History
 You can replace components within the model using the REPLACECOMPS command.
Alternatively, you can select a component, and then click the replace grip point to
choose a replacement from a list of components. For more information, see Replace a
component in the model (page 383).
 You can click a valve in the model space, and then click the topworks replace grip point
to delete, change the type, or the orientation of the topworks. For more information, see Top
Works Change (page 333).
 Enhanced the Variable Component Length Assignment rule. When you set this rule to
Use Catalog Length, the software only uses the data in the catalog for the length. To enter
a length for the variable length component, you must set Show Options for this rule. For
more information, see Variable Component Length Assignment (page 66).
 Added support for CAESAR II 2018.
 Enhanced the logic of Show optional components in the Settings tab of the Spec View
palette. For more information, see Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) (page 115)
and Change Specification (page 83).
 You can turn updates on or off for Pipe Support Geometry in the Apply Change Data
Rule. For more information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63).
 Added a Default option to Generic Attach. The Default option automatically places the
center of gravity and tag annotation at the centroid of the selected non-CADWorx object.
You can also select a point as needed to define the center of gravity and tag annotation. For
more information, see Generic Attach (page 349) and Place a generic attachment in the
drawing (page 352).
 CADWorx Plant now uses a local acad.pgp file in the Support folder for the command
acronyms instead of the system wide acad.pgp used previously.
Items added and updated with CADWorx Plant Professional 2017 R1

 You can now set your material list for Isogen so that the output shows all materials based on
separate specifications, or combines identical components from different specifications into
one list using the IsogenSplitMaterialsBySpec variable. For more information, see
IsogenSplitMaterialsBySpec (page 43).
 Updated the manual for running Equipment and Structure in Plant while using BricsCAD.
For more information, see Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure with CADWorx Plant
(page 719).
Software Enhancements
 You can create and display graphic overlays on couplings. For more information, see
Graphics Overlay Editor (page 319).
 You can create user shapes with multiple reductions. For more information, see User
Shapes (page 283), and Create a multi-reduction user shape (page 302).
 You can assign bolts and gaskets to user shapes. For more information, see User Shapes
(page 283) and Selection codes in user shapes.
 You can use geometry points to create user shapes. For more information, see User
Shapes (page 283) and Isogen Export Options (page 293).
CADWorx Plant 774

Update History
 You can place a backing flange on a user shape when the user shape contains a stub end
flange. For more information, see User Shapes (page 283).
 You can assign selection codes to generic nozzles. For more information, see Nozzle
Generic Attach (page 341), Place a nozzle generic attachment (page 343), and Insert and
route from a generic nozzle containing selection codes (page 346).
 Updated the branch table. Now when you do not allow a component in the branch table, and
then turn on the Apply Branch Table Rule, then you cannot insert that component.
 You can turn updates on or off for Isogen Data in the Apply Change Data Rule. For more
information, see Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box (page 63).
 You can set Isogen to use the Systems PCF in the configuration file. For more information,
see IsogenUseSystemsPcf (page 43).
 You can set Isogen to show the bottom of pipe elevation. For more information, see
IsogenShowBOPElevation (page 42).
 Enhanced the Create Assembly functionality in the Pipe Support Modeler palette. You
can enter decimal values without the zero. The software warns you when you switch to a
drawing while working on a pipe support, and allows you to cancel the work and switch to
the other drawing. The Group Name allows you to enter any length for the name.
 Updated and enhanced the Apply Gasket Insertion Rule and the Apply Bolt Insertion
Rule to include clamp components for automatic insertion of bolts and gaskets. For more
information, see Apply Gasket Insertion Rule (page 58), and Apply Bolt Insertion Rule (page
58).
 Updated insulation on elbows. When you insert an elbow and place insulation on that elbow,
the actual insulation thickness now displays.
 You can export Sanitary U-Bend components to Isogen.
 Unions with threaded engagement end types display the length from the LEN column in the
union data table in the Specification Editor when you insert those components in the model
space.
 CADWorx Plant now supports the latest version of CAESAR II. For more information, see
CAESARIIVersion (page 34).
 Enhanced custom pipe support assemblies. When you have overlapping steel components
in your assembly, the software prompts you to select the member you want to cope, and
then the coping boundary when you place the assembly in the model space.
 Enhanced user shapes to include elbows, side-outlet elbows, and side-outlet tees. For more
information, see Isogen Export Options (page 293).
 You can use -1 for extruded steel components with variable lengths. For more information,
see Support Modeler Palette (page 121).
 You can select the Ignore Coupling internal clashes option on the Class View > Options
dialog box to ignore coupling component connections with internal clashes. For more
information, see Options Dialog Box.
 You can set all 255 colors for your Compass and Highlight in CADWorx Plant Setup.
 You can use taps in your 180 degree elbows, and they now correctly display in your
isometric drawings.
CADWorx Plant 775

Update History
 Custom fields created in the CADWorx Specification Editor now map to Isogen when you
run ISOGENOUT on components containing custom fields. For more information, refer to
the Isogen documentation delivered with I-Configure.
 CADWorx Plant now enables you to control the output of revision changes on the isometric
drawing. First, use the CADWorx Specification Editor to create a REVISION custom user
field with the current design revision value. Then, use the ISOGENPROJECTDATASETUP
command to set the REVISION attribute to the revision number to be clouded on the Isogen
drawing. Finally, use Isogen Configuration to define the required revision attributes. For
more information about revision attributes, see Revision Clouds in the Isometric Drawing
Options Reference Guide. You can access this document using the Help > Printable
Guides command in Isogen Configuration.
User Guide Revisions

 Enhanced the documentation on the pipe supports. For more information, see Edit Parts
(page 131), Example of Direction and Alignment Vectors using Pipe (page 135), Example of
Direction and Alignment Vectors using Other (page 138), and Example of Direction and
Alignment Vectors using Steel (page 142).
 Updated the connection point information for pipe support assemblies. For more information,
see Edit Parts (page 131).
Obsolete Commands
These commands are no longer available in CADWorx Plant.
3DFOLLOW AUTOBREAK AUTOISO BREAKDIST
C2ISO C2MULTI C2OUT C2TEXT
CLASSICCLAS CONTINUITY CONVERTCL CONVERTFACE

H
EASTELEV ELEV2PLAN ENDBREAK EXIST
GEARELEV GEARPLAN GETALLDATAFILE GETALLSPECDATAFILE

S S
HEAD INSERTMODE ISOCFG ISOOUT
LAYERRESTOR LEVERELEV LEVERPLAN LINEPIPE

E
MATCH MODIFYLIB NODEPLACE NORTHELEV
OFFSETCL OPERELEV OPERPLAN OSYELEV
OSYPLAN OVERLAY PIPEIN PIPEOUT
CADWorx Plant 776

Update History
PREPARE PUMP RECT ROLLEDFLG
ROLLEDHIDDE ROLLEDPLAIN SETANGLE SOUTHELEV

N
SPECCHG TANK VESSEL VESSELOD
WELDGAP WESTELEV
CADWorx Plant 777

Glossary
abstract part
A part that is only defined by a partial specification and that cannot be materially provided by the
organization that defines the specification.
actuator
A device used to operate a valve using electric, pneumatic, or hydraulic pressure.
AISC (American Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining American steel construction standards.
AISI
American Iron and Steel Institute
anchor bolts
Bolts used to connect structural members to concrete footings.
angle
The circular measurement taken from the intersection of two pipes at a turn or branch.
arc element
A structural member of constant radius used to model curved elements.
arrangement (accommodation)
Those components of a system arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation for installation. Various types include electrical, HVAC, machinery, outfitting, and
piping.
arrangement (HVAC)
Components and ductwork of a ventilation system arranged in three-dimensional space with
accurate dimensional representation.
arrangement (outfitting)
Outfitting structure arranged in three-dimensional space with accurate dimensional
representation.
assembly
Unit composed of a collection of parts or other assemblies. Assembly creation consumes the
individual part names and provides the unit a unique identification in the fabrication process.
attribute
A single type of non-graphics information that is stored about an object such as diameter or end
preparation.
CADWorx Plant 778

Glossary
axis
An imaginary line used to define the orientation of a system or object normally defined in terms
of an x-, y-, and z-axis. Some 3-D graphic objects have an associated axis used to define the
center or axis for rotations.
bar
A steel rod used to reinforce concrete.
basic design
Engineering definition of the model and its systems.
bay
The distance between two trusses.
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork Association)
An organization responsible for defining British steel construction standards.
beam
A structural member type typically placed with the member axis in a nominal horizontal
orientation.
bearing plate
A steel plate used to distribute a load over a larger area. Usually used at the base of a column.
bent
A vertical framework usually consisting of a truss or beam supported at the ends on columns.
bill of material (BOM)
Hierarchical decomposition of a product into constituent assemblies and parts. Specific types of
BOMs exist (for example, an EBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of an engineering
department; an MBOM is a bill of material from the point of view of manufacturing).
brace
A diagonal member used to stiffen a framework.
cans
A reinforcing connection piece placed at member intersections.
cantilever
A beam, girder, or truss that overhangs one or both supports.
catalog
Repository of information about components and materials used in construction. When you use
catalog parts in the model, the software places an occurrence of the catalog part in the project.
This occurrence is a copy of the actual catalog part.
CADWorx Plant 779

Glossary
change history
Process of recording information such as who, when, and why for any given modification.
change management
Software features or manual procedures for managing the consequence of change. For
example, software can support a change management feature to report drawings that need
updating as a result of a change in a 3-D model.
change propagation
Ability of the software to intelligently modify dependent design information to reflect change in a
higher order object.
channel
A structural shape referring to a three-sided member type with each of the sides joined at a right
angle.
chord
The principal member of a truss. Can be on either the top or bottom of the truss.
circular tube
A structural shape referring to a hollow cylindrical member type or pipe.
CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining Canadian steel construction standards.
class
Grouping of individual objects that share some very significant, common characteristics.
clip angle
A small angle-shaped piece of steel used for fastening members together.
codelist
A set of acceptable values for a particular property that can be referred to by an index number or
selected in a combo box. For example, the codelist for the material specification allows you to
select from a set of standard entries, such as ASTM A183-F316 Stainless Steel.
column
A vertical structural member usually attached to a footing and extending to the roof of a building.
commodity code
A user-defined code that provides an index to parts in a catalog.
commodity item
A standard component found in a manufacturer catalog (an off-the-shelf component).
component
Physical part that a feature generates.
CADWorx Plant 780

Glossary
concurrent access
Ability of the software to allow multiple users to simultaneously access and modify the design of
a model.
coordinate
The location of a point along the X-, Y-, or Z-axis.
coordinate system
A geometric relation used to denote the location of points in the model. The most common
coordinate system is the rectangular coordinate system, whereby points are located by
traversing the X-, Y-, and Z-axes of the model. Normally, coordinate systems have their origin
defined as 0,0,0.
cope
To cut out the top or bottom flanges and possibly the web so that one member frames into
another.
cross section
The shape of a member when viewed along the member line.
cutback
An axial offset that typically represents the distance from a member centerline to its face.
Cutbacks are used to account for the difference between how a structure is modeled and
constructed in terms of lengths of members and quantities of materials.
cutting plane
A plane that cuts through an object.
damage records
Data relating to the damage and repair of structure or components that occurred during or after
construction of a model.
data interchange
Capability to output the design, or portions of the design, in a standard format for use or
movement to another computer software system.
database
Repository for the product model data. The database contains information to describe individual
objects in the data model and the relationships between objects as appropriate.
database backup
Process of recording a backup copy of the complete database or the incremental changes after
the date that the last complete copy was created.
database break and recovery
Utilities used to restore a database after files are corrupted.
CADWorx Plant 781

Glossary
database copy
Functionality to copy large collections of model objects from one design project to another
design project.
database management
Functionality related to managing a product model database.
degree
The highest polynomial factor in the curve or surface mathematical definition. A line is a degree
1 curve, while a cubic B-spline is a degree 3 curve.
degree of freedom
An allowable direction of movement, either translation or rotation. There are six possible
degrees of freedom (DOFs): translation X, Y, and Z, and rotation RX, RY, and RZ.
design alternative
Difference in a design represented by a separate version. A design alternative can be a new
design prepared as a proposed change, or one of several elective options that the builder or
customer selects. Each design alternative has an identification assigned so you can uniquely
refer to the design alternatives.
design approval log
Record of review and approval of parts of the design.
design documents
Drawings, sketches, material lists, procedures, and so forth that are generated during the design
phase.
design object
Any object with properties that you can select. A design object can be related to one or more
contracts of different types, but related only to one contract of a given type.
design progress check
Analysis of the content of the design to some metric unit that gives an idea of the degree of
completion.
design review
Functionality to support rapid viewing of the design and markup of features with comments.
design service
Any general system services related to the design function.
design standard
Feature or object used in model design that has been determined to the normal or approved
way of accomplishing a design requirement. In the context of computer software, the term refers
to computer functionality to support standards, not the standard itself.
CADWorx Plant 782

Glossary
detail schedule
Lowest level of schedule used to manage and track work progress.
diagonals
A member used for stiffening and wind bracing.
distributed systems
Systems consisting of sequential parts with a distributive characteristic (for example, pipes
distribute fluids, HVAC distributes air, cabling distributes power, and structure distributes loads).
distribution systems
Term synonymous and used interchangeably with the term distributed systems.
documentation
Drawings and other records that you must produce to document, obtain approval, or build the
design.
drawing tool
Tool that helps in the process of creating, modifying, or manipulating objects. Examples are
PinPoint and SmartSketch.
driftpin
A tapered steel pin used to align bolt or rivet holes when assembling steel.
easting
A term that describes an east coordinate location in a coordinate system.
edge
A topological object that represents a trimmed curve bounded by a start and end vertex.
edge distance
The distance from the center of a bolt or rivet to the edge of a plate or flange.
equipment
Pieces that a foundation supports. Examples are engines, generators, pumps, fans, consoles,
large valves, large strainers, and winches. Usually, you can find these pieces on a machinery
arrangement plan. Equipment is most often associated with a system.
equipment catalog
Catalog of equipment geometry and limited properties that the software uses to identify and
visualize equipment and its placement in the model. The catalog is not the source for the total
specification and ordering data for the object.
erection clearance
The amount of space left between members to ease assembly.
CADWorx Plant 783

Glossary
fabricate
To cut, punch, and sub-assemble members in the shop.
face
A topological object that represents a trimmed surface bounded by a loop of edges.
face plate
An edge reinforcement type that places a plate or profile at the selected plate edge.
face-to-face
The overall length of a component from the inlet face to the outlet face.
fasteners
Bolts and rivets used to connect structural members.
feature
A logical collection of parts driven by the piping specification. There are four basic features:
straight, turn, branch, and inline component.
element
Primitive geometric shape such as a line, circle, or arc.
fence
Boundary or barrier that separates or closes off an area. To surround or close like a fence.
field adjustment
Material added to the neat design geometry of piping or structural parts to allow for extra
material when it is required due to uncontrolled variance in the manufacturing and construction
process.
flange
The projecting portion of a beam, channel, or column.
flavor
A different variation of a symbol. Each variation has different occurrence property values.
flexure
A term used for describing bending behavior.
focus of rotation
A point or line about which an object or view turns.
footing
An enlargement at the base of a column, or at the bottom of a wall, that distributes the load over
a greater portion of ground and thereby prevents settling.
CADWorx Plant 784

Glossary
frame connection
A way of establishing connectivity between member parts to represent physical relationships
such as work point offsets, and logical relationships such as end releases. A placement
positioning mechanism to represent physical relationships between member systems that
establishes and maintains connectivity.
framing plan
A structural drawing plan view, drawn to scale, providing an overhead view of the structural
components of a building. Columns, beams, and girders, roof members, floor members, and wall
members all require separate framing plans.
full penetration weld
A type of weld in which the weld material extends through the complete thickness of the
components being joined.
function points
Part of the requirements documentation, function points are the smallest granularity of a
requirement statement that describe specific detailed actions that the software performs.
functional block diagram
Schematic representation of a system (piping, electrical, ventilation) showing system parts and
their relationship. You use symbols to represent equipment and components. A connecting
network of lines illustrates their relationship. Taken together, the symbols and the network
illustrate the function of the system.
furnishings
Parts such as movable articles and fittings that normally are not associated with a system (for
example, a chair).
generic specific
Object that is parametrically defined or defined to suit a family of specific parts (for example,
International Standards parametrics). For example, a 100 - 200 gpm pump in the catalog can
provide a general shape to appear in the model until a specific object has been identified.
girder
A horizontal support member similar to a beam. Some people maintain that girders span from
column to column, and beams span from girder to girder. Other people maintain that beams
span column to column and girders span from beam to beam.
girt
A beam, usually bolted to columns, to support the side covering or to serve as a window lintel.
grade
The material grade of the structural member.
GUIDs
Acronym that stands for Globally Unique Identifiers. The software automatically creates the
GUIDs sheet in the Excel workbooks when you create the Catalog database and schema. The
CADWorx Plant 785

Glossary
purpose of storing GUIDs within Excel workbooks is to help you keep track of what has been
loaded into the database. Storing GUIDs also helps to avoid the situation in which a
replacement Catalog database causes existing models to become invalid.
gusset plate
A plate used to connect various members, such as in a truss.
hook element
An analytical element or boundary condition used to simulate one-way tension-only behavior. A
hook element is a backwards gap with the ability to resist tension only when the hook is closed.
It resists neither tension nor compression when it is open. Typical uses of hook elements in
modeling include structural bracing, cables, tension, bolts, and the separation of two connected
regions.
HVAC
Acronym for heating, ventilation and cooling. This system is the distribution system design for
heating or cooling.
HVAC analysis
Analysis routines that address heating and cooling loads required for the compartments and that
size or evaluate ventilation ducts and blower requirements.
initial design
Early stage of design work, generally before contract, used to estimate construction costs and
provide a rough concept of the intended model. Contains information relating to a model created
during its initial (concept) design period.
initial structural plan
Principal structural plan for the model; also called a construction profile.
inline
A term used to refer to those piping components that can be inserted in a pipe feature.
instantiation
Occurrence of a catalog object at a specific geometric location in the model.
interference checking
A process that identifies possible collisions or insufficient clearance between objects in the
model.
I-Section
A structural shape referring to any member type in the form of an I.
job order
Industrial authorization for accomplishing work; synonymous with a work order.
joist
A horizontal structural members that support the floor or roof of a building.
CADWorx Plant 786

Glossary
kinematics analysis
Analysis of mechanical motion.
knee brace
A corner brace used to prevent angular movement.
leg length analysis
Preferred term is welding length analysis.
Legacy
CADWorx 2008 to CADWorx 2012 components.
library
Resource of reference information that you can access in developing a model design.
life cycle database
Information developed to assist in the maintenance and modernization of delivered models.
link
Way to store information about another file in your document. You can update a link so that
changes in the file appear in your document.
lintel
A horizontal member used to carry a wall over an opening.
load (structure)
A force vector applied to a member.
logical member
An object in the model used to represent the design topology.
machinery
Major pieces of equipment installed in a model.
macro
A sequence of actions or commands that can be named and stored. When you run the macro,
the software performs the actions or runs the commands. You can create the macros in Visual
Basic or other OLE-aware programming applications. Some of the other OLE-aware
programming applications are Visual Basic for Applications, Visual C++, and so forth.
maintenance envelope
A rectangular box around the part for clearance during maintenance operations.
maintenance parts
Required material for depot or on-board repair or overhaul of equipment, as determined by
engineering study. Generally at a level below the purchased construction object of the model.
CADWorx Plant 787

Glossary
maintenance records
Records of breakdown, repair, and overhaul of equipment.
material analysis
Analysis of a completed design work for extracting detailed material requirements; also called
material lists.
material list
An option category that controls the format and content of the bill of materials.
material properties
Properties of the material useful in the analysis process.
member name
A user-definable alphanumeric code used to uniquely identify individual members in the model.
member part
A model object derived from the logical model that represents the manufactured physical
member parts.
member system
A logical collection of member parts that can be moved as a single entity.
move from point
Starting point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move From
point determines the point of origin for the move.
move to point
Ending point for an action. For example, when you move an equipment object, the Move To
point determines where you want the move to stop.
natural surface
A surface without a boundary curve.
node
 One of the set of discrete points in a flow graph.
 A terminal of any branch of a network or a terminal common to two or more branches of a
network.
 An end point of any branch or a network or graph, or a junction common to two or more
branches.
northing
A term that describes a north coordinate location in a coordinate system.
nozzle
A piping connection point to a piece of equipment.
CADWorx Plant 788

Glossary
nozzle standout
The shortest allowable distance between the connection point of a nozzle and the start point of a
turn on the leg connected to the nozzle.
NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter)
The diameter of a pipe.
object
A type of data other than the native graphic format of the application.
orientation vector
A vector used to define the local y-x plane of a physical member when combined with the local
x-axis defined by the start and end nodes.
origin
In coordinate geometry, the point where the X-, Y-, and Z-axes intersect.
origin point
The point at which the coordinate system is placed, providing a full Cartesian coordinate system
with positive and negative quadrants. Points are placed at coordinates relative to the origin
point, represented by the X, Y, and Z values.
orthogonal
The characteristic of an element consisting completely of elements positioned at 90-degree
angles. A square is an orthogonal element.
orthographic
A depiction of an object created by projecting its features onto a plane along lines perpendicular
to the plane.
orthotropic material
A material that has two material directions that are orthogonal to one another. An example of an
orthotropic material is wood.
P&ID
Diagram that shows the topology, functional components, and special requirements of a piping
system; generally represents the engineering design of the system.
package
Set of closely related classes. (UML)
panel
The space between adjacent floor supports, or purlins, in a roof.
parameter
A property whose value determines the characteristics or behavior of something.
CADWorx Plant 789

Glossary
part class
A group of similar objects. You can define part classes in the Excel workbooks. A part class can
have multiple parts. For example, a heat exchanger part class can contain heat exchangers with
different dimensions.
part number
Unique identifier of a part.
parts
The physical components that comprise a feature and are generally selected by the software.
For example, the flanges, gaskets, and the gate valve itself are examples of the parts
comprising the gate valve feature.
PDS (Plant Design System)
A comprehensive, intelligent, computer-aided design and engineering application for the
process, power, and marine industries. PDS consists of integrated 2-D and 3-D modules that
correspond to engineering tasks in the design workflow.
physical member
A concept that helps to eliminate modeling errors by providing a straightforward method for
defining structure geometry by placing members in a model in much the same way that they
would be framed in the field. During analysis pre-processing, physical members are split into
finite elements (segments) while still maintaining the collective status of the physical member
during model revisions. The software assigns member releases at each end of the true physical
member, while preventing release assignments from being made to interior nodes of the finite
elements.
pitch
The ratio of rise to run for roofs. Pitch is also the center distance between bolts or rivets, parallel
to the axis of the member.
plate
A flat, rectangular steel shape.
port
A connection point to a pipe or a component such as a valve.
post tensioning
A method of pre-stressing concrete, by stressing the steel strands after the concrete has been
poured and allowed to harden.
precast concrete
Concrete members that are poured in forms at a plant or factory and allowed to harden. Two
types of precast products exist: pre-stressed products and reinforced products.
pre-stressed concrete
Concrete products that are stressed by passing high-strength steel strands through the form and
applying stress to the strands either before or after the concrete is poured.
CADWorx Plant 790

Glossary
pretensioning
Stressing the steel strands in a pre-stressed member before the concrete is poured into the
form.
primary member
A main structural support member.
principle of superposition
The principle that states that the stresses, strains, and displacements due to different forces can
be combined. This principle is only valid for linear analysis.
product structure
Hierarchical breakdown or decomposition of a product into constituent parts, volumes, or units.
(For example, a bill of material is one possible type of product structure.)
production planning
Functionality associated with the work breakdown and sequence of the construction of a model.
purlin
Horizontal structural member extending between trusses, used as beams for supporting the
roof.
rafters
Beams or truss members that support the purlins.
rebar
A term for steel reinforcing bars that are used to reinforce concrete.
rectangular bar
A structural shape referring to a four-sided solid bar.
rectangular tube
A structural shape referring to a four-sided hollow member type.
reference data
The data that is necessary to design plants or ships using the software. Reference data includes
graphical information, such as symbols. It also contains tabular information, such as physical
dimensions and piping specifications.
reflect
A parameter that affects the placement orientation of member cross sections. At your option, the
sections can be placed with their geometry reflected or mirrored about the local section y-axis.
reinforced concrete plan
A framing plan that identifies all beams and slabs by letter and number. The slab, beam, and
bend schedules give all details for preparation and placement (number, size, spacing, bending,
and location) of the reinforcing steel.
CADWorx Plant 791

Glossary
resource estimation
Rough estimate of material, manpower, and facility utilization for the design and construction of
the model.
retaining wall
A structural wall, either gravity or cantilever, used to hold back dirt or other materials.
route
1) A line connecting a series of points in space and constituting a proposed or traveled route. 2)
The set of links and junctions joined in series to establish a connection.
rule-based joint
A feature that enables you to offset the work point of two members that intersect at a node. The
rules vary depending on the structural type, member orientation, and construction practices.
Ruled joints are typically used when a connection detail calls for the physical member ends to
be noncoincident with the centerline of an intersection member.
sag ties
Tie rods between purlins in the plane of a roof, used to carry the component of the roof load
parallel to the roof. Tie rods are used to support girts.
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel Construction)
An organization responsible for defining South African steel construction standards.
schema
A database that creates the structure of another database. For example, a schema specifies the
queries, tables, fields, and data types in a database.
secondary member
A member that is not a significant load-bearing member.
section
A structural member whose parameters are defined in a table.
section name
An alphanumeric code used to refer to a particular member in a table; for example W18X35.
section orientation
The position of physical member cress section relative to the physical member local coordinate
system.
section table
A library of standard structural shapes containing the necessary parametric properties of each
section size, such as depth, width, and inertias.
CADWorx Plant 792

Glossary
shear stiffness
A physical member property that indicates whether to include shear stiffness in the analytical
element stiffness matrix of a member.
shear walls
A wall designed to resist lateral loading from winds, underground disturbances, or blasts.
shell structure
External portion of the surface of the model.
site
The top level in the Project Management hierarchy. A Site configuration may contain several
Catalogs, each shared by multiple Models.
skewed member
A structural member that is not at right angles to its connecting members.
slab
A flat concrete area usually reinforced with wire mesh and rebar.
sleeve
A part that connects two pipes or two ducts, for example. A sleeve can be used to prevent water
from leaking through a hole.
span
A group of contiguous physical members that are not intersected by a brace- or column-type
physical member.
specifications
Contracted requirements for the model.
splice (structure)
To fasten together two physical members, usually columns end-to-end, to form a single
continuing length.
steel reinforced concrete
An association of concrete and steel where the concrete is there to stand the compression
forces and the steel the traction forces. The resulting structure can withstand traction and
flexion.
stiffener
An angle, plate, or channel fastened to a member to prevent buckling.
stress
Forces acting on structural members due to various types of loads. These forces can be shear,
tension, compression, or torsion.
CADWorx Plant 793

Glossary
stringer
A longitudinal member used to support loads directly.
structure analysis
Analysis routines that provide stress and deflection data for structural designs. Loading
conditions can be both static and dynamic. Finite element analysis is the most common type of
structure analysis.
strut
A compression member in a framework.
stud
A bolt, threaded on both ends, used to connect components.
suspended floor
A concrete floor system built above and off the ground.
system
A conceptual design grouping that organizes parts in hierarchical relationships. A system
represents a functional view of the model and includes information such as system name, type,
properties, and design specifications for the objects assigned to the system.
tag number
User-specific, unique number assigned to an object (for example, CV-101 for a control valve,
HE-2002 for a heat exchanger).
target point
The origin for coordinate measurements displayed by PinPoint. You can position the target point
anywhere on the drawing sheet or view.
tilt-up walls
Concrete walls that are poured in forms on the ground and then tilted up into place by cranes or
hoists.
transition
A cross-sectional type that results in a tapered length of member and involves a gradual change
in section size. See also uniform.
truss
A rigid framed structure consisting of straight members joined to form a pattern of
interconnecting triangles for carrying loads.
uniform
A cross-section type that results in a uniform length of member and involves an abrupt change
in section size. See also transition.
CADWorx Plant 794

Glossary
unit/module modeler
Facility of the system to structure collections of equipment and components into a single
identifiable object.
user attributes
A customized property in the reference data. The Custom Interfaces sheets in the Excel
workbooks define these properties. You can list the customized properties on the individual part
class sheets.
vertex
A topological object that represents a point in the three-dimensional model.
web
The center section separating the flanges of an I-section, tee, or channel.
weight and CG analysis
Routines that compute the weight of commodity materials as configured in a given design (for
example, plate and pipe) and determine total weight and center of gravity (CG) for a collection of
material and equipment, as well as the complete model.
welding
Weld requirements for joining materials. Welding length analysis is the calculation of required
weld dimensions; also called leg length analysis.
wizard
Software routine attached to an application that provides guidance and expert help to you to
complete one of the functionalities of the application.
work order
Plant authorization for completing work; synonymous with a job order.
working plane
The available 2-D plane of movement for endpoint selection.
workspace
Area that represents the portion of the model data needed to perform the intended task and
includes the user modeling settings.
Workspace Explorer
Tree or list representation of objects in your workspace.
X-section
Cross section; a graphically placed cross section representing the member section size.
yield strength
The stress beyond which a material sustains permanent deformation.
CADWorx Plant 795

Glossary
CADWorx Plant 796

Index
Angle Side Valve • 553
2 Angle Top Valve • 549
2D Double Line • 106 Annotate • 268
2D Panel • 361 Apply Auto Coupling Rule • 61
2D Representation • 361 Apply Bolt Hole Orientation Rule • 60
2D Representation Hidden • 363 Apply Bolt Insertion Rule • 58
2D Single Line • 106 Apply Branch Table Rule • 59
Apply Change Data Rule • 63
3 Apply Change Data Rule Dialog Box • 63
Apply End Type Rule • 57
3D Modeling versus 2D Modeling • 481
Apply Flange Insertion Rule • 60
3D Solids • 106
Apply Gasket Insertion Rule • 58
3-Way Plan Valve • 546
Apply Line Number Rule • 61
3-Way Side Valve • 550
Apply O-let Minimum Spacing Rule • 65
3-Way Vertical Valve • 550
Apply Pipe End Prep Rule • 60
Apply Pipe Healing Rule • 59
4 Apply Pipe Length Rule • 57
45 LR Ell • 503 Apply Size Rule • 56
4-Way Plan Valve • 547 Apply Skew Pipe Maximum Angle • 65
4-Way Side Valve • 551 Apply Specification Rule • 57
Apply Tab (CADWorx Insulation View
9 Palette) • 153
Apply Trimmed Elbow Rule • 59
90 LR Ell • 501 Apply Weld Insertion Rule • 58
90 SR Ell • 502 arc element • 778
arrangement (accommodation) • 778
A arrangement (HVAC) • 778
abstract part • 778 arrangement (outfitting) • 778
Accessing and Docking the Toolbars • 479 Arrow • 426
actuator • 778 assembly • 778
Add a user shape to a specification • 317 Assembly View Palette • 172
Add an HVAC shape to the drawing • 460 Assign • 267
Add or remove properties from BOM • 397 Assign a graphic overlay to a coupling
Add Parts • 129 component in the Specification Editor •
Adjust a dimension to match a pipe • 358 325
Adjust a pipe length to match a dimension • Assign a graphic overlay to a valve
358 component in the Specification Editor •
Adjustable Bend • 499 331
AISC (American Institute of Steel Assign line numbers • 268
Construction) • 778 attribute • 778
AISI • 778 Attributes • 250
Aliases and Command Names • 480 Audit HVAC Database • 477
All • 75 Audit Pipe Database • 275
All CADWorx Commands • 725 Audit the HVAC database • 477
AlphaSizeControl • 31 AuditDataOnStartup • 32
Anchor • 445 Auto Connect • 281
anchor bolts • 778 Auto Gasket • 368
angle • 778 Auto Route • 374
Auto Routing from the strainer lateral • 705
CADWorx Plant 797

Index
Auto Weld • 370 CAESARIIVersion • 34

AutoCAD and BricsCAD Workflows Used cans • 779
With Plant • 717 cantilever • 779
AutoDimensionBox • 33 Cap • 494
Automatic • 369, 408 catalog • 779
Available macros • 246 Center Line • 65
axis • 779 Center of Gravity Generator • 339
Change • 412
B Change Elevation • 355
Change elevation by BOP • 356
Ball Valve • 540 Change elevation by entering the elevation
bar • 779 value • 356
basic design • 779 Change elevation by Pick • 356
bay • 779 Change elevation by TOP • 356
BCSA (British Constructional Steelwork change history • 780
Association) • 779 Change Layer • 438
beam • 779 change management • 780
bearing plate • 779 Change position and direction of generic
bent • 779 nozzle • 348
Best Practices • 252 change propagation • 780
bill of material (BOM) • 779 Change Size • 75
Bill of Material Panel • 389 Change Specification • 83
Bill of Material Settings • 391 Change tee sizes automatically • 80
Bill of Material Template Creation and Change tee sizes manually • 81
Modification • 393 Change the BOM sorting and accumulation
Bleed Ring or Spacer • 706 • 397
Blind Flange • 527 Change the Elevation • 412
Bolt • 368 Change the layer associated with an object
BoltRoundControl • 33 • 438
BOM Setup • 390 Change the layers associated with HVAC
BOM Sort Order / Accumulation Dialog Box components • 474
• 396 Change the size automatically • 77
BOM Template • 390 Change the size manually • 77
BOM Transfer • 395 Change the size of a model with branch
Box • 364 connections automatically • 79
brace • 779 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
Break by Length • 336 automatically • 78
Break by Number • 336 Change the size of a reducer and the pipes
Break Pipe • 335 manually • 78
Butterfly Valve • 543 Change the specification automatically • 84
Buttweld • 481 Change the specification manually • 85
Buttweld LR • 386 Change the specification of a model with
Buttweld SR • 386 branches automatically • 85
channel • 780
C Check Valve • 542
CADWorx Legacy Drawing - Match chord • 780
Specifications Dialog Box • 68 circular tube • 780
CADWorx Plant Setup Dialog Box • 21 CISC (Canadian Institute of Steel
CADWorxMaterial • 33 Construction) • 780
CAESARIIMaterial • 34 Clash Management • 164
CAESARIIMemory • 34 Clash Note Dialog Box • 170
CAESARIITolerance • 34 Clash Settings Dialog Box • 166
class • 780
CADWorx Plant 798

Index
clip angle • 780 Create a Usability Soft Volume Definition •

codelist • 780 171
Collect Data Dialog Box • 182 Create a user shape file • 300
column • 780 Create a user shape from a block • 309
commodity code • 780 Create a user shape from a polyline • 307
commodity item • 780 Create a user shape from points • 305
Common Tasks • 226 Create an assembly • 173
Compass • 453, 480 Create an Excel report from selected
component • 780 attributes • 252
Component • 412 Create an Installation Soft Volume
Component Custom Data Dialog Box • 100 Definition • 171
Conc Reducer • 493 Create New Assembly • 124
concurrent access • 781 Creating a Base Profile • 719
Configuration File Control Overview • 24 Cross Plan • 596
Configuration Layers • 53 Cross Reducing Plan • 597
Configuration Settings • 24 Cross Reducing Side • 620
Configure the GED function to retrieve weld Cross Reducing Vertical • 620
coordinates • 255 cross section • 781
Connecting to components • 480 Cross Side • 619
Continue Routing • 379 Custom Data Dialog Box • 103
Control Valve • 545 Custom Data Tab (CADWorx Spec View
Convert a component to a different mode • Palette) • 117
105 Cut Bill of Material • 401
Convert Existing • 107 Cut BOM using Automatic placement • 402
Convert from project data • 108 Cut BOM using Manual placement • 402
Convert Intersected Piping • 108 cutback • 781
Convert Isometric • 106 cutting plane • 781
Convert Legacy Drawing • 67 CWexplode • 108
Convert to 3D enhanced • 107
coordinate • 781 D
coordinate system • 781
Coordinates • 414 damage records • 781
cope • 781 data interchange • 781
Count • 266 Data Remove • 474
Count weld gaps automatically • 372 database • 781
Coupling • 569 database backup • 781
Create a 2D representation • 363 database break and recovery • 781
Create a 2D representation with hidden database copy • 782
lines • 363 database management • 782
Create a 2D single line user shape • 315 Database Panel • 271
Create a 2D user shape • 313 DataBaseCodesIsogen • 35
Create a 3D user shape • 311 DB Generate • 475
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a DB In • 476
coupling • 321 Decrement • 267
Create a graphic overlay from a block for a Define a weld gap • 700
valve • 327 degree • 782
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for degree of freedom • 782
a coupling • 324 Delete a layer • 439
Create a graphic overlay from a drawing for Delete an assembly from the Assembly
a valve • 330 Manager • 174
Create a multi-reduction user shape • 302 Delete Bill of Material • 406
Create a new pipe support assembly • 143 Delete Layer • 438
design alternative • 782
CADWorx Plant 799

Index
design approval log • 782 ElbowCenterLine • 36

design documents • 782 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Plan • 659
design object • 782 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Side • 676
design progress check • 782 Elbowlet Socket Weld in Vertical • 677
design review • 782 Elbowlet Thread in Plan • 659
design service • 782 Elbowlet Thread in Side • 675
design standard • 782 Elbowlet Thread in Vertical • 676
Detail • 422 Elbowlet Weld in Plan • 658
detail schedule • 783 Elbowlet Weld in Side • 674
diagonals • 783 Elbowlet Weld in Vertical • 675
Diaphragm Valve • 543 Elevation • 413, 425
Dim Adjustment • 357 Enable curved piping in Plant isometrics •
Dimension Panel • 407 186
DimensionsExcludedSlope • 35 Enable the Repeatability return report • 184
DimensionsExistingIsogen • 35 End Type Information • 202
Discontinuity View Palette • 156 Enter User Name and Password Dialog Box
Display graphic overlays of coupling • 273
components in the 3D model • 325 equipment • 783
Display graphic overlays of valve equipment catalog • 783
components in the 3D model • 331 erection clearance • 783
Display only the layer associated with an Example of Direction and Alignment
object • 440 Vectors using Other • 138
distributed systems • 783 Example of Direction and Alignment
distribution systems • 783 Vectors using Pipe • 135
documentation • 783 Example of Direction and Alignment
Dots • 431 Vectors using Steel • 142
Draw non-pipe components • 114 EXECUTE statement • 235
Draw pipe components • 113 Expansion Joint • 707
Drawing Prototype • 31 Explore the Isogen Configuration interface •
drawing tool • 783 206
driftpin • 783 Export Bill of Material • 405
Dual Check Valve • 545 Export CADWorx HVAC data • 476
Export Pipe • 273
E EXTERNAL-DATA statement • 236
EXTERNAL-MAP statement • 237
East • 456 Extract batch Isogen files • 187
easting • 783 Extract Isogen files • 182
Ecc Reducer • 493 Extract piping component files • 191
edge • 783
edge distance • 783
Edit • 365, 472 F
Edit an assembly • 174 fabricate • 784
Edit an assembly path • 175 face • 784
Edit an existing user shape • 304 face plate • 784
Edit Assembly • 127 face-to-face • 784
Edit by redefining connection points • 304 fasteners • 784
Edit HVAC components globally • 473 feature • 784
Edit Parts • 131 fence • 784
Edit Pipe Slope • 100 Fiberglass • 560
Edit Pipe Support Features • 146 Fiberglass Pipe • 563
Editing Component Data Files • 716 field adjustment • 784
Editor • 75 Filter • 170
Elbow Centerline • 359 FILTER statement • 240
CADWorx Plant 800

Index
Find Legacy Components Dialog Box • 70 Graphics Overlay Editor • 319

Find Tab (CADWorx Line View Palette) • Group On/Off • 281
119 Guide • 448
Fitting Width • 436 GUIDs • 785
FittingWidth • 36 gusset plate • 786
flange • 784
Flange O.D. • 434 H
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Plan • 572
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Side • 581 Height • 416
Flanged 45 Degree Elbow Vert • 582 Hidden End • 435
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Plan • 571 hook element • 786
Flanged 90 Degree Elbow Side • 580 Horizontal • 409
Flanged Concentric Reducer • 573 Horizontal with Tail • 411
Flanged Plan • 704 HVAC • 457, 786
Flanged Side • 709 HVAC analysis • 786
Flanged Tee Plan • 573 HVAC Database Panel • 475
Flanged Tee Side • 582 HVAC Draw Panel • 457
Flanged Tee Vertical • 583 HVAC Edit Panel • 472
Flanges • 522 HVAC Shapes Catalog • 461
Flat • 452 HVACLibraryDirectory • 36
flavor • 784
flexure • 784 I
Flgd/BW Valves • 537 I-Configure • 192
focus of rotation • 784 Import CADWorx HVAC data • 477
footing • 784 Import Pipe • 275
FORMATS statement • 242 Import Pipe Bill of Material • 406
frame connection • 785 Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen
framing plan • 785 BOMs • 214
Full Coupling End • 579 Include CADWorx custom data in Isogen
full penetration weld • 785 reports • 218
function points • 785 Incompatible Component Actions • 66
functional block diagram • 785 Increment • 267
furnishings • 785 initial design • 786
initial structural plan • 786
G inline • 786
Gasket • 699 Insert a drawing into the project • 163
Gaskets, Etc. • 698 Insert a flange O.D. • 434
Gate Valve • 539 Insert a gasket • 699
GC Edit • 472 Insert a hidden end • 435
GED configuration file • 228 Insert a pipe end • 435
GED Data Flow • 225 Insert a pipe support • 144
GED Macros • 246 Insert a plain end • 434
Generate a CAESAR II input file • 334 Insert a reinforcement pad • 443
Generic Attach • 349, 469 Insert a reinforcement saddle • 444
generic specific • 785 Insert a support on sloped pipe • 145
girder • 785 Insert an assembly into the drawing • 174
girt • 785 Insert and route from a generic nozzle
Global Edit • 101 containing selection codes • 346
Globe Valve • 541 Insert multiple pipe supports • 146
grade • 785 Insert Tag • 405
Graphics / Pipe Ends • 417 instantiation • 786
Graphics Overlay • 67 Instrument • 424
CADWorx Plant 801

Index
Insulation • 156 Latrolet Socket Weld in Side • 678

Insulation View Palette • 149 Latrolet Thread in Plan • 660
interference checking • 786 Latrolet Thread in Side • 678
Introduction to CADWorx Plant • 15 Latrolet Weld in Plan • 660
I-Section • 786 Latrolet Weld in Side • 677
ISO • 429 Layer Change • 474
ISO Flag • 359 Layer Off • 439
ISO Text • 416 Layer On • 439
Isogen Batch • 187 LayerByLineNumber • 44
Isogen Configuration • 205 Layers Panel • 437
Isogen Data Dialog Box • 93 leg length analysis • 787
Isogen Export Options • 293 Legacy • 787
Isogen Information • 192 library • 787
Isogen Out • 177 life cycle database • 787
Isogen Panel • 176 Line • 269
ISOGEN Project Data Setup Dialog Box • Line Isolate • 269
180 Line Isolate Tab (CADWorx Line View
Isogen Results Dialog Box • 181 Palette) • 118
Isogen Settings Dialog Box • 180 Line Numbering System Dialog Box • 263
Isogen Start Point • 190 Line Numbering System Dropdown Setup
Isogen Supplemental • 188 Dialog Box • 114
IsogenAppendNippleLength • 37 Line Numbers • 711
IsogenAppendNonBmPipeLength • 36 Line View Isolation Properties Manager •
IsogenBoltControl • 37 120
IsogenContinuationGraphicsLevel • 38 Line View Palette • 117
IsogenDefaultStyle • 40 Lined • 554
IsogenSetting • 42 Lined Eccentric Reducer • 558
IsogenShowBOPElevation • 42 Lined Pipe • 557
IsogenSplitMaterialsBySpec • 43 Lined Wye Plan • 558
IsogenUseSystemsPcf • 43 Lined Wye Side • 559
Isolate Layer • 440 Lined Wye Vert • 560
LineNumberSystem • 46
J LineViewIsolationSettingsFile • 46
link • 787
job order • 786 Linked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View Palette) •
Join by Run • 283 161
Join by Segment • 283 Linked/Unlinked Report • 162
Join Pipe • 282 lintel • 787
joist • 786 LNum Panel • 262
load (structure) • 787
K Local Edit • 86
kinematics analysis • 787 logical member • 787
knee brace • 787 Long Weld Neck • 532
Long, Short, Tag, and Part Number Format
Dialog Boxes • 290
L
Label components with line numbers • 269
LanguageFile • 43
M
Lap Joint Flange • 531 machinery • 787
Lateral Plan • 598 macro • 787
Lateral Side • 621 maintenance envelope • 787
Lateral Vertical • 622 maintenance parts • 787
Latrolet Socket Weld in Plan • 661 maintenance records • 788
CADWorx Plant 802

Index
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF nozzle • 788

component attributes • 210 Nozzle Generic Attach • 341
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF nozzle standout • 789
material attributes • 213 NPD (Nominal Piping Diameter) • 789
Map CADWorx custom data to PCF weld
attributes • 212 O
Map CADWorx custom data using Isogen
Configuration • 209 object • 789
Match an object's layer • 440 Obsolete Commands • 776
Match Layer • 440 Offset Tap • 336
material analysis • 788 Operators • 711
material list • 788 Optional Component Dialog Box • 73
Material List Definition • 192 Optional Items • 72
material properties • 788 orientation vector • 789
Maximum number of sizes Up(Down) • 52 origin • 789
member name • 788 origin point • 789
member part • 788 OrthoGen Launch • 260
member system • 788 OrthoGen Out • 260
Misc • 432, 702 OrthoGen Panel • 260
Misc Panel • 279 orthogonal • 789
Miscellaneous CFG Content • 71 orthographic • 789
Miters • 497 orthotropic material • 789
Mode Convert • 104
Modeling in 2D • 507, 549, 559, 574, 613, P
663, 695, 708 P&ID • 789
Modeling in 3D • 485, 539, 557, 563, 592, P&ID View Palette • 159
640, 682, 704 package • 789
Modify a component • 93 Palettes • 715
Modify a user-defined HVAC shape • 468 Palettes Panel • 111
Modify an HVAC shape • 460 panel • 789
Modify an HVAC shape from the catalog • parameter • 789
465 part class • 790
Modify multiple components • 103 part number • 790
Modifying a User Profile • 717 parts • 790
move from point • 788 PCF In • 191
move to point • 788 PCF Out • 190
Moveline • 382 PCF Out for CAESAR II • 334
MVSetup • 17 PDS (Plant Design System) • 790
Perform calculations on data in the POD file
N • 257
natural surface • 788 physical member • 790
New Area Volume Definition Dialog Box • Pipe • 485
169 Pipe End • 435
Nipolet Thread in Plan • 662 Pipe Ends • 700
Nipolet Thread in Vertical • 679 Pipe Support Data Dialog Box • 124
Nipolet Weld in Plan • 661 PipeDescriptionCat • 47
Nipolet Weld in Vertical • 679 PipeSupportSetting • 48
Nipple • 641 Piping Rules • 55
node • 788 Pitch • 790
Non Standard • 373 Place a 180 degree plan return • 491, 492
North • 453 Place a 180 degree side return • 513, 515
northing • 788
CADWorx Plant 803

Index
Place a 180 degree vertical return • 514, Place a plan lateral • 496, 569, 598, 599,
515 653
Place a 3-way plan valve • 547, 610, 690 Place a plan latrolet fitting • 660, 661
Place a 3-way side valve • 550, 629, 695 Place a plan reducing cross • 496
Place a 3-way vertical valve • 551, 630, 696 Place a plan sock-o-let • 571
Place a 45 degree rolled elbow • 503 Place a plan tee • 490, 491, 566, 595, 596,
Place a 4-way plan valve • 547, 690 647, 648
Place a 4-way side valve • 551, 696 Place a plan wye • 506, 559, 604
Place a 90 degree plan elbow • 487, 488, Place a plug • 654
565, 572, 593, 644 Place a relief side valve • 691
Place a 90 degree reducing plan elbow • Place a relief top valve • 697
489, 593, 646 Place a rigid element • 708
Place a 90 degree rolled elbow • 501, 502 Place a rolled pipe • 499
Place a 90 degree side street elbow • 664 Place a rolled tee • 504
Place a 90 degree street plan elbow • 645 Place a rotational restraint • 447
Place a bleed ring • 706 Place a sanitary plan reducing cross • 597
Place a bushing • 571, 654 Place a sanitary side or vertical u-bend •
Place a cap • 494, 570, 605, 652 627, 628
Place a concentric reducer • 493, 567, 574, Place a sanitary side reducing cross • 620
602, 650 Place a sanitary u-bend • 601
Place a concentric reducer swage • 649 Place a section graphic • 422
Place a coupling • 570, 603, 605, 655, 657 Place a side blind spectacle • 707
Place a coupling end • 579, 671, 673 Place a side cross • 516, 578, 619, 669
Place a detail graphic • 423 Place a side elbowlet fitting • 675, 676, 677
Place a fiberglass pipe • 564 Place a side flange pipe • 709
Place a flange • 527, 531 Place a side flanged tee • 583
Place a flange on a pipe • 524, 526, 528, Place a side lateral • 518, 578, 621, 623,
530, 533, 535, 536 670
Place a flange that mates with another Place a side latrolet fitting • 678, 679
flange • 524, 526, 528, 530, 534, 535, Place a side or vertical elbow • 507, 508,
537 509, 519, 520, 521, 574, 575, 576, 581,
Place a gasket automatically • 369 582, 613, 615, 616, 624, 625, 626, 663,
Place a gasket manually • 369 665
Place a generic attachment in the drawing • Place a side reducing cross • 517
352, 470 Place a side reducing elbow • 510, 614, 666
Place a guide • 448 Place a side socket weld threaded pipe •
Place a half coupling • 656, 672 706
Place a miscellaneous graphic • 433 Place a side socket weld/threaded pipe •
Place a mitered pipe • 497 710
Place a multi-port valve • 611, 612 Place a side tee • 511, 512, 576, 617, 618,
Place a nipple • 642 667, 668
Place a nonsymmetrical user shape in the Place a side wye • 522, 559, 628
drawing • 318 Place a snubber • 447
Place a nozzle generic attachment • 343 Place a spring hanger • 446
Place a pipe • 486, 557 Place a stub or weld neck • 532
Place a plan cross • 495, 568, 597, 652 Place a symmetrical user shape in the
Place a plan elbow • 489, 505, 566, 572, drawing • 318
594, 600, 646 Place a tap • 357
Place a plan elbowlet fitting • 658, 659 Place a threaded/socket pipe • 641
Place a plan fitting • 657, 658, 661, 662 Place a translational restraint • 445
Place a plan flange pipe • 704 Place a user-defined HVAC shape • 468
Place a plan flanged tee • 573
Place a plan graphic • 424
CADWorx Plant 804

Index
Place a valve • 540, 541, 542, 543, 544, Plan 11.25 Ell • 504
545, 546, 606, 607, 608, 609, 683, 684, Plan 180 LR Return • 491
685, 686, 687, 688, 689, 693, 694 Plan 180 SR Return • 492
Place a vertical blind spectacle • 711 Plan 22.5 Ell • 505
Place a vertical elbowlet fitting • 675, 676, Plan 45 Ell • 488
677 Plan 90 LR Ell • 486
Place a vertical fitting • 673, 674, 679, 680 Plan 90 Reducing Ell • 489
Place a vertical lateral • 518, 579, 622, 623, Plan 90 SR Ell • 487
670 Plan Cross • 495
Place a vertical reducing cross • 517, 621 Plan Lateral • 496
Place a vertical soc-o-let • 580 Plan Reducing Cross • 495
Place a vertical strainer • 583 Plan Reducing Tee • 490
Place a vertical tee • 511, 513, 577, 617, Plan Tee • 490
619, 667, 669 Plan Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow •
Place a vertical wye • 522, 560, 629 564
Place a weld dot graphic • 432 Plan Wye • 506
Place a weld symbol graphic • 429 Plane versus Isometrics view modes • 481
Place an adjustable bend • 500 plate • 790
Place an anchor • 445 Plug Valve • 541
Place an angle side valve • 552, 553, 631, Point and Shoot UCS • 450
698 port • 790
Place an angle top valve • 692 post tensioning • 790
Place an angle valve • 548, 549, 610 precast concrete • 790
Place an arrow head graphic • 427 Pressure Top Valve • 552
Place an eccentric reducer • 494, 558, 568, pre-stressed concrete • 790
603, 651 pretensioning • 791
Place an eccentric reducer swage • 650 Previous • 441
Place an elevation graphic • 426 primary member • 791
Place an expansion joint • 708 principle of superposition • 791
Place an HVAC shape from the catalog • product structure • 791
464 production planning • 791
Place an instrument graphic • 425 purlin • 791
Place an isometric symbol graphic • 431
Place an offset tap • 339 R
Place automatic dimensions • 408
Place component annotation • 413 rafters • 791
Place component elevation annotation • 414 Read a CAESAR II input file • 355
Place coordinates • 415 Re-associate the Components • 359
Place horizontal dimensions • 409 rebar • 791
Place horizontal tailed dimensions • 411 rectangular bar • 791
Place nonstandard stud bolts • 373 rectangular tube • 791
Place rotated dimensions • 410 Redisplay a layer turned off by the Layer
Place standard stud bolts • 373 Off command • 440
Place stud bolts automatically • 370 Reducing Slip-on Flange • 532
Place stud bolts manually • 370 Reducing Tee Plan • 595
Place tick marks • 415 Reducing Tee Side • 618
Place tubing • 643 Reducing Tee Vertical • 618
Place vertical dimensions • 409 Reducing Threaded Flange • 534
Place vertical tailed dimensions • 411 Reducing Weld Neck Flange • 536
Place weld gaps automatically • 371 reference data • 791
Place weld gaps manually • 371 reflect • 791
Plain End • 434 reinforced concrete plan • 791
Plan • 423 Reinforcing Pad • 443
CADWorx Plant 805

Index
Reinforcing Saddle • 444, 707 Sanitary Ball Valve • 606

Relief Side Valve • 548 Sanitary Butterfly Valve • 609
Relief Top Valve • 551 Sanitary Cap • 604
Remove CADWorx data from components • Sanitary Check Valve • 608
474 Sanitary Concentric • 602
Replace a component in the model • 383 Sanitary Eccentric • 602
resource estimation • 792 Sanitary Gate Valve • 605
Restore XDATA • 32 Sanitary Globe Valve • 607
Restraints • 701 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Plan • 598
Restraints Panel • 442 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Side • 622
retaining wall • 792 Sanitary Lateral Reducing Vertical • 623
Rigid Element • 708 Sanitary Multi 1 Port Valve • 611
Rolled Pipe • 498 Sanitary Multi 2 Port Valve • 611
Rotary Valve • 544 Sanitary Multi 3 Port Valve • 612
Rotated • 410 Sanitary Nut/Coupling • 605
Rotational • 446 Sanitary Plug Valve • 607
route • 792 Sanitary Stub • 603
Route from a generic nozzle • 344 Sanitary Tee Plan • 594
Route mitered elbows • 382 Sanitary Tee Side • 616
Route skewed and sloped pipe • 381 Sanitary Tee Vertical • 617
Router • 384 Sanitary U-Bend Plan • 601
Router commands • 385 Sanitary U-Bend Side • 626
RT Panel • 374 Sanitary U-Bend Vertical • 627
rule-based joint • 792 Sanitary Wye Plan • 604
Run • 398 Sanitary Wye Side • 628
Running CADWorx Equipment or Structure Sanitary Wye Vertical • 628
with CADWorx Plant • 719 SaveLastProfileUsed • 48
schema • 792
S secondary member • 792
section • 792
Saddle in Vertical • 580 Section • 421
sag ties • 792 section name • 792
SAISC (South African Institute of Steel section orientation • 792
Construction) • 792 section table • 792
Sanitary • 584 Select Isogen Style Dialog Box • 178
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Plan • 600 Select Isogen Style Directory Dialog Box •
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Side • 625 179
Sanitary 11.25 Ell Vertical • 626 Select Item Dialog Box • 203
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Plan • 599 Set • 265, 410
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Side • 623 Set an OTAP SKEY • 338
Sanitary 22.5 Ell Vertical • 624 Set Layer • 438
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Plan • 609 Set line numbers based on a component •
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Side • 629 266
Sanitary 3-Way Valve Vertical • 630 Set line numbers based on a P&ID project •
Sanitary 45 Ell Plan • 594 266
Sanitary 45 Ell Side • 615 Set line numbers based on the current
Sanitary 45 Ell Vertical • 615 drawing • 266
Sanitary 90 Ell Plan • 592 Set Specification & Size Dialog Box • 53
Sanitary 90 Ell Side • 613 Set Specification and Size • 52
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Plan • 593 Set the active layer • 438
Sanitary 90 Reducing Ell Side • 614 Set the current line number to that of a
Sanitary Angle Valve Plan • 610 component • 269
Sanitary Angle Valve Side • 630 Set the Elevation • 410
CADWorx Plant 806

Index
Set the line count value • 267 Socket Type Flange • 527
Set up automatic isometric revision clouding Socket Weld • 109, 387
for a CADWorx project • 217 Sock-O-Let • 571
SET-ADDITIONAL-MATERIAL statement • Sockolet Socket Weld in Plan • 658
243 Sockolet Socket Weld in Vertical • 674
SET-INFORMATION-ELEMENT statement South • 454
• 244 span • 793
Settings • 109, 713 Spec • 74
Settings Tab (CADWorx Insulation View Spec Editor • 114
Palette) • 151 Spec View Palette • 112
Settings Tab (CADWorx Spec View Palette) Spec View Tab (CADWorx Spec View
• 115 Palette) • 112
Setup • 17, 20, 263 Special Monitored Commands Used With a
Setup Live Database • 271 Live Database • 723
Setup Profile • 18 Specification and Data Files • 716
Setup short description column for material Specification and Size • 72
list with text wrapping • 185 SpecificationDefaultProject • 49
Setup Size/Spec Panel • 19 SpecificationDirectory • 49
shear stiffness • 793 specifications • 793
shear walls • 793 Specify the Bill of Material Mark Point and
shell structure • 793 the Center of Gravity Location • 353
Show Removed XDATA • 32 Specify the weld dot size for a single line
Side 11.25 Ell • 519 pipe • 282
Side 180 LR Return • 513 SpecSizeOverride • 49
Side 180 SR Return • 514 Spectacle Blind Side • 706
Side 22.5 Ell • 520 Spectacle Blind Vertical • 710
Side 45 Ell • 508 splice (structure) • 793
Side 90 LR Ell • 507 Spring Hanger • 446
Side 90 Reducing Ell • 509 SQL statement • 245
Side 90 SR Ell • 507 Standard • 372
Side Cross • 516 Start a new route • 379
Side Lateral • 517 Startup Variables • 29
Side Reducing Cross • 516 steel reinforced concrete • 793
Side Reducing Tee • 512 stiffener • 793
Side Tee • 510 Stop Sign • 189
Side Threaded/Socket 90 Degree Elbow • stress • 793
574 stringer • 794
Side Wye • 521 structure analysis • 794
Single Bill of Material • 402 strut • 794
Single BOM using Automatic placement • Stub End • 531
403 stud • 794
Single BOM using Manual placement • 404 Support Directory • 17
Single Line Width • 436 Support Modeler Palette • 121
SingleLineWidth • 49 suspended floor • 794
site • 793 SW/Thrd Plan • 705
Size • 74 SW/Thrd Side • 709
Size-Spec • 74 Synchronize Component Model and
skewed member • 793 Database Data Dialog Box • 278
SKEY Information • 193 Synchronize HVAC Database • 478
slab • 793 Synchronize Pipe Database • 276
sleeve • 793 Synchronize the HVAC database • 478
Slip-on Flange • 525 SyncOnStartUp • 50
Snubber • 447 system • 794
CADWorx Plant 807

Index
System In • 353 Thrd/SW Lateral Side • 669

System Out • 333 Thrd/SW Lateral Vert • 670
System Prompts • 419 Thrd/SW Needle • 686
System Visibility • 360 Thrd/SW Pipe • 640
Thrd/SW Plug • 653, 685
T Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg End • 672
Thrd/SW Reducing Clpg Plan • 656
Tag • 404 Thrd/SW Relief Side • 691
Tag Location • 405 Thrd/SW Relief Top • 696
tag number • 794 Thrd/SW Rotary • 687
Tag Toggle Bill of Material • 404 Thrd/SW Tee Plan • 647
Tap • 357 Thrd/SW Tee Red Plan • 648
target point • 794 Thrd/SW Tee Red Side • 668
Technical Support • 810 Thrd/SW Tee Red Vert • 668
Tee • 504 Thrd/SW Tee Side • 666
TemplateDatabaseFile • 50 Thrd/SW Tee Vert • 667
Thrd/SW 3 Way Plan • 689 Thrd/SW Union • 662
Thrd/SW 3 Way Side • 695 Thrd/SW Valves • 680
Thrd/SW 3 Way Vertical • 695 Threaded • 109, 387
Thrd/SW 4 Way Plan • 690 Threaded Flange • 529
Thrd/SW 4 Way Side • 696 Threaded/Socket • 635
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Plan • 645 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Plan •
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Side • 664 565
Thrd/SW 45 Ell Vert • 665 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Side •
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Plan • 643 575
Thrd/SW 90 Ell Side • 663 Threaded/Socket 45 Degree Elbow Vert •
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Plan • 646 575
Thrd/SW 90 Red Ell Side • 666 Threaded/Socket Cap • 570
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Plan • 644 Threaded/Socket Concentric Reducer • 567
Thrd/SW 90 Street Ell Side • 663 Threaded/Socket Eccentric Reducer • 567
Thrd/SW Angle Side • 697 Threaded/Socket Insert/Bushing • 570
Thrd/SW Angle Top • 692 Threaded/Socket Lateral Plan • 569
Thrd/SW Ball • 683 Threaded/Socket Lateral Side • 578
Thrd/SW Bush/Insert • 654 Threaded/Socket Lateral Vert • 578
Thrd/SW Cap • 651 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Plan • 568
Thrd/SW Check • 685 Threaded/Socket Straight Cross Side • 577
Thrd/SW Conc Swage • 648 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Plan • 566
Thrd/SW Conc w/Hub • 650 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Side • 576
Thrd/SW Control • 689 Threaded/Socket Straight Tee Vert • 577
Thrd/SW Cross Plan • 652 Threadolet Thread in Plan • 657
Thrd/SW Cross Side • 669 Threadolet Thread in Vertical • 673
Thrd/SW Diaphragm • 687 Tick Mark • 415
Thrd/SW Dual Check • 688 tilt-up walls • 794
Thrd/SW Ecc Swage • 649 Toolbars • 479
Thrd/SW Ecc w/Hub • 651 ToolTipSetting • 50
Thrd/SW Full Clpg End • 670 Top Works Add • 333
Thrd/SW Full Clpg Plan • 654 Top Works Change • 333
Thrd/SW Gage • 692 TopWorksSetting • 51
Thrd/SW Gate • 683 Total Bill of Material • 398
Thrd/SW Globe • 684 Total BOM using Automatic placement •
Thrd/SW Half Clpg End • 671 399
Thrd/SW Half Clpg Plan • 655 Total BOM using Manual placement • 399
Thrd/SW Lateral Plan • 653 transition • 794
CADWorx Plant 808

Index
Translational • 444 Weld Gap • 700

truss • 794 Weld Neck Flange • 523
Tube • 642 Weld Size • 282
Turn off a layer • 439 Weld Total • 371
Turn off the zoom lock • 366 WeldDotSize • 52
Turn on all layers • 441 WeldGapToDB • 52
Turn on the zoom lock • 366 welding • 795
Weldolet Weld in Plan • 657
U Weldolet Weld in Vertical • 673
West • 454
UCS • 712 What's New in Plant • 16
UCS Next • 453 wizard • 795
UCS Object • 456 work order • 795
UCS Panel • 449 working plane • 795
uniform • 794 workspace • 795
Un-Isolate Layer • 441 Workspace Explorer • 795
unit/module modeler • 795 Write data from a POD file to a database •
Unlinked Tab (CADWorx P&ID View 258
Palette) • 160
Update History • 770
UseObjectsFromXrefs • 51 X
user attributes • 795 X-Body Gate BW • 693
User Shape • 465 X-Body Gate SW • 694
User Shapes • 283 X-Body Gate Thrd • 694
Using -ISOGENBATCH • 188 XREF Edit • 110
Using -ISOGENOUT • 183 X-section • 795
Using the Get External Data Function • 221
Y
V yield strength • 795
Variable Component Length Assignment •
66 Z
Vert 11.25 Ell • 519
Vert 180 LR Return • 514 Zoom Factors • 367
Vert 180 SR Return • 515 Zoom Lock • 366
Vert 22.5 Ell • 521
Vert 45 Ell • 509
Vert Lateral • 518
Vert Reducing Cross • 517
Vert Reducing Tee • 512
Vert Tee • 511
Vert Wye • 522
vertex • 795
Vertical • 409
Vertical with Tail • 411
Victaulic • 631
View Extraction Logs Dialog Box • 181
W
web • 795
weight and CG analysis • 795
Welcome to CADWorx Plant • 13
Weld • 427
CADWorx Plant 809

Technical Support
For the latest information on CADWorx Plant, visit Hexagon PPM (https://hexagonppm.com/).
For current on-line support information, including knowledge base, technical tips, and
downloads, visit Intergraph Smart Support
(https://hexagonppm.com/support/ppm-smart-community).
You can contact Hexagon PPM Technical Support or Sales:
 CADWorx & Analysis Solutions Dealer Support
(http://www.coade.com/Support/Dealers.shtml) or CADWorx & Analysis Solutions General
Support (http://support.intergraph.com/Default.asp)
 Sales E-mail: sales.cas.ppm@hexagon.com
In order to provide technical support, Hexagon PPM needs to know what version of CADWorx,
AutoCAD or BricsCAD, and what Windows you are using. To determine this information, follow
the steps outlined for the product you are using:
CADWorx Product Steps
Plant, P&ID, or Structure  Run the CADWORXABOUT command. A dialog

box opens and displays the version information.
 Close the dialog box to send the required
information to the CAD command line.
 Copy the information from the command line, and
email it to Hexagon PPM.
Equipment or PV Fabricator  Run the EQUIPABOUT command. A dialog box

opens and displays the version information.
 Close the dialog box to send the required
information to the CAD command line.
 Copy the information from the command line, and
email it to Hexagon PPM.
Internet Publisher Version information is displayed at the CAD command

line when you start the software.
Datasheets Click Help > About to display a dialog box that contains
the required information.
In addition to the information above, the table below lists the additional files that are usually
required to assist Hexagon PPM in resolving your technical issues:
CADWorx Plant 810

Technical Support
CADWorx Product Additional Files Required by Hexagon PPM Support
CADWorx Plant (Piping, HVAC) Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files.
 If the model consists of several line numbers,
indicate in the email which line numbers you are
having issues with.
 If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
CAD platform ETRANSMIT command to create a
ZIP file of all the drawings used in the master
model.
 Configuration File (CFG).
 Project File(.prj), Catalog File(.cat), and Pipe
Support Library Files (.psl).
CADWorx Plant (component data file Email information about the part's dimension from the
creation) manufacturer's catalog.
CADWorx Isogen Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files, any
isometrics generated by Isogen, and the Isogen
style files.
having issues with.
 Model (DWG)
 Created Isometrics
 A backup of the Isogen Style
 Extraction Logs
CADWorx Equipment Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files.
CADWorx Equipment to PV Elite Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) file and PV Elite
interface input file (*.pvdb).
PV Fabricator Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files and PV Elite
input file (*.PVI).
CADWorx Plant 811

Technical Support
CADWorx P&ID or CADWorx IP Email the complete P&ID project, which includes
Project.CFG, Database.TBL, Map.TBL, and all the
DWG, and MDB files. Usually, all of these files are
located in one folder.
 If the project has many P&ID drawing files, indicate
which P&ID drawings and components you are
having issues with.
 If you are experiencing database errors, include the
file [Product
Folder]\P&ID\System\Sql_Error_Log.TXT.
 If you are emailing MDB files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB attachments.
CADWorx Structure Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files.

 If the model consists of many components, indicate
in the model which components or location you are
having issues with.
CADWorx Datasheets Email the datasheets MDB file and any datasheet file
generated (XLS).
 If emailing MDB / XLS files, use a compression
utility such as WinZIP. Most email servers have
restrictions on transmitting MDB / XLS attachments.
CADWorx Plant to CAESAR II Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) file and CAESAR
interface II input file (*._A, *.C2).
 Run the CADWorx GETALLSPECDATAFILES
command to copy all specifications and data files
used in the model into sub-folders under where the
model drawing file is located.
 Zip the contents of these folders and email the ZIP
file to Hexagon PPM Support.
having issues with.
CADWorx Design Review Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files.
having issues with.
 If the model consists of many drawing files with
dependent reference drawings (XREFs), use the
CAD platform ETRANSMIT command to create a
ZIP file of all drawings used in the master model.
CADWorx Plant 812

Technical Support
CADWorx Design Viewer Email the CAD model drawing (DWG) files and the
*.CDR file.
 If you are attaching large or multiple files to your Smart Support Service Request, use a
compression utility such as WinZIP.
 If you cannot attach your drawing files, then try to duplicate the issue in a new drawing with
as few components as possible. If the issue can be duplicated in a new drawing, attach the
duplicate drawing to Hexagon PPM.
 For hardware lock issues, first verify that you have a Hexagon PPM hardware lock.
CADWorx Plant Professional, CADWorx P&ID, CADWorx P&ID Professional, CADWorx
Structure use the Hexagon PPM hardware lock for licensing. For more information, see
Licensing in the CADWorx Installation Users Guide or the CADWorx Structure Installation
Guide.
CADWorx Plant 813

CADWorx Plant - 20.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CADWorx Plant - 20.2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CADWorx Plant - 20.2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CADWorx

Introduction to CADWorx Plant ............................................................................................................... 15

Setup Size/Spec Panel .............................................................................................................................. 19

Global Edit........................................................................................................................................... 101

Palettes Panel .......................................................................................................................................... 111

Clash Note Dialog Box ................................................................................................................. 170

Isogen Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 176

Isogen Configuration .............................................................................................................................. 205

Using the Get External Data Function ................................................................................................... 221

OrthoGen Panel ....................................................................................................................................... 260

LNum Panel .............................................................................................................................................. 262

Database Panel ........................................................................................................................................ 271

Misc Panel ................................................................................................................................................ 279

System In ............................................................................................................................................ 353

Bolt ............................................................................................................................................................ 368

RT Panel ................................................................................................................................................... 374

Route mitered elbows ................................................................................................................... 382

Bill of Material Panel ............................................................................................................................... 389

Dimension Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 407

Height .................................................................................................................................................. 416

Graphics / Pipe Ends............................................................................................................................... 417

Layers Panel ............................................................................................................................................ 437

Previous .............................................................................................................................................. 441

Restraints Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 442

UCS Panel................................................................................................................................................. 449

HVAC Draw Panel .................................................................................................................................... 457

HVAC Edit Panel ...................................................................................................................................... 472

Layer Change...................................................................................................................................... 474

HVAC Database Panel ............................................................................................................................. 475

Modeling in 3D .............................................................................................................................. 682

Specification and Data Files ................................................................................................................... 716

AutoCAD and BricsCAD Workflows Used With Plant ......................................................................... 717

All CADWorx Commands........................................................................................................................ 725

Update History ......................................................................................................................................... 770

Glossary ................................................................................................................................................... 778

Index ......................................................................................................................................................... 797

Technical Support ................................................................................................................................... 810

Welcome to CADWorx Plant

Getting Started Options and Settings

Command Reference and Navigation What do you want to do?

Introduction to CADWorx Plant

Launch CADWorx in a different version of CAD

Setup Size/Spec Panel

Command Name Command Line

Setup - Defines all CADWorx settings within the current SETUP

Optional Items - Places a component when the component SPECOPTION

Size - Sets the main and reduction size by selecting a COMP2SIZE

Spec - Sets the current specification by selecting a COMP2SPEC

Size-Spec - Sets the main size, reduction size, and COMP2SIZESPEC

Editor - Modifies the delivered specifications and creates new SPECEDIT

Change Size - Modifies the size of the components selected. CHANGESIZE

Change Specification - Modifies the specification of the CHANGESPEC

Local Edit - Modifies the properties of an existing component. CEDIT

Global Edit - Modifies the properties of multiple components. GCEDIT

3D Solids - Converts selected components to 3D solid mode. CONVERTSOLID

Convert Isometric - Converts selected components to CONVERTISO

2D Double Line - Converts selected components to 2D CONVERTDOUBLE

2D Single Line - Converts selected components to 2D single CONVERTSINGLE

Socket Weld - Sets the socket welded fitting mode for —

Threaded - Sets the threaded fitting mode for hub-based —